Ex Libris C. K. OGDEN THE LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LOS ANGELES PRACTICAL DUTCH GRAMMAR AND ANALYSIS. FIRST EDITION Published Jan. 1885. SECOND EDITION July 1885. THIKD IVDITION Nov. 1887. FOURTH EDITION April 1889. FIFTH EDITION Jan. 1891. SIXTH EDITION May 1892. SIXTH EDITION (extended) Jan. J.894. THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. FIHST EDITION PulUfhed Jan. 1895. SECOND KDITION Jan. 1896. THE COMMERCIAL (SUPERSEDING THE PRACTICAL DUTCH GBAMMAB), A GEAMMAE FOE PEIVATE STUDENTS, CIVIL SEEVANTS, BUSINESS MEN, AND FOE USE IN COLLEGES AND THE HIGHEE CLASS :S IN SCHOOLS. BY AUTHOR OF THE "ELEMENTAHY GRAMMAR OF THE DUTCH LANGUAGE," "COUltsK OF DUTCH COMPOSITION," " LKESTiOEK VOOR Zl'ID-AFKIKA," KTC. SWORN TUANSLATOIt FOli THE i)l TCII, ENGLISH, F1UNC11, AND GKliSIAN LANGUAGES J. C. JUTA & CO., CAPE TOWN. | JOHANNESBURG POET ELIZABETH. 1896. WORKS BY THE SAME AUTHOR. AN ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR of the DUTCH LANGUAGE, for the use of Lower Classes in Schools. Sixth Edition. 2s. PRACTISCHE HOLLANDSCHE SPRAAK- KUNST voor de Yolksscholen van Zuid-Afrika. Third Edition. LEESBOEK VOOR ZUID-AFRIKA, a Dutch Bead- ing Book in Five Parts, from Monosyllables to Selections. With Dutch-English Vocabularies. Part I. 42nd-52nd Thousand. Sd. Part II. 28th-38th Thousand. lOd. Part HI. 28th Thousand. Is. Part IV. 3rd Edition. 1. 3d. Part V. 2nd Edition. 1. 6d. COURSE of DUTCH COMPOSITION, comprising Translation and Parallel Exercises, Conversations, Idiomatic Phrases, and Forms for Correspondence. 2s. Gd. THE SOUTH AFRICAN LETTER-WRITER. A Bi-Lingual Letter- Writer. 2s. LEESBOEK VOOR ZUID-AFRIKA. (Tafelberg Serie.) Illustrated. Part L, Sd. [ Part II., lOd. | Part III., Is. BLOEMEN IN HET KAAPLAND GEPLUKT. Contents: I. Varia; II. Godsdienstige Gedichten; III. Schetsen naar het Leven ; IV. Kindergedichten. Original Poetry. Edition de Luxe. Quarto. 3. DEBORA. Drama in Two Acts. Is. Gd. KEY TO PRACTICAL GRAMMAR AND ANALYSIS. Editions I.-VI. 2. Gd. PF PEEFACE. )H THE Practical Dutch Grammar has had a run of ten years. In that time the author has seen its extended 6th (i.e. 7th) Edition. Its record has all along been so satisfactory and encouraging, that it shall be preserved on the fly-leaf of the book which supersedes it. The present volume is issued under another name. The disappearance of the word " Practical " from the title, however, does not affect the practical side of the book. On the contrary, this will be found increased to such an extent, as to render comparison between the two a matter of difficulty. The " Practical Grammar " was the writer's first attempt ; a further experience of ten years of lan- guage teaching in South Africa should to some extent be a warrant for the superiority of the present work above its predecessor. Not only that, but Africa's actual wants were not fully revealed to the young author of the " Practical Grammar." While it, however, ran its course, the fairest opportunities were furnished him for using eye and ear, and the " Commercial Grammar " is issued as the embodiment of hints kindly furnished. Provision has been made for schools. English children have the " Elementary Dutch Grammar," Dutch children the " Practische Hollandsche Spraakkunst," while one series of Dutch Readers has been issued with English vocabularies annexed. But another class of students must be reached. Young men reading for the Matriculation or the Civil Service examinations, men in business, merchants and agents, those are they for whom this book has been compiled, and to whom the author inscribes it with the fervent hope that they may find it what they need. H. E. "THE TRANSLATION OFFICE," CAPE TOWN, 1 Jan. 1895. TABLE OF CONTENTS. CHAPTER I. PAGE THE ALPHABET 1-8 Vowels, 1; Consonants, 2; Diphthongs, 3; Spoiling and Pronunciation, 3-4 ; Ex. on Pronunciation, 4-6 ; Division of words in Syllables, 6-7 ; Syllables open and closed, 7 ; Ex. on Syllables, 7-8. CHAPTER II. SPELLING ... 9-2-1 Final Consonants, 9-10; Single and double a and u, 10; Single i nnd double ie, 11 ; Single and double e and o, 11-12 ; Choice between ei and ij, 13 ; Homonyms with e and ee, 13 ; Homonyms with o and oo, 14 ; Homonyms with ij and ei, 14 ; Ex. on the use of single and double vowels, 15-20 ; Spelling of Compound Nouns, 20-21 ; Compound forms joining parts by e or en, 21-22 ; Ex. on same, 22-24. CHAPTER III. PARTS OF SPEECH. THE ARTICLE 25-34 Classification of the Article, 25; Forms of the Article, 26; Declension, 26-27; Omission and Repetition, 27-28; Used in Dutch when omitted in English, 28-29; Transl. Ex. and Gr. Ex. on the Article, 29-33; Conversation about Time, 33-34. CHAPTER IV. FORMATION OP THE PLURAL 35-50 Plural in , 35 ; in 's, 35 ; in en, 35-36; either or en, 36; "Words in ie, 36 ; Plural in ers or eren, 37 ; Different meanings of homonyms brought out by their plural, 37-38 ; Irregular plural forms, 38-39 ; Words having no plural TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAGE forms, 39 ; List of words having synonymous plural forms, 39-40 ; Words having no singular forms, 40 ; Sing, form used with plural meaning, 40 ; Final consonants with regard to the formation of the plural, 41-42 ; Gr. Ex. on plural forms of nouns, 42-43 and 48 ; Transl. Ex. on Present of "luibben" and " zijn," 43-45; Gr. and Transl. Ex. on formation of Plural, 45-49 ; Conversation about Meals, 49-50. CHAPTER V. THE GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES 51-73 Eules to ascertain the Gender of Nouns, 51-57 ; The Com- mon Gender, 57-58 ; The Gender of Compound Nouns, 58; List of words with different meaning according to their gender, 59 ; Natural Gender, 59-60 ; Synopsis of Rules on Genders, 60-62 ; Gr. Ex. on Genders, 62-64 ; Conjugation of " hebben " and " zijn," 64-65 ; How to translate the Second Person, 65-66 ; Transl. Ex., 66-68 ; Gr. Ex. on Genders, 69- 71 ; Conv. about Forms of Greeting and Address, 72-73. CHAPTER VI. DECLENSION 74-101 Definition, 74; Nom., Gen., Dat., and Ace. Cases, 74-76; Obs. on Use of Cases, 76-77 ; Declension of the Attributive Adj. and of the Demonstrative Pron. (deze, die, etc.) and the Poss. Pron., 77-81 ; Form of two or more adjectives preceding one noun, 81-82 ; Adj. not declined when pre- ceded by een, green, eenig, etc., 82; Obs. on Declension, 82-83; Attrib. Adj. not preceded by defining word, 83-84 ; Attrib. Adj. in titles, 84 ; Strong and Weak declension, 8 1-85 ; Gr. Ex. 0:1 Declension, 87-90 ; Comparison between Book, Corresp. and Colloq. Dutch, 90-91 ; Conj. of " lenren " and "gteltn," 91-94 ; Transl. Ex. 95-99; Conv. about the Weather, Shopping, 99-101. CHAPTER VH. THE ADJEOTTVK . . . . . . .102-129 Adjectives used attributively and prodicativoly, 102; Agree- ment of Attrib. Adj., lo:j ; PitlVrcnco in meaning between inflected and uuinflectod form after ccn, green, etc., 103; Adj. not declined, 103-104 ; Adj. ending iu not c/i, 104 ; TABLE OF CONTENTS. Degrees of comparison, 105-106; Gr. Ex. and Trans. Ex. on the Adjective, 107-111 ; Conj. of "dansen" and "lezen," 111-114; Transl. Ex. 115-117; The Numeral Adjective, Classification, 117-118; Cardinals &n and beide, 118-119; Plural forms of Cardinals (Indef.) and Ordinals, 119; Idiom, renderings of "some" and "any," 120; Idiom. Expressions, 121 ; Num. Adj. compounded with voudig, lei, hande, maal, etc. and the compound " anderhalf,'' 122; List of Card, and Ord. Numbers, 123-124 ; Gr. and Transl. Ex. on Numeral Adj. 124-126; Transl. Ex., 126-128; Conv. about Eolations, 128-129. CHAPTER VIII. THE PRONOUN . .130-155 Classification, 130; Pers. Pron. 130-134; Eeflex. Pers. Pron., 132 ; Declension of zelf, 133 ; The Poss. Case of Pers. Pron., 133-134; Poss. Pron., 134-135 ; Interrog. Pron., 135-136 ; Compound forma " erin," " emit," etc., 136; Indef. Pron., 136-138; The Pron. "men," 137; Transl. of " whoever," etc., 138 ; Correl. Pron., 138-139 ; Demonstr. Pron., 140-141 ; The use of " er," 140 ; Bel. Pron., 141-143 ; Gr. Ex. and Transl. Ex. on the Pronoun, 143-148; Transl. Ex., 148-153; Conv. about Travelling by Land and Eaihvays, 154-155. CHAPTEE IX. THE VERB .156-224 Stem, 156-157; Conjugation, weak and strong, 157; Form of Conj., 158-159; Use of "/teb&en" and "zijn," 160; Complete Conj. of " hebben," 161-162; ot"zijn," 162-163; Conj. of "zullen," .163; of "warden," 164-165; Voice, Cornp. between Act. and Pass, voice of "bijten," 165-167; Examples illustrating the forms of the simple and com- pound tenses of the Pass. Voice, 167 ; Cemp. between the same forms of " zijn " used as a Copulative and an Auxiliary of the Pass. Voice, 168 ; Obs. on the " Act. and Pass. Voices, 168-169; Transposition of same, 169 ; Conj. of Aux. Verbs of Mood, 170-171 ; Moods, 172 ; Trausl. of the Inf. Mood, 172-174; Transl. of Gerund, the Pres. and Past Part., 174-176; Tenses, 176-177 ; Obs. on Use of Tenses, 177-178 ; Number and Person, 178-179 ; Trans, and Intrana. verbs, 179 ; Eeflex. Verbs, 179-182 ; Mixed Verbs, b TABLE OF CONTENTS. 182-183; Anomalous Verbs, 183-185; Impers. Verbs, 185-186 ; Cans. Verbs, 187 ; Frequent. Verbs, 187 ; Com- pound Verbs, 187-190 ; List of Strong Verbs, 191-196 ; Gr. Ex. and Transl. Ex. on the Verb, 196-215; Transl. Ex., 215-222 ; Conv. about Travelling by Sea, 222-224. CHAPTER X. THE ADVERB 225-241 Some Verbs followed by Adj., not Adv., 226 ; Classification, 226-227 ; Examples of the various classes of Adv., 227- 229; The ending "lijk" not to be affixed to Adj. of manner, 229-230; Comparison of Adv., 230; Note on "Jiet eertV or "eerst," etc., 230-231; Obs. on some Adv., 231-233; Use of "a/" and "neer," 233; Gr. Ex. and Transl. Ex. on the Adverb, 234-235 ; Transl. Ex. on the Adverb, 234-235; Transl. Ex. 235-240; Conv. about Various Artisans, 240-241. CHAPTER XI. THE PREPOSITION 242-272 Place of " halve " and " wegen," 242 ; Prep, formerly gov. other Cases besides the Ace., 243 ; Different relations pointed out by Prep., 243-244 ; Prep, indicating different relations, 244-246 ; List of Prep, verbs using differ, prep. in Dutch and English, 249-267; Transl. Ex., 268-270; Conv. about Trades and Occupations, 271-272. CHAPTER XII. THE COKJDNCTION 273-285 Classification, 273; Subdivisions and Examples, 274-278; Observations, 278-279; Transl. Ex., 279-283; Conv. about Teaching and Schools, 283-285. CHAPTER XIII. THE INTERJECTION 286-287 CHAPTER XIV. ETYMOLOGY 288-305 Classification of words, 288 ; Words derived from same root, 288-289; Formation of Nouns, 289-290; Fern, names of TABLE OF CONTENTS. Pers., etc., 290 ; Names of instruments, etc., 291 ; Diminu- tives, 291-292; Formation of Abstract Norms, 293-294; of Verbs, 291-297 ; of Adverbs, 297 ; of Compound Words, 297-298 ; List of Words requiring explanation, 299-301 ; Where to place the accent, 301-302 ; Trausl. Ex., 303-305. CHAPTER XV. CONSTRUCTION 306-317 Construction of Principal Sentence, 306-309 ; When Predi- cate consists of more than one word, 306-307 ; Place of Object, 307; Place of Adverbial extensions, 308-309; Place of " niet," 309 ; Constr. of Sub-ordinate Sentence, 310-311 ; Place of verbal forms at the end of Sub-ord. Sent., 310-311; Inversion of the Princ. Sent., 311-313; Inversion of the Sub-ord. Sent., 313-314; Transl. Ex., 315-317. CHAPTEE XVI. PARSING AND ANALYSIS 318-325 List of Abbreviations, 318 ; Example of Parsing, 319-322 ; Analysis, 322-325. CHAPTER XVII. CORRESPONDENCE 326-336 Ways of beginning and closing letters, 326-332 ; Notes, 332 ; List of Terms, etc., 333-336. CHAPTER XVIII. OFFICIAL AND DOCUMENTARY LANGUAGE . . , .337-357 CHAPTER XIX. LIST OF CAPE IDIOMS .358-383 ENGLISH-DUTCH VOCABULARY 384-396 ( xii ) LIST OF EXEECISES ON SPECIAL POINTS OF GEAMMAK AND IDIOM. PAGE On the Present of " hebben " and " zijn " . 43-15 First Kule of Construction . . . . . . . 66 Second ,, ..... 67 Third , . 67-68 On How to transl. the Interrog., Neg., and Neg.-lnterrog. Forms 68-69 On the Fourth Eule of Construction ..... 95 Transl. of Present Participle ..... 96 " to like to " and " to want to '\ . . 97 "hij hoopt te zullen," etc.. . . . 97-98 the Progressive Form . . . 98 "when" 99 "if" ..'.... 115 "then" 115-116 Fifth Bule of Construction 116-117 Sixth 126 Transl. of Pres. Part. II 127 " may," " might," " should " . . 148-1-19 "will," "would" 149-150 "if," "as if"-. ...... 151 ' "to know" . . . . . . 151-152 "used to" . . . . . 152 Seventh Eule of Construction 153 Transl. of "to mean" . ... . . 215-217 " I can give it," etc. .... 217 "will lio give it tome?" etc. . . . 217-218 " should," " ought to " . . . . 218-219 " to have to," etc 219-220 "we make 1 1 im say it," etc. . . . 220 "I have the floor washed," etc.'. . . 221 " he likes doing it," etc. .... 221-222 "na,""nadat,"daarna" . . .236-237 "to put" 237-239 THE COMMEKCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. CHAPTER I. I. THE ALPHABET. (Het Alfabet.} 1. THE Dutch, alphabet consists of the same letters as the English, but the letters c, q, x, and y are not used in words of Dutch origin. 2. The following are the vowels Qdinkers} in use : A, pron. like in Eng. ask ; E, pron. like in Eng. convey ; I (written " ie " for double " i "), pron. like in Eng. knee ; 0, pron. like in Eng. woe; U, pron. like in French mur ; OE, pron. like in Eng. pool ; EU, like in German ode. NOTE. For the correct pronunciation of 0, OE, U, and EU, it is necessary to bring the lips forward. This done, for the 0-sound leave a larger, and for the OJE^-sound a small round opening ; for the EU-aoum] a broad slit, and for the Z7-sound a narrow slit between the lips. 3. Five vowels, viz. a, e, i, o, u, have each a double sound. When written with the double sign, aa, ee, ie, oo, uu, or when occurring (whether double or single) at the end of a syllable, or when forming a syllable by them- selves, their sound is full, as indicated in 2; but when single, and enclosed between consonants, their sound becomes imperfect: man (as in Germ. M&nri) ; les (as in Eng. tesf) ; lip, pr. like English ; hop, pr. like English ; rust (slightly less broad than u in Eng. rust). B 2 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. NOTE. The ehas a third sound, approaching that of the imperfect M. It occurs in the article de ; in the flexion endings of the adjective ; in the verbal prefixes be, ge, and ver, and suffix en ; in the plural ending en of nouns, and in unaccented syllables before m, n, I, p, r, t. The sound of this e is heard in the second syllable of the English word bundle. 4. Of the consonants (medeJclinlcers), B is pronounced as in Eng. bailiff; D, as in Eng. dainty ; K, as in Eng. caprice ; P, as in Eng. pale ; E, as in Eng. error; T, as in Eng. take; and Z, pron. zett, like in French ; F, L, M, N, and S, like in English; H, like English ha/ J, like Eng. yea; G, like ch in Scotch nicht and loch ; V, like a very soft Eng. /; and W, materially like Eng. v. NOTE. G is always a guttural, except when occurring after v, when it sounds like in the English word ring. 5. The English F, when found in foreign words, used in Dutch, is pronounced like Eng. ee. The Dutch IJ is originally a double i, now written i andy combined. The sound represented by this combination, which is foreign to the English language, lies close to the sound of ay in the Eng. word pay, the teeth, when pronouncing the Dutch word "pij" being less widely apart than for the pronunciation of Eng. pay. NOTE. The y-sound changes into Dutch i in the word bijzonder (particular), and into a toneless u in dikwijls (often), and in the ending lijk (Eng. Jy). C. The letters c, q, and x are only met with in words of foreign origin, and are there pronounced like in English ; /, in such words, occurring before the ending ie, is pro- nounced like a, e.g. nalie, nation, pr. na-sie. 7. C occurs in Dutch in combination with H, ch being 1he representation of a guttural sound, sharper than that of g. SCH, when found at the beginning of a word, or as the initial letters of a stem after a prefix, should be pronounced as a combination of and the guttural ch; when otherwise found, its sound is only. 8. TH is pronounced as single t, and PTTliko/. NOTE. The sc/i is sounded In the suffix tchap. SPELLING AND PRONUNCIA TION. 9. The Dutch language has the following diphthongs : Ei, formerly ai (#), pron. exactly like ij ; Au, pron. like in Engl. stout ; Ou, pron. softer than au, rather more like o in below, Ui, no equivalent in English, softer than German eu, pronounced in a line with u and eu (see Note, par. 2), "but with a wider opening of the mouth ; Aai, like ay in Scotch pronunciation of .Mickay ; Ooi, full Dutch o-sound with i-sound attached, like oTi-y ; Eeu, full sound of Dutch e, ending in the sound of w ; leu, full sound of Dutch i, ending in that of w. NOTE. Many people make no difference between Au and Ou, pronouncing them both like the latter of the two. II. SPELLING AND PRONUNCIATION. (Spelling en UitspraaJc.^) . Broadly speaking, Dutch should be pronounced as it is spelled. The following are the cases in which pro- nunciation differs from spelling : 1. The sound of ij sometimes changes to that of i, and at other times to that of u (see I, 5, Note). 2. The sound of sch is sometimes that of a single s (see 1,7). 3. The sound of th is that of a single t (see I, 8). 4. The w is left out in the pronunciation of enot (Eng. pea). It is pronounced ert. 5. Final t is many times left out before the diminutive ending je, as in nestje (little nest), pronounced nesje. 6. The t before final ie in words of French origin, is pronounced like s (see I, 6). 7. The guttural sound of g is lost whenever n precedes it (see I, 4, Note). 8. Final b, d, and g, are respectively pronounced like p, t, and ch. 9. The initial z of zestig, sixty, and zeventlg y seventy, is pronounced like . B 2 4 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. 10. The diminutive ending je is colloquially pronounced ie, except when preceded by d or t ; e.g. koppie (for kopje), boekie (for boekje) ; but mannetje, and Jiandje. 11. The pronunciation of the endings de, der, and den, is often je, jer, and yen in colloquial speech. De goede man (the good man), is pronounced de goeie man ; likewise does breeder (broader) sound breejer, and sleden (sledges), slejen. This is the case in : (ADJECIIVES) goede, goeie (good), breede, breeje (broad), roode, rooie (red), doode, dooie (dead), kwade, Jcwaaie (angry), &c. ; whereas, oude (old), and Jcoude (cold) change their d into a w, ouwe, kouwe. (NouNS) laden, laaien (drawers), leden, lejen (mem- bers), kleeden, kleejen (carpets), smeden, smejen (smiths), sneden, snejen (slices), &c. (VERBS) laden, laaien (to load), snijdcn, snijen (to cut), lijden, lijen (to suffer), leiden, leien (to lead), rijden, rijen (to ride), &c. 12. In loose speech the final n of the ending en of nouns and verbs, and of inflected articles and adjectives, is dropped. EXERCISE ON PRONUNCIATION. Pronounce according to the hints in the undermentioned paragraphs of section I. 2. Paar, taal, haas, maat, va-der, ina-len, ta-fel, za-del ; meel, reet, geel, le-pcl, zo-dig, le-ven, we-zel ; diep, stier, sliep, iets, ieder, vie-ren, hie-len, wie-den ; kool, roos, pook, trcon, mo-len, wo-nen, ko-per, sto-ven ; uur, ruuur, uw, sluw ; vu-ren, ju-bel, k du-wen, mu-ziek ; koek, woest, pool, troep, moe-der, loe-ren, woe-dend, roe-ren; neus, heup, dour, kneu, sleu-ren, leu-xo, steu-nen, kleu-rig. SPELLING AND PRONUNCIATION. 5 3. (FULL VOWELS.) Baat, ba-ten, aap, a-del ; zeef, sto- len, eer, e-del, vee ; dienst, wie-len, iep, ie-ren, drie ; roof, do-ren, oor, o-pen, stroo; stuur, stu-ren, u-ren, ruw. (IMPERFECT VOWELS.) Kar, slap, plat, man, stani, land, stal, want, plan, lam ; vel, mes, wet, test, net, spel, ren, stem, pen, kers ; dik, mis, lip, ik, bril, stil, kin, pit, krimp, dirk; mul, hulk, rum, kunst, lust, hurk, muts, dun, ruk, wuft. 3. NOTE. Bree-de, ka-le, laf-fen, de, ge-loop, ver-liaal, be-dcrf, koopen, ee-ren, val-!cn, rom-mcl, de-det, dcc-scm, re-ten, loo-pen, wan-de-len, krab-be-lcn, re-gec-rcn. 4. Baas, bas, buur, bus, boel, boek, bok, beek, bek ; daar, dorp, deur, doel, dek, dak, dwaas, dwars, diep, dik, dis-tel; kaal, kap, koor, kor, kwee, kwast, kist, kiel, ko-ren; peer, paard, pronk, proest, pis-tool, pest, pret; raarn, ram, roes, rust, rank, rit-se-len, riet ; teer, turf, troep, toorn, to-ren, trap-pe-len ; zak, zaak, ziek, zink, zulk, zool, zeem, zoet, zwal-ken ; haan, hoop, hop, hak, haal, help, hulp, hoed, heup ; jaar, jas, jood, jank, Joel, jeuk, Jong; goot, grot, geul, gaas, gas, groef, gist, grim-men; vaas, vroom, voelt, vleug, vlag, vlok, vin-nen; waan, woest, wier, wraak, wrok, worst. 5. (FOREIGN WORDS.) Synode, tyrannie, hypocriet. (DUTCH WORDS.) Eijm, vijl, stijf, grijp, wrijven, lijvig, blijken, wijzen. 6. District, concept, examen, exceptie, promotie, delicaat, garantie, inconsequent (also spelled " inkonselcwent "). 7. Lach, kuch, zucht, kracht, licht, ge-zicht, ver-licht, ge- lucht, macht, wacht, ge-dacht, schaap, schip, schut, schop, 6 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. schom-mel, schim, schat, schol, scliram, schrik, schrijn, ge-schaamd, ver-scho-len, her-schapen, ont-schie-ten, blijd- schap; (pronounced like s) mensch, men-sclien, wasch, was-schen, musch, mus-schen, tus-schen, steedsch, steed- sche. 8. Thee, thuis, thans, althans; nimph (also spelled mm/), philosophen (filosofen), photographie, telegraphiscli (pr. telegrafiea). 9. Lei, wei-de, reis, stei-ge-ren, fontein, lei-den, stei-ler, rein ; pans, kous, saus, lauw, flauw, rouw, dauw, vrouw, flauw; Luis, rui-ken, tuin, wui-ven, dui-nen, muis, ruiin, pruik ; taai, zaai-en, haai, maai-en ; hooi, mooi-er, strooi-eu, tooi-en, dooi ; eeu-wig, leeu-wen, sproeuvv, geeu-wen ; nieuw, nieu-we, krieu-wen. III. SYLLABLES. (Letter grepen.~) 1. The pronunciation of Dutch words is a simple and easy matter, after the sounds have been mastered. On the pronunciation depends the division of words into syllables. 2. This division has no connection with etymology. No matter how a word has been derived, compounded, contracted or abridged, its syllables depend on the way of opening and closing the mouth when it is pronounced. 3. Perfect articulation gives perfect division into syllables. There is no other rule. 4. Foreigners may observe : (a) That one consonant found between two vowels goes with the vowel which follows it : Jiazen = Jia-zen, levcn le-ven, ademcn = a-de-men. SYLLABLES. (&) That of a combination of two or more consonants, one is retained by the first vowel, whereas the remainder go with the vowel following them : dampig = dam-pig, schande = schan-de, Tcorsten = Jcor-sten, dorschen = dor-schen, unless such division should stand in the way of pro- nunciation : ermtig = ern-stig, instead of er-nstig, ambten - amb-ten, and not am-bten. NOTE 1. These rules do not include compound words, which naturally keep their parts intact : plaatskaart = plaats-kaart, slagaar = slag-aar. Likewise do the suffixes aard, achtig, and rijTf retain their own letters; blauw-achtig, gunst-rijk, laf-aard. NOTE 2. The compositions ch, sch, and ng are not divided : lachen = la-chen ; ruischen = rui-schen ; angstig = ang-stig ; Jtoningin = ko-ning-in. Syllables open and closed. In Dutch a syllable is termed a) open (open), when ifc ends in a vowel ; 6) closed (gesloten), when it ends in a consonant. Examples of a) vre-de, be-te-ren, ga-de-loo-ze. Examples of 5) Ian-den, won-der-daad, on-ein-dig-heid. EXERCISE ON SYLLABLES. Break the words of the following exercises into syllables, noticing which of the syllables are open, and which closed : 1. Laken, monster, paarden, stallen, dochters, zonen, handen, paneel, kapstok, brandwacht, kapoen, vinger, planten, struiken, boomen, pennen, hazen, eenden, vinden, stokpaard, ketting, wartaal, ganzen, spiegel, vragen, denken, klinken, mengen, marktplaats, slokdarm, waschmand. 2. Bederven, gedenken, ontvangen, stamelen, regeeren vergelden, hagelen, hergeven, oorlogen, droefenis, latafel, 8 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. ouderdom, gestorven, schrijfbureau, schuifgordijn, akelig, inktkoker, plaveien, instrument, onttrekken, uitvinding, over-last, blikslager. 3. Betooveren, gedachtenis, goedhartigheid, nauwkeurige, bedelende, nadrnkkelijk, onloochenbaar, monsterachtig, wellevendheid, anderhalve, onaangenaam, milddadigheid, havelooze, tandenpoeder, horlogekast, overmachtig, voorwereldlijk, ontstentenis, kornpagnieen, vergiffenis, dialektiek, professoraat, regulatie, landarbeid, Zaterdag, blijmoedige, bruiloftsdiech, edelmoedigheid. 4. Keukengereedscbap, koiasenfabriek, katoenspinnerij, overeenkomstig, houtzaagmolen, koninginnemantel, Israelitismo, spoor wegmaatschappijen, testamentbezorger, philosophicen, genealogie, onderwijzersvereenigingen, horlogemakerswinkel, primitiviteit, invalideninstituut, zeilenmakerswei kplaats. ( 9 ) CHAPTER It. SPELLING. (Spelling.^) I. DUTCH spelling compares very favourably with. English spelling. In ths pronunciation of Dutch words every letter is sounded. (See the exceptions to this rule in Chap. I, Section II.) A word pronounced, therefore, is a word spelled. This holds good but for the choice of a single or double letter for the representation of full- sounded vowels. In this respect there are obvious dis- crepancies and striking anomalies, which should, as early as possible, be removed. There is a movement on foot aiming at thorough reform. When such reform shall have reached its object, the present chapter will have lost most of its significance. Then every full-sounded a will be written aa ; every full-sounded e, ee ; every full i, either ii, or ie ; o, oo ; and u, uu ; while either ei or ij will be abolished. That change will render Dutch spell- ing well-nigh perfect, and remove every difficulty which now remains in it. However, seeing that the said reform is at the present moment little beyond the stage of a strong and healthy wish, and considering how slowly changes in languages are brought about, it is incumbent on the writer to furnish the following rules pro tern. II. Words without inflexion take their final consonant according to pronunciation : met, zich, noch. KOTE. Noch is neither, nog Is yet. This difference in spelling is likely to be removed by the new rules spoken of under } I. to THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. III. When the final consonant of a word is a hard one, the last but one should be hard also ; likewise is a soft final consonant preceded by a soft one : nacht has cJi, because it ends in t ; deugd has g, because it ends in d. NOTE 1. This rule gives way to elymolopy, and is therefore not applied in tbe conjugation of verbs : hij legt keeps its g before the t, seeing the g forms a part of the stern of the verb. NOTE 2. Exceptions to the rule are : reeds, already ; steeds, always ; rinds, since ; tereids, already. IV. Neither words nor syllables can end in double consonants. The English endings ff and ss, and the German tt and nn can, therefore, not be met with at the end of a syllable of any Dutch word. V. Words or syllables oannot end in either a v or a z. Where such endings would be demanded by derivation, the v is made an /, and the z an s : vreezen, to fear ; ik vrees, I fear ; sterven, to die ; Jiij stierf, he died. VI. Touching declinable words, the question whether they end in d or t must be settled by declining them : paard, horse, sounds paart, but is written with d because its plural is paarden. Vraag, question, sounds vraach, but is written with g because the plural is vragen, in which g, not being final (vra-gen), is pronounced soft. So also vreemd, strange, with d, because of vreem-de ; groot, large, with t, because of groo-ter. NOTE. Further reference to this matter will be found in the chapter on the Plural and that on the Verb. VII. Eules about single and double a and a. 1. The double sign aa or uu is used (a) When the full sound of the vowel opens a syllable : aar, vein ; uur, hour. (b) When the full sound is closed up between con. sonants : daad, duur. 2. The single a or u is used ^a) When the full sound constitutes a syllable in itself: a-del, noble ; u-rcn, hours. SPELLING. ii (6) When the full sound is heard in an open syllable : vra-gen, to ask ; du-ren, to last. (c) Whenever the sound is imperfect : ar-moe-de, poverty ; urn, urn ; dak, roof ; hut, hut. (d~) When the full-sounded u is followed by to : rmo, rough ; sluw, sly. VIII. Eules about single and double /. 1. The double sign (ie) is used (a) When the full sound occurs between consonants : dienst, service ; mier, ant. (6) In open syllables, when accented, or final : mie-ren, ants ; ver-drie-tig, sorrowful ; foe-lie, mace. (c) When the full sound constitutes a syllable in itself in purely Dutch words : ie-mand, some one ; ie-der, every one. 2. The single sign (f) is used (a) When the sound is imperfect between consonants : dik, thick ; mik-ken, to aim. (6) In open syllables, unaccented and not final : mu-zi-kant, bandsman ; fa-bri-kant, manufacturer. (c) In words taken from foreign languages : i-de-aal, ideal ; i-di-oot, idiot ; i-dee, idea. IX. Eules about single and double e and o. 1. In very many words the question about spelling with double or single e or o is settled by comparison with corresponding words in English, German, or French, a double vowel in these languages pointing to the use of the double sign in Dutch, and a single vowel to the single sign. In some cases comparison is possible between one Dutch word and another. EXAMPLES OF DOUBLE VOWELS: Bleeken, to bleach ; sclieede, sheath ; breede, broad j heelen, to heal. Gelooven, to believe ; hoopen, heaps ; droomen, to dream ; stroomen, streams ; berooven, to bereave. 12 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. EXAMPLES OF SINGLE VOWELS: Leven, to live ; peluw, pillow ; schepen, ships ; Tcetel, kettle ; degen, dagger. Blozen, to Hush ; Tiopen, to hope ; drogen, to dry ; goten, gutters. EXAMPLES OF COMPARING DUTCH WITH DUTCH: Sclieede with scheiden ; Jieelen with Jieilzaam ; breede with verbreiden ; wegen with weg ; liemel with Jiemd ; schepen with scMp ; degen with dagge ; edel with adel ; blozen with bios ; oorlogen with oorlog, and this again with uitleggen. NOTE 1. When searching for corresponding words, regard should be had to form aud not to meaning, which may be different. EXAMPLES: loom, tree, is compared to Eng. team though different in meaning. On the contrary no comparison is possible between Dutch vrede and Eng. peace. NOTE 2. This rule is difficult of application, because of words now having to he compared to an English cognate, and now to a German one : u-eken is in Eng. weeks, but in German Wochen, and takes its one e from its German cognate. 2. Words of one syllable ending in the e-sound or o-sonnd have the double vowels : TJiee, tea ; vee, cattle ; zee, sea ; wee, woe ; Jcwce, quince ; twee, two ; mee, with ; stroo, straw ; zoo, so ; vloo, flea. 3. In contracted syllables the e-sound and o-sound are represented by the double sign : Lccg (leduf), empty ; veer (veder~), feather ; weer (iccder}, weather ; preelcen (prcdiJcen), to preach. Boom (bodem), bottom ; door (jdojer^), yolk ; vroolijk (vrodelijK), merry. 4. The endings eelen, eezen, eesche, and eeren, have the double e ; the endings loozcn and genooten have the double o : Houwcclcn, pick-axes ; juwccJen, jewels; Portugeezcn, Portitguese (noun) ; Soendaneezen, Sundanese (noun) ; Europeesche, European ; Japaneesclic, Japanese (adjective); notceren, to note; braveeren, to brave ; hanteeren, to handle. SPELLING. 13 Boomlooze, treeless ; moederlooze, motherless ; speel- genooten, playmates ; reisgenooten, travelling-com- panions. NOTE. The ending eeren forms a number of Dutch verbs from French (Latin) stems. Tbe original Dutch ending eren, which has a single , Is only found in teren, to live on, verteren, to consume, deren, to hurt, beiveren, to maintain, ontberen, to lack, verwertn, to defend. X. Eules as to the choice between ei and ij. 1. Like in the case of e and o, a corresponding word in English or German having two vowels, points to the use of ei in Dutch ; likewise, if the foreign cognate has one vowel, the ij takes its place in Dutch : Feilen, failings ; fontein, fountain; spreiden, to spread; meid, maid ; zeide, said. Rijst , rice ; prijs, price ; lijst , list ; dozijn, dozen ; paradys, paradise ; icijn, wine ; rijzen, to rise. 2. When contraction has taken place, ei must be used : Zeil (zegel), sail; dweil (dwegel), clout; Jceil (kegel), wedge. 3. Ei is used in the endings heid, teit, and lei : goedheid, goodness ; majesteit, majesty ; allerlei, all kinds of, 4. IJ is used in the endings ij, ijn, ijs, and lijk: BaJckerij, bakery ; galerij, gallery ; dolfijn, dolfin ; radijs, radish ; eerlijk, honest. XI. The meanings of the following words of like pronunciation should be acquired. (a) Homonyms with e and ee : helen, to hide. heelen, to heal, to cure. Iceren, to sweep. keeren, turns, times. lenen, to lean (also pr. leuneri). leenen, to lend. rede, speech. reede, roadstead. slepen, to trail along (intrans.). sleepen, to drag (trans.). veren, pi. of veer, ferry. veeren, feathers. verweren, to defend. verweeren, to become weather- beaten. iveJcen, weeks. weeken, to soak. wczen, to be. weezen, orphans. THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. Homonyms with, o and oo : genoten, enjoyed (infin. genie- ten). hopen, to -hope. horen, horn. kloven, ravines. kolen, coals. koper, copper. kozen, chose (infin. kiezen"). lover, one who praises. poten, to plant. roken, smelled (infin. ruikeri). roven, scurfs. schoten, shots. schoven, shoved (infin. schuiven"). sloven, drudges. slopen, to level, also past tense of sluipen. sloten, locks. tonen, tones. tronen, thrones. genooten, fellows. hoopen, heaps. hooren, to hear. klooven, to cleave. koolen, cabbages. kooper, purchaser. koozen, to caress. loover, foliage. pooten, legs. rooken, to smoke. rooven, to rob. schooten, laps. schooven, sheaves. slooven, aprons. sloopen, pillow-cases. slooten, ditches. toonen, to show. troonen, to allure. (c) Homonyms with ?)' and ei : lij, bee. berifden, to ride on. ijk, stamp, assizer's mark. fijt, whitlow. hij, he. lijden, to suffer. mij, me. mijt, mite. pijl, arrow. rij, row. rijken, rich people, also king- doms. Rijn, Rhine. rijs, young twigs (collective). stijl, style, also door-post. vijl, file. vlijen, to lay flat. wij, we. wijden, to consecrate. wijten, to impute. zij'de, silk. lei, berry. bereiden, to prepare. eik, oak. feit, fact. hei or AeiWe, heath. leiden, to lead. .Met', May. meid, servant. peil, water-mark. rei, choir. reiken, to reach. rein, pure. reis, voyage. steil, steep. veil, for sale. vleien, to flatter, wei or weide, meadow. weiden, to graze. weiten, pi. of wheat, e, said. SPELLING. 15 EXERCISE I. 1. Fill up the blanks with single or double a : V-n w-r Jcio-m de m-n, dien ik dr zg ? Hij From where came the man whom I there saw? Ho Jciv-m v-n den k-nt v-n de st-d. W-t z-l ik hem came from the side of the town. What shall I him. r-den, -Is hij mij vr-gt ? R-d hem zijn -rmen v-der advise when he me asks ? Advise him his poor father w-t te helpen. Wie k-^n dit rdsel r-den : wt ws a little to help. Who can this riddle guess : what was w-s, eer ws ws ws ? De m-st vn dt scliip is f, de wax, ere wax was wax ? The mast of that ship is off, the kr-cht vn den storm heeft hem den voorl-tsten ncht f force of the storm has it the previous night down gesl-gen. Ik zl u voor uwe strf v-n vond struck. I shall you for your punishment this evening l-ten wter drgen. De jger is op de jcht gegn, en let water carry. The hunter is on the hunt gone, and heeft twee hzen en drie fez-nten thuis gebrcht. has two hares and three pheasants home brought. 2. Fill up the blanks with single or double u : Aan den m-r in zijne st-deerkamer hing een rio kruis. On the wall in his study hung a rude crucifix. Zijn die vrchten niet te z-r 1 neen, ik houd Are those fruits (for) you not too sour ? no, I like van z-re vr-chten t meer dan . D-w de lcifersdoos sour fruits, more than you. Push the match-box open met -wen vinger, S-zie. St-r wen knecht om het open with your finger, Susie. Send your servant the paard van wen b-rman te h-ren. Gij zlt het zelf horse of your neighbour to hire. You will it yourself 16 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. moeten gaan h-ren : ik Jean den knecht n niet stren. must go (and) hire : I can the servant now not send. Het zal niet veel ren meer drcn, of die mr-r zal It will not many hours more last, before that wall will om liggen. Die vreemde hond, die daar zoo valsch ligt down lie. That strange dog, which there so false lies te glren, Jieeft n en dan vreemde kren. to lurk, has now and then strange whims. 3. Fill up the blanks with single or double e : Hft de kl-fpleister de wond in het b-n van uwen Has the sticking-plaster the wound in the leg of your nf gnzn ? Ik h-b Jit brde papier aan smatte r-pn cousin healed ? I have the wide paper in narrow strips g-sn-d-n. Br-ng mij h-t nt, dat d Jcncht h-dn cut. Bring me the net which the servant to-day v-rst-ld h-ft ; ik zal h-t ov-r d- h-g l-gg-n. D- h-m-ls mended has ; I shall it over the hedge lay. The testers d-r bdd-n zijn n-tj-s afgvgd. Brg h-t gld in uw of the beds are neatly dusted. Put the money in your vst w-g, and-rs wordt h-t uitgg^vn. Br-ng waistcoat by, or else (will) be it spent. Bring lir-t sch-rp m-s bij dn kncht, n zg h-m, dat hij ht the sharp knife to the servant, and tell him, that he the h-ft moet vastzttn. D ic-t van h-t gw-t-n van handle must fix. The law of the conscience of Iken mnsch z-gt hm, dat st-ln onr-cht is. every man tells him that to steal wrong is. 4, Mil up the blanks with single or double o : Ik heb geh-rd, dat de r-ver den k-pman verm-rd I have heard, that the robber the merchant murdered Jieeft. Het kind drmde van sp-ken, die in den t-ren lias. The child dreamt of ghosts, which in the tower SPELLING. 17 to nden. De tr^venaars en gchelaars k-nden den k-ning lived. The magicians and conjurors could (to) the king zijnen dr-m, niet uitleggen. nze vrouders leefden in his dream not explain. Our ancestors lived in b-sschen, en droegen ssenliuiden met de h-^rens p hunne woods, and wore ox-hides with the horns on their h-fden. Hij geli-rzaamt u -p belr-fte dat gij heads. He obeys you on (the) promise that you hem zult belnen. W-nen er ~k menschen -p b men ? him will reward. Live there any people on trees? Ja, en er zijn k smmige menschens-rten, die in Yes, and there are also some kinds of people, who in h-len en speZ-n&en wnen. De vrlijke zn t-vert holes and caves live. The bright sun throws (by eenen sch-nen bg tegen de dnkere w-lken. magic) a pretty arch against the dark clouds. 5. Fill up the blanks with ei or ij : Z-t g ber-d m te leeren rden % W8 tn~ de Are you ready me to teach to ride? Show me the r- boomen, die g- geplant hebt. Z-ne bl-dschap is row (of) trees, which you planted have. His mirth is maar sch-n ; h is niet waarlk vroolk. W n wordt uit but pretence ; he is not really merry. Wine is from druiven ber-d, en az-n uit wn. Het msje zal grapes prepared, and vinegar out of wine. The girl will de r harer vriendinnen op eene I- schr-ven, en u de the row of her friends on a slate write, and you the l-st dan w-zen. He ben bl, dat g die schilder krgt. list then show. I am glad, that you that painting get. De h-ning sclidt net icland van mnen tuin. The fence separates the pasture-ground from my garden. Ah w- eerl-k en vl-tig z-n, leven ID- vr- en bl-. When we honest and diligent are, live we free and happy. i8 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCtt GRAMMAR, G moet niet te veel t-d aan rden wden ; dat zou You must not too much time to riding devote ; that would niet w-s zn. De berg is te stl om af te glden. not wise be. The mountain is too steep to down slide. 1. a. Fill up the blanks with single or double a : De bekiome tuinier is bezig, de t-kken v-n de boomen The skilful gardener is busy, the branches of the trees te k-ppen. J-n, geef mij mijn regenmntel eens -n. In to chop. John, hand me my waterproof just (on). In cen huis vindt men kmers, rrnen, ksten, tr-ppen, a house finds one rooms, windows, presses, staircases, en op een huis een dk. Kldden mken is jmmerlijk and on a house a roof. Blots (to) make is exceedingly slordig. Wij kicmen n cht uur des vonds untidy. We caine after eight o'clock in the evening n. Wt een n-cht vol bnge zorgen ! De m-wen (on). What a night full (of) anxious cares ! The manes onzer p-rden zijn zwrt. De mn schijnt thns He of our horses are black. The moon shines now all n-chten en de zon lie d-gen. nights and the sun all days. 2. a Fill up the blanks with single or double u : Ged-rende die paar -ren hadden wij heel wat te verdren During those few hours had we a good deal to endure van onze b-ren. Het g-re weder heeft one belet, from our neighbours. The cold weather has us prevented, de meid om vr-chten te stren. De m-sschen en the servant for fruit to send. The sparrows and zwal-wcn zijn nooit r-stige nab-ren. H-r mij een rijtuig swallows are never quiet neighbours. Hire mo a vehicle SPELLING. 19 voor een r, en vraag hoe d-r Tiet zal Jcomen. Dnne for an hour, and ask how expensive it will be. Thin stof is niet zelden drzamer dan grove en material is not seldom more lasting than coarse and r^we . Gij z-lt -we st-rsche Tc-ren eenmaal rough (ones). You will (for) your sour whims once bezren. Geen mren verdren der ren geweld. sorry be. No walls endure of the hours (the) force. 3. a. Fill up the blanks with single or double e : Niet t Ir-v-n om t- t-n, maar t t-n om t l-v n, is n Not to live for to eat, but to eat for to live, is a gulden rg-l. In d- Midd-l-uiv-n l-fd-n d- -d-l-n in golden rule. In the Middle Ages lived the nobles in trotsch Jcast-l-n. Ondr Tir-t spl-n blk h-t, dat proud castles. During the playing appeared it that er v-l ontvrdnen warn. De schp-n der there many discontented (ones) were. The ships of the z-var-nd mog-ndhd-n vnar-n Ikand-r in strJct-. sea-faring powers equal each other in strength. cht witt 6 r-n word-n all-n in Icoud 8trk-n aang-troffn. Real white bears are only in cold regions found. K-m-l -n Jcam-l zijn nam-n m-t g-lijlc- b-t-k-nis. Camel and camel are names with like meaning. 4. a. Fill up the blanks with single or double o : Wie ~-ren heeft m te Ji-ren, die h-re. L-pend f Who ears has for to hear, let him hear. Flowing or str-mend water is Jiet gezndst. De vrlijTte spr-ngen streaming water is (the) wholesomest. The merry bounds der eehh-rntjes in de Ji-ge b-men vermaaJcten -ns alien. of the squirrels in the high trees amused us all. Hoe Jc-mt Jiet, dat de gten z slecJit I pen : wat Jean de How comes it, that the gutters so badly run : what can the 20 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. rzacik zijn van zulk eene d-rl-pende verst-pping ? De cause be of such a regular obstruction? The d-rn Jieeft de pene wnd ntstken. Gelf hem met thorn has the open wound inflamed. Believe him not weer ; p mijn wrd gij behrt hem niet te gel-ven. any more ; upon my word you ought him not to trust. Abrikzen, frambzen en st-fperen zijn -verheerlijke Apricots, raspberries and stewing pears are delicious vruchten. fruits. 5. a. Fill up the blanks with ei or ij : Z-ne r-s langs den R-~n heeft h in vf weken ten His trip along the Rhine has he in five weeks to (an) nde gebracht. Bne vreugde en ware bl-dschap Jcunnen end brought. Pure joy and true gladness can b-de in pal-zen en hutten gesmaaJct warden. W ber-Jcten both in palaces and huts tasted be. We reached den top des bergs juist btds, om de zon boven the top of the mountain just in time, for the sun above den gezichts-nder te zien rzen. Md vltaal: zij voert the horizon to see rise. Shun flattery : it leads meestent-ds tot v-nzer. Tot zulke rmelar is hij mostly to hypocrisy. Of such bad verses is he cvenmin in staat, ah het p-nzend brn zns vaders tot as little capable, as the pensive brain of his father of hct voortbrengen van dergel-Jce zottern. the production of such like foolery. Spelling of Compound Nouns. Most compounds combine their constituent parts without altering the form of either part, and causing them to appear as one word, no hyphens being used : stal en deur form staldeur, stable-door : schroef en draaier form schroefdraaier, screw-driver. SPELLING. In some cases, however, slight changes in the first part of the compound may be noticed : 1. If the first part ends in e, this e is generally dropped ; aarde and appel form aardappel, potato. 2. Principally to facilitate pronunciation, some words drop their final d when compounded : rijtoer, from rijdtoer, drive ; zijraam, from zijdraam, side- window ; leiband, from leidband, leading-strings. 3. Words which take the double plural ending ers or eren (see page 37), drop the additional 8 or en, and retain their original plural form in er when compounded ; hoendcrhok, fowl-house ; eiermand, egg-basket. 4. The first part of a compound frequently takes the letter s either a) as a sign of the genitive case, or 6) to bring out a plural meaning, or c) for the sake of euphony. EXAMPLES : a) Timmermansgereedschap, carpenter's tools; bruids- Jcleed, bridal dress ; dorpsschool, village school. 6) Meisjesschool, girls' school ; jongensboeJc, book for boys. c) Seheidsrechter, arbiter ; schutsheer, protector. The compound forms which join their two parts together by e or en require more attention. The letter e represents a singular meaning, but changes into en, when- ever the second word commences with a vowel or an A. Where this is not the case, en represents a plural. Com- pounds with the word loom (tree), or the name of any part of a tree, necessarily have e, and not en (as they are not uncommonly spelled), except when the second part begins with a vowel or an Ti. EXAMPLES OF SINGULAR FORMS : Paardestaart, tail of a horse ; lampeglas, lamp-chimney ; speldQl;nnp, pin's head ; perescliil, peel of a pear. 22 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. Eikeboom, oak-tree ; eiketak, branch of an oak-tree ; vijgeblad, fig-leaf; tulpebol, tulip-bulb ; rozestruik, rose- bush ; but eikenhout, oak-wood ; JionderJtok, dog's kennel ; ganzemei, egg of a goose ; brillemhuis, spectacle-case. EXAMPLES OF PLURAL FORMS : Boekenkast, book-case ; vriendenkring, circle of friends ; lampG&magazijn, store for lamps ; bijenbrood, bee-bread. NOTE. In a few cases en is added to the first part of the word to eipress : o) a masculine name of an animal ; 5) a position in society. EXAMPLES : a) berenpoot, bear's paw ; apenkuur, monkey's trick; l>) boerenknecM, farm-servant. EXERCISE II. 1. Fill up the blanks with e or en : Heeft Jiij boek-planken in zijne kamer, of is er een boek- Has he book-shelves in his room, or is there a book- Icast ? Koopt men lampglazen in een Jcleer-winJcel f Ziet case ? Buys one lamp chimneys in a tailor's shop ? Sees men ooit eene paard-lcrib in eenen koeistal ? De tulp- one ever a horse-manger in a cow-stable ? The tulip- bollen staan in den grand. Hij heeft de per-schillen en bulbs are in the ground. He has the pear-peels and de pruim-pitten in de vuilnismand gegooid. Met the plum-stones into the waste-basket thrown. With naald-punten moet men voorzicJitig zijn. Hij Jieeft zijn needle-points should one careful be. He has his brill- Jiuis in zijnen zak gestoken. Zijn die brill speotacle-case in his pocket put. Are those spectacle glazen groen of blauw ? In de eiklaan staat een jonge glasses green or blue? In the oak avenue is a young per-boom, die verplant moet worden. De vriend pear-tree, which transplanted should be. The friendly kring komt van avond bijcen. circle comes to-night together. SPELLING. 23 2. Do the same with : Die haren zijn van een paard-staart afkomstig. De goeder Those hairs are from a horse's tail come. The goods trein vertrekt een half uur later dan de person trein- train leaves a half-hour later than the passengers' train. Hij heeft zich als een boerknecht verhuurd. Die He has himself as a farm-servant hired out. That soldat-^rok past hem goed. Hij draagt een heer-lioed soldier's frock fits him well. He wears a gentleman's hat bij zijn jongenspak. Een voss-kop is spits, en een with his boy's suit. A fox's head is pointed and a berklauw is plat. Eendeieren zijn duur. Hij gebruiJct bear's paw is flat, Ducks' eggs are expensive. He uses eenen eend-vleugel bij net teelcenen. Hij schrijft met a duck's wing with the drawing. He writes with stalen pennen, en zijn vader met ganz-veeren. In het steel pens, and his father with quills. In the hond-hok ligt een koei-horen. Mannen behooren geene dog's kennel lies a cow's horn. Men ought no vrouw-kleeren te dragen. women's clothes to wear. 3. Do the same with : De roz-struiken moeten in Juni gesnoeid warden. Eik-hout The rose-bushes must in June cut be. Oak wood geeft meer hitte dan wilghout. Pauio-veeren gives more heat than willow wood. Peacock's feathers zijn mooier dan pauw-oogen. Zwan-dons is lieer- are prettier than peacock's eyes. Swan's down is delight- lijk zacht in kussens. De kerk-muur is vol z'waluto- fully soft in pillows. The church wall is full swallow's nesten. Paard-ooren staan op, maar hond-ooren hangen. nests. Horse's ears stand up, but dog's ears hang. Konijn-staarten zijn kort en gekruld. De Vrijstaat lieeft Babbits' tails are short and curled. The Free State has 24 TttE COMMERCIAL DUTCtt GRAMMAR. stecnkool-mijnen. Het arme kind Jiad drie speldknoppen coal-mines. The poor child had three pin's-heads ingeslikt. De stippen op dit blad zijn zoo fijn ah speld- swallowed. The dots on this leaf are as tine as pins' punten. Die pijpkop is van meerschuim gemaalct. De points. That pipe-bowl is of meerschaum made. The lamp-kap is gebarsten. Het mol-rad wordt door water lamp-shade is cracked. The mill-wheel is by water f/edreven. driven. CHAPTER III. PARTS OP SPEECH. (Itededeelen.} THERE are ten classes of words, called Rededeelen, Paris of Speech. They are : 1. Het Zelfstandig Naamwoord, the Noun Substantive ; 2. Het Lidwoord, the Article ; 3. Het Bijvoegelijk Naamwoord, the Adjective ; 4. Het Voornaam- woord, the Pronoun ; 5. Het Telwoord, the Numeral Adjective ; 6. Het WerJcicoord, the Verb ; 7. Het Bijwoord, the Adverb ; 8. Het Voegwoord, the Conjunction ; 9. Het Voorzetsel, the Preposition ; 10. Het Tusschenwerpsel, the Interjection. NOTE. The above names are for the greater part literally translated from the original Latin. The Article. (Het Lidwoord.) I. The Article, Jiet Lidwoord, is a word which is place-l before a Noun to indicate whether the noun has a definite or an indefinite meaning. NOTE. English grammars no longer take the article as a separate part o^ speech, but call it a "distinguishing adjective." This term, however, Is not applicable to the Dutch article, it having a declension which differs from that of the adjective. II. There are two articles: the definite, het bepaJemh lidwoord, and the indefinite, het niet-bepalende lidwoord. 26 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR FORMS OF THE ARTICLE. III. The definite article is : for the Singular Number of the Masculine Gender, " de " ; for the Singular Number of the Feminine Gender, " de" ; for the Singular Number of the Neuter Gender, " Jiet " ; for the Plural Number of every Gender, " de." The indefinite article is : for the Masculine Singular, " een " ; for the Feminine Singular, " eene " ; for the Neuter Singular, "een." IV. Articles can never be used without a noun which they qualify. They are declined as follows : MASCULINE. SINGULAR. (Enkelvoud.) Ncvn. de man, the man. Gen. dee manB (or van den man), of the man. den man (or aan man), to the man. den man, the man. Dat. den Ace. SINGULAR. (Enkelvoud.) Nom. een man, a man. Gen. eenB manB (van eenen man), of a man. Pat. eenen man (aan eenen man), to a man. Ace. eenen man, a man. FEMININE. SINGULAR. (Enkelvoud.) Nom. de vrouw, the woman. Gen. der vrouw (van de vrouw), of the woman. Dat. der vrouw (aan de vrouw), to the woman. Ace. de vrouw, the woman. MannelijJc. PLUEAL. (Meervoud.) Nom. de mannen, the men. Gen. der mannen (van de man- nen), of the men. Dat. den mannen (aan de man- nen), to the men. Ace. de mannen, the men. PLURAL. (Meervoud.) Nom. mannen, men. Gen. van mannen, of men. Dat. aan mannen, to men. Ace. mannen, men. VrouweUjk. PLURAL. (Meervoud.) Nom. de vrouwen, the women. Gen. der vrouwen (van de vrou- wen), of the women. Dat. den vrouwen (aan de vrou- wen), to the women. Ace. de vrouwen, the women. PARTS OF SPEECH. FEMINIKE. SlNGULAE. (Enkelvoud.) Nom. eene vrouw, a woman. Gen. eener vrouw (van eene vrouw), of a woman. Dat. eener vrouw (aan eene vrouw), to a woman. Ace. eene vrouw, a woman. SINGULAR. (Enkelvoud.) Nom. het kind, the child. Gen. deB kinds (van het kind), of the child. Dat. het kind (aan het kind), to the child. Ace. het kind, the child. SINGULAR. (Enkelvoud.) Nom. een kind, a child. Gen. eenB kinds (van een kind), of a child. Dat. een kind (aan een kind), to a child. Ace. een kind, a child. Vrouwelijk. PLUEAL. (Meervoud.) Nom. vrouwen, women. Gen. van vrouwen, of women. Dat. aan vrouwen, to women. Ace. vrouwen, women. NEUTER. Onzijdig. PLUEAL. (Meervoud.) Nom. de kinderen, the childre;.. Gen. der kinderen (van de kii.-.- deren), of the child ren. Dat. deo. kinderen (aan de kin- deren), to the children. Ace. de kinderen, the children. PLUEAL. (Meervoud.) Nom. kinderen, children. Gen. van kinderen, of children. Dat. aan kinderen, to children. Ace. kinderen, children. V. Nouns may reject the article, when such omission causes no ambiguity : De koeien, paarden en schapen zijn alls verkocht, the cows, horses, and sheep have all been sold. OBSERVATION 1. The article may never be omitted when its form is not exactly like that of the article expressed. It is wrong to write : Ik heb den vader en moeder van onze meid gezien, I saw the father and mother of our servant- girl ; since the masculine form den becomes de before the feminine moeder. OBS. 2. The article must always be left out before the second of two nouns which refer to one and the same person ; Hij werd de vriend en verzorger dier arme kinderen, He became the friend and guardian of those poor children. 28 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. OBS. 3. The definite article is left out after the words alle, all, and teide, both : Alle menschen moeten sterven, all men must die; Beide^vogels zy'n ontsnapt, both the birds have escaped. OBS. 4. It is customary to repeat the article, though its form be like that of the first article : (1) if one noun is singular and the other plural : De moeder en de dochters zijn Jieden aangekomen, the mother and the daughters have arrived to-day ; (2) in emphatic expressions : Beide de goeden en de kwaden zullen er onder lijden, both the good and the bad will suffer by it. OBS. 5. The article is omitted before the names of professions : The boy wants to be a carpenter, dejongen wil timmer- man warden. NOTE. Poets often make use of the abbreviated form d' for de and even for den, VI. The article is required in Dutch where it is not used in English : 1. With Nouns representing a class : Man is mortal, de menscJi is sterfelijk. The language of animals, de taal der dieren. 2. Before the names of : Meah: We were at breakfast, wij zaten aan het ontbijt. Diseases : He has had small-pox, hij Jieeft de pokken gehad. Seasons: Spring is a happy time, de lente is een vroolijlte tijd. Streets : He lives in Burg street, hij woont in de Burgstraat. Mountains : We ascended Table Mountain, wij Jclommen den Tafelberg op. Religious sects : He was converted to Christianity, hij werd tot het Christendom bekeed. Arts and sciences : He studies history, hij bestudecrt de geschiedenis. PARTS OF SPEECH* 29 3. Before proper nouns preceded by adjectives : Little Charles is ill, de kleine Karel is ziek. 4. Before abstract nouns when taken in their whole extent : Youth, de jeugd; old age, de ouderdom; life, Jiet leven ; death, de dood ; eternity, de eeuwigheid ; nature, de natuur ; creation, de scliepping. EXERCISES FOE TRANSLATION. Vertaaloefeningen. NOTE 1. The gender of the nouns used in the exercises is indicated by m. for the masculine, v. for the feminine, and o. for the neuter gender. NOTE 2. After prepositions use the Accusative (Objective) case. NOTE 3. The sentences of the Exercises for Translation are meant to be committed to memory after correction. EXERCISE III. bird, vogel, m. cage, kooi, v. stable, stal, m. cupboard, least, v. pencil, potlood, o. plate, lord, o. book, boek, o. sun, zon, v. table, tafel, v. house, huis, o. garden, tuin, m. stick, stoic, m. room, kamer, v. lamb, lam, o. lion, leeuw, m. forest, woud, o. mine, van mij, sky, lucht, v. is, is. in, in, on, op. large, groot. broken, stuk, small, klein. The bird is in the cage. ' The plate is in the cupboard. The pencil is on the table. The book is mine. The sun is in the sky. The house is in the garden. The house is small, the garden is large. The stick is broken. The lamb is in the stable. The lion is in the forest. The pencil is in the cupboard. The lamb is in the garden. The cupboard is in the room. The pencil is in the room. The plate is small ; the table is large. 30 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. EXERCISE IV. horse, paard, o. carriage, rijtuig, o. wheel, wiel, o. bonnet, hoed, m. cap, muts, v. liat, hoed, in. umbrella, paraplu, v. child, kind, o. dog, hond, m. street, straat, v, summer, zomer, m. door, deur, v. not,] niet, never, nooit, red, rood. ill, ziek,* often, dilcwijls, and, en. always, altijd, warm, warm, round, rond. expensive, duur, study, studeerTcamer, v. my, mijne, it, het. A stable and a horse. A carriage and a wheel. A carriage is expensive. A wheel is round. A bonnet and a cap. A bonnet is not a cap. A hat and a stick. An umbrella is never red. A child is ill. The dog is often in my study. The house is in (the) Humbert-street. It is always warm in (the) summer. EXERCISE V. mother, moeder, v. boy, jongen, m. window, venster, o. town, ttad, v. tree, boom, m. heat, hitte, v. long, lang. great, groot. high, hoog. The cage of the bird. The bonnet of the mother. The wheel of the carriage. The child's cap (cap of the child). The door of the stable. The pencil of the boy. The boy's umbrella. The door of the study is small. The window of the room is large. The street of the town is long. The heat of the summer is great. The tree of the forest is high. The wheel of the carriage is round. EXERCISE VI. paw, klauw, m. page, Itladzijde, v. beam, slraal, m. sore, zeer. dirty, vuil. hot, lieet. winter, winter, m. The mother's umbrella (the umbrella of the mother) is broken. The lion's paw is sore. The page of the book is dirty. The sun's beam is long. The boy's cap is dirty. PARTS OF SPEECH. 31 the bird's cage is not round. The mother's child is often ill. The door of the cupboard is small. The sun is hot in (the) summer. The child is always ill in (the) winter. The cap of the boy is on the table. The book is on the table in the study. The horse in the stable is mine. GKAMMAB EXERCISES. Taaloefeningen. EXERCISE VII. 1. Fill up the blanks with the definite article : boer (TO) beploegt veld (o). Zij plukt schoomte The farmer ploughs the field. She picks the finest bloemen () of. Leg zadel (o) op paard (o) en rijd flowers off. Put the saddle on the horse and ride naar marht (v'). JieTc (o) om Jiuis (o) is van to the market. The railing round the house is of beste ijzer (o) gemaakt. Hij Tieeft moedwillig blad (o) the best iron made. He has on purpose the leaf uit boeJc (o) gescneurd. oven (TO) will niet branden : out (of) the book torn. The oven will not burn: vuur (o) gaat gedurig uit. plaag (v) breidt zich the fire goes continually out. The plague spreads itself over gansche land (o) uit. vogels (m), welTce 's over the whole country out. The birds which in winters naar warme zuiden (o) vertreJcJcen, zijn talrijk. winter to the warm south depart, are numerous. wagen (m) is nieuw, wielen (o) ervan zijn oud. The waggon is new, the wheels of it are old. The schoenmaJcer (rn) Jieeft reJcening () van vorige shoe-maker has the account of the previous maand (v) gezonden. month sent. 2. Fill up the blanks with the indefinite article : vogel (m) zingt, muis (v) piept, Jcoe (v~) loeit, A bird sings, a mouse squeaks, a cow lows, a 32 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. paard (o) hinnikt, leeuw (m) bruit, beer (jii) bromt, horse neighs, a lion roars, a bear growls, a wolf(m) Jiuilt, hond (TO) blaft, schaap (o) blaat. Gis wolf howls, a dog barks, a sheep bleats. Yes teren school ik Jconijn (o) en ving rat (v). Welk terday shot I a rabbit and caught a rat. What a vreugde (v) voor armen man (TO). Wat gewoel (o), joy for a poor man. What a commotion, wat drukte (v), wat gejuich (o) op straat. BHjf what a bustle, what a shouting in (the) street. Stay toch oogeriblik (o), ill moet u nog geschiedenis (v) just a moment, I must you yet a story vertellen. JciJcvorsch (TO) en pad (v) behooren tot tell. A frog and a toad belong to a diersoort (v), die men schuwt. - jong (o) van - class of animals which one shuns, A young of a varJcen (o) noemt men big (v). pig calls one a young pig, 3. Fill up the blanks with the definite or indefinite article : rad (o) machine (v) is stuJc. straat (v) loopt The wheel of the machine is broken. The street runs rechtuit naar zee (v). zee (v) is deel (n) van straight to the sea. A sea is a part of an oceaan (m). fabrieJc (v) op Jioelt (m) marltt (v) is ocean. The factory at the corner of the market is afgebrand. Heeft u Jcapitein (TO) van oorlogschip (o) burnt down. Have you the captain of the man-of-war gezien, dat in baai () ligt. Neen, maar ik heb eenigen, seen, that in the bay lies. No, but I have some qfficieren (TO) en matrozen (TO) gezien. of the officers and of the sailors seen. (The) Kaapstad (v) ligt aan r- wet (m) van Tafclbcrg. Cape-Town lies at the foot of (the) Table-mountaii*, PARTS OF SPEECH beide torentjcs (n) van Jcasteel (n) aan overzijde (;) T^e both turrets of the castle at the other side rimer () zijn afgewaaid. Aan ingang ( in) van of the river are blown down. At the entrance of - Tafelbaai (v~) ligt Bobbeneiland. zoon (TO) the Table bay lies Kobben Island. The son of the dokters (m) is naar Sehotland gcgaan om in medicij- doctor has to Scotland gone in order (in the) medi- nen te studeeren. beiden spoorwegbeambten (?) cine to study. (To the) both railway officials has is zware boete (v) opgelegd, omdat zij bij been a heavy fine imposed, because Ihey at the naderen (n) van trein (m) niet op hunnen post (m) waren. approach of the train not at their post were. (The) Buddhisme (o) lieeft veel aanhangers (m) in Chinecschc Buddhism has many adherents in the. Chinese rijk (o). bcivoners (m) van vele Zuidzee empire. The inhabitants of many of the South Sea eilanden zijn tot - Christendom (o) beTceerd. Islands are to (the) Christianity converted. The heer (m), dien u van morgen in - - museum (o) gentleman whom you this morning in the museum ontmoet heeft, is lecraar in mathesis (v~). met have, is profe-sor of mathematics. COXVERSATIE. COSVERSATIOK. Tijd. Time. 1. Hoe laat is het? 1. What time is it ? '2. Het is tien uur. 2. It is ten o'clock. 3. Het is kwart voor vijf. 3. It is a quarter to five. 4. Het is half zeven. 4. It is half p^st six. 5. Het is tien minuten over 5. It is ten minutes past eight. acht. G. Hoe laat staat u op? 6. What time do you rise ? 7. Ik ben altijd op tegen zes 1. I am always up hy six uur. o'clock. 8. Hoe laat ontbijt uf 8. What time do you take hrcakfast ? 34 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. 9. Wij ontbijten nooit na acht uur. 10. Tegen twee uur zal ik bij u aankomen. 11. De stoomboot vertrekt om twaalf uur vandaag. 12. Gaan zij iederen dag naar school ? 13. Zij gaan dagelijksbehalve 's Zaterdags. 14. Aanstaande week zal ik vertrokken zijn. 15. Mijn verjaardag volt in de eerstkomende maand. 10. Wij hebben reeds veertien dagen op u gewacht. 17. Kom over drie dagen terug. 18. Mijn vader is juist vijftuj jaar oud. 19. De zon gaat in den winter laat op. 20. De zon gaat in den winter woeg onder. 21. Na zonsondergang komen de sterren te voorscliijn. 22. Wij begonnen onze reis vuor het aanbreken ran den dag. 23. 2'oen ik een half uur weg was, kwam mijn broeder thuis. 24. De veldslag werd den zeven en twintigsten Maart ge- leverd. 25. Ik verjaar op den laalsloi Februari. 26. Londen, 2 Mei 1884. 27. Na mijnen dood zal u alien duidelijk warden. 28. Overmorgen lioop ik u weer te zicn. 2! i. Ik ben ecryisteren gevallen. 30. 7.s u tc laat aan den trein w of 1'oth endings, only the form in s i< colloquial : Drie vogels vliegen boven ons huis, three birds are flying above our house ; I e vogelen des kernels kebben nesten, the fowls of the air have nests. The latter express! /n is bil 1 > language. NOTE 2. Mark that professional names which end in or take the accent on the last syllable but one, both in the singular and the plural : professor, plural profeison, profcssdren. VII. Words ending in ie require special attention. Those which have the accent on the last syllable but one, form their plural in n or sometimes s : natie, nations, naticn, or naties ; lelie, lily, lelien, or lelies ; proviitciel province, provineien ; hanarie, canary, Jcanarics. The following, however, which have the accent on the final ie, take en: fcnie, Knee, knieen. ' drie, three, drieen. copie, copy, copieen. genie, genius, genieen. theorie 1 theory, theorieen, FORMATION OF THE PLURAL. 37 inelodie, melody, melodieen. harmonic, harmony, harmonieen. menagerie, menagery, menagerieen. profttie, prophecy, profetieen. philosophic, philosophy, philosophieen. photographic, photography, photographieen. galanterie, . fancy article, galanteriee'n. Mark the diaeresis on the last e, which these words Tiavo in common with those ending in ee : zee, sea, zeeen ; wee, woe, weeen. VIII. The double plural ending ers or eren, is adopted by the following nouns of the neuter gender : bidden or bladeren. See IX. eiers or eieren. gelederen. gemoederen. goederen. hoenders. kalvers or kalveren. hinders or kinderen. lammers or lammeren. liederen. raderen. rundcrs or runderen. spaanders. volken or volkeren. NOTE. This double ending is not an original one. As in German, so also in Dutch, the plural of neuter nouns was formerly formed by er. To this plural ending it has become customary to add the endings used for the other genders, viz., * and en, which custom has created the double forms ers and eren now in use. In compound words the old ending er still expresses a real plural : Jcinder- kamer, nursery : Jtoenderhok, fowl-bouse; eiermand, eg.; -basket. The old plural is used with a singular meaning in fpaander, chip, and in the Cape Dutch forms een hoender, een eier. IX. Some hoinonyrnous words bring out their different meanings in the plural. Such are FIRST , r SECOND PLURAL. blad, leaf, ei, porcr e oo> gelid, rank, gemoed, mind, goed, goods, hoen, fowl, half, calf, kind, child, lam, lamb, lied, song, rad, wheel, rund, cow or ox, spaan, chip, volk, nation, SINGULAR. , r MEANING. MEANING. been, blad, deken, dekens, heiden, heidens, hemel, hemels, kleed, kleeden, legs. leaves of books, blankets, gipsies, canopies, carpets. beenderen, bladeren, dekenen, heidenen, hemelen, kleedcren, bones, leaves of trees, deacons, heathen, heavens, clothes. THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. SlXGULA ' PLURAL. MEANING. oECOND PLURAL. MEANING. Jcnecht, Tcnechts, men-serv- knechten,* slaves. ants. letter, letters, letters. letteren, literature. man, mans, husbands. mannen, men. middel, middel s, waists. middelen, means. reden, redens, ratios. redenen, reasons. spel, spellen, booths. spelen, games. studie, studies, sketches. studien, studies. tafel, tafels, tables. tafelen, tables (of the law) vader, vaders, fathers. vadercn, ancestors. teeken, teekens, signs. teeken en, miracles. wortel, wortels, roots. wortelen, carrots. zoon, zoons, children of zonen, natives of the one family. same coun- try. * NOTE. In composition knechten only should be used : krijgskncchten, soldiers; dicnslknccltten, male servants, X. A few words have an irregular plural form : smid, split, start, vloo, rede, smith, smeden. slit, town, flea, spleten. steden. vlooien. speech, redenen. lid, limb and member, leden. schif), ship, schcpen. koe, cow, koeien. zoo, sod, zooien. vleesch, meat, flesh, vlcezen, (old Dutch vlecs, vlcys.) NOTE 1. Smidt, smiths, and zoden, sods, are likewise used. NOTK 2. The i in the plural forms of koe and vloo is the h of their German agnates. 2. Words ending in licid (old D. hede~) take hcden: waarheid, waarheden, truth ; zaligheid, zaligheden, bliss. NOTE. This ending corresponds to the old English head : Godhead, (lodheid ; and the modern hood ; childhood, kindsheid, 3. Words compounded with man commonly take the plural lieden, the colloquial form of which is lui : timmerman, carpenter, timmerlieden (timmerlu.i) ; jonlcman, bachelor, jongelicden (lui). The plural mans or mannen, is, however, used as well. Engelschman, Englishman, lias Enyelschen; likewise Franschman, Frenchman, Framchen. Buurman, neighbour, takes bur en. 4. The plural of armvol, armful, and handvol, handful, is FORMATION OF THE PLURAL. 39 armvollen and Jiandvollen. The English "spoonful" has no equivalent in Dutch : two spoonfuls = twee lepels vol. The words asch, ashes, leven, life, and bod, bid, are always used in the singular : He has had two "bids for his house, hij Jieeft tweemaal een bod voor zijn Jiuis gehad. Notice also : They have lost their lives in it, zij hebben er het leven bij verloren. NOTE. Cbserve.however It has cost many lives, 5e< hceftvedmenschenlevensgekost XI. The following words have no plural form : 1. PROPER NOUNS, except when they designate different individuals of the same family names : de Hugo's, members of the Hugo family. 2. NAMES OF MATERIALS, except when they express particular kinds, or certain specified quantities or pieces : wateren, rivers or seas ; brooden, loaves ; zouten, chemicals ; icijnen, wines. 3. ABSTRACT NOUNS, except when they express a variety : deugden, virtues; schoonheden, beauties; bevalligheden, graces. 4. The following, which, having uo plural form of their own, borrow that of synonymous words ; WORDS. SYNONYMS. MEANINGS. PLURAL FORMS. adiibod, aanbieding, ofifer, aanbiedingen. bedrog, Ite'/riegerij, deceit, vednegerijen . belcy, lelcf/ering, siege, bclegeringen. doel, doeleinde, purpose, doeleinden. genot, (jenieting, pleasure, genictingcn. gevoel, gevoelen, feeling, gevoelens. hoop, verwachtiiig, hope, verwuchtingen. inleg, Mage, deposit, inlagen. kundcj kundigheid, knowledge. famdigheden. leer, leering, doctrine, leerinyen. oordeel, oordeelvelling, judgment, oordeelvellingen. rood, raadgeving, advice, raadgevingen. roof, rooverij, robbery, rooverijen. troost, vertroosting, consolation, vertroostingen. twijfel, twijfcliiKj, doubr, tObijfdingen. verdriet, verdrietdij/ih e id, sorrow, verdrietelijkheden. zege, zegepraal, victory, zegeprahn. z<-y<-n, zegcning, blessing, zeycn inyen. THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. XII. The following words have no singular : yebroeders, hersenen, inkomsten, kolen, kosten, ledematen, lieden, manen, brothers (in a com- mercial firm), brains, revenue. coal, cost. limbs (of the body), people, mane. mameren, manners. mazelen, measles. cnkosten, expense. ouders, parents. pokken, small-pox. toebereidselcn, preparations. voorouders, ancestors. zeden, customs. zemelen, bran. And the names of several mountain ranges and groups of islands : de Pyreneeen, the Pyrenees ; de Apennijnen, the Apennines. XIII. Of some words the singular form is used with a plural meaning : (a) To express measure, weight or number : de voet, the foot ; het pond, the pound ; het paar, the pair; het dozijn, the dozen ; vier voet lang, four feet long. vijftig pond zwaar, weighing fifty pounds. twee paar schoenen, two pairs of shoes. tien dozyn pennen, ten dozen nibs. (&) In the following idioms : op de teen (for beenen) brengen, onder de voet (for voeten) geraken, slaag (for slag en) krijgen, to raise (of an army), to be trampled over. to be thrashed. OBS. The following should be noticed : drie guldens, three florins, means three coins, each a florin whereas drie gulden means any number of coins which together represent (he value of three florins; vijf ellen lalien, five yards of cloth, means five different pieces of cloth each measuring one yard whereas vijf el laken means one picco of cloth measuring five yards. FORMATION OF THE PLURAL. XIV. Final Consonants with, regard to the Formation of the Plural. Rules for changing final / and s into v and z. 1. A final consonant, occurring after a full vowel or a diphthong, is not doubled before a plural ending: boek, book, boeken ; ruit, pane, ruiten. The same rule applies when an imperfect vowel becomes full in the plural, as in the following 27 : bad, bath, baden. verdrag, treaty, vcrdragen. blad, leaf, bladen. bevel, command, bevelen. dag, day, dagen. gebed, prayer, gebeden. dak, roof, daken. gebrek, fault, gebrekcn. dal, valley, dalen. tpel. game, spelen. gat, hole, gaten. tred, step, treden. glas, glass, glazen. weg, way, wegen. graf, grave, graven. god, god, goden. pad, path, paden. hof, court, hoven. rad, wheel, raderen. liol, den, holen. slag, blow, slagcn. lot, lot, loten. staf, staff, staven. oorlog, war, oorlogen. va', larrel, vaten. schol, shot, schoten. slot, lock, dofen. 2. Nouns ending in a consonant, preceded by a short vowel, which retains its imperfect sound in the plural, double their final consonant: bok, goat, bokken ; haJc, heel, hakJcen ; blok, block, blolihcn ; kat, cat, fatten. This doubling of the consonant serves to close the first syllable and to open the second, thereby preserving the imperfect vowel-sound. EXCEPTIONS : 1. Ch (final) is never doubled, and sch only doubles its s: glimlach, smile, glimlachen ; musch, sparrow, musschen. 2. When the final consonant is preceded by an unaccented i or e, it is not doubled, ?o as not to change the accent : perzik, peach, perziken (not perzikken) ; monnik, monk, monniken (nor monnikken) ; dreumes, dwarf, dreumesen (not dreumessen) ; havik, hawk, haviken (not havikken). The ending is, however, does not fall under this rule : secrc- tdris, secretary, secretdrissen ; vdnnis, sentence, vonnisseri. OBS. Bales 1 and 2 apply to the formation of the infinitive forms 42 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. of verbs, whose stein has a short vowel : baliken, to bake (stem ~bak) ; alsj to the flexion-forms of adjectives : dom, stupid, domme. 3. Nouns ending in / or s, change / and 8 into v and z : (a) 'When preceded either by a diphthong, a full vowel, or one which becomes full in the plural, e.g. duif, pigeon, duiven ; haas, hare, hazen. Except philosofen, philosophers, photografen, photo- paphers, kousen, stockings, kruisen, crosses, stndsen, ostriches, pausen, popes, spiesen, spears. (V) When preceded by a consonant,/ changes into v, except in the two foreign words triomfen, triumphs, and nimfen, nymphs. The s only changes into z when preceded by I, m, and r: nalzen, necks ; yemzen, chamois; laarzen, boots ; and in the following words in ns : Bonzen, bounces; ganzen, geese ; trenzen, snaffles; grenzewi boundaries ; grijnzen, grins ; cijnzen, tributes ; donzen, downs (feathers) ; likewise the verb glunzcn, to shine. Walsen, walses; polsen, pulses; kaarsen, candles; leer sen, cherries; koersen, courses; per sen, presses; schorsen, barks (of trees); floersen, veils (figurative), are excep- tions. NOTE. The cause of this change of final letters must be found in the original form of these \\ ord?. They formerly ended in ve and ze but dropped their final e, : iliiiri, roze (the plural of which was naturally duiven, rozen), became duiv, roos:, and afterwards duif, roos, the hardening of final v and z tending to facili'ate the pronunciation. GKAMMAB EXERC I SES. Taaloefeningen. EXERCISE VIII. Write the plural forms of : 1. Paard, horse; merrie, mare; kalf, calf; kuiken, chicken; hoen, fowl ; Jiaan, cock ; hen, hen ; schaap, sheep ; ooi, ewe ; ram, ram ; voile, nation ; man, man ; wind, wind ; storm, storm ; scliip, ship ; ci, egg ; mand, Vaskofc ; zoon, son ; vader, father ; last, burden ; lepel, spoon ; vork, fork ; mcs, knife ; lade, drawer ; lord, plate ; inldpot, inkpot ; pen, pen ; papier, paper ; vloeipapier, blotting-paper ; boek book ; bladzijde, page ; Tcalender, calendar ; maand, month ; weele, week ; jaar, year ; day, day ; minuut, minute OP THE PLURAL. 43 ktcartier, quarter ; klok, clock ; wijzer, hand ; slinger, pen- dulum ; muur, wall ; /earner, room ; tafel, table ; stoel, chair ; lamp, lamp. 2, Paal, pole ; draad, wire ; schroef, screw ; spijker, rail ; /tamer, hammer; froor,. gimlet ; beitel, chisel; zaag, saw; timmerman, carpenter ; metselaar, mason ; troffel, trowel ; schietlood, plummet; haak, square; waterpas, water-level ; kruiwayen, wheelbarrow ; schop, shovel ; graaf, spade ; hark, rake ; sclioffel, hoe ; bloem, flower ; struik, bush ; heester, shrub ; grond, soil ; perk, plot ; bed, bed ; pad, path; boom, tree; blad, leaf; knop, bud; tivijg, twig; tak, branch; ivortel, root; huts, house; dak, roof; raam, window; karner, room; waranda, verandah; keuken, kitchen; stal, stable; bad, bath; gang, passage; portaal, lobby; trap, staircase; leuning, rail; trede, step; zolder, loft ; plafond, ceiling. EXEKCISES FOB TEANSLATION. Vertaaloefeningen. ik ben, I am. ik heb, I have. yij zijt, thou art. gij hebt, thou hast. hij is, he is. hij heeft, he has. zij is, she is. z\j hveft, she has. liet is, it is. het heeft, it has. M '* (form of address), you u heeft (in address), you are. have. wij zijn, we arc. wij hebben, we have. gij zijt, you are. gij hebt, you have. zij zijn, they are. zij hebben, they have. KOTK. Words, if not given above the exercise?, will be found in tbe foreg' ing Gr. Ex., or in tbe Transl. Ex. pp. 29-31; EXERCISE IX. My, mijn (m and o), mijne () ; his, zijn (m and o), zijne (v) ; her, Aaar (m and o), hare (#) ; your, uw (m and o), uwe (v) ; our, on^e (m and v), ons (o) ; their, hun (in and o), hunne (v~). I have a pencil. You have a carriage and a horse. Wo have a house. The study has a door and a window, Tho 44 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. child has a book and an umbrella. The horse has a stable. Y"ou have a cupboard in your house. He is in the room. Y ou are in your study. Are they in the carriage ? They have a table in their room. The lion has a cage in the garden. His stick is on his bock. Our horse is in the street. The sun has heat in (the) summer. EXERCISE X. Lady, dame, f; this, deze (TO and v), dit (o) ; that, die (m and t;), dat (o) ; or, of. Is this carriage mine ? Have you her bonnet or her cap ? We have his pencil and his book. Are you in her room? He is in his room. Is mother in her room ? That lady is in her study. Child, you are dirty. He has the wheel of our carriage in the stable. The dog is in their garden : it (he) is mine. The lady and the child are in their room. The mother and the boy have a bird in a cage. The door of our stable is broken. A door of a cupboard is never large. We have a child : it is often ill. Tn (the) summer the days are long. EXEKCISE XI. school, school, v. longer, langer. yes, ja. slate, lei, v. many, veel. also, ook. two, twee. on, ctan. there, er. live, vijf. hundred, honderd. thousand, duizend. than, dan. those, die. XOTK. Words in square brackets [ ] are not to be translated. The chickens are in the garden. Two of our hens have chickens. In the school we have inkpots, books, and slates. On the table there are forks and knives. Have you [got] blotting-paper in your books? Years are longer than months, and months are longer than days. Are there leaves on the trees, and buds on the shrubs ? These books have many pages. We have two windows in our kitchen. The lobbies in those houses are large, and the staircases high. The boy has many eggs in his basket. OF THE PLURAL. 45 ttis father lias [a] thousand sheep, and my uncle has five hundred ewes. Have you [any] screws or nails for me ? Yes, and also a hammer, and a gimlet. EXERCISE XII. sister, zuster, v. why, waarom. brother, breeder, m. only, maar. bedroom, slaapkamer, v. good, goed. parents, ouders, m. one, een, eene, een. where, waar. me, rmj. no, neen. more, meer. very, zeer, heel, but, maar. all, oil. for, voor. these, deze. You have two horses in your stables. Why only two ? Staircases have steps and railings. We have more flowers in our garden than you. Yes, but I have more shrubs in mine. How many (hoeveel) bedrooms are there in your house ? One for my sister, two fur my brothers, one for my parents, and one for me. Have ihe children [got] rakes and hoes? No, but the boys have spades. Cai*- penters Tise (gebruikeii) chisels, saws, and hammers, and masons use trowels, squares, and a plummet. The buds on the trees are large. I am on the roof of our house. Where are you, mother? I aru in the kitchen, my boy. Is the soil in his garden good? Yes, the soil in all these gardens is very good. GBAMMAE EXERCISES. Ttialoefeningen* EXERCISE XIII. Fill up the blanks, using nouns in the plural : Onz- Tcoe en onz schaap loopen in de teci. Our cows and our sheep run in the meadows. Waar zijn d- menscli-, die gisteren liier waren ? Eend- Where are the people, who yesterday here were ? Ducks en gans- zijn zwemvogel. Leemc, beer, tijger-, and gerse are swimming birds. Lions, bears, tigers. 46 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. tool/, V08-, en Jcat- zijn alle dieren, die vleesch elan. wolves, foxes, and cats are all animals that flesh eat. Olifant, Jcameel, os-, bole en schaap eten geen Elephants, cimels, oxen, goats and sheep eat no vleesch, maar plant- . Op onz .reis hebben wij stad-, flesh, but plants. On our journeys have we towns, dorp, rimer, beeJc, sluis, brug, marJct, Iterk 5 villages, rivers, brooks, sluices, bridges, markets, churches, tor en-, schip, en zoo voorts (ez.) gezien. De voornaamste towers, ships, and so forth (etc.) seen. The principal deel- van Jiuis zijn de fondament-, de muur, de parts of houses are the foundations, the walls, the venster, de deur, de schoorsteen, en de dale. Schip windows, the doors, the chimneys, and the roofs. Ships hebben Mel-, roer, mastr- , anker, zeil, vlag, ra. have keels, helms, masts, anchors, sails, flags, yards. EXERCISE XIV. Dez viscli- wonen in de noordelijke zee. Op punt- These fishes live in the northern seas. On points' waar de golf van twee oceaan elkander ontmoeten, where the waves of two oceans each other meet, zijn die golf zeer hoog. Hebt gij muis of rat in are those waves very high. Have you mice or rats in de val gezien ? De bosch njn vol eelchorentje en the traps seen ? The woods are full (of) squirrels and aap. De eelchoren stelen de ei uit de nest monkeys. The squirrels steal the eggs out (of) the nests der vogel in de liooge boom-. MeerJcat- leven in gat of the birds in the high trees. Marmosets live in holes in hct- veld. Wij ontdekten gisteren drie echo- in de in the field. We discovered yesterday three echoes in the berg-. De dal- zijn vol bloem-, en al de mountains. The valleys are full (of) flowers, and all the struik- hebben lmop~. De land zijn in provincie shrubs have bud. The countries are in provinces FORMATION OF THE PLURAL. 47 verdeeld, en die weder in wijlc. De dame hebben de divided, and those again in wards. The ladies have tho photographic in album gezeL Dez- Jcind- zijn in photographs in albums put. These children are in hunne hoop- teleurgesteld. Ik Jean mo- aanbod- met their hopes disappointed. I can your offers not aannemen. Drie stoomboot- zijn vcrgaan, en honderden accept. Three steamers are wrecked, and hundreds mensch- omgeJcomen. (of) people perished. TE ANSLATION EXERCISES. Vertaaloefeningen. EXERCISE XV. sugar, suilcer, v. tea, thee, v. coffee, koffie, v. oats, haver, v. journey, reis, v. tie, das, v. glove, handschoen, m. shirt, hemd, o. hat, hoed, m, one, Sen, taller, grooter, give, geef. for sale, te Jcoop. NOTE. Words given as examples to special rules are n t repeated. How many loaves have you [got] ? I have five loaves. Have you [got] two spoonfuls of sugar for me? A handful, if you like (ah gij wilt). Those Englishmen are taller than these Frenchmen. My neighbours are carpenters and masons. Our horses have oats, and our cows bran and wafer. Give me five pounds [of] tea, and two pounds [of] coffee. The boys have two dozen nibs- These walls are [a] hundred feet high. One child ha (the) small pox, and two children have (the) measles. There are great (groote) preparations for his journey. Shirts, stockings, ties, gloves, and hats are for sale at Scott brothers (bij de Gebroeders Scott) in (the) Pie in Street. THE COMMERCIA-L DUTCH GRAMMAR. woman, vrouw, v. shop, icinkel, m. girl, meisje, o. sea, zee, v. rabbit, konijn, o. tooth, tand, m. EXERCISE XVI. land, land, o. key, sleutel, m. boot, schoen, m. rat, rat, v. mole, mol, m. strong, sterJc. broken, gebroken. carpet, tapijt, o. mouse, muis, v. outside, buiten. new, nieuw. on, in. along, langs. We have two uncles, two aunts, and five nephews. The women are in the shop, and their husbands are outside. The roots of the trees are long and strong. The tree has [a] thousand leaves, and my book has only [a] hundred leaves. The bones of his legs are broken. All the rooms have new carpets, and the girls have new clothes. The songs of your children are new to me (jnij nieuui). The watch has many wheels. We have [a] hundred lambs, and many fowls also. The ships are on the sea, and the towns are on (op) the land. There are two kinds of meat (two meats) on [the] table. We have sods along the paths in our garden. These doors have locks and keys. Children have many faults. There are holes in those walls. The heels of my boots are high. Cats, rats, mice, rabbits, and moles have sharp teeth. GRAMMAR EXERCISES. Taaloefeningen. EXERCISE XVII. 1. Write out the plural forms of: Tocstel, apparatus ; schop, spade ; Jiaard, hearth ; kachel, stove; Maker, candlestick; Jcandelaar, candlestick; tropec, trophy ; cvangclie, gospel ; Jcnie, knee ; zee, sea ; lijf, body ; corset, corset ; lens, motto; ei, egg; blad, leaf; dak, roof; FORMATION OFJSTHE PLURAL. 49 bol, globe ; les, lesson ; mombakkes, mask ; vonnis, sentence ; schijf, disk ; laars, boot ; slof, slipper ; pantoffel, slipper ; zool, sole; dans, dance ; krans, wreath; varken, pig; koe, cow; kalf, calf; big, young pig; os, ox; giraffe, giraffe; tobbe, tub ; schans, trench ; duif, dove ; doffer, male pigeon ; staatsman, policeman ; ambachtsman, artisan ; perzik, peach ; druif, grape ; peer, pear ; havik, hawk ; musch, sparrow ; kolibri, colibri ; raad, advice or council ; genot, pleasure ; zcge, victory ; bcdrog, deceit ; goedheid, goodness ; gebcrgte, mountain range; studie, study ; lidmaat, member or limb ; rif, reef, carcass ; vlcesch, meat ; tin, tin ; ijzer, iron ; smid, blacksmith ; wortel, root, carrot ; hemel, heaven, tester (of a bed); genie, genius ; tournooi, tournament ; dame, lady ; dokter, physician ; doctor, doctor ; horloge, watch ; gelid, rank ; berin, she-bear ; via, custard ; kanarie, canary ; oom, uncle ; been, leg, bone ; papegaai, parrot ; spel, game ; pliilosoof, philosopher ; struis, ostrich ; nirnf, fairy ; neus, nose ; els, awl ; hertog, duke ; graaf, count ; koningin, queen ; zoon, son ; domoor, dunce ; vlag, flag ; glas, glass ; teen, toe, osier ; warande, verandab ; bies, rush ; menagerie, menagery ; hypotheek, bond ; mikroskoop, microscope ; idee, idea ; telegram, telegram ; piano, piano ; harmonium, har- monium ; twee, two ; drie, three ; zes, six ; negen, nine ; vijf, five; zeven, seven ; nul, zero; opstcl, composition; dictaat, dictation ; preek, sermon ; rcden, reason. COKVEESATIE. CONVERSATION. Maaltijden. Meals. 1. Heeft u onibeten ? 1. Have you had breakfast ? 2. Nog niet ; wij onbijten ge- 2. Not yet, we usually break- woonlijk cm 9 uur. fast at 9 o'clock. 3. Wil u nu een kop kojfie 3. Will you take a cup of gebruiken ? coffee now ? 4. Dank u; ik waclit liever 4. No, thanks; I prefer wait- tot het onfbijt. ing till breakfast time. 5. Wil u bij mij komen di- 5. Will you come and dine i? with me? THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. G. Dank u ; ik ben re ds uit- gevraagd. 7. Kom dan morgen ioch Jcoffie drinJcen om 1 vur, of soupeeren om 9 uur. 8. Geef mij een bord soep. 9. Geef mij een stukje gebra- den vleesch en wat radijs. 10. Js de biefstuk malsch ? 11. Kan ik u dienen met wat gestoofd schapenvleesch ? 12. Mag ik u een stukje gebra- den beestenvleesch geven ? 13. Jk wil graag iets van dien gebraden eend en wat groene erwten nemen. 14. Wat f/roente mag ik u aan- bicden ? 15. Gestorfde aardappelcn en bloemkool, ah 't u blieft. 16. Zal u wijn of bier gebrui- ken ? 17. Geef mij een glas stout. 18. Er zijn poddingen, taarten en pastifen ; wat mag ik u zcndtn ? 19. Wat appeltaart en via. 20. Voor dessert zijn er rozt'jnen en amandelen, gember, appelcn, sinaasappelcn , ananassen en vijgen. 21. Blieft u thee of koffie na den eten ? 22. Een klefn kopje sterke kojjlc, ah 't u blieft. 2' y >. Verkiest u het zonder melk en suiker ? 24. Chocolade gcbruik ik zonder suiker, maar nooit thce of kojfie. 25. Geef mij het brood ccns aan, ah V u blieft. 26. Ik houd van ham met eieren voor ontbijt. 27. Zou u mij de kaas willen passeercn ? 28. Met genoegcn. 6. 1 am invited out, thanks very much. 7. Well, the a come to luncheon to-morrow at 1 o'clock, or to supper at 9 o'clock. 8. Give me a plate of soup. 9. Give me some roast beef and some radish. 10. Is the beefsteak tender. 11. Can I help you to some mutton stew? 12. May I give you some roast beef? 13. I should like some roiist cluck and green peas, please. 14. What vegetables can I offer you? 15. Boiled potatoes and cauli- flower, please. 1C. Will you take wine or beer ? 17. Give me a glass of stout. 18. There are puddings, tarts and pies; which shall I send you ? 1 9. Some apple-tart and custard. 20. For dessert there are raisins and almonds, preserved ginger, apples, orangen, pineapples and figs. 21. Will you take tea or coffee after dinner ? 22. A small cup of strong coffee, please. 23. Do you prefer it without milk acd sugar? 24. I take chocolate without sugar, but never tea or coffee. 25. Pass me the bread, please. 2G. I like ham and eggs for breakfast. 27. May I trouble you for the cheese ? 28. With pleasure. CHAPTEE V. THE GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES. (Ret Geslacht der Zelfstandige NaamwoordenJ) I. THE gender of a noun is the way in winch it is declined. .There being three different ways of declining a noun, there are accordingly three genders, called the Masculine, the Feminine, and the Neuter gender (liet Mannelijk, Vrouwe- lijk en Onzijdig geslaclif). It should be apparent from this definition, that the names of inanimate objects must be treated like the names of persons and animals, and are therefore not Neuter on account of things having no sex, but are Masculine, Feminine, or Neuter, according as they are declined. KOTE TO THE STUDENT. To fonigncrs there is perhaps nothing more difficult in the Dutch language than the genders. Even to born Dutchmen they are a great drawback to correct writing. In speaking only two genders are observed, Neuter nouns being by instinct felt to be neuter, while all other substantive?, even those that are most obviously feminine, are used with the masculine gender. The rules below are indispensable for correct writing. However, after having acquired them, the student will find that he is by no means ablo to determine the gender of every Dutch word. More rules might be added, but the difficulty would remain.' The only way to acquire the gfnders is to make it a practice to observe them with the nouns as ofien as they occur. A good reliable dictionary, besides, is indispensable fur reference. II. EULES TO ASCERTAIN THE GfiNDEP OF NOUNS. 1. Names of male persons and male animals are Masculine, as : koniny, king ; broeder, brother ; leeuw, lion ; 8 tier, bull. 2. Names of female persons and female animals are Feminine, as: keizerin, empress; waschvrouv, washer- woman ; berin, she-bear ; koe, cow. EXCEPTIONS : het injf, the woman (term of contempt), is Ncut. Het arme tnensdt, the poor creature, is heard of women, tnoii'jji mensch is Ma.sc. THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH 3. When the male and the female animal have only one name, that name is Masculine for the larger animals, and Feminine for the smaller, as (Masculine) : struis, ostrich ; kameel, camel ; and (Feminine) : kat, cat ; mnis, mouse. EXCEPTIONS : mol, mole ; spreeuw, starling ; nachfegaal, nightin- gale ; vinlc, finch ; hikvorsch. frog, are Mase. Giraffe, giraffe, is Fern. 4. When the male and the female animal have each a separate name, but there is a third name for the two together, this third name is Neuter, as : ram, ram, Masculine ; ooi, ewe, Feminine ; schnap, sheep, Neuter ; Havm, cock, Masculine; lien, hen, Feminine; and hoen, foivl, Neuter. EXCEPTION : Jiond, dog, is Masc., though it has reu for the malo and tee/ for the female animal. 5. Names of trees are Masculine, as: eik t oak; wilg, wilk)w. EXCEPTIONS: Uncle, lime-tree, tamaritft, and tamarinde, tamariud- tree, arc Fern. 6. Names. of shrubs, plants, and flowers are Feminine, as : jasmijn, jessamine ; geranium, geranium ; rogge, rye ; perzik, peach ; peer, pear. The word slruik, shrub, is Masculine. EXCEPTIONS : The names of plants and fruits eliding in oen, ier, ing, er, and cl are Masc. : meloen, melon ; anjelicr, pink ; HUT ing, sorrel ; cikel, (tilcer), acom ; homkommer, cucumber ; mispel, medlar ; lilaver, clover. 7. Names of the parts of trees and plants are Feminine, as : scJiors, bark ; schil, peel ; ttcijy, twig. EXCEPTIONS : Ironic, trunk ; slam, stem ; tal;, branch ; wortel, root ; and bast, bark, are Masc. ; Wad, leaf, is Ncut. 8. Names of mountains and large rivers are Masculine, as : de Mont Blanc, the Mont Blanc ; de Nijl, the Nile. 9. Names of small rivci's and brooks are Feminine, as: de Jordaan, Jordan ; de Kidron, Kidron< THE GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES, 53 10. Names of seasons, months and days are Masculine, ;:s : herfst, autumn ; Maart, March ; Zaterdaj, Saturday. EXCEPTION : lente, spring, is Fern. NOTE. Dag, day, is Masc. -, eeuw, century, maan.1, month, nndjweefc, weSkj afe Fein. ; jaar, year, seizoen, season, and uur, hour, are Neut. 11. Names of ships are Masculine, when they end in er, as : driemaster, three-masted ship. 12. Names of ships are Feminine, when they do not end in er, as : sloep, sloop ; boot, boat. EXCEPTIONS : fregat, frigate, andjaclit, yacht, are Neut. NOTE. The word schip, ship, is Neut. IVopsr names of ships are Feminine. 13. Monosyllabic names of the parts of ships are Feminine, as : ra, yard ; slang, bar ; kiel, keel. EXCEPTIONS: boeg, bow, aud mast, mast, are Masc. Roer, helm ; zeit, sail ; ruim, hold ; del;, deck, are Neut. 14. Names of coins are Masculine : stuiver, penny ; gulden, florin. EXCEPTION : het pond, the sovereign. 15. Names of precious stones are Masculine, when they indicate single pieces, as: De diamant in dezen ring, the diamond in this ring ; but when they have a collective meaning, they are Neuter: Het diamant van Zuid-AfriJca, the diamond of South Africa. 16. Stems of verbs expressing an action are Masculine, as : slaap, sleep ; glimlach, smile ; val, full. NOTE. Many words derived from verbal stems are Feminine because they used to have the ending e. Such are : eer, honour ; wraak, revenge ; spraak, speech ; mant, measure; praal, splendour; vraag, question; vrees, fear; leer, doc- trine; straf, punishment; reis, journey ; fionp, hope; zorg, care; huur, ren f ; spljt, sorrow ; hulp, help ; break, breach ; kens, choice ; teug (fern, tijgen = to draw), draught. 17. Stems of verbs meaning an instrument or tool are Feminine, as : val, trap ; zaay, saw ; boor, gimlet. EXCEPTION : ploeg, plough, is Maso. 18. Stems of verbs ending in st, in which st 'cannot be removed, are Masculine, as : twist, quarrel ; oojst, harvest ; dorst, thirs.t ; troost, consolation ; last, burden. EXCEPTION : rust, rest, is Fein. 54 TitE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. 19. Stems of verbs to which st is added, and from which it can be separated, are Feminine, as : kunst, art ; Jcomst, coming. EXCEPTIONS ; dienst, service ; angst, anxiety ; ernst, seriousness, are Masc. 20. Stems of verbs with the unaccented verbal pre- fixes, be, ge, ver, and out, are Neuter, as : bedrag, amount ; verlof, leave ; ontbijt, breakfast. . EXCEPTION : verlcoop, sale, is Masc. 21. Names of the letters of the alphabet, of the figures, and of musical notes, are Feminine, as : eene o, an o ; eene vijf, a five ; eene do, a do. 22. Monosyllabic names of the parts of the human body are Feminine, as : Jieup, hip ; long, lung ; Idn, chin ; maag, stomach. EXCEPTIONS : arm, arm ; neus, nose ; rug, back ; voct, foot ; MtJ, heel; teen, toe; nelt, neck; hals, neck; land, tooth; inonc,, mouth ; baard, beard, are Masc. Oor, car; oor/, eye; V3l. skin; been, leg; hoofd, head; hart, heart ; lijf, body, arc Neuter. 23. Names of musical instruments are Feminine, as : trompet, trumpet ; harp, harp ; viool, violin. EXCEPTIONS : triangel, triangle, is Masc. ; Idavicr, piano, and oryd, organ, are Neuter. 24. All diminutives are Neuter, as : kindje, little child ; raampje, small window. 25. Names of materials, especially metals, are Neuter, as : goud, gold ; Jcatoen, cotton. EXCEPTIONS: zijde, silk; franje, fringe; kant, lace; mitten, wadding; tnell;, milk; boter, butter; haas, cheese; sirooij, syrup; snuif, snuff; suilcer, sugar; Icool, coal; thee, tea ; icol, wool; zeep, soap; zioavel, sulphur; Jtamfer, camphor; gorn, gum ; liars, resin, etc., are Fern Alnin, alum; azijn, vinegar; wijn, wine; kalk, lime; montf.rd, mustard ; tabak, tobacco ; room, cream ; honiittj, honey, etc., are Masc. THE GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES. 55 26. Words expressing a collection of objects are Neuter, as : leger, army ; dozijn, dozen ; geld, money ; bosch, bosch. EXCEPTIONS: zwerm, swarm ; sfoct, train ; froep, troop, are Masc. Bencle, band ; vloot, fleet ; l;udde, flock ; scliaar, crowd, are Fern. 27. Words which begin with ge and end in te arc Neuter, when they express a collection, as : gevogelte, all the birds ; gebeente, all the bones belonging to a skeleton. 28. Names of countries, towns and villages are Neuter, as : het oude Borne, old Rome ; Jiet machtige Engeland, mighty England. NOTE. Stad, town, is Fern. ; land, country, and dorp, village, are Neut. 29. The names of the young of animals are Neuter, as; kuilcen, chicken ; veulen, colt ; lam, lamb ; half, calf ; welp, whelp. EXCEPTION : lig, young pig, is Fern. 30. Infinitive verbs, and further all parts of speech used as nouns, are Neuter, as : het leven, life, het voornemen, the intention ; het voor en tegen, the pro and con. 31. Names of instruments ending in el, er, and aar, are Masculine, as : sleutel, key ; hamer, hammer ; lessenaar, desk. EXCEPTIONS : griff el, Blate-penoil ; sclioffel, hoe ; silthel, sickle ; gaffel, pitchfork; ladder, ladder; and Iduister, fetter, are Fern. NOTE. Tlie endings er and el mnrk the Masc. fender for essentially Dutch words. Words of foreign origin having lluse endings arc Neut., as: artikel, article; orgel, organ; offer, sacrifice; venster, window; cijfcr, figure; klooslcr, convent; meubel, piece of furniture. 32. AVords in m, em, rm, Im, end, and ond } are Masculine, as: riem, thong; lezem, broom; icorm, worm; zalm, salmon ; ochtend, morning ; avond, evening. EXCEPTIONS : Uoem, flower ; Idem, germ ; and uniform, uniform, are Fern. Retain, window ; scherm, screen, are Neut. 33. Words in dom, when expressing a state, or condition, as ; icasdom, growth ; adeldom, nobility (also as a collec- tive) ; rijMom, riches; ouderdom, old age, are Masculine. 56 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR, All the others are Neuter, as : Christendom, Christianity ; menschdom, human race ; hertogdom, dukedom. Notice that Christendom, Christianity, moans tlie creed of Chris- tians, while Eng. Christendom (the collective body of Chris- tians) is Dutch CliristenTieid. Hcidendom, means both "heathenism" and "heathen" in a collective sense. -( 34. Words in scnap, indicating a profession or an estate, aspriesterscliap, priesthood ; graafschap, earldom ; landschap, province and the words : gezantschap, embassy ; genoot- schap, society ; gereedschap, tools ; and gezelschap, company, are Neuter. All the others are Feminine, as ; llijdschap, joy ; lood- schap, message; buurtschap, neighbourhood; rekensehap, (rendering of) account; manschap, crew. 35. Words in ing, not derived from verbs, are Masculine, as : Jcctting, chain ; rotting, cane ; ring, ring. 30. Words in ing, derived from verbs, are Feminine, as : teeJcening, drawing ; bcdocling, meaning. 37. Words ending in d, clit, t, e, ij, ie, uw, nis, Jieid, teit, uur, ier, are Fern., as : dcugd, virtue ; kraclit, strength ; marJct, market ; vreugde, joy ; hccrschappij, dominion ; Jcnie, knee ; scliaduio, shadow ; begrafenis, funeral ; waarheid, tiuth; majcsteit, majesty ; natuur, nature ; rimer, river. Excci'Tioxs : in d vloed, flood ; ecd, oalh; rand, border; draad, thread ; raad, advico ; gloed, glow ; hoed, hat, are Muse. Jlcmd, shirt ; zwaard, sword ; leed, grief ; lid, member (limb) ; and land, country, are Neut. In cht and t ccht, matrimony ; pliclit, duty ; nacht, night ; tocht, journey ; geest, spirit, are Masc. Licht, light ; wicht, babe ; redd, riglit ; ambt, profession ; ambacht, trade ; schrift, writing, are Neut. In dc vrcde, peace, is Masc. Gekide, escort ; geiij(tle), tide ; cind(e), end ; and icebbe, web, are Neut. In ie concilie, council; evangelic, gospel; and genie, genius, and land, country, are Neut. In nis vonnis, sentence ; and vuilnis (vullu), dirt, are Neut. 38. All words ending in sel and derived from Verbs are Neuter, as : delcscl, lid ; Jiandvatscl, handle. THE GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES^ $7 39. Foreign words in aan, ant (and"), aard and ont> are Masc., as : orkaan, hurricane ; oceaan, ocean ; foliant, book in folio ; tulband, turban ; standaard, standard ; tabbaard, gown ; horizont, horizon. 40. Foreign words ending in as, eet, ot, ielc, ier, teit, uut, and uur, are Fern., as : matras, mattress ; komeet, comet ; halot, cap ; republielc, commonwealth ; rivier, river ; majes- teit, majesty ; natuur, nature ; minuut, minute. EXCEITIONS: schavut, scaffold; koliek, colic; harnas, armour; Jiompas, compass; moemx, swamp; formulicr, formulary, kicartier, quarter; papier, paper; avontuur, adventure, and figuur, shape, are Neuter. 41. Foreign words in aal, aat, eel, ent, et, oen, oor, are Neut., as : portaal, portal ; kanaal, canal ; Jdimaat, climate ; Jcaraat, carat ; kasteel, castle ; prieel, summer-hou>e ; parlement, parliament; talent, talent; Jcorset, corset; harpocn, harpoon; Jcantoor, office; plantsoen, plantation; seizocn, season ; muslect, musket ; beklcenecl, skull. EXCEPTION : leaned, cinnamon, is Fern. III. RULES FOR THK COMMON GESDEU. Words which according to their signification, may either be Masculine or Feminine, are said to have a common gender (Gemecn ycslachfy. They are : 1. Names of persons and animals ending in ling: lieveling, darling ; vrecmdeUng, stranger ; neste- ling, nestling. 2. Names of persons ending in noot or genoot : eclit- genoot, consort; landgenoot, fellow-countryman; speelgenoot, playfellow. 3. The following words : bode, messenger ; dienstbode, servant ; gids, guide ; getuige, witness ; wees, orphan; lidmaat, member of a congregation; erfgenaam, heir. 58 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. Besides these names of persons, a few other words have a double gender. They are : 1. Words, metaphorically used to indicate persons; ondeugd, Fern, with the meaning " vice " ; Masc. with the meaning " a naughty boy " ; and Fern, again, with the meaning " a naughty girl " : blocd, Neut., means " blood," Masc. " wretch." 2. Names of fruits which apply also to trees pro- ducing the fruit. In that case the word is Fern. when it indicates the fruit, and Masc. when it is used for the tree : leers, Fern, cherry, Jeers, Masc. cherry-tree. 3. Names of materials which at the same time may indicate a separate piece. When the word is used for the material as such, it is either Neut. or Fern. ; when it indicates a piece, it is cither Masc. or Fern. : Diamant, diamond, may be either Neut. or Masc. ; Turf, peat, is Fern, or Masc. ,- Kurk, cork, is Neut. or Fein. In like manner visch, fish, is Masc. and Fern. : Ik heh ecnen visch (Masc.) gevangen, I caught a fish ; and Wij zullen visch (Fern.) voor ons middaymaal hebbcn, we shall have fish for dinner. IV. EULES FOR THE GENDER OF COMPOUND NOUNS. All compound nouns follow the gender of their last p:irt. Examples : huis is Neut., and deur is Fein., therefore huisdcur Feni.; tafel is Fern., and klecd is Neut., there- fore tafelldecd Neuter. There are a few words, however, whose gender changes in composition : blik is Masc., but oogenllik, moment, is Neut. ; slip is Fern., but tijditif, date, is Neut. ; kant is Masc., but vierkant, square, is Neut.; /to/ is Masc., but kerkhof, churchyard, is Neut. THE GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES. 59 V. WORDS WHICH HAVE CHANGED THEIR GENDER. Tijd is now Masc. ; naclit is now Masc. ; fcest is now Neut. ; 00*7 is now Neut. ; hart is now Neut. ; oor is now Neut., whereas all these words were once Feminine. VI. Mark the following list of words : Sal, ball, globe, Masc. Boil, dance, ball, Neut. Blik, look, Masc. Blik, tin, Neut. Das, badger, Masc. Das, neck-tie, Fern. Deken, deacon, Masc. Deken, blanket, Fern. (Jang, passage, Fern. Gang, gait, Masc. Graaf, count, Masc. Graaf, spade, Fern. Hof, court, Neut. Hof, garden, Masc. Hoop, heap, Masc. Hoop, hope, Fem. Kant, edge or side, Masc. Kant, lace, Fem. Loods, pilt>t, Masc. Loads, barn, Fem. Maal, time, Fem. Maal, meal, Neut. Morgen, acre, Neut. Morgen, morning, Masc. Palm, palm-tree, Masc. Palm, palm of the hand, Fem. Patroon, cartridge, Fem. Patroon, pattern, Neur. Post, post-office, Fem. Post, situation, Masc. Punt, subject, Neut. Punt, point and full-stop, Fem Slag, blow, Masc. Slag, trap and kind, Neut. Stof, material, Fem. Stof, dust, Neut. Traan, tear, Masc. Traan, whale-oil, Fem. Trap, kick, Masc. Trap, staircase, Fem. Val, fall, Masc. Val, trap, Fem. Vlek, stain, Fem. Vlek, hamlet, Neut. Vorst, prince, Masc. Vorst, frost and roof-ridge, Fein. Zucht, sigh, Masc. Zucht, strong desire, or disease, Fem. VII. NATURAL GENDER. Natuurlijk Geslacht. The Natural Gender of persons and animals is indicated by their names. The ending es makes Feminine names of persons of Masculine ones : dichter, poet ; dichteres, poetess ; zanger, singer ; zangercs, lady singer ; dienaar, servant ; dienares, (female) servant. The ending in does the same: Jconing, king; koningin, queen ; keizer, emperor ; keizerin, empress ; gemaal, con- sort, (Fem.) gemalin. It also derives names of female animals from those of 6o THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. male: leeuw, lion, leeuwin; wolf, wolf, wolftn; beer, bear, berin. The ending ster makes Feminine names of the stems of verbs, where the male appellation is er : baJcker, baker, baJcster ; naaister, needle-woman ; scJioonmaakster, char- woman. The same ending ster is added to male appellations ending in aar : toovenaar, magician, toovenaarster ; bedelaar, beggar, bedelaarster. The Feminine of dief, thief, is dievegge. Notice further the following distinctions : MASCULINE. FEMININE. MASCULINE. FEMININE. man, man. vrouw, woman. knecht, man-ser- meid, maid. man, husband. vrouw, wife. vant. vader, father. moeder, mother. Jiengst, stallion. merrie, marc. zoon, son. dochter, daugh- kater, he-cat. Teat, she-cat. ter. haan, cock. hen, hen. Iruigom, bride- bruid, bride. ram, ram. ooi, ewe. groom. doffer, cock- duif, hen- oom, uncle. tante, aunt. pigeon. pigeon. neef, nephew, nicht, niece, T)ul(stier\ bull. koe, cow. cousin. cousin. l)ok, buck. liinde, doe. monnik, monk. non, nun, bok, he-goat. geit, she-goat. heer, gentleman. dame, lady, woerd, drake. ecnd, ducV. leer, male pig. zmg, sow. The animals are further distinguished as mannetje, male, wij/je, female, as : Mannetjes olifant, male elephnnt ; wijfjes kameel, female camel, VIII. SYNOPSIS OF RULES ON THE GENDER. 1. Animah. Special names of males are Masculine. Special names of females are Feminine. Names common to either sex, each having a special name besides, are Neuter. One exception. Names common to either sex, when no special names are used, are Masculine for large, and Feminine for small animals. Six exceptions. THE GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES, 61 Names ending in er are Masculine. Names not ending in er are Feminine. Two exceptions. 3. Stems of Verbs, Masculine when indicating an action. Feminine, when indicating an instrument. One exception. 4. Words in dom. Masculine when indicating a state or condition. Neuter, all the others. 5. Words in schap. Neuter when indicating profession, or estate. Feminine, all the others. Three exceptions. 6. Words in st. Masculine when inseparable from stem. One exception. Feminine when separable from stem. One exception. 7. Masculine only. Names of trees. Three exceptions. Names of mountains and large rivers. Names of seasons, months, and days. One exception. Names of coins. One exception. Names of precious stones. 8. Feminine only. Names of shrubs, plants, and flowers. Exceptions. Names of small rivers, and brooks. Names of letters, and figures in arithmetic. Names of parts of trees. Six exceptions. Names of parts of the human body. Eighteen exceptions. Names of the parts of ships. Six exceptions. Names of musical instruments. Three exceptions. 9. Neuter only. Names of countries, and towns. Names of collections. Seven exceptions. Names of materials. Exceptions. All diminutives. Names of collections with prefix ge, and zuflix te. 62 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. Names of the j'oung of animals. One exception. Stems of verbs, with inseparable accented particles. Stems of verbs, with unaccented prefixes. One exception. Infinitive forms of verbs and other parts of speech used as nouns. 10. Masculine Endings. El, er, oar, (instruments ; six exceptions, and Neuter rule) ; ing (not derived from verbs) ; oen, ier, ing, er, el (fruits) ; m, Im, rm, ond, end. Aan, ant, (and), aard, ont (foreign words). 11. Feminine Endings. D (eleven exceptions), cht (eleven exceptions), e (five exceptions), ie (three exceptions), nis (two exceptions), ing (derived from verbs). As, eet, of, ielc, ier, teit, uut uur (foreign words, ten exceptions). 12. Neuter Endings. Je, tj'e, pje and other diminutive endings. Sel (derived from verbs). Aal, aat, eel, ent, et, oen, oor (foreign words, one exception). GKAMMAR EXERCISES. Taaloefeningen. EXERCISE XVIII. 1. State the genders of the following words : Duif, pigeon ; muis, mouse ; ivalviscli, whale ; tijger, tiger ; lintje, little hut ; noot, nut ; karavaan, caravan ; ochtcnd, morning ; loop, course ; icedren, race ; Woensdag, Wednesday ; Maart, March ; zivaluw, swallow ; Uijdschap, gladness ; goedheid, goodness ; geweer, gun ; meisje, girl ; jongen, boy ; Jconingin, queen ; hoest, cough ; scliaaf, plane ; lade, drawer ; Jiamer, hammer ; dorp, village. 2. Haan, cock; JcuiJcen, chicken; stier, bull; half, calf; ladder, ladder; sleutel, key; vreugde, joy; slag, blow or trap; val, fall or trap; spinnelcop, spider; larlc, barque; THE GENDER OF SVBSTANT1VES. 63 trap, kick or staircase ; toevoegsel, addition ; menschdom, human race ; hyena, hyena ; plooisel, frilling ; vriend, friend ; gevangenis, prison ; paard, horse ; gros, gross ; last, burden ; geboomte, collection of trees. 3. Hoop, hope ; bal, ball ; rijst, rice ; viscli, fish ; lente, spring ; aap, ape ; zes, six ; herfst, autumn ; scliaclit, shaft ; leven, life ; ouderdom, old age ; dienst, service ; schoffel, hoe ; getuigenis, testimony ; vriendschap, friend- ship ; koliek, colic ; gedans, dancing ; gewicht, weight ; ontvangst, reception. 4. Vierkant, square ; hart , heart ; maal, meal ; tooneel, scene ; smeersel, unguent ; minuut, minute ; kurk, cork ; fregat, frigate ; morgen, morning ; rust, rest ; horizont, horizon ; zalm, salmon ; Jcaneel, cinnamon ; Oostenrijk, Austria ; droom, dream ; gebed, prayer ; vlelt, stain ; watten, wadding; gids, guide; landschap, landscape; schavot, scaffold. 5. Express the Feminine form of the following Masculine words : Vijand, enemy ; ondencijzer, teacher ; vinJc, cock-finch ; Icameel, male camel ; bruigom, bridegroom ; raadsman, counsellor ; meester, master ; dienaar, servant ; haan, cock ; boekhouder, book-keeper ; monnik, monk ; beschermer, pro- tector ; spreker, speaker ; ram, ram ; leugenaar, liar ; das, male badger ; slaaf, slave ; vriend, friend ; metgezel, com- panion ; oom, uncle; hengst, stallion; woerd, drake; bole, he- goat ; aap, male monkey. 6. Voogd, guardian ; wandelaar, walker ; voetganger, pedes- trian ; beer, boar ; beer, he-bear ; breeder, brother ; bakker, baker ; graaf, count ; doffer, male pigeon ; mccrkat, male 64 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. marmoset ; tijger, male tiger ; bedrieger, deceiver ; zanger, singer; wolf, wolf; musch, cock-sparrow; Jceizer, emperor; neef, nephew; reiziger, traveller; Imecht, man-servant; peetoom, godfather; gemaal, consort; boJc, buck; stier, bull ; heer, gentleman ; schrijver, author ; dicliter, poet. CONJUGATION OF TIJE VERBS " hebben," (o have, and " zijn " to be. . AANTOONENDE Wus. INDICATIVE MOOD. Onvolmaakt Tegcnwoordige Tijd. Present Tense. Ik heb, I have. Ik ben, I am. Gij hebt, thou hast. Gij zijt, thon nrt. llij (zij, het) heeft, he (she, it) Eij (zij, lief) is, he (she, it) is. has. Wij hebben, we have. Wij zijn, we are. Gij hebt, you have. Gij zijt, you are. Zij hebben, they have. Zij zijn, they are. XOTE. Each of these verbs 'a its own auxiliary. See next tense. Volmaakt Tegcnwoordige Tijd. Perfect Tense. Ik heb gehad, I have had. Ik ben geweest, I have been. Gij liebt gchad, thou hast had. Gij zijt geweest, thou hast been. Hij heeft gehad, he has had. flij is geweest, he has been. Wij hebben gehad, we have had. Wij zijn geiveest, we have been. Gij hebt gehad, you have had. Gij zijt geiveest, you have been. Zij hebben gehad, they have had. Zij zijn geweest, they have been. Onrolmaakt Verleden Tijd. Imperfect Tense. Ik had, I had. Ik was, I was. Gij hadt, thou hadst. Gij ivaart, thou wast. Hij had, he had. Hij was, he was. Wij hodden, we had. Wij waren, we were. Gij hadt, you had. Gij waart, you were. Zij hadden, they had. Zij waren, they were. Volmaakt Verleden Tijd. Pluperfect Tense. Ik had gehad, I had had. Ik was geweest, I had been. Gij hadt gehad, thou hadst had. Gij ivaart geiveest, thou hadst llij had gehad, lie had haH. been. Wij hadden gehad, we had had. llij was geweest, he had been. Gij hadt gehad, you had bad. Wij waren geweest, we had been. Zij hadden gehad, they had had. Q-lj waart geweest, you had been. Zij waren geweest, llicy had bei n. THE GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES. AANTOONENDE Wus. Onvolmaakt Toekomende Ik zal hebben, I shall have. Oij zult hebben, thou wilt have. Hij zal hebben, he will have. Wij zullen hebben, we shall have. Oij zult hebben, you will have. Zij zullen hebben, they will have. INDICATIVE MOOD. Tijd. Future Tense. Ik zal zij'n, I shall be. Oij zult zij'n, thou wilt be. Hij zal zijn, he will be. Wij zullen zijn, we shall be. Oij zult zijn, you will be. Zij zullen zijn, they will be. VolmaaJct Toekomende Tijd. Future Perfect Tense. Ikzalgehad hebben, I shall have had. Gij zultgehad hebben, thou wilt have had. Ilij zal gehad hebben, he will have had. Wij zullen gehad hebben, we shall have had. Gij zult gehad hebben, you will have hat). Zij zullen gehhebbad en, they will have had. Ik zal geweest zijn, I shall have been. Gij zult geweest z/'jn, thou wilt have been. Ilij zal geweest zijn, he will have been. Wij zullen geiveest zijn, we shall have been. Gij zult geweest zijn, you will have been. Zij zullen geweest zijn, they will have been. GEBIEDENDE Wns. Enkelvoud. Singular. Laat mij hebben, let me have. Heb, have (thou). Laat hem hebben, let him have. Meervoud. Plural. Laat ons hebben, let us have. Hebt, have (ye). Laat hen hebben, let them have. IMPERATIVE MOOD. Enkelvoud. Laat mij zijn, Wees, Laat hem zijn, Meervoud. Laat ons zijn, Weest, zijt, Laat hen zijn, Singular. let me be. be (thou). let him be. Plural. let us be. be (ye), let them be. HOW TO TRANSLATE THE SECOND PERSON. In correspondence and public speaking " gij hebt, gij zijt" etc., are u ed with both singular and plural meaning. In prayer, also, " gij hebt, gij zijt," etc., are the only forms in vogue. In conversation " u heeft, u is" etc., should be used, though the forms " u hebt, u zijt," etc., are heard as well, especially when a plural meaning is to be conveyed. 66 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. In loose and familiar talk "je Jiebt, j'e zijt " are the singular, and "jullie Jiebt, jullie zijt," the plural forms in use. Parents to children, close friends to friends, children to children, masters to servants, use the pronoun "je " and " jullie" Foreigners should use " u " throughout, except when speaking to small children, or servants. NOTE. These observations apply to the conjugation of all verbs. TEANSLATION EXERCISES.* Vertaaloefeningen. EXERCISE XIX. FIRST RULE OF CONSTRUCTION. When in a principal sentence the verb consists of two parts (auxiliary and past participle), the auxiliary is retained in the position occupied by the English verb, and the past participle forms the last word of the sentence. This rule may only be broken when various extensions, or a subordinate sentence intervening, the distance between the two parts of the verb is rendered greater than is consistent with clearness. NOTE. For the words of these and all the following translation exercises the student id referred to the Eiiglish-Diitcli Vocabulary. I have a friend. I have [had] a friend (had). I had a friend. I had [had] a friend (had). I shall [have] a friend (have). I shall [have had] a friend (have had). You are my friend. You have [been] my friend (been). You were my friend. You had [been] my friend (been). You will [be] my friend (be). You will [have been] my friend (have been). Let us [bo] friends (be). Be (sing.) my friend. Be (plur.) my friends. Let him [have] a book (have). Let me [have] a hat (have). Let us [have] courage (have). Thou hadst [had] a sister (had). You had [been] to (naar) Cape-Town (been). They will * In these and all further translation exercises words given In square [ ] brackest are meant to be left out, whereas those in common ( ) brackets arc supplied lor translation. THE GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES. 67 [have] the pleasure (have). She had [had] a message from her uncle (had). My aunt had [been] to Wynberg (been). Be quiet, children. EXERCISE XX. SECOND RULE OF CONSTRUCTION. In infinitive phrases the verb stands last. [To be] young (to be). [To have] parents (to have). [To have been] in the street (been to have). [To have had] a horse (had to have). To be obedient, is good. It is good [to be] obedient (to be). To have brothers, is pleasant. It is pleasant [to have] brothers (to have). To be obedient is to be good. To have parents is to be rich. To have a friend is to have a treasure. To have been rich is to have had friends. To be sickly is to be much at home. To have been ill was painful to (voor) him. To have health and to be diligent is to be rich. It was difficult for the boy to be obedient. It was good of you to be in the street. It was kind of him to have bread and tea for us. EXERCISE XXI. THIRD RULE OF CONSTRUCTION. lu subordinate sentences the verb stands last. When such a sentence has a lengthy extension, the verb may be placed in front of it, but may never be in front of the direct object. The child is happy, because it [is] obedient (is). One (Men) has friends, if one [is] rich (is). I asked (vrocg) the girl why she [had] so little work (had). The boy would (zem) work in the garden, if he [had] a spado (had). 1 am rich, because I [have] parents (have). The girl was poor, because sho [had been] ill (had been). I should have gone out (uitgegaan zijri), if I [had had] a horse (had had). He would be tired, if he [had been] at (op) school (had been). I asked the man where he was going (Jieen ging). He answered (antwoordde) me that he [was going] to Cape Town (was going = ging). The D 2 68 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. harvest is small, as the weather [has been] bad (has been). Ask (Vraag) the boy, whether he [had] a 2 horse jyesterday (had). She told (zeide) me that she [was] 2 very (erg} tired x last night (was). I told my brother that the cows [were] very thin (were). He asked me if I [had had] a message from my uncle (had had). She told me that she [had been] 2 sickly T [for] a long time (had been). My brother told me that the poor man [could] not work (could = Icon), because he [had] no (geen) tools (had). HOW TO TRANSLATE THE INTERROGATIVE, NEGATIVE, AND NEGATIVE-INTERROGATIVE FORMS. No auxiliary being used for the rendering of these forms, they are for all verbs as simple, as in English they are with the verb " to be." Do I have ? = have I ? = Jieb ilc ? I do not have = I have not = iJc lieb met. Do I not have ? = have I not ? = lieb He niet ? Are you ? = zijt gij ? or, is u ? You are not = gij zijt niet, or, u is nict. Are you not ? = zijt gij niet ? or, is u niet ? The same rule applies to all verbs. NOTE. The Interrogative ' did ' followed by an infinitive is frequently translated by the perfect tense ; eg , Did you see him ? = have you seen him ? See p. 177, OBSERVATIONS. EXERCISE XXII. Have you an uncle ? Yes, I have two uncles and two aunts. Are you young, my boy ? Yes, sir, quite young. How old are you? I am twelve. Are you not older, John ? No, sir, I am just twelve. Have you had break- fast afterwards? Did you have a horse yesterday ? No, I had a bicycle. Were you not tired last night? A little, yes, but not much (erg). Did his uncle have (the) THE GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES. 69 fever? His uncle had (the) fever, and his aunt too. Will he not (yet) have had a (not &=gecn) message [yet] ? He will not have had a message before twelve o'clock. Did she not have much pain ? No, not very much Are you obedient to your parents? I am always obedient to my parents and teachers. Will you be in school to-morrow ? I shall be in school at nine o'clock. GRAMMAR EXERCISES. Taalocfeningen. EXERCISE XXIII. Fill up the blanks in the following exercises, assigning genders to all nouns. 1. koper van Zuid-Afrika wordt in Wales gesmolten. The copper of South Africa is in Wales smelted. Th3 Vrijstaat is republiek. haver zal in midden (o) Free State is a republic. The oats will in the middle van zomer rijp zijn. Deze man klaagt altijd over of the summer ripe be. This man complains always of gebreken van ouderdom. Lukas, scJirijver van the infirmities of (the) old age. St. Luke, the author of derde evangelic, was deleter. IJc kan u juiste the third Gospel, was a physician. I can you the exact tijdstip van gebeurtenis niet zeggen. genootschap van date of the event not tell. The association of svhoone kunsten Tieeft prijs voor beste teekening fine arts has a price for the best drawing uitgeloofd. - kerkhof ligt aan voet van berg. offered. The churchyard lies at the foot of the mountain. Bij tijding van aankomst harer moeder straalde At the news of the arrival of her mother streamed (to) kleine meisje blijdschap uit oogen. the little girl the joy out of the eyes, 70 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. Na dood van Koning Willem derde werd - After the death of King William the Third was the Groot-Hertogdom Luxemburg van kroon van Holland Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg from the crown of Holland gesclieiden. Er is groote zioerm sprinkhanen over separated. There has a large swarm of locusts over eigendom van magistraat getrokken ; ze liebben al the property of the magistrate passed ; they have all - gras (o) en mielies afgevreten, zoo dat vee the grass and the mealies eaten off, so that the cattle nu geen voedsel lieeft. Toen Melrose gisteren middag now no food has. As the Melrose yesterday afternoon liaven van Liverpool uitstodmde, is tegen the harbour of Liverpool was steaming out, has she with Australische boot aangevaren, die duar voor anker the Australian boat collided, which there at anchor was lag ; liei is aan tegcnwoordigheid van geest van - riding ; it is to the presence of mind of the eersten stuurman te danken, dat beide sclicpen cr zonder first officer owing, that (the) both ships without groote schade afgekomen zijn. great injury come off have. 2. Deze schrijf- lieeft met liaar ccrste bock grooten opgang This authoress has with her first book great success gemaakt. opera-zanger- zal zichzelve op piano had. The opera-singer will herself on the piano begeleiden. Door val uit boom Jieeft accompany. Through the fall out (of) the tree has tho man zicli aan been verwond. Hagar, - - dienst van man himself on the leg wounded. Hagar, the servant of Sara, trok met haren zoon woestijn van Arabie in. Ik Sarah, wont with her son tho desert of Arabia in. I licb met zwarten draad - - patroon van kant op have with a black thread the pattern of the lace on the THE GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES. 71 witte zijde aangegeven. Door omvallen van -- white silk indicated. Through the capsizing of the olielamp (v) is er groote vleTt, op marmeren vloer (m) oil-lamp is a large stain on the marble floor van gang gelcomen. schip is onder geleide van of the passage come. The ship is under guidance of an ervaren loods veilig in haven aangeland. Er experienced pilot safely in the harbour arrived. There bestaat groote overeenkomst tusschen Tdimaat en exists a great similarity between the climate and the voortbrengselen van Kaap Kolonie en Zuiden (o) van productions of the Cape Colony and the South of Europa. Bij onlangs gehouden scMetwedstrijd heeft - Europe. At the recently held shooting-match has the zoon oude baron- palm overwinning son of the old baroness the palm of the victory meggedragen. , die men van St. Helena carried off. The servants, which one from St. Helena invoert, zijn niet altijd van beste slag. van imports, are not always of the best sort. The Queen of Groot Britannie draagt tevens titel (rn) van Great Britain bears at the same time the title of van Indie. bedelaar- die van morgen Empress of India. The beggar-woman who this morning aan deur (#) was, deed zulk - roerend verhaal van at the door was, did such a touching account of the dood van liaren , dat mijne tranen in death of her husband, that (to) my mother the tears in the oogen sprongen. glas voor ramen (n) is met - eyes came. The glass for the windows is with a diamant gesneden. diamond cut. THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. CONVERSATIE. Wijze van groeten en aanspreken. 1. Goeden morgen, mijnheer. 2. Goeden avond, mevrouw. 3. Hoe yaat het u ? 4. Hoe vaart u ? 5. Zeer wel, dank u, 6. Zoo tusschenbeide, dank u. 7. Ik ben vandaaj niet zoo heel wel. 8. Ik voel mij heel onwel. 9. Ik voel mij erg ziek. 10. Watscheeltu? 11. Ik heb zware hoofdpijn. 12. Dat spijt me. 13. Adieu ; tot weerziens. 14. Mag ilc het genoegen hebben, u te vergezellen ? 15. Hoe heerlijk zijn de avon- den dezer dagen, vindt u niet ? 16. Zullen we niet nog een eindje verder wandelen ? 17. Met genoegen: de \cande- ling dott mij goed. 18. 7s u van plan, naar den schouwburg te gaan van avond ? 19. Neen, mij dunkt, het stuk zal niet amunani zijn. 20. Waar zullen we dan heen- gaan 1 21. Naar de opera; hoe kan u nog tivijfelen ? 22. Heeft u van den dood van mevrouw D. gehoord ? 23. Ja, ik ben daar vandaag gaan condoleeren. 24. Heeft u een prcttigcn dag (jehad bij mijnheer A. ? 25. Hoe zou het anders kimnen ? 26. Ikfeliciteer u wel met uw geboortedag 1 27. Veel heil met het nicuwe jaar ! CONVERSATION. Forms of greeting and address. 1. Good morning, sir. 2. Good evening, madam. 3. How are you? 4. How do you do ? 5. Quite well, thank you. 6. Middling, thank you. 7. I am not so well to-day. 8. I feel very unwell. 9. I feel quite ill. 10. What is the matter? 11. I have a Lad headache. 12. I am sorry for you. 13. Good-bye ; I hope I shall see you again. 14. May I have the pleasure of accompanying you? 15. We are having delightful evenings, don't you think so? 16. Shall we not go a little farther ? 17. With pleasure : the walk is doing me good. 18. Do you intend going to the theatre to-night ? 19. No, I don't think the play will be an amusing one. 20. Where shall we go then ? 21. To the opera, how can you be in doubt ? 22. Did you hear of the death of Mrs. B. ? 23. Yes, I called there to-day to express my sympathy. 24. Did you spend a pleasant day with Mr. A. ? 25. How could it be otherwise ? 26. I wish you many happy returns of your birthday ! 27. A happy new year to you ! THE GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES. 73 28. Hartelijk dank. 29. Ik ben u zeer verplicht. 30. Zeer verplicht. 31. Zou u mij eene gunst willen bewijzen ? 32. Van liarte gaarne, als ik het kan. 33. Doe het toch vooral rtiet ! 34. Heeft u mynheer C. eene visile gemaakt ? 35. Ik heb mijn naamkaartje achtergelaten, want hij was niet thuis. 28. Many thanks. 29. I am much obliged to you. 30. Much obliged. 31. Would you do me a favour ? 32. I shall be most happy if I can. 33. Pray, don't do it ! 34. Have vou called upon Mr. C.?" 35. I left my card, he was not at home. 74 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. CHAPTER YI. DECLENSION. (Verbuiging^) I. THE changes of form to which Articles, Nouns, Adjectives and Pronouns are subject, are together called their declension. Declension expresses gender, geslacht ; number, getal; and case, naamval. There are three genders : masculine, mannelijTc; feminine, vrouwelijk ; and neuter, onzijdig. There are two numbers : singular, enJcelvoud, and plural, meervoud. There are four cases : nominative, nominatief; genitive, genitief ; dative, datief ; and accusative, accusatief more commonly called : eerste, tweede, derde, en vierde naamval, first, second, third, and fourth case. II. NOMINATIVE CASE. 1. The subject of a sentence is in the nominative case : De hond blaft, the dog barks. 2. The name of a person or thing addressed, de aange- sproken persoon Latin vocative is in the nominative case : Jongens, let op ! Boys, pay attention ! 3. The verbs zijn, to be, worden, to become, hecten, to be called, blijven, to remain, schijnen, to seem, lijken, to DECLENSION. 75 seem, and blijken, to appear to be, take the nominative case before and after them. Hij is mijn vriend=he is my friend. Hij lijlct een vreemdeling = he seems a stranger. Hij wordt soldaat = he becomes a soldier. NOTE. The student should notice that the subject and the person named by the predicate of which these verbs form part, are the very same. 4. A noun in apposition to a Nominative case is like- wise in the Nominative case : Jakob, de oude tuinier, is geJcomen, Jacob, the old gardener, has come ; Hij woont bij mij als vriend, he lives in my house as a friend. III. GENITIVE CASE. The genitive case expresses possession, relation, descent, or part of some whole. EXAMPLE : Possession : Mijns vadere huis, my father's house. Relation : De stralen der zon, the sun's rays. Descent : De Jcinderen onzer tante, our aunt's children. Part of a whole : Eene bete broods, a bit of bread. IV. DATIVE CASE. 1. The person or thing profiting or losing by an action, is in the dative case : Geef mij dat mes, give me that knife ; Gij doet mij verdriet aan, you cause me grief. 2. The personal pronoun when used instead of a possessive pronoun, is in the dative case : Hij wascht zicli de handen, he washes his hands, for: Jiij wascJit zijne handen. V. ACCUSATIVE CASE. 1. The direct object of a transitive verb is in the accusative case : De metselaar bouicde een huis, the mason built a house. 2. The verbs: noemen, to call, Jieeten (trans.), to call, schelden, to call (names), maJcen, to make, prijzen, to praise, bevinden, to find to be, achten, to consider, zich betoonen, to 76 TtTE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. show one's self, zich gevoelen, to feel one's self, zich teelcenen, to sign one's self, are followed by two accusative cases. Ik teeJcen mij uwen dienaar. I sign myself your servant ; Hij noemt mij zijnen vriend, he calls me his friend. NOTE. Observe ILat the personal pronoun and the following noun are in apposition. 3. Every noun governed by any preposition is in the Accusative case. Ors. In old Dutch some prepositions governed the genitive nnd others the dative case. This fact is traceable in the following expressions : Genitive : binnenshuis, inside the house, buitenstij'ds, unseasonably ; Dative : mettertijd (met der tijd), in time. ter oore komen (te der core), to come to one's ears, to hear. 4. Nouns expressing time, tijd, weight, gewicht, measure, maat, or value, waarde, are in the Accusative case: De appel host eenen stuiver, the apple costs a penny. Hct pakje weegt een pond, the parcel weighs one pound. 5. A noun in apposition to an Accusative case is like- wise in the Accusative case: Ik roepWillem, den koetsier, I am calling William, the driver. De naam van Alexander den Grooten, als veroveraar is alom lehend, the name of Alexander the Great, as a conqueror, is universally known. IMPORTANT OBSERVATIONS ON THE USE OF THE CASES. 1. The Possessive and Dative cases are being discarded more and more. Their places are supplied by the objective (Accusative) case with prepositions. This is indicated in Chapter III., where the first forms of declen- sion are shown. Thus : Of the father, des vaders, is now van den vader. To the father, den vader, is now aan den vader, or voor den vader. DECLENSION. 77 The reason why the Possessive and Dative cases are retained, is, because they are met with in books. In correspondence, however, they are becoming rare, so that the student, while writing correct Dutch, may dispense with them, though for reading purposes he must be acquainted with them. 2. In speaking there is practically no case but the first (Nominative). Conversationally, the declensions of p. 26 would be : de man, the man ; van de man, of the man ; aan de man, to the man ; de man, the man. And again, een man, a man ; van een man, of a man ; aan een man, to a man ; een man, a man ; and so on through the three genders. 3. The student will have noticed before this, and will here observe again the disparity which exists between Dutch spoken and Dutch written. The reason may be looked for in the gradual wearing away of grammatical forms, which by some is hailed as the only natural com- promise between the speech of the learned and that of the uneducated, while others deplore it as tending to rob the language of its beauty. It is almost needless to say that the absence of declension-forms in the Cape patois makes it desirable to have as few in the correct medium- Dutch of South Africa as is consistent with the elements of grammar generally, which, as far as the subject of the present chapter is concerned, means, that the Possessive and Dative cases should only be used where they are found to be unavoidable. See here p. 82, IX. VL The Demonstrative Pronouns |dezel(Neuterui&)>, this, andfdie/(Neuter {doth that, and the Possessive Pronoun onze (Neuter ons\ our, follow the declension of the definite article de (Neuter het), the. The Attributive Adjective is declined according to the changes in the word by which it is preceded. The follow- ing examples will indicate these changes : 78 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. MANNELIJK. MASCULINE. Enkelvoud. Singular. 1 nv. De, deze, die, onze goede Nom. The, this, that, our good vader. father. 2 nv. DeB, dezes, dienB, onzes Gen. Of the, this, that, our good goeden vadera. father, or Van den, dezen, dien, onzen goeden vader. 3 nv. Den, dezen, dien, onzen Dat. To the, this, that, our goeden vader. good father, or Aan den, dezen, dien, onzen goeden vader. 4 nv. Den, dezen, dien, onzen Ace. The, this, that, our good goeden vader. father. Meervoud. Plural. 1 nv. De, deze, die, onze goede Nom. The, these, those, our vaders. good fathers. 2 nv. Der, dezer, dier, onzer Gen. Of the, these, those, our goede vaders. good fathers, or Van de, deze, die, onze goede vaders. 3 nv. Den, dezen, dien, onzen Dat. To the, these, those, our goeden vaders. good fathers, or Aan de, deze, die, onze goede vaders. 4 nv. De, deze, die, onze goede Ace. The, these, those, our vaders. good fathers. VBOUWELIJK. FEMININE. Enkelvoud. Singular. 1 nv. De, deze, die, onze oude Nom. The, this, that, our old tante. aunt. 2 nv. Der, dezer, dier, onzer Gen, Of the, this, that, our old oude tante. aunt, or Van de, deze, die, onze oude tante. 3 nv. Der, dezer, dier, onzer Dat. To the, this, that, our old oude tante. aunt, or Aan de, deze, die, onze oude tante. 4 nv. DC, deze, die, onze oude Ace. The, this, that, our old tante. aunt. DECLENSION. 79 VKOUWELIJK. FEMININE. Meervoud. Plural. 1 nv. De, deze, die, onze oude Nom. The, these, those, our old tantes. aunts. 2 nv. Der, dezer, dier, onzcr Gen. Of the, these, those, our oude tantes. old aunts. or Van de, deze, die, onze oude tantes. 3 nv. Den, dezen, dien, onzen Dat. To the, these, those, our ouden tantes. old aunts. or Aan de, deze, die, onze oude tantes. 4 nv. De, deze, die, onze oude Ace. The, these, those, our old tantes. aunts. ONZIJDIG. NEUTER. Enkelvoud. Singular. 1 nv. Het, dit, dat, ons, kleine Nom. The, this, that, our small kind. child. 2 nv. Dea, dezes, diena, onzea Gen. Of the, this, that, our kleinen kinda. small child, or Van het, dit, dat, ons kleine kind. 3 nv. Den, dezen, dien, onzen Dat. To the, this, that, our kleinen kinde (obso- small child, lete). or Aan het, dit, dat, ons kleine kind. i nv. Het, dit, dat, ons kleine Ace. The, this, that, our small kind. child. Meervoud. Plural. 1 nv. De, deze, die, onze kleine Nom. The, these, those, our kinderen. small children. 2 nv. Der, dezer, dier, onzer Gen. Of the, these, those, our kleine kinderen. small children, or Van de, deze, die, onze kleine kinderen. 3 nv. Den, dezen, dien, onzen Dat. To the, these, those, our kleinen kinderen. small children, or Aan de, deze, die, onze kleine kinderen. 4 nv. De, deze, die, onze kleine Ace. The, these, those, our kinderen. small children. VII. The Possessive Pronouns mijn, my, uw, your, zijn, 8o THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. his, haar, her, zijn, its, hun, their, have, in the singular, the declension of the indefinite article een, a (an), while in the plural they go according to the plural forms of par. VI. MANNELIJK. Enkelvoud. MASCULINE. Singular. 1 nv. Een,mijn,uw,zijn,haar, Nom. A, my, your, hi?, her, Jiun groote hand. their large dog. 2 nv. Eens, mijns, uivs, zijns, Gen. Of a, my, your, his, her, haars, huna grooten their large dog. honds. or Van eenen, mijnen, uiven, zijnen, haren, hunnen grooten hond. 3 nv. Ecnen, mijnen, uiven, Dat. To a, my, your, his, her, zijnen, haren, hunnen their large dog. grooten hond. or Aan eenen, mijnen, uwen, zijnen, haren, hunnen grooten hond. 4 nv. Eenen, mijnen, uiven, Ace. A, my, your, his, her, zijnen, haren, hunnen grooten hond. their large dog. VROUWELIJK. EnTcelvoud. 1 nv. Eene, mijne, uwe, zijne, hare, hunne ivitte muts. 2 nv. Eener, mijner, uwer, zijner, harer,hunner, witte muts. or Van ccne, mijne, uwe, zijne, hare, hunne witte muts. 3 nv. Ecner, mijner, uwer, zijner, hnrer, hunner witte muis. or Aan eene, mijne, uwe, zijne, hare, hunne witte muts. 4 nv. Eene, mijne, uive, zijne, hare, hunne witte muts. FEMINIKE. Singular. Nom, A, my, your, his, her, their white cap. Gen. Of a, my, your, his, her, their white cap. Dat. To a, my, your, his, her, their white cap. Ace. A, my, your, his, her, their white cap. DECLENSION. Si OXZIJDIG. Enkelvoud. 1 nv. Een, mij'n, uw, zij'n, hoar, hun oud(e) huis. 2 nv. Eena, mijna, uwa, zijns, haara, huna ouden huizea. or Van een, mijn, uw, zijn, hoar, hun oud(e) huis. 3 nv. Eeneo., mijnen, uiven, zijnen, haren, hun- ?ien ouden huize (ob- solete). or Aan een, mijn, uw, zijn, haar,hun,oud(e) huis. 4 nv. Een, mijn, uw, zijn, haar, hun oud(e) huis, (see VIII.) MEERVOUD. Mannelijk. 1 nv. , mijne, uwe, zij'ne, hare, hunne, grooto honden, enz. Vrouwelijk. 1 nv. , mijne, uwe t zijne, hare, hunne witte mutsen, enz, Onzijdig. 1 nv. , mijne, mve, zijne, hare, hunne oude ' huizen, enz. NEUTER. Singular. Nom. A, my, your s his, her, their old house. Gen. Of a, my, your, his, her, their old house. Dat. To a, my, your, his, her, their old house. Ace. A, my, your, his, her, their old house. PLUBAL. Masculine. Nom. , my, your, his, her, their large dogs, etc. Feminine. Nom. , niy, your, his, her, their white caps, etc. Neuter. Nom. , my, your, his, her, their old houses, etc. Exactly like the plural forms of par. VI. OBS. When two or more attributive adjectives are joined to a noun, each one is declined separately like the first (as shown above). Such adjectives should be separated by commas : 1 nv. Deze oude, trouive hond, this old and faithful dog. 2 nv. Dezes ouden, trouiven hands and so on. 82 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. When, however, the adjectives together convey one idea only' the last one alone is declined : Eene rood, wit en blauwe vlag, a red, white, and blue flag ; plural rood, wit en lilauive vlaggen, red, white, and blue flags. VIII. The Adjective has no e (i.e. it is not declined) in the Neuter gender, Singular number, when preceded by one of the following eight words : een, a (an) ; geen, no ; eenig, some ; elk, each ; ieder, every ; zeker, a certain ; menig, many a ; welJe, which. NOTE. This is likewise the case after the Numeral Adjective veel, wat, and sommig. EXAMPLE. 1 nv. Een, geen, elk, ieder, Nom. A, no, each, every, many menig, welk Iflein a, which small child, kind, enz. etc. 1 nv. Watfrisch water. Some fresh water. IX. The following observations may be a guide to correct declension. 1. The Masculine Singular is distinguished by an n in three cases out of four. Besides, the 4th case is like the 3rd. 2. The distinguishing letter of the Feminine Singular is e ; the 1st case is like the 4th ; the 2nd case like the 3rd; it bears great resemblance to the plural. 3. The Neuter Singular has no declension of its own; its 1st, 3rd, and 4th cases are equal, and its 2nd case is a borrowed Masculine Genitive. 4. The distinguishing letter of the Plural is e again ; its 1st case is like the 4th. 5. In Plural forms there is no distinction of gender ; all Plural forms are equal. 6. When the Article or other first word ends in e or r, the Adjective must end in e ; when the first word cuds in s or en, the Adjective must end in en. 7. For correspondence purposes, discarding the 2nd and 3rd cases, we may note : that the Masculine Obj. has n ; that in the Feminine Singular there are no changes ; that in the Neuter Singular there are no changes ; that in the Plural forms there are no changes. DECLENSION. 83 8. The Adjective, whenever placed before a noun, ends in e, whether it be used in the Masculine, Feminine or Neuter gender, Singular or Plural ; the only case of absence of this e being in the Neuter Singular, after the words enumerated in VIII. 9. Nouns take s in the 2nd case Masculine and Neuter Singular. It should be observed that no apostrophe may there be used. The only use of the apostrophe in Dutch is in the Plural forms of a few words (see p. 35, III.) and for indicating the Possessive case of proper nouns ending in s, e.g., Paulus' zendbrieven, St. Paul's Epistles. 10. When Masculine and Neuter Nouns end in s or sch, their 2nd case is expressed by means of the Preposition van, of: e.g., de os, the ox, van den os (not des osses) ; de luenscli, the wish, van den wensch (not des wensches) ; het glas, the glass, van het glas (not des glasses). The Possessive cases of huis, house (des huizes"), and vleesch, flesh (des vleesches), are occasionally met with. X. Nouns may take an adjective which, is not preceded by any defining word. In this case the adjective, being the first word, should take the declension of the article. The following examples will show that this does take place, but in a modified form. MANNELIJK. MASCULINE. EnTcelvoud. Singular. 1 nv. Oude wijn. Norn. Old wine. 2 nv. Ouden wijna (or van Oen. Of old wine. ouden wijn). 3 nv. Ouden (or aan ouden) Dat. To old wine. wijn. 4 nv. Ouden wijn. Ace. Old wine. Meervoud. Plural. 1 nv. Oude wijnen. Norn. Old wines. 2 nv. Ouder (or van oude) Gen. Of old wines. wijnen. 3 nv. Ouden (or aan oude) Dat. To old wines. wijnen. 4 nv. Oude wijnen. Ace. Old wines. 8 4 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. VEOUWEMJK. FEHINIKE. Enkelvoud. Singular. 1 nv. 2 nv. 3 nv. 4 nv. Fijne kant. Van fijne kant. Aan fijne kant. Fijne kant. Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Fine lace. Of fine lace. To fine lace. Fine lace. Meervoud. Plural. 1 nv. 2 nv. 3 nv. 4 nv. Fijne kanten. Fijner kanten, or van fijne kanten. Fijnen kanten, or aan fijne kanten. Fijne kanten. Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Fine laces. Of fiue laces. To fine laces. Fine laces. ONZIJDIG. NEUTER. Enkelvoud. Singular. 1 nv. 2 nv. 3 nv. 4 nv. Helder licht. Van helder licht. Aan helder licht. Helder licht. Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Bright light. Of bright light. To bright light. Bright light. Meervoud. Plural. 1 nv. Heldere lichten. 2 nv. IMderer lichten, or van heldere lichten. 3 nv. Helderen lichten, or aan heldere lichten. 4 nv. Ileldere lichten. Nom. Bright lights. Gen. Of bright lights. Dat. To bright lights. Ace. Brkht lights. XI. In titles, Attributive Adjectives are placed after tho nouns which they qualify. Their declension, however, is not affected thereby, e.g. j MANKELIJK. Enkelvoud. 1 nv. Peter de Groote. 2 nv. J'eters dea Grooten. 3 nv. Peter den Grooten. 4 nv. Peter den Grooten. MASCULINB. Singular. Nom. Peter the Great Gen. Of Peter the Great. Dat. To Peter the Great. Ace. Peter the Great. XII. By far the most Masculine and Neuter nouns take as a sign of the Possessive (Genitive) case, as asserted DECLENSION above. These are said to belong to the Strong Declension (Sterlie Verluiging). Of some few, however, the Possessive case ends in en. Such are : 1. The masculine words : mensch, man ; hcer, gentleman ; vorst, sovereign ; graaf, count; prins, prince; Jiertog, duke ; profeet, prophet ; and nar, clown. 2. The Neuter word : hart, heart. 3. All Adjectives, and Adjective Pronouns, when used as Nouns: de wijze, the wise man; de goede, the good man ; de mijne, mine. Their declension is as follows: Enkelvoud. 1 nv. 2 nv. O *-, . , 4 nv. 1 nv. 2 nv. 3 nv. 4 nv. De vorst. Dca vorsten. Den vorst. Den vorst. De goede. Des gocden. Den goede. Den goede. Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. MASCULINE. Singular. The sovereign. Of the sovereign. To the sovereign. The sovereign. The good ore. Of the good one. To the good one. The good one. 1 nv. 2 nv. 3 nv. 4 nv. Meervoud. De vorsten. Der vortten. Den vorsten De vorsten. 1 nv. De gocden. 2 nv. -Der goeden. 3 nv. Den goeden. 4 nv. De goeden. Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Plural. The sovereigns. Of the sovereigns. To the sovereigns. The sovereigns. The good. Of the good. To the good. The good. De mijne, mine, or mine own ; de uwe, yours, or your 86 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. own; de onze, ours, or our own, etc., are declined as follows : MANNELIJK. VROUWELIJK. ONZIJDIO. EnTcelvoud. Enkelvoud. EnTcelvoud. 1 nv. De mijne. 1 uv. De mijne. 1 nv. .Z7e mijne. 2 nv. Dea mijn&n. 2 nv. Der mijne. 2 n v. Fern Ae mi)'?! e. 3 nv. Den mijne. 3 nv. Z>er (or de 3 nv. Het mijne. mijne). 4 nv. Den mijne. 4 nv. De Mijne. 4 nv. jBe mijne. Meervoud voor alle geslackten. ' (Plural for the three genders.) (Meaning Persons.) (Meaning Things.) 1 nv. De mijnen. \ nv. De mijne. 2 nv. Dei mijnen. 2 nv. Der mijne. 3 nv. Den viijnen. 3 nv. Den mijnen. 4 nv. De mijnen. 4 nv. De mijne. OBS. The above difference in the plural forms the student should mark. Other words like de anderen, the others ; sommigen, some ; eenigen, some ; dezen, these ; genen, the others ; velen, many ; weinigen, few, etc., take n when they refer to persons, and drop it whenever they refer to things. De mijnen, de uwen, etc., are used in the peculiar sense of my (your) people (or family). XIII. Compound Pronouns (i.e. pronouns, the first part of which is the definite article) likewise follow the weak declension. They are: degene, he, or whoever; dezelfde, the same ; dezulhe, such an one. Example : MANNELIJK. Enkelvoud. 1 nv. Dezelfde. 2 nv. Deszclfden, 3 nv. Denzelfde. 4 nv. Denzelfdc. VBOUWELIJK. EnTcelvoud, 1 nv. Dezelfde. 2 nv. DeTzelfde. 3 nv. DerzeJ/de. 4 nv. Dezelfde. ONZIJDIG. EnTcetvoud. 1 nv. Hetzelfde. 2 nv. DeQzelfden. 3 nv. Hetzelfde. 4 nv. Hetzelfde. Meervoud voor alh geslachten. (Meaning Persons.) (Meaning Things.) 1 nv. Dczelfden. 1 nv. Dezelfde. 2 nv. Derzelfden. 2 nv. Derzetfde. 3 nv. Denzelfden. 3 nv. Denzelfden. 4 nv. Dezelfden. 4 nv. Dezelfde. DECLENSION. 87 GEAMMAE EXEECISEfi. Taaloefeningen. EXERCISE XXIV. NOTE. In the declension of adjectives the rule holds good that when the last syllable contains an imperfect vowel which is to be preserved, the final consonant must be doubled : stil, quiet, stille ; dik, thick, dikke. It should be understood that dashes are sometimes placed where there is no omission, to test the pupil's knowledge of the rules of declension. Fill up the blanks in the following sentences : lie heb een lang- brief (m) van mijn trouw- vriend I have a long letter from my faithful friend ontvangen. Op d- eerst avond na d-~ slag, received. On the first evening after the battle, bezocJiten wij tooneel van di vreeselijk strijd. visited we the scene of that terrible conflict. In dicht- bosch onder d dor bladeren (o) verborgen, In the dense bush under the dry leaves hidden, lag een giftig- adder (;). D- Jioog-, prachtig- Jiuis (o) is lay a poisonous adder. This high, beautiful house, is door d beroemd Engelscli- architect gebouwd. Er by that famous English architect built. There Hep een arm- kind (o) langs d- stil- straten (ji) ; d rijk went a poor child along the quiet streets ; the rich dame gaf Tiet geld. In schoon Jclimaat d- lady gave it money. In the beautiful climate of the zuidelijk landen is het gemalcJcelijJc, gezond te zijn. southern countries is it easy, healthy to be. The fraai- rijtuig (o) van d- Jconing was met zcs prachtig- fine carriage of the king was by six splendid paarden bespannen. Ik wil u dez- scJirikJcelijk- af grand (m) horses drawn. I want you this terrible abyss, dez- ontzaglijk kloven (t>), dez- snel- stroom (i), en these tremendous gorges, this quick stream, and dez trotsch bergspitsen () toonen. Menig- onschuldig- these proud mountain peaks show. Many innocent hart is verleid geworden door slecht- gezelschap. heart has seduced been by bad company. 88 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. EXERCISE XXV. Decline in full (singular and plural) : 1. Masculine : De oude tuinman, the old gardener. Die groote loom, that large tree. Een slimme jongen, a sharp boy. Willem de derde, William the Third. Mijn trouwe, lieve hond, my faithful and dear dog. De brave, the honest one. Dezelfde jonge knecht, the same young servant. Een mooie, vette os, a pretty fat ox. Deze geel en zwarte tijger, this yellow and black tiger. Alexander de Groote, Alexander the Great. Onze dlom beminde hertog, our universally beloved duke. Lekkere, zoete wijn, nice and sweet wine. Haar pas aangestelde secretaris, her newly-appointed secretary. 2. Feminine: De oude bank, the old bench. Deze kleine kamer, this small room. Eene nieuwe japon, a new dress. Die goede, brave vrouw, that good and honest woman. Mijne arme, oude vriendin, my poor old friend. Eerlijke verdeding, honest division. Eene zeer groote weide, a very large meadow. Deze uitstekend goede koffie, this exceedingly good coffee. Maria de Katholieke, Mary the Catholic. Die oude, rood bonte koe, that old red-and-white cow. Dezelfde trotsche zwaan, the same proud swan. De met klimop bedekte warande, the ivy-roofed verandah. 3. Neuter: Het speelsche dier, the playful animal. Dit lieidensche gebruik, this heathen custom. Dat heete vuur, that hot fire. Een oud en vervallen Tiuis, an old and decaying house. Sterk bier, strong beer. Iletzelfde lange gesprek, the same lengthy conversation. Dat jonge, sterke paard, that young and strong horse. Haar zwarte, doordringende oog, her black and penetrating eye. Dit lange, groene gras, this long green grass. Eenfraai geslepen glas, a beautifully-cut tumbler. Menig nu vergcten spreeku'oord, many a now-forgotten proverb. Een zckcr vergelegen gebergte, a certain far-distant range of mountains. DECLENSION. EXERCISE XXVI. Fill up the blanks in the following exercises, assigning genders and cases to nouns. 1. Om d- inhoud (m) van e lichaam (o) te berekenen, is net For the contents of a body to calculate, is it noodig d- lengte, d- breedte, en d- Jioogte ervan necessaiy the length, the breadth, and the height of it te Jcennen. In icelk- landen vindt men d- lioogst to know. In which countries finds one the highest bergen, d snelst- rivieren, en d grootst- mountains, the most rapid rivers, and the largest meren ? Hoe oud was d man, die gisteren door zulk lakes? How old was the man, who yesterday by such ee groot stoet (m) van menscJien ten grave gedragen werd ? a large crowd of people to the grave borne was ? Hij was d- oudst- man uit d- gansch- stad (v), en moet ver He was the oldest man of the whole town, and must far in d negentig geweest zijn. Als gij - koeien naar d- in the nineties been have. If you your cows to the iceide zendt, zal ik d- mijne- ooJc zenden. Eenig- jaren field send, shall I mine also send. Some years geleden Jicbben d- Franschen ee- vreeselijk- oorlog(m) ago have the French a terrible war gevoerd tegen d- Duitschers, doch d laatst- hebben ee carried on against the Germans, but the latter have a scJtitterend ovencinning beliaald. brilliant victory gained. 2. D- tempel (m) van Salomo, di groot-, wijz- Jcontng, is The temple of Solomon, that great and wise king, has door ee van d koningen van Babylonische rijk (o) by one of the kings of the Babylonian empire verwoest geworden. D Tcameel wordt in noordelijk deel(o~) destroyed been. The camel is in the northern part 90 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. van Afrika, en in vel- landen van Azie gevonden ; Jiij is of Africa, and in many countries of Asia found; lie is ee van d- nuttigst Jiuisdieren. D hard, one of the most useful domestic animals. The hard, drog stammen d- boomen zijn met frisch-, iceek-, groen dry trunks of the trees are with fresh, soft, green mos (o) bedekt. Zal ik u opnoemen, wat ik op moss covered. Shall I for you enumerate what I on di lang reis (v) gezien heb ? Groot- steden, prachtig- that long journey seen have ? Large towns, beautiful dorpen, veel- wild- dieren (o) opgesloten in eng kooien (#), villages, many wild animals locked up in narrow cages, breed-, snel stroomend- rivieren, waar rijk versierd broad, rapidly flowing rivers, where richly decorated bootjes op ronddreven, tallooz groen- weivelden(og, gewogen, to weigh. TKANSLATION EXERCISES. Vertaaloefeningen. EXERCISE XXYII. FouRTHBuLE OF CONSTRUCTION. When a subordinate sentence precedes the principal one, the construction of the latter is inverted, i.e., the verb is placed before its subject. If the verb consists of two parts, the auxiliary only precedes the subject, and the principal verb closes the sentence (see First Rule). Notice here the need of the comma, for separating two verbs which belong to different sentences. If you [have learned] that long lesson (have learned), = &aw) you [can] go. If he had a book, (would) he [would] learn the alphabet. When I asked your uncle to tell that story, (said) he [said] that ho had told it (ze) already. When dogs [are] young (are), (are) they [are] ively. If the man has stolen the money, (is) he [is] a thief. After (nadaf) he weighed the parcel, (gave) he [gave] it to the boy. If my sister has no pain, (sleeps) she [sleeps] very well. Because the man was ill and poor, (was) he [was] miserable. When I was rich, (had) I [had] many friends. As I had no horse, (could = Jcon) I [could] not go. If I had had a garden behind the house, (would) I [would] [have been] glad (bly") (have been). As the boy had a spade, (worked) he [worked] in the garden. When my uncle's horses (the horses of my uncle) had much grass, (were) they [were] fat. If the child had been at (op) school, (would) it [would] have been tired (have been). If he asks for (oni) the inkpot, (will) my mother [will] give it (him) (give). When the child has played [for] an hour, (will) it will [be] satisfied (be). 96 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. EXERCISE XXVIII. TRANSLATION OF PRESENT PARTICIPLE. Present part ; ciples are rarely used. They are translated in various ways. The following rendering should be noted first : Having a book, the boy is happy = as the boy has a book, he is happy = daar de jongen een boek heeft, is hij gelukkig. Being ill, the child was at home = as the child was ill, it was at home = daar het kind ziek was, was het thuis. Having parents, (is) the child [is] happy. Having books, (was) the boy [was] contented. Being small, the girl had little work. Having a spade, the boy worked (werJcte) in the garden. Being obedient, the child was happy. Having been ill (as he had been sick), the man was poor. The poor man being ill, was (he) miserable. The boy, having tools, was (he) happy. The child having been (as the child had been) at (op) school, was (it) tired. The weather having been bad, the harvest was small. Having had rain, the trees had leaves. Having no bread, the children were hungry. The cat having had milk, was (she) contented. My horses were fat, having had much grass. Your cows were thin, having had no forage. EXERCISE XXIX. Let us build three houses here. Why three ? There is room for four. There is no room for four houses on this small bit of ground. Would he have stolen the old horse if there (er)had been a young [one]? If you tell me this, I shall not ask you again. What will he ask me ? He will ask you io give up the key which he gave (has given) you This is the little bird that built its pretty nest among the green twigs. How long did the dog live? It (ho) lived five years, I had a horse once which was twenty years old. If your uncle built (has built) on the now piece of ground, I will build on the old [one]. He has not built yet ; but he will build on the large now DECLENSION. 97 piece of ground next to the old inn. Because he wantel to (wilde) play in the afternoon, he learned his lessons in the morning. You have had the money in your pocket ; why did you play (played you) with it (ermee) ? EXERCISE XXX. NOTE. " To like to," and " to want to," are both rendered by " willen, wilde, gewild" The boy wants to learn those difficult words. Yes, but he does not want to (wil .... nief) [learn] his lesson for his teacher (not learn). I should like to (zou .... willen) ask you for (om) the paper. The old man did not want to ask for money. Would you like to have a large house and a pretty garden ? I should like to have many good books, He wants to give all his money to the poor. Give me those roses ! No, I do [not] want to (jcil .... nief) [give] you those roses (not give) ; they are too pretty and too fresh. Do you want to have more ink ? Who would not [like to be] rich and happy (like to be) ? I should not [like to build] in this street (like to build) ; there are already too many large houses. He wanted to call his father, but he was not in his room. The carpenter wants to measure the table. Let him first measure the height of the door. EXERCISE XXXI, Observe : Hij hoopt te zullen slapen = he hopes that he will sleep. Hij verwacht te zullen bouiven = he expects that he will builJ. Hij denkt te zullen komen = he thinks that he will come. Hij gelooft morgen beter te zullen zijn = he believes that he will be better to-morrow. Hij zegt om een uur daar geweest te zullen zijn = he says that at one o'clock he will have been there. Hij belooft zijne lessen dan geleerd te zullen hebben = he promises that then he will have learned his lessons. NOTE. The latter part of these sentences may also be literally translated from the English. She hopes that she will live. I expect that I shall call you. They think that they will come to-morrow. He E 98 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. promises that be will have given the money. She believes that she will be ill to-morrow. Having slept, 'the child was much better. Let the bird live, boys ! Having built a strong castle, the king was safe. John and Henry, share the marbles ! Let them also share the money ! Let us tell the story of that fearful fire to our parents. The carpenter expects that he will build three large houses. The girl believes that she [willj once [be] very rich (will be). Let us measure these sticks; they are long and strong. Do not always play, children ! Let them play now; they will (the next hour) learn their spelling (spellcs, ;.) [the next hour]. Charles, call the servant, I want to [ask] him something (ask). Yes, father, I shall call him. THE PEOGRESSIVE FORM. The Dutch language has no Progressive Form. Phrases in that form are therefore expressed in the corresponding tense of the verb, without indicating continuance of action. He is writing a letter = He writes a letter = Hij schrijft eenen Irief. He was reading the paper = He read the paper = Hij las de courant. I shall be going to-morrow = I shall go to-morrow = Ik zal morgen gaan. When it is necessary to give prominence to the continuous character of an action, another kind of expression is used : He is always writing = IJij is altijd aan liet schrijrcn. Do not speak to him, lie is reading = Spreelc niet tot hem, hij is aan het lezen. EXERCISU XXXII. The woman is weighing the meat. He was calling his father. The child was sleeping all (the whole) day. He was telling me about (van) his mother, who [is] dead (is). We have been learning our spelling, and wo have been playing in the room. The thief has been stealing again. The good dog was still living. Did you call me ? No, I was calling your brother. How long did your sister DECLENSION. 99 sleep? She slept [for] three hours. She is always sleeping when (als) I want to go out (uitgaan). Will you be measuring the carpet? I have measured it already, but I shall measure it again. Was the mason building the house ? He has been building two houses on the main road, and [now] he is building (now) a third. Were you telling him about that crow with the large wings ? Tell me that too. I shall tell you by and by. EXERCISE XXXIII. NOTE. The word " when " is translated by " toen" when an action is expressed in the Past Tense, purporting to name a fact which has occurred once. In sentences, the verb of which is in the Present or Ftiture Tense, or in the Past Tense, when a habit or regularly occurring event is expressed, the word " when " is rendered by " ivanneer" or " als." You were sleeping when (toen) I called. My father was measuring the door when (toen) I gave him the letter. You play when (wanneer*) you must learn (must = moef). He had the letter in his hand when (toen) he was playing. When (wanneer*) will you call the cat ? I called the cat when I was in the passage. When you divide the marbles, you must (moef) call me. When the postman had weighed the book, he gave it to me. Were you building the wall when I [saw] you (saw, za#)? Yes, I was building the wall when you called me to (om te) measure the door. When did the thief steal the money? He stole the money at (om) 5 o'clock. Were you sleeping when he stole it? He took it when we were in [the] house, but we were all sleeping. Was he dividing the marbles when you asked him to play ? He always gives me his books when he plays. CONVERSATIE. CONVERSATION. Het Weder. The Weather. Boodschappen doen. Shopping. 1. De lucht is bewolkt. 1. The sky is cloudy. 2. We zullen dondenvcer 2. We shall have a thunder- krijgen. storm. E 2 IOO THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. 3. De donder ratelt ; het on- weert. 4. Het licht ; heeft u den blik- sem gezien f 5. Die bliksemstraal was heel fel 6. Het weer klaart op ; het zal morgen mooi weer zijn. 7. Wat een prachtige regen- boog ! 8. Welk weer heeft u op uwe reis gehad ? 9. Guur, stormachtig weer. 10. Er heeft een harde, door- dringende ivind geivaaid. 11. De wind heeft een aantal schoorsteenen afgewaaid. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. De wind is gaan liggen. Het regent hard. Het is erg koud ; het hagelt, sneeuwt, vriest. De sneeuw smelt. De rivier is bevroren. Het vriest dat het kraakt. Het is buitengewoon koud. De vorige winter was bij- zonder streng. Het is nu zacht weer. De zon schijnt. De moan goat van avond om acht uur op. We hebben heerlijk, bekoor- lijk, mooi weer. Oisteren was het triestig, somber, onaangenaam, veranderlijk. Het is hier rochtig en naar in den winter. De hitte in den zomer is vreeselijk op de vlakten. 3. The thunder rolls ; it thun- ders. 4. There is lightning ; did you see the lightning ? 5. That flash of lightning was very vivid. 6. The weather is clearing up ; it will be fine to-morrow. 7. What a splendid rainbow ! 8. What sort of weather did you have on your journey ? 9. Rough, stormy weather. 10. There has been a strong piercing wind. 11. The wind has blown a number of chimneys down. 12. The wind has abated. 13. It rains hard. 14. It is very cold; it hails, snows, freezes. 15. The snow is melting. 16. The river is frozen. 17. It freezes very hard. 18. It is extremely cold. 19. Last winter was particularly severe. 20. This is mild weather. 21. The sun shines. 22. The moon rises at eight to- night. 23. We have delightful, charm- ing, fine weather. 24. Yesterday it was gloomy, dull, disagreeable, change- able. 25. It is damp and dismal here in winter. 26. The heat is terrible in the plains in summer. 27. Laat ons dien winkel bin- nengaan ik heb verschei- dene ding en noodig. 28. Ik zou graag wat hoeden willen zien. 27. Let us go into that shop there are several things I want. 28. I should like to see some hats. DECLENSION. 29. Deze zijn naar den laatsfcn smaak, mijnJieer. 30. Laat ons wat zwart laken zien, als *t u blieft. 31. Dit is niet fijn genoeg. 32. Watkosthet? 33. U heeft geene keus. 34. De pry's is te hoog. 35. Ik moet een paar glace handschoenen nebben. 36. Dit paar is te groot : ik draag nummer 1. 37. Heeft u sterke leeren schoc- nen? 38. Die zijn te lang, te nauw, te kort. 39. Ik Jioud van lage hakken. 40. Hetfatsoen bevalt me niet. 41. Laat me eens wat zak- doelten en daseen zien. 42. Wil u mij uwe beste zijden paraplu's wijzen ? 43. Wat kost deze ? 44. Vijftien shilling, mijnheer. 45. Ik zou graag witte linnen boorden en manchetten zien. 46. Zoo is het genoeg ; dank u. 29. These are the newest stylo, sir. 30. Show us some black cloth, 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. This is not fine enough. What is the price? You have no choice. The price is too high. I want a pair of kid gloves. This pair is too large: I wear no. 7. Have you strong leather boots ? Those are too long, too narrow, too short. I like low heels. I don't like the shape. Show me some handkerchiefs and some ties. Can I see some of your best silk umbrellas ? What is the price of this one? Fifteen shillings, sir. I wish to fee some white* linen collars and cuffs. 46. That you, enough ; thank 102 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. CHAPTER VII. THE ADJECTIVE. (Het BijvoegelijJce Naamwoord.} I. ADJECTIVES denote distinguishing attributes or quali- ties of persons and things : I)e trouwe vriend, the faithful friend ; Het witte papier, the white paper. II. Adjectives may be used attributively arid predica- tively. An adjective used attributively, Attributief Bijvoe- gelijk naamwoord, is connected directly with its Noun : de war me koffie, the warm coffee. An adjective used predicatively, Predicatief JBijvoege- lijJc naamwoord, is connected with its noun by means of some form of one of the Copulative Verbs : zijn, to be ; worden, to become ; blijven, to remain ; heeten, ' to be called ; schijnen, to seem ; blijken, to appear : Hij is yoed, he is good ; Zij blijft trouw, she appears faithful ; Dai Tieet mooi, that is called pretty. OBS. 1. The adjective, when used pvedicatively, is not declined, but it may be inflected to express the degrees of comparison : Die boom is Jwog, maar deze is hooger, that tree is high, but this one is higher. OBS. 2. Other verbs besides those mentioned above may be accompanied by an adjective used predicatively, when, namely, such adjective refers to a noun, and not to the action expressed by the verb: e.g., De deur is bruin geschilderd, the door has been painted brown. Here obviously, " brown " does not refer to the action of painting, but qualifies " door " ; it is therefore, not an adverb, but an adjective. III. The Attributive Adjective agrees with the noun THE ADJECTIVE. 103 to which it is attached in gender, number, and case. (See Chapter on Declension.) In a few particular cases, however, it remains un- altered : Case 1. When it follows its noun directly, instead of directly preceding it. This was often the case in older Dutch, but rarely occurs now. Vaderlief = dear father ; kindlief = dear child; Staten-Generaal = General States (House of Assembly), are surviving examples. Case 2. When the Indefinite Article " een " stands between the noun and its adj ective : Hoe wijs een man, how wise a man ; Te groot een verlies, too great a loss ; Zoo vroom eene vrouw, so pious a woman. IV. After ,the words een, a; geen, no; eenig, any; elk, every ; ieder, each ; menig, many ; zeJcer, certain, and uelJe, when, occurring before the name of a male person, the adjective, by its being either declined or retaining its original form, applies the same quality with a different meaning to the person, to whose name it is attached. The uninflected adjective in such a case refers to those qualities which pertain to the state or title of the per- son ; the inflected adjective refers to his inner quali- ties as a man, irrespective of the name he bears : een goed honing, a good king ; een goede honing, a good-hearted king ; een Jcnap schoenmalcer, an able shoemaker ; een Jcnappe schoenmaker, a good-looking shoemaker ; een groot Jcoopman, a merchant who has a large business ; een groote Jcoopman, a tall merchant ; een oud soldaat, a soldier who has been long in the service ; een oude soldaat, an old man who is a soldier. NOTE. Een oudsoldaat means a former soldier; likewise does een oudleerling mean a former pupil. V. The following kinds of Attributive Adjectives are not declined : 1. Adjectives denoting a material, and which end in en; e.g. eene zijden japon, a silk dress; gouden Horloges, gold watches. 104 TtiE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. 2. Adjectives of three or more syllables, when they end in en ; e.g. eene afgelegen plaats, a lonely place. 3. Adjectives which by means of the ending er are derived from the names of places, villages or towns ; e.g. de Kamper boot, a steamer plying between Kampen and some other town ; de Rotterdammer marJct, the market of Rotterdam. NOTE The ending er is not the usual ending for Adjectives derived from names of pi ices. The common ending is sch : Beaufortsche schapen, Beaufort sheep ; Wellingtonsche wijn, Wellington wine. 4. The comparative degree of adjectives, because in it they take the ending er : Nooit had iJc schooner Jeans, I never had a better chance ; IJc heb meer bloemen dan gij, I have more flowers than you. 5. Adjectives which end in lei or hande : allerlei vee, all kinds of cattle ; allerhande boeJcen, all kinds of books. 6. The two adjectives rechter, right, and linker, left, because they never stand alone, but always form part of the noun which they qualify : mijne rechterhand, my right hand ; zijn linJcerbeen, his left leg. 7. The adjective " eigen," when it is taken in the mean- ing of dezelfde, the same : Hij stierf op den eigen day, waarop zijn broeder geboren werd, he died on the same day on which his brother was born. NOTE. If eigen is taken in the usual meaning of " own," it is declined in the ordinary way : mijne eigene zuster, my own sister. NOTE 2. If two or more adjectives are attached to one noun, together expressing but one quality, the last of these adjectives is declined and the others remain unchanged : Holland heeft eene rood, wit en blauwe vlag, Holland has a red, white aud blue flag. OBS. Adjectives ending in sch may for the greater part be used as adverbs, but then they drop the ch : Ik zie hem dagelijks, \ see him daily ; Voorwaarts Jcomen, to come to the front. There are a few adjectives, however, which claim special attention, hecause though ending in a hissing sound, they simply take s and not sch. These are : dwars, across ; wars, averse ; bits, tart ; flets, faded ; paars, violet; sits, chintz; vuns, musty; vies, dirty; dras, marshy ; voos, spongy ; spits, pointed ; Jcras, strong; los, loose; Tyros, brittle; ros, ruddy; wis, sure, and gewis, certain. Examples : een geiviese dood, a certain death; een drasse grond, a marshy ground; vooze radijs, spongy radishes ; rasse schreden, quick steps. THE ADJECTIVE, 105 VI. DEGREES OF COMPARISON (Trappen van VergelijJcing*). Objects may possess a quality absolutely or compara- tively. Absolute possession is expressed by the Positive degree, Stellende trap, i.e., the unchanged form of the adjective : Mijne les is lang, my lesson is long. Comparative possession, i.e., possession in comparison with other objects having the same quality, is expressed in two ways : 1. By the Comparative degree, Vergrootende trap, which indicates that an object possesses the like quality with another, only in a higher degree : Ret paard is grooter dan de Tcoe, the horse is taller than the cow. 2. By the Superlative degree, Overtreffende trap, which indicates that one object possesses some quality in a higher degree than any other object to which it is com- pared ; Onder alle bloemen is deze de mooiste, among all flowers this is the prettiest one. The Comparative degree is formed by adding er to the unchanged form of the adjective : groot, grooter, great, greater. The Superlative degree is formed by adding st to the unchanged form of the adjective : groot, grootst, great, greatest. KOTE. In forming the comparative of adjectives ending in f or ,*, take note of the rules for the formation of the plural of nouns ending in those letters. OBS. 1. Adjectives ending in r form their comparative by adding der, instead of er. The comparative of na, near, is likewise nader, and of moe, tired, moeder. OBS. 2. Adjectives in s or sch form their superlative by adding t, instead of st : wijs, wise, wij'zer, ivijst (not ivijsst). OBS. 3. Meer, more, and meest, most, may not, as a rule, be used in Dutch for the formation of the degrees of comparison. The endings er and st are added, irrespective of the number of syllables. In one special case, however, the ending st of the superlative stands in the way of easy pronunciation, namely in woestst, most desolate, which should therefore be meest woest. OBS. 4. There is a case in which the word meer must invari- ably be used to indicate the Comparative degree, viz., Io6 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. when two qualities attributed to one and the same object are compared, e.g., Deze tafel is meer eenig dan moot, this table is more unique than pretty ; Eene koe is meer nuttig dan gezellig, a cow is more useful than sociable. NOTE. Meer and meest must also be employed in the comparison of Past Participles used as predicative adjectives : Zij is meer vermoeid dan haar broeder, she is more tired than her brother ; Mijne schoenen zijn liet meest versleten van alle, my boots are the most worn-out ones of all. OBS. 5. In using superlatives, the student should be careful about the article that precedes the adjective. When we speak of different objects among which one stands prominent, the article must be chosen according to the gender of the noun employed, and the superlative ends in ste: De mooiste stad van den ganschen omtrek, the finest town of the whole neighbourhood ; Het nieuwste boek, dat ik bezit, the newest book I possess. When, however, parts of the same thing are compared, the super- lative ends in st, and the article preceding it is " net " in all cases : Aan de zuidzijde is de stad het mooist, the town is prettiest on the south side; De zieke is 's morgenshet zwakst, the patient is weakest in the morning. OBS. 6. Some adjectives from their nature can have no degrees of comparison. Such are : (a) Adjectives which indicate a material : eene zijdenjapon, a silk dress. (&) Adjectives whose meaning is complete in the positive degree : dood, dead ; stom, dumb ; ledig, empty ; luchtdicht, air-tight; splinter -nieuw, brand-new; gitzwart, jet-black ; ontelbaar, innumerable ; over- altegenwoordig, omnipresent ; drieeenig, triune ; bloedrood, blood-red ; almachtig, almighty; aardsch, earthy ; jEngelsch, English , .Fransch, French, etc. (c) Adjectives derived from adverbs : voormalig, former ; dadelijksch, daily ; trapsgeivijze, gradual ; schrifte- lijk, in writing ; mondeling, verbal. OBS. 7. A few adjectives have an irregular comparison : POSITIVE. COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE. goed,* good, beter, best. kwaad, bad, erger, ergst. veel, much, meer, meest. weinig, little, minder, minst. vroeg, early, vroeger (eerder), vroegst (eerst}. *NOTE. The old positive degree is let or bat =. goed, which is still found in the word Betuwe (bat ouwe, good soil), a part of Gelderland ; also in betovergroot- vader, grandfather's grandfather, and in betweter, wiseacre. THE ADJECTIVE. 107 OBS. 8. After comparatives " dan" than, must be used, and never "als," the latter being a Germanism : Eij is rijker dan ik, he is richer than I. GRAMMAR EXERCISES. Taaloefeningen. EXERCISE XXXIV. Write out the degrees of comparison of the following Adjectives. 1. Groot, great ; zwart, black ; glad, slippery ; Tdein, small ; hoog, high ; laag, low ; rond, round ; dik, thick ; lang, long ; diep, deep ; bont, gaudy ; vlak, level ; krom, crooked ; vuil, dirty ; bleek, pale ; droog, dry ; mooi, fine ; breed, broad ; steil, steep ; dicJit, close ; druk, busy ; vroeg, early ; dun, thin; laf, insipid; wit, white; heet, hot; Jcoel, cool; echt , real ; dood, dead ; vroom, pious ; Jcoud, cold ; flink, thorough. 2. Boos, angry ; gelijk, even ; grof, coarse ; geleerd, learned ; vies, dirty ; dor, dry ; stevig, firm ; valscli, false ; gouden, gold; lief, dear; broos, frail; gek, mad; bekend, known; duur, expensive ; beroemd, celebrated ; doof, deaf ; levend, alive ; kostbaar, costly ; dwars, cross ; wijs, wise ; fraai, pretty ; erg, bad ; schuinsch, oblique ; glanzig, glossy ; scheef, awry ; moe, tired ; lui, lazy ; bemind, loved ; pikzwart, pitchblack ; vlijtig, diligent ; kras, firm ; angstig, anxious ; schuw, shy; spits, pointed; mager, thin; braaf, good. 3. Versleten, worn out ; landelijk, rural ; zijden, silken ; aardscli, earthly ; aangenaam, agreeable ; verteerbaar, digestive ; naar, disagreeable ; bloo, timid ; levenloos, life- less; doornat, wet through; behaard, hairy; blozend, blooming ; geeerd, honoured ; klaar, clear ; vroolijk, merry ; ijsclijk, frightful ; sneeincwit, snow-whi;e ; laat, late ; io8 TltE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAM AJAR. getand, indented ; levenslustig, merry ; na, near ; oppassend, respectable ; bekwaam, clever ; woest, wild ; almachtig, almighty ; veerkrachtig, elastic ; verlcpt, faded ; stuJc, broken ; opreclit, sincere ; menschelijk, human ; begrensd, bounded ; gemeten, measured ; beproefd, tried ; schitterend, brilliant ; akelig, dismal ; glooiend, sloping ; verheven, raised ; breedgerand, broad-brimmed. EXERCISE XXXV. Fill up the blanks in the following exercises. 1. paars- lint (o) van mijn hoed (i) ziet er flet- uit. The violet ribbon of my hat looks faded. Toen iJc te Aliwal-Noord was, nam ik dagelijks een- When I at Aliwal North was, took I daily a lad(o) in warm- Iron-. D- taal(v) van bath in the hot springs. The language of the dagelijk- leuen noemt men omgangstaaL everyday life calls one the colloquial language. The wit- en zwartr- paard van postrijder heeft zijn- white and black horse of the postrider has its pool (rri) gebroken. Amsterdam is op paal gebouwd, die leg broken. Amsterdam is on piles built which door d dras grond (m~) tot op d onderliggend- vast- through the marshy soil on to the underlying firm laag (v) heengedreven zijn. Ik kan niet zooveel in d man layer driven down are. I can not so much in the man zien, mij lijkt hij zeer alledaag mensch (rn). Bij d- see, to me looks he a very common person. In the roa- gloed (m) dien d- brand vcrspreidde, Hep d- ruddy glow which the fire cast, ran (about) the arm- man wanhopig naar de zijn te zoeken. poor man in despair for his wife and children to look. Mijn vader is kras- manjofschoonhij tijdgenoot My father is a vigorous man, though he a contemporary THE ADJECTIVE. 109 ran Willeni Tweed- is, wandelt liij nog elk dag of William the Second is, walks lie still every day (for) cen uur. Als j n g vnenscli- zicJi op an hour. When these young people (themselves) on the bros- ijs (o) wagen, gaan zij een gewis dood (wi) brittle ice venture, go they a certain death tegemoet. to meet. 2. D- woorden wijz zijn als goud- appel- op The words of the wise are like golden apples on zilver schaal-. Van plafond (o) hingen groot- silver dishes. From the ceiling were hanging large Jcristal- Jcroonlampen af, die d zaal (v) met crystal candelabra down, which the hall with a tooverachtig- licht vervulden. D- vreemdeling droeg zwaar- fairy-like light filled. The stranger wore a heavy goud- ring aan d- middelvinger zijn recJit hand. gold ring on the middle finger of his right hand. Zet d leid raam wijd open, er is een vuns- Throw (the) both windows wide open, there is a stuffy lucht in d- learner (v). D- groot- steen- vaas- op d- smell in the room. The large stone vases on the stoep (v) v66r ons- Jiuis( duizend een hon- derd, one hun- derdste. dred, twee duizend, two thousand, ) twee duizendste. tien duizend, ten thousand, )) tien duizendste. een millioen, a million, J> millioenste. NOTE 1. Millioen is a noun of the neuter gender : een millioen sterren, a million of stars. NOTE 2. Be careful not to write achttien with one t. Its compo- sition demands a double t. NOTE 3. Mark adit, achttien, and tachtig. The t in this latter word is prefixed. NOTE 4. A (or one) hundred, and a (or one) thousand should simply be translated honderd (not een honderd), and duizend (not een duizend). NOTE 5. In summing up, translate first, second, third, fourth, fifth, sixth, etc., only by ten eerste, ten tweede, ten derde, ten vicrde, ten vijfde, ten zesde. The Cape cuskni of writing eerstens, tweedens, derdens, vierdens, etc., is a Germanism, and not to be encouraged. EXERCISE XLI. (On Writing out Numbers.) Write out in words the numbers given below, noticing specially the following points : Unlike the English : (a) Vijf honderd twee ; drie honderd twintig = five hundred and two ; three hundred and twenty. (b) Vijf en twintig ~ twenty-five. (c) Duizend, = one thousand ; honderd - one hundred. Like the English : (a) Duizend en een, duizend en twintig = a thousand and one, a thousand and twenty, THE ADJECTIVE, 125 (b) De honderd en eerste, de honderd en twintiyste = the one hundred and first, the one hundred and twentieth. (c) Een millioen en een = a million and one. 5340; 3003; 525; 1,000,001; 720,540; 4400; 505; 8808; 7,070,070; 6,006,006; 9,900,099; 1,001,100. Write out the Ordinal forms of the Cardinal Numbers above. TRANSLATION EXERCISES. Vertaaloefcningcn. EXERCISE XLII. Some ten of our young rose-trees are frostbitten (dood- gerijpf). Give the child some hot milk to drink. The battle of Waterloo was fought on the eighteenth of June, eighteen hundred and fifteen. A party of twenty young men went up the mountain together. Some few sheep among the lot were poor, but all the rest were in splendid condition (zagen er bijzonder goed uif). I would like to give this poor boy some reward for his honesty. The merchant showed me a few samples [of] Java coffee, the best of which (waarvan) is (toordf) sold at (voor) eighteen pence a (the) pound. After we had spent about a fort- night at (aan) the strand, my mother was taken (became) so ill that all of us had to (must) return home (naar huis). I did not have any mistakes in my dictation to-day. The last house in the street is my bi'other's (that of ). There are two kinds of seed in this bag. This man has received a fourfold reward. EXERCISE XLIII. This parcel weighs a pound and a half. The child has been punished twice to-day. There are various kinds of books in our school library. The painter painted the wall three times. For some reason or other the child had not done her work. May I give you some of this meat ? Yes, thank you (if you please = al '( u belieff). In less 126 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. than ten minutes there were hundreds [of] people on the scene of the fire. What day of the month was (it) yesterday? It was the twenty-fifth. The letter was dated : Kotterdam, June 22nd, 1894. Are there any children that have got no pens ? Some of the fowls had their wings clipped (loerden gelwrtwiekf). Some of the sugar (which) we have had from that shop has been very bad. I gave the child some cake and sent her home. Some advise me to go by rail (per spoor), others to take the steamer, and being a stranger (as I am ) I do not know what will be best. EXERCISE XLIV. SIXTH RULE (^CONSTRUCTION. If a negative sentence con- tains an object, whether direct or indirect, the adverb " niet " is placed after such object. For the rest the position of " niet " in negative sentences does not materially differ in Dutch from the one it holds in English, and is scarcely definable by rules. Did he not tell you a story? He did not take the money from my eldest brother. Wo did not play in the garden, but in the dining-room. Lions do not live longer than elephants. When we travel in the mountains, we do not sle'ep in tents, but in caves. Did the medicine cure your poor mother? Did the children learn all their lessons in an hour and a half? Did ho have any stories to tell ? He told (er) some (een paar~) but not many. Did you not ask him to weigh the meat? The boys did not play (with) marbles, when they were in the field. Did not your grandfather live till (tof) the house was built? The teachers did not praise the children when they had "done (gedaan) their work, but they punished them whenever it was not done. I should not have taken the books, if I tad not asked him. The dogs would not have barked at (fcgeri) the boys, if they had not played in the street. THE ADJECTIVE. 127 EXERCISE XLV. TRANSLATION OF PRESENT PARTICIPLE. II. Present Participles (see Ex. XXVIII., p. 96) are secondly translated by means of the conjunction " terwijl " while : Take care, she said, laying her hand on his shoulder, pas op, zci zij, terwijl zij hare hand op zy'nen schouder legde. (See p. 175, Obs. 3, c.) Do not make a mistake in telling him (while you tell him) the story. The dog barked at (tegen) me, showing (while he showed) (liet zien) his teeth in between (jtusschen in). Asking the shop-keeper to show him some boots, he stole the laces. Dividing the apples amongst (onder) her children, the mother lost (er) one. She walked 2 up and down 1 her room, learning her lesson. Coming up to me (naar mij toe), the stranger handed me this letter. Beading over the sentence, I discovered my mistake. Playing with the hatchet, the little boy hurt his hand. Looking for shells on the beach, I found this pretty gold ring. Oh, my brother, she cried (riep) (she), running towards him and embracing him. Taking up her bundle of sticks, the old woman walked off. EXERCISE XLVI. An Irishman was in (had once) want of money. He thought he would go [and] steal. Looking about in his house, he found an old rusty pistol. He took the weapon and went to a spot where (the) farmers used to (j>lachten) pass on [their] way (naar) home from (the) market. Placing himself behind a large tree, he waited (transl. he placed . . . and waited) till someone came past. After half an hour a cart appeared, in which [there] sat an old farmer. The thief jumped [from] out his hiding-place (te voorschijn), and made for (ran towards) the horse. Grasping the reins, he levelled the pistol at the farmer's head, and cried, " Your money or your life ! " The farmer replied, " Do not kill me ; let us rather make an 128 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. agreement. I give you my money, and you give me that pistol." Hereupon the thief handed over his weapon, and the farmer handed over his purse. The thief ran off with his prize, but the farmer jumped down from his cart and ran after him (hem achterna). He soon overtook him, and seizing him by his collar, exclaimed (he), " Now my money, or your life ! " " Oh," cried the Irishman, " shoot away (schiet maar toe), there is no powder in my pistol ! " CONVERSATTE. Familiebetrekkingen. 1. Deze oude heer is het hoofd der familie. 2. Leven uwe ouders nog f 3. Mijn vader heft nog, maar mijne moeder is reeds eenigejaren dood. 4. Heeft u veel familiebetrek- Tcingen ? 5. Zeer weinig nabestaanden. 6. Ik heb een oom in Amerika en verscheidene neven in Indie. 7. Hoe is diejonge man aan u verwant ? 8. Hij is mij'n neef, en dit jonge meisje is mijne nicht. 9. Mijne tante en nichten komen vandaag. 10. Onze dochter en schoonzoon zijn gisteren aangekomen. 11. Mijn oom schrijft iedere week aan zijne kinderen. 12. Mijn schoonvader gaf mij dit boek, en mijne schoon- moeder zond mij een, horloge. 13. Wanneer zullen mijnheer M. en mejuffrouw K. trouwen. CONVERSATION. Halations. 1. This old gentleman is head of the family. 2. Are your parents still living? 3. My father is living, but my mother died some years ago. 4. Have you many relations ? 5. Very few near relatives. 6. I have an uncle in America and several cousins in India. 7. How is that young man related to you ? 8. He is my nephew and this young girl is my niece. 9. My aunt and cousins como to-day. 10. Our daughter and son-in- law arrived yesterday. 11. My uncle writes to his children every week. 12. My father-in-law gave me this book, and my mother- in-law sent me a watch. 13. When are Mr. M. and Mis* K. to bo married ? THE ADJECTIVE. 129 14. De geboden zijn verleden Zondag afgelezen. 15. Hare grootouders hebben kostbare geschenken gezon- den. 16. Mijne overgrootouders leven nog. 17. Js die heerfamilie van u ? 18. Hij is een verre lloedver- want van mij. 19. Met wien is uwe tante getrouwd ? 20. Met kapitein Innes, haar achterneef. 21. 7s u op de bruiloft geweest ? 22. Neen, maar mijn schoon- zuster is er geweest. 23. Zij zal eene uitstekende vrouw zijn. 24:. Mijne breeders en zusters zijn alien getrouwd, en wonen in Londen. 25. Hebben zij kinderen * 26. Mijn oudste breeder heeft vijf zoons en twee tivee- lingdochters. 27. Mijne moeder houdt heel veel van hare kleinkin- deren. 28. 7s mijnheer H. weduw- naarf 29. Ja, zijne vrouw is verleden jaar gestorven, en heeft een dochtertje van vier jaar en een kindje van pas een paar maanden nagelaten. 14. The banns were published last Sunday. 15. Her grandfather and grand- mother have sent valuable presents. 16. My great-grandparents are still living. 17. Is that gentleman a relation of yours ? 18. He is distantly related to me. 19. Whom has your aunt married ? 20. Captain Innes, her second cousin. 21. Were you at the wedding ? 22. No, but my sister-in-law was there. 23. She will make an excellent wife. 24. My brothers and sisters are all married and live in London. 25. Have they any children ? 26. My eldest brother has five sons and two twin daughters. 27. My mother is very fond of her grand-children. 28. Is Mr. H. a widower ? 29. Yes, his wife died last year, and left one little girl of four years and a baby of only a few months old. 130 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. CHAPTER VIII. THE PRONOUN. (Het Voornaamwoord.) I. A PRONOUN, Voornaamwoord, as the name indicates, stands for a noun, that is, takes the place of a noun. II. The kinds of Pronouns are Persoonlijke (Personal). Betrekketijke (Relative). Vragende (Interrogative). Onbepaalde (Indefinite). Bepaling aankondigende (Correlative). Aanwijzende (Demonstrative). Bezittelijke (Possessive). III. PERSONAL PRONOUNS. The Personal Pronouns are 1st Person. 2nd Person. Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. Ik, I. Wij, we. Oij, jij, thou. Gij, jullie, yon. 3rd Person. Singular. Plural. IKj, zij, bet, he, she, it. Zij, they. IV. The pronouns of the first and second persons have no distinction of gender, but those of the third person have. Their declension is accordingly as follows: PKRSOON. GESLACHT. ENKELVOUD. MEEIIVOUD. Ecrste or Onz. 1 nv. I, ik. We, wij. 2 nv. Mine, mijner, Ours, onzer, ons. mijn. 3 nv. Me, mij, me. Us, ons. 4 nv. Me, mij, me, Us, ons. THE PRONOUN. PERSOOH. GESLACHT. ENKELVOUD. MEERVOUD. ( 'Inv. Thou, gij, ge; jij, You, gij, ge ; jullie. | 2 nv. Thine, tt>er,w;; Yours, uwer-van K.oi * rcwz. jou. jullie. 3 nv. Thee, w ; jou, je. You, u ; jullie. 1 i 4 nv. Thee, u ; jou, je. You, w ; jullie. 1 nv. He, hij. They, zij, ze. 2 nv. His, zijner, zijn. Theirs, hunner, Derde. Mannelijk. hun. 3 nv. Him, hem. Them, hun, ze. 4 nv. Him, hem. Them, hen, ge. !1 nv. She, zij, ze. 2 nv. Hers, harer, Like Derde. Vrouwelijk. < haar. the 3 nv. Her, haar, ze. Singular. 4 nv. Her, haar, ze. {1 nv. It, Aef. Like Derde. Onzijdig. 2 nv. Its, zijns, zijn. 3 nv. It, het. the Masculine 4 nv. It, Ae. Plural. OBS. 1. The old form of the 2nd Person Singular, du (thou), possessive case dijn (thine), is obsolete. The apparent difficulty resulting therefrom has been hinted at before. The following rules should be adopted : (a) In books, correspondence, and public speaking use gij, or ge, singular and plural, with verb in 2nd person ; (&) In polite speaking use u, singular and plural, with verb in 3rd person (sometimes the 2nd). (c) In familiar talk to children, brothers, sisters, and close friends, use /e (with emphasis jij) singular, and jullie plural, with verb in 2nd person. (See p. 65.) OBS. 2. Ik is usually pronounced 'k, and often written so. Hij is often pronounced i, especially after words ending in t, but in writing remains hij. Ge, je, and we are soft forms for gij, jij, and wij, and are very commonly used, both nij speaking and writing, when no emphasis is required. OBS. 3. Personal Pronouns agree with the natural and not with the grammatical gender of the nouns to which they refer : Dat meisje heeft haar (not zijn) boek verloren, that girl has lost her book. F 2 132 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. OBS. 4. Personal Pronouns also agree in, number with the nouns for which they stand, and this is the' case even with collective nouns : Toen de menigte dit hoorde, ging zij (singular) uiteen, when the crowd heard this, they dispersed. OBS. 5. Elkander or elkactr, mekander or mekaar, meaning " each other " or " one another," are called Eeciprocal Pronouns, wederJceerige persoorilijke voornaamwoorden, because their meaning indicates that the action of the verb with which they stand passes continually from one person to another : Zij slaan elkander, they beat each other ; Zij bedriegen elkander, they deceive one another. NOTE. When used as above, these pronouns have neither nomi- native nor possessive case. They may, however, be used as adjective pronouns indicating possession, in which case they take a genitive form : Wij verheugen ons in elkanden gezel- schap, we are glad of each other's company. OBS. 6. Zich, one's self, is the Reflexive Pronoun, terugwerkend voornaamwoord, of the 3rd person, masculine, feminine, and neuter, only used in the 3rd and 4th cases, while for the Reflexive Pronouns of the 1st and 2nd persons the objective cases of these pronouns are used. EXAMPLES : Ik . . a . . mij, I myself. Oij . . . . u, you yourself. Hij ..*.. zich, he himself. Zij ..'".. zich, she herself. Het . . -S . . zich, it itself. Men . 'S . . zich, one oneself. Wij. . > . . ons, we ourselves. Gij - .- . u, you yourselves. Zij . . ^ . . zich, they themselves. NOTE 1. Notice particularly that "I myself" is translated by Hi zelf, and not ilt. mijzelf, e.g. I go myself, ilt ga zelf; She will do it herself, zij zal het zelve doen. The addition of the pronoun zelf serves only to accentuate the meaning, EO that in the use of reflexive verbs it should only be added where emphasis is required. " Must I go and wash myself? " should therefore be rendered, Moet ik mij gaan wasschen ? unless there is question of ' not washing some one else,' in which case alone it should be : Moet ik mijzelf gaan wasschen ? NOTE 2. When the reflexive pronoun forms the preposition- object of the verb, the Dutch expression corresponds with the English one : He said to himself, hij zeide bij zichzelf; I thought to myself, ik dacht bij mijzelf. THE PRONOUN. 133 OBS. 7. Declension of the Personal Pronoun with the word "zelf": Mannelijk. Vrouwelijk. 1 nv. Ik, gij, hij zelf, I myself, etc. Ik, gij, zij zelve. 2 nv. Van mijzelven, or mijzelf, etc. Van mijzelve, etc. 13 nv. Mijzelven, uzelven, hemzelven, Mijzelve, uzelve, haarzelve. or or or 4 nv. Mijzelf, uzelf, hemzelf. Mijzelve, twelve, haarzelve. Onzijdig. 1 nv. Ik, gij, hetzelf. 2 nv. Van mijzelf, van hetzelf, etc. (3 nv. Mijzelven, uzelven, hetzelf. or or or 4 nv. Mijzelf, uzelf, netzelf. Meervoud voor de drie Geslachten. 1 nv. Wij, gij, zijzelven (of persons) zijzelve (of things). 2 nv. Van onszelven, etc. 3 nv. Ons, u, hunzelven, 4 nv. Ons, u, Tienzelven, zezelve. Not only personal pronouns, but also nouns may take this word zelf to render their meaning more emphatic : Mannelijk. Vrouwelijk. Onzijdig. 1 nv. De breeder zelf, De zuster zelve, Het kind zelf. 2 nv. Des breeders zelven, Der zuster zelve, Des kinds zelven. 13 nv. Den broeder zelven, Der (of de) zuster Het kind zelf. or zelve. 4 nv. Den broeder zelf. De zuster zelve. Het kind zelf. Meervoud voor de drie Geslachten. 1 nv. De breeders, zusters, kinderen zelven, w zelve. 2 nv. Der breeders, zusters, kinderen zelven, % | c zelve, 3 nv. Den broeders, zusters, kinderen zelven, ^ ' zelven, 4 nv. De broeders, zusters, kinderen zelven, J zelve. NOTE. Mark the difference between this word and the word zelf s, meaning " even," which ia often confused with it. OBS. 8. The Possessive case of personal pronouns is now rarely used, but is met with in some time-established expressions (geijkte termen), such as: gedenk mijner, think of me; erbarm u zijner, have pity on him; de meesten hunner, most of them; velen uwer, weinigen uwer, many of you, few of you. 134 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. Sometimes the Possessive case of personal pronouns is found compounded with another word, so as to form an Adverbial phrase : Ik doe het uwentwege, om uwentwil, uwenthalve, I do it for your sake. The t in these compositions is inserted for the sake of facilitating pro- nunciation. NOTE. Write : Ik ben u beider vriend, I am a friend of both of you, (not uwer beider vriend, nor uw beider miend): Hun aller breeder, a brother of them all (not : hunner aller breeder). NOTE 2. The English double possessive is not used in Dutch. " A friend of mine " is translated een miend van my, or een mijner vrienden. " At my aunt's " should be rendered : bij mijne tante aan liuis. V. POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS, Bezittelijke Voornaamwoorden. For the possessive case of personal pronouns, two different forms have "been given (see IV). The second of those forms is that of the possessive pronoun, with a slight modification in the ending of ons (1st pers. plur.). Hence we have : Possessive Pronoun of the First Person "before a Masc. N. Fern. N. Neut. N. Singular (of iTc) mijn, mijne, mijn. Plural (of wij) onze, onze, ons. Possessive Pronoun of the Second Person : Singular (of gif) uw, uwe, uw. Singular (of gij ) uw, uwe, uw. Plural (ofjij) jouw, jouwe, jouw. Plural (of jullie) jullie, jullie, jullie. Possessive Pronoun of the third Person, Masc. and Neut. : Singular (of hij and hef) zijn, zijne, zijn. Plural (of zij) hun, hunne, hun. Possessive Pronoun of the third Person, Fern. : Singular (of zij) haar, hare, haar. Plural (of zij) haar, hare, haar. NOTE 1. For the declension of the possessive pronouns, see p. 78, and following. NOTE 2. The possessive pronouns may be used as nouns, and then follow the weak declension (see pp. 85, 86.) When so used they take the definite article : de mijne, mine ; de uwe, yours ; de zijne, his. THE PRONOUN. 135 OBS. 1. Possessive Pronouns may be used as adverbial phrases of place in connection with the preposition te (ten) : Zal ik u ten mijnent of ten uwent ontmoeten ? shall I meet you at my house or at yours ? NOTE. Considering that the preposition here mentioned is a contraction of te den, and that this den is the old 3rd case, neut. Rend., of the definite article, it is obvious that in expres- sions like the above the possessive pronouns were once used as nouns of the neuter gender. These expressions are not used in colloquial language. OBS. 2. Possessive Pronouns referring to more than one person, must be in the plural : Mijn breeder en myne zuster doen hun jaarlijksch reisje, my brother and sister are making their yearly trip; Gij en ik hebben cms iverk klaar, you and I have finished our work. Gij en hij hebt beiden uw zin, you and he have both what you wanted. It will be seen from these examples that in such cases the 1st person is preferred before the 2nd, and the 2nd before the 3rd; likewise the masculine gender over the feminine. VI. INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS, Vragende Voornaamwoorden. -These are : wie, wat, wellc, hoedanig een, wat voor een. Wie, who, enquires after persons ; Wat, what, enquires after things ; Welle, translates ' which ' in the expression " which of"; Welk, which, or what,- is an Adjective Pronoun en- quiring into the nature of its noun ; Hoedanig een, (plur. hoedanige') and wat voor een (plur. wat voor} translate " what kind of," " what sort of." EXAMPLES : Wie is daar ? who is there ? Wat volt daar ? what falls there ? Welk van de boeken wil u hebben ? which of the books will you have ? Wellce boomcn worden omgchakt? which trees are being cut down ? Wat voor een (Jiocdanig een) mensch is Jtij? what kind of a man is he ? 136 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. OBS. 1. DECLENSION OP INTEBBOGATIVE PBONOUNS :- MANNELIJK. VBOUWELIJK. ONZIJDIG. MEEBVOUD DEB DBIE GESLACHTEN Enkelvoud. Enkelvoud, Enkelvoud, 1 nv. tvie, wie, wat, wie. 2 nv. wiens, van van wie, waarvan, wier, van uie. wien, 3 nv. wien, aan wie, waaraan, wien. 4 nv. wien, wie, wat, ivie. 1 nv. welke, welk, welke,] welk, welke. 2 nv. van welken, van ivelke, van welk, van welke. 3 nv. welken, welke, aan welk, welken. welke, 4 nv. welken, welke, welk, welke* MANNELIJK. Enkelvoud. Meervoud. 1 nv. wat voor een man, 2 nv. van wat voor eenen man, 3 nv. aan wat voor eenen man, 4 nv. wat voor eenen man, 1 nv. wat voor mannen. 2 nv. van wat voor mannen. 3 nv. aan wat voor mannen. 4 nv. wat voor mannen. OBS. 2. Notice that het (Pers.), dit and dat (Demon.), and wat (Interr.) can never be used after Prepositions. New compositions are therefore formed as follows : With het, the word becomes er and the Preposition annexed : erin, emit, etc. With dit, the word becomes hier and the Preposition annexed : hierin, Jtieruit, etc. Likewise those with dat become daarin, daaruit, etc. And those with wat become u'aarin, waaruit, etc. Whenever things, and even animals, are referred to, these compound forms are used rather than the separate pro- nouns, as : Het paard, waarover, etc. (not over hetwelk) ik sprak, the horse of which I spoke ; De bloemen, waar- van (not van ivelke) ik zooveel houd, the flowers, of which I am so fond. VI. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS, Oribepaalde Voornamwoorden. Indefinite Pronouns give a name to what is either unknown or too little defined to receive any special name. They refer to persons as well as to things, to names of objects THE PRONOUN. 137 as well as to names of materials. Most of them stand alone, and one requires a noun after it. To the former belong : men, one, iemand, somebody, niemand, nobody, sommigen, some people, iets, anything, niets, nothing, een, one, someone, geen, no one, alwie, any one, and, alwat, anything ; the latter is zeker, a certain. Notice also the following : Deze en gene, one and another (some people) ; Deze of gene, some one or other ; De een of ander, some one or other ; De een of de ander, one or the other ; Het een of ander, something or other; Het een of het ander, (the) one thing or the other (another) ; Het een en ander, some things. In the following examples, the different translations of " men " should be specially noticed : Men moet daar altijd lang wachten, one has always to wait a long time there ; Men moet oppassen voor natte voelen, you should beware of damp feet ; Men spreekt gewoonlijk te veel, people usually speak too much; Men zegt ivel eens, dat oorlog goed is, they say sometimes that war is a good thing ; Men heeft mij hceemaal bedrogen, I have been twice deceived ; Men zegt, it is said. OBS. 1. The pronoun "men" can only be used in the nom. case, and is consequently the subject of the sentence in which it is found. Being a pronoun of the 3rd person, the Possessive and Reflexive Pronouns referring to it must be those of the same person, as : Door zich te veel aan Jcoude en nattigheid Hoot te stellen, lenadeelt men zijne gezondheid, by exposing oneself too much to cold and damp weather, one injures one's health. 138 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. OBS. 2. Notice that the pronoun one, occurring after an adjective, is not translated : I have a dog, and a good one, ik heb een hond, en een goeden ; Here are two books, both new ones, hier zijn twee loelcen, beide nieuw. OBS. 3. "Whoever "and "whatever" are trans'lated by wie ook and wat ook, likewise " which(so)ever " by welke ook, "how(so)ever" by hoe ook, and " where(so)ever " by waar ook, the place of the word "ook" being after the subject and object of the sentence : Wat hij ook doet, whatever he does ; Wie hem dat ook zegt, whoever tells him that. OBS. 4. The Indefinite Pronouns iemand, niemand, iets, niets, and wat, together with the Adjectives weinig, veel, eenig, geen, and heel wat, when followed by an adjective of quality, cause this adjective to end in s (genitive), as : Iemand vrcemds, any strangers ? Niemand vreemds, no strangers ; lets goeds, anything good ? Niets bijzonders, nothing particular ; Weinig nieuws, little news ; Veel kwaads, much evil ; Eenig nieuws, anything new? Geen goeds, nothing good ; Heel wat slechts, a good deal of bad (things). VIII. CORRELATIVE PRONOUNS, Bepaling aanJcondigende Voornaamwoorden, which, are distinguished from all other pronouns by the necessity of their being followed by a complement in the form of an Adjective Sentence, in order to render their meaning complete. 1. They are collected from among the Personal, In- definite, and Demonstrative Pronouns, but applied to perform a distinctly different function. Hij, die tevreden is, is geluJckig, he, who is content, is happy. Here the person represented by the pronoun hij only becomes known to the hearer, after the adjective sentence defining that person has been added. .Hy is here no Personal, but a Correlative Pronoun. THE PRONOUN. The pronouns belonging to this class are : hij, die, dezc, dat, degene, hetgene, diegene, datgene, dezelfde, hetzelfde, zulken and zoodanigen (the latter two are only used in the plural). EXAMPLES : Degenen, die scJiuldig bevonden loerden, zijn alien gestraft, those that were found guilty, have all been punished. Dezelfden, die we gisteren ontmoetten, zijn daareven voorbij geJcomen, the same people whom we met yesterday, have just come past. Laat degenen onder u, die zien willen, acJiter blijven, let those among you, who wish to see, stay behind. Die Jcunnen alien rustig zijn, die er geen deel aan genomen hebben, all those may feel at ease, who have taken no part in it. Dezen zijn het, die ons verleid hebben, these are thoy who have seduced us. OBS. Declension of the pronouns degene and dezdfde : ENKELVOUD. MannelijJc. ( VrouweUjJe. 1 nv. degene, dezdfde ; degene, dezelfde ; 2 nv. desgenen, deszelfden; dergene, derzelfde ; 3 nv. dejigene, denzelfde ; dergene, derzelfde ; 4 nv. dengene, denzelfde ; degene, dezelfde ; Onzijdig. 1 nv. hetgeen, hetzelfde. 2 nv. desgenen, deszelfdeo. 3 nv. hetgeen, hetzelfde. 4 nv. hetgeen, hetzelfde. MEERVOUD voor de drie Geslachten. 1 nv. degcnen, dezelfden. 2 nv. dergenen, derzelfden. 3 nv. d^ngenen, denzelfden. 4 nv. degenen, dezelfden. NOTE. Degene (sing. & plur.) is only used for persons. Dezelfden (plur.) loses its n when used for things. 140 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. IX. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS, Aanwijzende Voornaam- woorden. These define the place of persons and objects spoken about, indicating whether the distance between them and the speaker is greater or smaller. They are : deze, (neut.) dit, this ; die, (neut.) dat, that ; gene, (also) gindsche, (neut.) gindsch, yonder. OBS. 1. For the declension of these Pronouns, see pp. 78, 79. OBS. 2. In the Genitive singular, masculine and neuter of die, an n is inserted. This was formerly not the case, the 2nd case being dies, as may be seen from the expression " ivat dies meer zij " (what there be more of it) for " et cetera." OBS. 3. There are other old forms of the second case singular of die, in the masculine and feminine, viz., des and der, which are now principally found in compound words : een deskundige, a person knowing about it (an expert) ; desgelijks, likewise; deswege, on account of; desniet- temin, yet ; desniettegcnstaande, notwithstanding ; der- halve, therefore ; dergelijke, such. OB?. 4. Both of these forms (des and der) may occur as separate words : Wij zijn des gewis, we are certain of it ; ffoeveel uwer kinderen licbt gij verloren f Wij hebben er (der) reeds vier verloren, How many of your children have you lost ? We have already lost four (of them). This er (uneducated people will make it der) stands for a noun understood after a numeral adjective. NOTE. On the use of er : Er (pronoun) takes the place of the logical subject in sentences which liavo an intransitive verb, thereby rendering such sentences more fluent: Er gebeurde heel wat dien acond, many things happened that evening. It occurs before numerals, when the noun by which they should be followed is understood : Heeft u veel boeJicn ? lie heb er tien. Have you many books ? I have ten (books). As an adverb of place, it is the translation of Eng. " there " : Is u in de Icerlc geweest f Ja, ik ben er gcweest. Have you been in church? Yes, I have been there. When emphasis is necessary, this "there" is translated by daar. Er is used in the verb er uitzien, to look, and in expressions liko the following : Er is mij gezcgfl, I have been told ; Er wordt geschoten, there is shooting going on ; Er wordt daar goed ge.werkt, there is some good work done there. THE PRONOUN. 141 OBS. 5. The 2nd case of deze occurs in two expressions : schrijver dezes, the author (of this) ; brenger dezes, the bearer (of this). OBS. 6. The 'old 3rd case of die and deze, neuter gender (i.e., of dat and dit) is found before many nouns of the neuter gender governed by those prepositions which in old Dutch required the dative : te dien opzichte, in that re- spect ; v an dezen huize, of this family ; te dien einde, to that end (for that reason); uit dien hoofde, on that account. OBS. 7. The dative case of die and deze, feminine gender, is found in : te dier (dezer) ure, at that (this) time ; in dier voege, after that fashion. OBS. 8. Whenever the demonstrative pronouns and the personal pronoun of the 3rd person, used as such, are not immediately followed by their noun, but separated from it by one of the Copulative Verbs (zijn, warden, heeten, blijven, schijnen, lijken, blijken), they take the form of the neuter gender singular, irrespective of the gender and number of the noun they point out : That was a pleasant meeting, dat (notj die) was eene aangename vergadering ; This is my own father, dit (not die) is mijn eigen voder ; Those were hard words, dat (not die) war en liarde woorden ; They were bad trees, het waren slechte boomen. This rule applies equally in the inverted construction : Are these all the books, zijn dit (not deze) alle boeken ? The Cape language overlooks this important rule. X. EEL ATIVE PRONOUNS, Betrekkelijhe Voornaamwoorden. Adjective sentences which define or extend the meaning of nouns or pronouns, are introduced by pronouns, which, because they refer to a noun or pronoun already men- tioned in the principal sentence, are called Relative Pronouns. They are : wie, wat, welJce, Jietwelk, and hetgeen. OBS. 1. Touching the declension of the relative pronouns, it must be remarked that none of them has its forms of declension complete, but that one lielps to complete the cases of the other. The following is the declension : EKKELVOUD. Mannelijk. Vrouwelijk. 1 nv. die, welke, die, welke. 2 nv. wiens, wier, welker. 3 nv. wien, welken, (aan wie, aan welke). 4 nv, dien (wien), welken, die (wie), welke. 142 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. ENKELVOUD. MEERVOUD. Onzijdig. Voor alle Geslachten. 1 nv. dat, ivat, hetwelk, die, welke. 2 nv. waarvan, welks, wier, welker, 3 nv. waaraan, wien, welhen. 4 nv. dat, wat, hetwelk, die (wie), welke. OBS. 2. Die and welke (neuter, dat and hetwdk) are used indiscriminately for persons and things, though die (dat) is most commonly used. Wie is used to make up the missing case of die, and after prepositions. Wie likewise translates " he who." Wat is used as a relative after alles and al, and in compounds with prepositions (see p. 136, Obs. 2). Wat also translates "what" (that which), which, however, may likewise he rendered by hetgeen. The specific use of lietgcen is to translate the relative pronoun " which," referring back to a sentence, and not to a noun. Notice the following examples : 1. Hij, die dat gedaan Jieeft, is een kwade jongen, he who has done this thing, is a bad boy. 2. De boomen, welke in dat bosch groeien, zijn alle hoog, the trees which grow in that forest, are all of them high. 3. De man, wiens vrouw onlangs overleden is, the man whose wife died a short while o,go. 4. Elk dier (neut.) welks hoeven gespleten zijn, herkauict, every animal whose hoofs are divided, ruminates. 5. Dat is eene lamp (fern.), wier licltt u de oogen bederven zal, that is a lamp whose light will spoil your eyes. 6. Toon mij den man, wien zij die beleediging hebben aangedaan, show me the man, whom they have insulted in that manner. 7. Mijnejongste zuster is liet, aan wie ik dat geschenk gegeven Jteb, it is my youngest sister, to whom I have given that present. 8. Breng mij naar het plekje (neut.) waaraan zooveel herinneringcn verbonden zijn, take me to the spot, to which so many memories cling. 9. Hier is de jongen, naar wien gij gevraagd hebt, here is the boy for whom you have enquired. 10. Zij is eene vrouw, die men vertrouwen kan, she is a woman whom one can trust. 11. Was het cen oud schaap, dat (hetwelk) de flayer vandaag geslacht heeft ? was it an old sheep the butcher killed to-day. 12. Wie etcelt, is een dief, he who steals is a thief. 18. Dit is alles (or al) wat ik te zcggcn heb, this is all I have to say. THE PRONOUN. 143 14. Derik aan de zaalc, waarvan ik gesprolten heb, think of the matter I spoke of. 15. Gij behoort niet te aarzelen om te zeggen wat (lietgeeri) waar is, you should not hesitate to say what (that which) is true. 16. Zij zijn niet gekomen, lictgeen beteekent dat zij zieli zijn, they have not come, which means that they must be ill. OBS. 3. Eelative Pronouns must be used, whether expressed or not in English : This is the man he spoke of, dit is de man, van wien hij sprak ; There stands the house I want, daar stoat het huis, dat ik hebben wil. OBS. 4. The Eelative Pronoun must agree with its antecedent both in number and gender (not in case). In number it always does agree, but with regard lo gender, the Pronoun follows the natural and not the grammatical one : Mijn arm nichtje, wier (not welks) arm gebroken is, my poor little niece whose arm is broken. GRAMMAR EXERCISES. Taaloefeningen. EXERCISE XL VII. In the following sentences substitute pronouns of the third person for those of the first. Toen ik jong teas, nam mijn vader mij dikwijls mede, als hij uit rijden ging. In het gras onder het raam mijner learner heb ik dezen steen gevonden. Waarom heb ik niet naar den raad mijner ouders geluisterd. Had ik het gedaan, dan bevond ik mij nu niet in deze moeielijkheid. Ik kan mij niet herinneren, dat ik dezen man ooit gezien heb. Ik ben mij niet bewust deze uitdnikking gebruikt te hebben. Ik maak mij eer bekommerd over den toestand van mijnen vader. Ik heb mijne bezigheid verkocht en wil mijne laatste dagen nu stil op mijn landgoed gaan doorbrengen. Ik ben van morgen mijne plaats rondgereden om te zien, of mijne veewachters mijn bevel nageJcomen zijn. Mijn vader antwoordde mij, dat ik mij niet verbeelden moest, dat ik mijzelf rechtvaardigen kon. Ik ben er van overtuigd, dat mijn vriend zich mijner ontfermen zal, als ik mij in mijnen nood tot hem ivend. 144 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. EXERCISE XL VII I. In the above change the pronouns of the first person singular into (1) the first person plural, and (2) the third person plural. EXERCISE XLIX. Fill up the blanks in the following exercise : Zijn al d- peer-, u gekocht Jieeft 9 Met Are these all the pears, which you bought have ? With sprak u daareven ? Met heer, whom spoke you just now? With the same gentleman, over wij deze morgen spraken. die about whom we this morning were speaking. Those who werTt (o) of hebben, Tcunnen lieen gaan. Waar their work finished have, can away go. Where looont d- vrouw, kind gisteren gestorven is f lives the woman, whose child yesterday died has? Er gaat een- lijst () rond voor d- man, There goes a subscription-list round for the man, whoso liuis afgebrand is. Onthoud al ik gezegd house burnt down is. Remember all that I you told heb. Zijn kinderen er vroeger zoo have. Are those the same children that formerly so gezond uitzagen ? De knecht lieeft paard healthy looked ? The servant has the horse whoso lioefijzer los is, naar d- hocfsmid gebracht. Zoover ik shoe loose is, to the farrier taken. As far as I herinneren kan, gebeurde er die- avond myself remember can, happened there that evening niets bijzonder-. Weet gij nog gij geld (o) nothing particular. Know you still whom you the money gegeven liebt ? DC dame met ik van avond zat given have ? Tho lady with whom I this evening sat te praten, is de dodder van een oud vricnd . Weet talking, is the daughter of an old friend of mine. Know THE PRONOUN. 145 gij linnen gemaakt wordt ? Ja, onderwijzcr you of what linen made is ? Yes, my teacher Jieeft verteld. is een boeren, has it me told. This is one of the farmers, whose landerijen door d- overstrooming verwoest zijn. lands by the flood devastated have been. jonge man behoort tot onwillekeurig ver- This young man belongs to those who involuntarily con- trouwen iriboezemen. fidence inspire. EXERCISE L. ]3ij - lezing gaf - gehoor (o) door luid applaudiseeren At the lecture gave the audience by loud applause tevredenheid te kennen. twee honden hebben zo< their satisfaction to know. Your two dogs have so met gevochten, dat bloed langs with each other fought, that the blood (to) them along the kop liep. buur doen niets ander dan head ran. My neighbours do nothing else but one goed naam belasteren. Ik heb jongen gezegd another's reputation run down. I have the boy told te gaan wasschen. honden zijn himself to go (and) wash. What dogs are they about u spreekt ? zijn wij van which you speak ? They are the same that we this morgen gezien Tieliben. Gij en uw vader kunt morgen morning seen have. You and your father can to- morrow geld komen Jialen. der meisjes hebben your money come (and) fetch. Which of the girls have lea- gekend? Ik heb van deze- en gene- their lessons known? I have from one and another gehoord, dat er veel goed- van het nieuio- minister ie te heard, that much good of the new ministry to (be) verwachten is. zal gedaan moeten expected is. Something or other will have to be 146 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. warden voor arme vrouw omgeTcomen done for this poor woman whose husband killed has is bij spoorweg ongeluJc, gisteren bericht been in the railway accident, of which yesterday news ontvangen is. zaak- moesten in raad received has been. Such cases should in the council liever met gesloten deuren behandeld worden. beid rather with closed doors discussed be. The parents ouders zijn dood. of both of them are dead. EXERCISE LI. Translate into English (no reference to vocabulary). FJij heeft mij Tiet een en ander gezegd. Hij heeft mij een en ander laten zien. Gij zult wel (you are sure to) den een of ander vinden. Zal u niet het een of ander gebruiken (take) ? De een of de ander moet vertrekken. Het een of het ander moet waar zijn. Deze en gene heeft mij opgezoclit (come to see ) Deze of gene zal zich wcl over het Jcind ontfermen (to have pity on). Er wordt in dit land veel gerookt (rooken = to smoke). Men vermoedt (vermoeden=to suppose) dat de man gcJc (insane) is. Deze koeien zien er beter uit dan de mijne. Dergelijke zaken komen altijd aan het licht (to light). Waaraan dacht u, toen iJc u stoorde (disturbed) ? Een deskundige zou nooit zullc eenen raad gegeven hebbcn. De beide mcisjes zijn met hare gouvernante (governess) gaan wandelen. Welken weg ik ooJc inslocg (turned into), ik kon geenen uitweg (way out) vinden. Al wat mijn vriend onderneemt (undertakes), gelultt hem (he is successful in). THE PRONOUN. 147 TEANSL ATION EXEKCISES. Vertaaloefeningen. EXERCISE LIT. This young girl has her hat full [of] fresh roses. Those that have told you so (dif), have misled you. These are the books which I returned to you last night. Which of the two sisters is to sing (zal . . .) to-night ? What kind of a flower is this ? It is a flower that grows wild (in het ivild) in the Tulbagh (Tulbagsche) district, but of which I do not know the name. That must be the same gentleman I met at my uncle's this (van) morning. (About) what were these ladies talking [about]? They were talking about what had been discussed at the meeting. These men are always sober and at their work, it is (zijn) such that never lack employment (zonder werk zijri). These pears are the same (which) I have had at Mrs. Johnson's (bij Mevrouw J.~). We met an old friend of ours yesterday, and asked him to have dinner with us (bij ons te Jcomen dineereri) this (van) evening. Some one or other must have used my scissors. Either the one or the other must go. Please, give bearer the parcel I left at your house (bij u). Your father and yourself have both been mistaken. If you will call this evening, I will tell you some things that will interest you. EXERCISE LIU. Being afraid (see Ex. XXVIII, p. 96) to be late (te laaf) for breakfast, I dressed myself 2 in a quarter of an hour x this morning. Not having a nurse, my little nieces are accustomed to dress themselves. Being ashamed of his dirty hands, the boy would not come in. It is said that (er) a 3 railway accident (has) occurred in the Hex River Pass 2 early t this morning. Any one hearing (hears) my case will say that I am right (gelijk heb). Whoever comes this way (hierheen) mnst beware of the dogs; they are very fierce [ones]. Whatever you do, you will never get 148 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. (er toe Jcrijgen) that child to apologise (excuus te vragen). As long as one is not faultless oneself, one should (behoorde) not find fault with one's neighbour. How many fowls do you have ? I have twenty-five, and some of them are very good [ones]. There was a good deal of heavy betting at the races yesterday. My vines look so sickly that I will have to (moeten) consult an expert about them. I myself told the man that unless he applied himself (zich aatipdKken) better, I would dismiss him. EXERCISE LIV. "May "and "might" are translated by " mogen" and its past tense " mocht " when they imply permission. You may come to me now, U mag nu bij mij komen. You said, I might go with you, U zeide, dat ik met u meegaan mocht. If they imply possibility, they are translated by " kunnen " and its past form "zou kunnen ( kori)" ; or by the colloquial phrases: " hst Jean (zou kunnen) dat," it may (might be) that, especially to bring out the idea of probability, as : He might have done the work, if etc., hij had het werk kunnen doen (zou . . . hebben kunnen doen) als, etc. He may come yet, hij mag nog komen, or het mag zijn, dat hij nog komt. They might see you from there, zij zouden u van daar kunnen zien. The rain may have come down, het lean zijn dat de regen neergekomen is, or de regen mag ncergekomen zijn. 1. " Should " is translated by " zou " if futurity is implied. 2. "Should",, "zou" if dependent on a con- dition. 3. "Should",, " bchoorde" or "moest" if equiva- lent to "ought to." 4. " Should " " mocht " (had moeten), if equiva- lent to " might." 1. I told him that I should go into town, ik zeide hem, dat ik naar de stad zou gaan. 2. I should go to see her, if she were at home, ik zou haar gaan zien, als zij thuis was. THE PRONOUN. 149 3. You should have learned your lessons, gij liadt uwe lessen moeten (behooren te) leeren. 4. If you should meet the man, tell him, etc., als gij den man ontmoeten mocht, zeg hem, enz. May I go out when my work is finished? I cannot give you permission, you should have asked your father, before he went out. The boy might finish his lessons in time, if he would only conie in (binnen) earlier. My uncle told me this morning that I might buy that fine dog. That accident might have been prevented, if the driver had been more careful. I may have seen that man before, but I do not recollect his face. If there were a doctor at hand, the child's life might be saved. I was always of opinion that they might have shown that young man some kindness. These plants should be planted before the sun gets hot. Should you see my brother when he comes home, tell him we may (permission) go to the concert this evening. You might have saved yourself all this trouble if you had heeded your uncle's warnings. We should not have left our friend alone, if we had known he was in trouble. My aunt felt sure (was er zeker van) that I should not like those people (would not please me) ; she may have been right, at all events I am glad she told me I should not accept the situation. You should have taken better care of the little girl, could you not see she was ill? If Mr. B. should call while I am gone, ask him to wait till my return (I return), I shall not be long (be = uitblijven). These children should be (do) more careful [about] their work, eveiy one of these words might have been translated correctly, if they had turned to the vocabulary (if they had looked them up in, etc.). EXERCISE LV. " Will " and " would " are frequently used in English .by way of idiom. In sentences as " Boys will always do mischief," and " The bird would sometimes come and eat from her hand," the forms "will" and "would" express neither futurity, nor ISO THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR, determination. When thus used, they are not translated, but the tenses of the principal Verbs, which they help to express, are used instead. " Boys will always do mischief," becomes, " Boys always do mischief," jongens doen (maar) altijd katten- kwaad; and "The bird would sometimes come and eat from her hand," De vogel kwam somtijds uit hare hand eten. A little girl had a bird that she kept locked up (opge- sloten hielcT) in a cage. Now and then, however, she would let it out. It would then fly about, and would sit on her shoulder. How is (Jcomf) it, that this child will always take so much ? The boy would say, Basket, Tiny (naar je mand, Tiny), and then the little lap-dog would steal away to her basket (with the) tail between her hind legs. This horse will always put his nose into one's (iemands) face, if one (men) goes near him. You may (Jtunf) do what you like, these children will always boast. " Will " and " would," expressing wish, are translated by the verb willen, wilde, gewild. Will you help me, Charles ? Yes, certainly. He would (wanted to) say something, but he could (Icon) not get it out. Will you come (meekomen) with me? This way (Jcanf), please. The boy said (that) he would not do it. Did he say that he would not (geene) have [any] milk in his coffee? He said (that) he wanted (would) no sugar (have). Does he not want to (will) answer you, or can (Jean) he not answer you? The girl said positively that she did not want to (would not) come. And what did you answer ? I said " Very well (heel goed*), if you do not want to (will not) come, you may (can) stay away." " Will " and " would," expressing futurity or determination, are translated by the future tenses (Ind. and Subj.) of the verb, (see Conjugation). He won't go, unless you speak to (mef) him. The girl would have read it, if her eyes had been good. Will he meet you at the office ? He would meet me, if he knew that I would be there. I shan't take the medicine, said tho naughty boy. THE PRONOUN. 151 EXERCISE LVI. The conjunction " if," when equivalent to " whether," is translated by " o/ 1 ," and not by " indien " or " als." Tell me, if you will write. He asked if his father would come. He doubted (lief) whether it would not be in vain. If you have the courage for it (er. . .toe), it is still the question if you have the required ability. If a man should come with a revolver in his hand, would you open the door to (voor) him ? " As if " is rendered by " als of" or sometimes " of" He looked as if he was hungry (had hunger). He spoke to me as if he were (was) my master. The lion licked Androcles' hands as if to thank him (as if he would thank him). The robber did as if he wanted to kill me. If you want the doctor to cure (that the doctor cures) you, you must not speak as if you were quite well. The boy knelt down, as if he were going to (would go) pray. The sun rose (kwam op) with such splendour, as if there had never been a storm. If the boy had not thrown (cjegooicT) the stone with so much force, as if he wanted to kill the pig, I should ask his father if he would not forgive him this time. EXERCISE LVII. The verb " to know " is translated by weten and kennen. Weten implies the being aware of a tact. Kennen implies acquaint- ance with, or knowledge as the result of learning. Examples: I know when he came, ik weet, tvanneer hij kivam. He did not know, that I was ill, hij wist niet, da ik ziek was. Do you know that man ? Kent gij dien man ? I know my tables by heart, ik ken mijne tafels van buiten. "Whither I go, you know, and the way you know. We do 2 not x even know the man ; how should we know his whereabouts (where he lives) ? It is a thing (ieti) (that) we all know, that winter is the cold, and summer the hot 152 TltE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. time of the year. When do you think you will know the result[s] of your examination ? We shall know them in a for tnight, I believe. There is a difference between knowing (te Ttennen) the road, and knowing something about (van) the road. Have you learned your poetry, Charles ? Yes, sir, but I cannot say that I know it. How long will it be before you know French, John? Oh, father, a long time yet. My teacher says I am beginning to know something about it, but that is not knowing it. Did your sister know that you were here? Whether you have heard it or not, you must know it. The soldiers knew that the enemy was behind the hill. Know yourself, I said to someone, but he could (Icon) not, for he was nobody. To know oneself (zicli) leads to great humility. If I had only (maar) known that you had done the work, I should (it) have let (laten) him know. I knew yesterday that he would not live. The last fortnight the boy has known all his lessons. EXERCISE LVIII. "Used to" followed by an Infinitive Verb, is either translated by " was (were) accustomed to," or by the Past Tense of the following verb, strengthened by an adverb of time. Examples : The boy used to sit there, de jongen was gewoon daar te xitten, or, de jongen zat gewoonlijk, or altijd, or dikwijh daar. The man always used to say that he was very poor, He used to go round to (6t/) his friends, and tell them of his misery. We used to see him often, but he does not visit us any (in het geheel niet) more now. The old man used to tell me about this daughter, when I took (deed) a walk with him. When we were in Paris, we used to go to a concert nearly every night. If the boy wore used to speak the truth, he would not have said this. Why not? Because this is decidedly a falsehood. And he knew that! " To be used to" is translated by "gewoon zfj'n oan." THE PRONOUN. 153 I am used to his bad temper. She is used to being ill (aan ziek zijn). Are you used to that kind of treatment ? I have been used to hard words all my (my whole) life. The donkey is used to drawing (het trekken van) that heavy load, Poor beast ! and to beating (slaan) too. EXERCISE LIX. SEVENTH EXILE OF CONSTRUCTION. Amongst the extensions of the predicate, that of time takes the first place in the sentence, as : I saw him with his sister in church yes- terday, ik zag hem gisteren met zijne zuster in de kerJc. When you were in London yesterday you (have) missed Mr. Bran, did you not (niet waar} ? Yes, I missed him, that is to (wil) say, I did not wait for him. I should have (Jiad . . . moeten) seen him at (aan) his house last night, but I was afraid to go out in the cold so late. I received a letter from my father yesterday. Where is he now ? He was at Paris two days ago, and must now be at Lyons according to (naar) what he writes. Has there been any (nog een) great war in Europe since the year eighteen hundred and seventy? No, there have been rumours of wars many times, but it has never come to an open breach of the peace. He was (is) born at Baarn, a village in the province [of] Utrecht, Holland, on the sixth of March, eighteen hundred and fifty one. At Smithfield in the Orange Free State, a rumbling noise underground frightened some of the inhabitants yesterday. There was (has been) an explosion in the mine last week, whereby twenty-six workmen lost their lives (het leven). It is not so easy to be faithful to one's (zijnen} duty, what- ever (wat ook) happens, and at all times (te alien tijde). 154 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. CONVEBSATIE. Reizen op het Land en per Spoortrein. 1. Waar gaat gij keen ? 2. Ik ben op reis naar Londen, Brussel en Venetie. 3. Wanneer vertrekt uwe zus- ter? 4. Zij vertreJct de volgende week naar Europa. 5. Op welke wijze reist zijf G. Per trein van Port-Eliza- beth naar Kaapstad, en van daar per boot. 7. Mijn vriend heeft per dili- gence gereisd. 8. Hij heeft plan te paard terug te komen. 9. Welken weg heeft hij geno- men? 10. Na het tolhek te zijn door- gegaan, is hij rechts afge- draaid, en heeft den groo- ten weg naar Beaufort genomen. 11. Dat was een groote omweg. 12. Welken weg zal u nemen ? 13. Ik zal den eersten weg aan de linkerhand nemen. 14. Hoe vcr is het naar het spoorwegstation ? 15. Een kwartier per tram. 16. Ik zal eene vigilante nemen. 17. Waar is uwe bagage ? 18. Ik heb het grootste deel cr van in het goederenkan- toor gclaten. 19. Mijn handkoffertje is in de wagon. 20. Zal ik den portier vragen, uwe zware bagage per goe- dercntrein te laten zenden ? CONVERSATION. Travelling by Land and Railways. 1. Where are you going ? 2. I am on my way to London, Brussels, and Venice. 3. When does your sister leave ? 4. She departs for Europe next week. 5. How does she travel ? 6. By rail from Port-Elizabeth to Cape-Town, and from there by steamer. 7. My friend has travelled by coach. 8. He intends returning on horse-back. 9. Which road did he take ? 10. After passing the toll-gate, he turned to the right, and took the high-road to Beaufort. 11. That was a very round- about-way. 12. Which road will you take? 13. I shall take the first road to the left. 14. How far is it to the railway- station ? 15. A quarter of an hour by tram. 16. I shall take a cab. 17. Where is your luggage ? 18. I left most of it in the cloak- 19. My small portmanteau is in the carriage. 20. Shall I ask the porter to have your heavy luggage sent on by goods-train ? THE PRONOUN. 155 21. Neen, zie er naar, dat hct in den goederenwagen komt, als 't u blicft. 22. Wenk even om eene vigilante. 23. Wat kost het van hier naar Woodstock ? 24. Eene halve kroon de enkele rit. 25. Houdt deze trein op l>ij alle tusschenliggende stations ? 26. Neen, het is de sneltrein van Londen naar Edenburg ; hij houdt alleen bij de voornaamste stations op. 27. Houdt u van reizen per trein ? 28. Ik verkies het boven dili- gence, kar of ossenwagen. 29. Heeft u uw kaartje ? 30. Neen,ik wil er nu omgaan. 31. Geef mij een biljet eerste klasse, enkele reis naar Victoria- West. 32. De trein vertrekt om vier uur. 33. Geef mij retour tweede klasse naar Wellington. 34. Dat is een extra trein. 21. No, see it put in the van, please. 22. Just hail a cab. 23. What is the fare from here to Woodstock? 24. Single fare half-a-crown. 25. Does this train stop at all intermediate stations ? 26. No, this is the express from London to Edinburgh ; it only stops at the prin- cipal stations. 27. Do you like travelling by rail? 28. I prefer it to coach, cart, or bullock-waggon. 29. Have you got your ticket ? 30. No, I'll go and get it now. 31. Give me one first-class single fare to Victoria- West. 32. The train starts at four o'clock. 33. Give me a return second- class to Wellington. 34. That is a special train. 156 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. CHAPTER IX. THE VERB. (Het WerJcwood.*) I. DEFINITION : An action may be expressed in two different ways : 1. By a real Verb ; 2. By a Verbal Noun. EXAMPLES : 1. I saw the enemy besiege the fort, ik zag den vijand de stad belegeren. 2. I read about the siege of the city, ik las over het beleg (de belegering, het belegereri) der stad. The verbal Noun belegeren has the very same form as the Infinitive Present of the Verb belegeren. Hence the necessity arises of marking how the action is expressed, before a correct translation can be given. II. STEM : The Infinitive form of Dutch verbs ends in en (in six cases n). These six are the irregular mono- syllabic verbs : doen, gaan, slaan, staan, zien, and zijn. The stem of a verb is found by removing this ending en. To determine the stem is a matter of importance, as will be seen from the conjugation-form in the next para- graph. Many times the stem, so found, is different from what may be termed the working-stem, the latter receiv- ing its shape (spelling) from pronunciation. To deter- mine this spelling, the following rules should be observed. 1. Of the six monosyllabic verbs mentioned above, the stems are respectively doe, ga, sla, ela t zie, and zij (or trees). THE VERB. 157 2. If the ending en is preceded by a single consonant, before which there occurs a single vowel, this vowel is doubled so as to preserve its full sound : huren, stem Jiuur, to hire. 3. If the ending en is preceded by a double consonant, the stem takes a single consonant : straffen, stem straf, to punish. 4. If the ending en is preceded by u or z, the stem takes /or 8 : leven, stem; leef, to live ; meezen, stem vrees, to fear, NOTE. This / of the stem changes back into the v of the Inf. form, and likewise s into z, whenever the stem takes one of the endings e, et, or en in the course of the con- jugation, in which cases also the double vowel assumed under Rule 2, is changed back into the single one of the Infinitive. III. CONJUGATION, WEAK AND STRONG: Two different ways of conjugation are distinguished : (a) The WEAK CONJUGATION, marked by 1. Unchanged vowel-sound throughout; 2. Formation of past tense by adding to the stem te, when the last letter of such stem is one of the sharp consonants t, Je t f, s, ch, and p (all of which are found in the composition, 't kofschip), and de in all other cases ; 3. Formation of the past participle by prefixing ge to the stem, and adding t or d to it according to the particulars of No. 2. (b.) The STRONG CONJUGATION, marked by 1. Change of vowel-sound in Past Tense, or some- times there and in Past Participle ; 2. Formation of Past Participle by prefixing ge to the stem (original or modified), and adding en. The full list of Strong Verbs is given on p. 191. NOTE. In (a) 2 and 3, the letters / and s of the working stems, which arc v and z in the Infinitive forms, are followed by de and d, and not by te and t. I S 8 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. III. A COMPLETE FORM OF CONJUGATION, Vorm van Vervoeging : INDICATIVE MOOD. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. (Aantoonende Wijs.) (Aanvoegende Wijs.) Present Tense. OnvolmaaJct Tegenwoordige Tijd. 1 p. stem. 1 p. (Inf. less final n). 2 t. 2 ,(,,,, ,, )(. 3 t. B , ( ). 1 en. 2 t. o en. , (full Inf. form). , (like 2nd pers. sing.). , (like 1st pers. plur.). OBS. The 3rd pers. sing. pres. tense ends in t in every verb, the ending being dt when the verb-stem ends in d. Perfect Tense. Volmaakt Tegenwoordige Tijd. 1 p. heb or ben 2 hebt zijt 3 heeft is 1 hebben zijn 2 hebt zijt 3 hebben zijn 1 1 . hebbe c r zij 2 Jiebbet aijt 3 hebbe zij 1 Jiebben zijn 2 Jiebbet zijt 3 hebben zijn Past Tense. OnvolmaaJct Verleden Tijd. For Weak Verbs. 1 p. stem with te or de. 2 3 1 2 3 For Strong Verbs. 1 p. modified stem. 1 p. modified stem e. 1 p. stem with te or de. 2 > tet det. 3 , te de. 1 , ten den. 2 , ,, ^t det. 3 , ten den. tet , det. te , de. ten , den. tet , det. ten , den. en. t. en. et. e. en. et. en. OBS. The 3rd pers. sing. Past Tense docs not cud in a t. THE VERB. '39 INDICATIVE MOOD. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. Pluperfect Tense. Volmaakt Verleden Tijd. PH Future Tense. Onvolmaakt Toekomende Tijd. 1 p. zal with Infinitive Pres. 1 p. zou with Infinitive Pres. IP . had or was 2 , hadt waart 3, had was 1 , hadden ware 2 , hadt waart 3 , hadden waren ' lj . hadde or ware 4! i- 2 haddet waret & P-I 3 hadde ware H 1 hadden waren 2 haddet waret rg 3 Jiadden waren ' i 2 zult 2 zoudt , 9 3 zal 3 zow , 1 zullen 1 zouden , > 2 zult 2 zoudt , > 3 zullen 3 zouden , > Future Perfect Tense. Volmaakt Toekomende Tijd. 1 p. zaZ hebben or zijn. 1 p. zou hebben or zt}'n. 2 , zult * 2, zoudt , , i 3 , zal |j 3 , ZOU Js PM > 1 , * zullen c * !> 1 , zouden t I 2 , zult ^ 2, zoudt P- 1 > 3, zullen 3 , zottc?e , > IMPERATIVE MOOD. Singular (Enkelvoud) stem. GEBIEDENDE Wus. Plural (Meervoud) stem with <, INFINITIVE MOOD. ONBEPAALDE Wus. Present. Name of the Verb. Future. ( Te) zullen with Infinitive Present. Perfect. Past Participle with hebben or zijn. Future Perfect. (Te) zullen with Participle and hebben or n. PARTICIPLES. DEELWOORDEN. Present (Tegenwoordig) : Infinitive form with ending de or d. Past For weak Verbs prefix ge, stem, and ending t or d. For strong Verbs prefix ge, stem, and ending en. 160 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. IV. AUXILIARIES. USE OF " HEBBEN " AND " ZIJN " : All verbs require the aid of auxiliary verbs to complete their conjugation. Auxiliaries (hulpwerkiovorden) are of three different kinds : 1. Of Tense: liebben, to have, zljn, to be, zullen, shall or will. 2. Of Voice : warden, to become, used for Eng. " to be " as auxiliary of the Passive Voice. 3. Of Mood: Tcunnen, can; moeten, must; laten, let; mogen, may ; willen, to be willing to ; durven, to dare to. The Auxiliaries of Tense (Hulpwerltwoorden van den Tijd), help to form the Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect tenses in the various moods. In Dutch a verb is conjugated with " zijn" " to be" : 1. When Intransitive, and indicating change of place or condition : De Ttat ie van Tiet dak gevallen, the cat has fallen from the roof. De sneeuw is gesmolten, the snow has melted. 2. The following verbs : zijn, to be ; blijven, to remain ; warden, to become ; ontstaan, to originate ; gebeuren, to happen, geschieden, to happen ; voorvallen, to take place. NOTE ON (1). Some intransitive verbs may or may not indicate an actual change. If they do not, they take the auxiliary helben : Ik ben de learner uitgeloopen, I have walked out of the room (change of place). Ik lieb in de learner rondgeloopen, I have walked about in the room (motion confined to the space of a room no actual change). NOTE ON (2). It is worthy of note that the verbs bestaan, to exist ; plaate helben, to take place ; and plaats vinden, to take place, are conjugated with hebben. V. COMPLETE CONJUGATION of the " AUXILIARY VERB of TENSE," " liebben," " to have." THE VERB. 161 INDICATIVE MOOD. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. (Aantoonende Wij's.) (Aanvoegende Wijs.) Present Tense. Onvolmaakt Tegenwoordige Tijd. Ik heb, I have. Ik hebbe, if I have. Gij hebt, thou hast. Gij hebbet, if thou have. Hij heeft, he has. Hij hebbe, if he have. Wij hebben, we have. Wij hebben, if we have. Gij hebt, you have. Gij hebbet, if you have. Zij hebben, they have. Zij hebben, if they have. Perfect Tense. Volmaakt Tegenw. Tijd. Ik heb gehad, I have had, etc. Ik hebbe gehad, if I have had, etc. Past Tense. Onvolmaakt Verleden Tijd. Ik had, I had. Ik hadde, if I had. Gij hadt, thou hadst. Gij haddet, if thou had. Hij had, he had. Hij hadde, if he had. Wij hadden, we had. Wij hadden, if we had. Gij hadt, you had. Gij haddet, if you had. Zij hadden, the}' had. Zij hadden, if they had, .Pluperfect Tense. Volmaakt Verleden Tijd. Ik had gehad, I had had, etc. Ik hadde gehad, if I had had, etc. Future Tense. Onvolmaakt Toekomende Tijd. Ik zal hebben, I shall have. Ik zou hebben, I should have. Gij zult hebben, thou wilt have. Gij zoudt hebben, thou wouldst have. Hij zal hebben, he will have. Hij zou hebben, he would have. Wij zullen hebben, we shall have. Wij zouden hebben, we should have. Gij zult hebben, you will have. Gij zoudt hebben, you would have. Zij zullen hebben, they will have. Zij zouden hebben, they would have. Future Perfect Tense. Volmaakt Toekomende Tijd. I Ik zal gehad hebben, I shall have Ik zou gehad hebben, I should had, etc. have had, etc. IMPEBATIVE MOOD. GEBIEDENDE Wus. Singular (Enkelvoud), heb, have Plural (Meervoud), hebt, have (thou). (ye). Q 162 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. INFINITIVE MOOD. ONBEPAALDE Wus. Present Tense. Perfect Tense. HeUben, to have. Gehad hebben, to have had. Future Tense. Future Perfect Tense.' Tezullenhebben, (no equivalent). Te zullen gehad hebben, (no equivalent). PARTICIPLES. DEELWOOKDEN. Hebbende, having. Gehad, had. VI. COMPLETE CONJUGATION of the AUXILIARY VERB of TENSE, " zijn," " to be." INDICATIVE MOOD. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. (Aantoonende Wijs.) (Aanvoegende Wijs.) Present Tense. Onvolmaakt Tegenwoordige Tijd. Ik len, I am. Ik zij, if I ba. Gij zijt, thou art. Gij zijt, if thou be. Hij is, he is. Hij zij, if he be. Wij zijn, we are. Wij zijn, if we be. Gij zijt, you are. Gij zijt, if you be. Zij zijn, they are. Zij zijn, if they be. Perfect Tense. Volmaakt Tegenw. Tijd. Ik len geweest, I have been, etc. Ik zij geweest, if I have been, etc. Past Tense. Onvolm. Verleden Tijd. Ik was, I was. Ik ware, if I were. Gij waart, thou wast, Gij waret, if thou were. Hij was, he was. Hij ware, if ho were. Wij war en, we were. Wij war en, if wo were. Gij waart, you were. Gij waret, if you were. Zij waren, they were. Zij waren, if they were. Pluperfect Tense. Volmaakt Verleden Tijd. Ik was geweest, I had been, etc. Ik ware geweest, if I had been, etc. THE VERB. 163 Future Tense. Onvolm. Toekomende Tijd. Ik zal zijn, I shall be. Oij zult zijn, thou wilt be. Hij zal zijn, he will be. Wij zullen zijn, we shall be. Oij zult zijn, you will be. Zij zullen zijn, they will be. Future Perfect Tense. Ik zal geweest zijn, I shall have been, etc. IMPERATIVE Moon. Singular (EnJcelvoud), wees, be (thou). Ik zou zijn, I should be. Oij zoudt zijn, thou wouldst be, Hij zou zijn, he would be. Wij zouden zijn, we should be. Gij zoudt zijn, you would be. Zij zouden zijn, they would be. Volmaakt Toek. Tijd. Ik zou geweest zijn, I should have been, etc. GEBIEDENDE Wus. Plural (Meervoud), weest or zijt. be (ye). INFINITIVE MOOD. ONBEPAALDE Wus. Present Tense. Zijn, to be. Future Tense. Te zullen zijn, (no equivalent). Perfect Tense. Geweest zijn, to have been. Future Perfect Tense. Te zullen geweest zijn, (no equivalent). PARTICIPLES. DEELWOORDEN. Zijnde, being. Qeweest, been. VII. CONJUGATION of the AUXILIARY VERB of TENSE, " zullen" " shall " or " will." INDICATIVE MOOD. AANTOONENDE Wus. Present Tense. Onvolm. Teg. Tijd. Ik zal, I shall. Oij zult, thou wilt. Hij zal, he will. Wij zullen, we shall. Oij zult, you will. Zij zullen, they will. Past Tense. Onvolm. Verl. Tijd. Ik zou, I should. Oij zoudt, thou wouldst. Hij zou, he would. Wij zouden, we should. Oij zoudt, you would. Zij zouden, they would. a 2 164 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. VIII. CONJUGATION of the verb " warden" to become. INDICATIVE MOOD. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. (Aantoonende Wijs.) (Aanvoegende Wijs.) Present Tense. Onvolm. Tegenwoordige Tijd. Ik word, I become. Ik worde, if I become. Gij wordt, thou becomest. Qij wordet, if thou become. Hij wordt, he becomes. Hij worde, if he become. Wij warden, we become. Wij warden, if we become. Oij wordt, you become. Gij wordet, if you become. Zij warden, they become. Zij worden, if they become. Perfect Tense. Volmaakt Tegemv. Tijd. Ik ben geworden, I have be- Ik zij geworden, if I have be- come, etc. come, etc. Past Tense. Onvolm. Verl. Tijd. Ik werd, I became. Ik werde, if I became. Oij werdt, thou becamest. Gij werdet, if thou becamest. Hij werd, he became. Hij werde, if he became. Wy werden, we became. Wij werden, if we became. Gij werdt, you became. Oij werdet, if you became. Zij werden, they became. Zij werden, if they became. Pluperfect Tense. Volmaakt Verl. Tijd. Ik was geworden, I had become, Ik ware geworden, if I had etc. become, etc. Future Tense. Onvolmaakt Toekomende Tijd. Ik zal worden, I shall become. Ik zou worden, I should be- come. Gij zult worden, thou wilt Gij zoudt worden, thou "wouldst become. become. Hij zal worden, he will become. Hij zou worden, he would be- come. Wij zullen worden, we shall Wij zouden worden, we should become. become. Gij zult worden, you will be- Gij zoudt A worden, you would come. become. Zij zullen worden, they will Zij zouden worden, they would become. become. Future Perfect Tense. Volmaakt Toekomende Tijd. Ik zal geworden zijn t I shall Ik xou geworden zijn, I should have become, etc. have become, etc. THE VERB. 165 IMPERATIVE MOOD. GEBIEDENDE Wus. Singular (EnJcelvoud), word, be- Plural (Meervoud), wordt, be- come (thou). come (ye). INFINITIVE MOOD. ONBEPAALDE Wus. Present Tense. Perfect Tense. Worden, to become. Oeworden zijn, to have become. Future Tense. Future Perfect Tense. Te zullen worden, (no equiva- Te zullen geworden zijn, (no lent). equivalent). PARTICIPLES. DEELWOORDEJT. Teg. : wordende Pres. : be- Verl. : geworden Past : be- coming, come. IX. VOICE: The Dutch verb, like the English one, has two voices, the Active Voice ( Actieve or Bedrijvende Vorm), and the Passive Voice (Passieve or Lijdende Form). The form of the Passive Voice is more pronounced, for the reason that its Auxiliary verb is " worden," to become, and not " zijn," to be, like in English. X. COMPARISON between the ACTIVE and PASSIVE VOICES of the verb " bijten," to bite. INFINITIVE MOOD. Present Tense. ACTIVE VOICE. PASSIVE VOICE. Bijten, to bite. Oebeten worden, to be bitten. Perfect Tense. Oebeten Jielben, to have bitten. Oebeten (geworden) zijn, to have been bitten. Future Tense. Te zullen lijten. Te zullen gebeten worden. Future Perfect Tense. Oebeten te zullen hebben. Oebeten te zullen (geworden') zijn. 166 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. INDICATIVE MOOD. Present Tense. ACTIVE VOICE. ^PASSIVE VOICE. Ik bijt, I bite. Ik word gebeten, I am bitten. Imperfect Tense. Ik beet, I bit. Ik werd gebeten, I was bitten. Perfect Tense. Ik heb gebeten, I have bitten. Ik ben gebeten (geworden), I have been bitten. Pluperfect Tense. Ik had gebeten, I bad bitten. Ik was gebeten (geworden), I had been bitten. Future Tense. Ik zal bijten, I shall bite. Ik zal gebeten warden, I shall be bitten. Future Perfect Tense. Ik zal gebeten hebben, I shall Ik zal gebeten (geworden) zij'n, have bitten. I shall have been bitten. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. Present Tense. Ik bijte, if I bite. Ik worde gebeten, if I be bitten. Imperfect Tense. Ik bete, if I bit. Ik werde gebeten, if I were bitten. Perfect Tense. Ik hebbe gebeten, if I have Ik zij gebeten (geworden), if I bitten. have been bitten. Pluperfect Tense. Ik liadde gebeten, if I had Ik ware gebeten (geworden), if I bitten. had been bitten. Future Tense. Ik zou bijten, if I should bite. Ik zou gebeten warden, I should be bitten. THE VERB. 167 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. Future Perfect Tense. ACTIVE VOICE. PASSIVE VOICE. Ik zou gebeten hebben, if I should Ik zou gcbeten (geworderi) zijn, have bitten. I should have been bitten. IMPERATIVE MOOD. Present Tense. Sing, bij t, bite (thou). Word gebeten, be (thou) bitten. Plur. bijt, bite (ye). Wordt gebeten, be (ye) bitten. PARTICIPLES. Present. Bijtende, biting. Geleten ivordende, being bitten. Past. Gebeten, bitten. Gebeten (geworden), having been ' bitten. X. A. Notice carefully the following examples : Het paard wordt vandaag verlcocht, the horse is being sold to-day. Het paard is vandaag verJcocht, the horse has been sold to-day. De bloemen werden gisteren geplant, the flowers were planted yesterday. De bloemen waren gisteren geplant, the flowers had been planted yesterday. De schapen zullen morgen geschoren warden, the sheep will be shorn to-morrow. De schapen zullen morgen geschoren zijn, the sheep will have been shorn to-morrow. De Jcamers zouden veranderd worden, the rooms would be altered. De kamers zouden veranderd zijn, the rooms would have been altered. 168 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. X. B. COMPARISON between the same forms of the verb " zijn " used as a COPULATIVE and as an AUXILIARY of the PASSIVE VOICE. COP. Het brood is gaar gebakke,n t the bread is tho- roughly baked. PAS. Het brood is gisteren met gebakken maar vandaag, the bread has not been baked yesterday but to-day. PAS. & COP. De tuin was wel aangelegd, maar was geheel verwilderd, the garden had been laid out, but had grown completely wild. COP. Ik ben verwonderd geweest over uw antiooord, I have been surprised at your answer. PAS. Ik ben bedrogen (geworderi) door mijnen tuinman, I have been deceived by my gardener. COP. De sneeuw zal gauw gesmolten zijn, the snow will soon be melted. PAS. Het orgel zal goed bespeeld worden, the organ will be played well. COP. Het water, zou bevroren geweest zijn, als, enz., the water would have been frozen over, if, etc. PAS. Het geheele boscTi zou verbrand (geworderi) zijn, als, enz., the whole wood would have been burned down, if, etc. COP. Deze oefening was verbeterd, toen ik ze terugkreeg, this exercise was corrected when I got it back. PAS. De oefeningen waren door den onderwijzer ver- beterd, the exercises had been corrected by the teacher. X. c. OBSERVATIONS ON THE ACTIVE AND PASSIVE VOICES. The fact that in English the verb " to be " is used both as a copulative verb to express "state or condition," and as the aux. verb of the Passive Voice, whereas in Dutch there are two separate verbs, viz., " zijn " as the COPU- LATIVE, and "worden" as the AUXILIARY of the PASSIVE VOICK, makes it difficult to English students to acquire THE VERB. 169 the use of the correct Passive forms, which should there- fore be made a subject of thorough enquiry and practice. The following observations should receive special at- tention. 1. " Am," " was," " have been," etc., are translated by " ben," " was," " ben geweest," etc., when Copulatives ; and by " word" " werd" " bengeworden" etc., when Auxiliaries of the Passive Voice. 2. Where in a Perfect, Pluperfect, or Future Perfect Tense the word "geworden " is given in brackets, it is commonly left out. This omission leads to the following comparison : Present : Ik word gebeten, I am bitten. Past: Ik werd gebeten, I was bitten. Perfect : Ik ben gebeten, I have been bitten. Pluperfect : Ik was gebeten, I had been bitten. from which it will be noticed that the Dutch Perfect Tense is like the English Present, and the Dutch Plu- perfect like the English Past. 3. It follows, then, that in the Passive Voice the English " is " and " was " are rendered by the Dutch " wordt " and tl werd, n and the Dutch "is" and "was" are rendered by the English " has been " and " had been." 4. Notice the peculiar use of the Passive form in Dutch in connection with the pronoun er (see Ch. VIII., p. 140). 5. (a.) Transposition of an Active sentence into the Passive Voice is only possible when such Active sentence has a Direct Object. (6.) This Direct Object (Active) is taken as the Subject of the Passive sentence ; the verb agrees with the new subject, and the Subject of the Active sentence furnishes an Indirect Object to the Passive sentence : Active : De hond beet den man, the dog bit the man. Passive : De man werd door den hond gebeten, the man was bitten by the dog. (c.) Active sentences, having as their Subject the indefinite pers. pron. " men" lose this pronoun when they are made Passive : Active: Men Jieeft mij eene boodschap gebracht, they brought me a message. Passive : Eene boodschap is mij gebracht (geworden), a message has been brought to me ; (or rather) of is mij eene boodschap gebracht (geworderi). i;o THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. (d.) On the contrary, in bringing back a Passive sentence to its Active form, the Indirect Object (Passive) becomes the Active Subject, and the Passive Subject, the Direct Object (Active) : Passive: De vos is door den boer gevangen (geworden), the fox was caught by the farmer. Active : De boer heeft den vos gevangen, the farmer has caught the fox. (e.) In Passive sentences, where the action is not assigned to any particular agent, and consequently no Indirect Object is expressed, the indefinite pers. pron. " men " becomes the Subject of the Active sentence : Passive : Het boek is gisteren gevonden (geworden), the book was found yesterday. Active : Men heeft gisteren het boek gevonden, they found the book yesterday. (/.) The same rule holds for sentences as referred to in Obs. 4: Passive : Er is mij gezegd, I have been told. Active : Men heeft mij gezegd, they have told me. Passive : Er wordt hier geschoten, there is shooting going on here. Active : Men schiet hier, they are shooting here. XL CONJUGATION of the AUXILIARY VERBS of MOOD " mogen," may, " Jcunnen," can, " moeten" must, " laten," let, " durven," to dare, " willen" to be willing to. AANTOONENDE Wus. INDICATIVE MOOD. Onvolmaakt Tegenw. Tijd. Present Tense. Ik mag, lean, moet, laat, durf, wil, I may, can, must, let, dare, will. Gijmoogt, kunt, moet, laat, durft, wilt, thou mayest, canst, must, etc. Hij mag, kan, moet, laat, durft, wil, he may, can, must, etc. Wij mogen, kunnen, moeten, laten, durven, willen. Oij moogt, kunt, moet, laat, durft, wilt. Zij mogen, kunnen, moeten, laten, durven, willen. Volmaakt Tegenw. Tijd. Perfect Tense. lie heb , I have been allowed to. Oij hebt gekund, thou hast been able to. Hij heeft gemoeten, he has been obliged to. Wij hebben , we have let (allowed). Oij hebt gedurfd, you have dared. Zij hebben gewild, they have been willing to. THE VERB. 171 Onvolmaakt Verleden Tijd. Imperfect Tense. Ik mocht, kon, moest, liet, dorst, wou, I might, could, had to, let, dared, wanted to. Gij mocht, kondt, moest, liet, dorst, woudt, thou mightest, couldst, hadst to, etc. Hij mocht, kon, moest, liet, dorst, wou. Wij mochten, konden, moesten, lieten, dorsten, wilden. Gij mocht, kondt, moest, liet, dorst, woudt. Zij mochten, konden, moesten, lieten, dorsten, wilden. Volmaakt Verleden Tijd. Pluperfect Tense. Ik had , gekund, gemoeten, , gedurfd, gewild, enz., I had been allowed to, had been able to, etc. (See Perfect Tense.) Onvolmaakt Toekomende Tijd. Simple Future Tense. Ik zal mogen, I shall be allowed to. Gij zult kunnen, thou wilt be able to. Hij zal moeten, he will be obliged to. Wij zullen laten, we shall let (allow). Gij zult durven, you will dare. Zij zullen ivillen, they will be willing to. Volmaakt Toekomende Tijd. Future Tense. Ik zal hebben , gekund, gemoeten, , gedurfd, gewild, enz., I shall have been allowed to, been able to, been obliged to, etc. OBS. The above verbs, it will be seen, are to a far larger degree complete than their English equivalents. The use, however, of their compound tenses in the above form is limited to the cases in which they are not followed by an Infinitive verb. Example : Ik neb het niet gedurfd, I did not have the courage (to do) it Zij hebben niet gewild, they have not been willing. Hij zal niet kunnen, he won't be able to. In most cases an Infinitive*verb is made to follow, and then the Past Participles of these verbs themselves assume the Infinitive form, as : Zij hebben niet willen hooren, they did not want to hear. Hij heeft niet kunnen komen, he has not been able to come. Zij heeft niet mogen gaan, she was not allowed to go. Wij hebben hem niet laten spelen, we have not let him play. XII. MOOD. Mood is the form of a verb by which is expressed in what manne r the action is done. 172 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. There are four moods : a. Indicative, Aantoonende icijs ; b. Subjunctive, Aanvoegende wijs ; c. Imperative, Gebie- dende wijs ; d. Infinitive, Onbepaalde wijs. (a.) The Indicative Mood represents an action as a fact, a reality, a truth. The use of it is alike in English and Dutch. Examples : Dit papier is wit, this paper is white ; De aarde wentelt om hare as, the earth rotates round its axis. (&.) The Subjunctive Mood represents an action as a wish, a possibility, or as depending on something else : Kwame Jiij sleclds, if he would only come ; Haddet gij uwen plicht gedaan, gij, enz., if you had only done your duty, you, etc. NOTE. The use of Ihe Subjunctive Mood is now very limited in the Dutch language. It is never heard of in speaking, and may be taken as confined to pulpit oratory and poetry. A very few time-honoured expressions form exceptions to this rule, as : Hoe dat zij, however that be. Het ga zooals het wil, let it go as it may (c.) The Imperative Mood expresses a command, but at the same time a request or advice. Command : Jan, breng mij wat water, Waiter, bring me some water. Bequest : Kom eens bij mij, do come to me. Advice : Gedraag u goed, mijn kind, behave yourself, my child. NOTE. The form of request here indicated is intensified by the use of the adverb "toch" : Kom toch eens bij mij, kleintje, do come to me, little one. XIII. TRANSLATIOX of the INFINITIVE MOOD: The Infinitive Mood does not express any action, but merely gives the name of the verb. For the correct translation of it the following rules should be observed : RULE 1. The English Infinitive preceded by " to " is rendered in Dutch in like manner : Sta mij toe, u te vragen, permit me to aslc you ; THE VERB. 173 Zij waren niet in staat te komen, they were unable to come; Ik beveel u, het te doen, I order you to do it ; Denk eraan, liet mij te laten zien, remember to let me see it. ROLE 2. This "te" is strengthened by "om" (Eng. "for"): (a.) When " purpose " is expressed : Ik zond hem om te vragen, I sent him (for) to ask. (6.) After Nouns or Pronouns naming or indicating an object which serves a purpose : Hier is een hamer om dien spijker in te slaan, here is a hammer for knocking (to knock) in that nail ; Geef mij iets om erbij te klimmen, hand me something to reach it. (c.) After the word " genoeg " (enough) : Ik heb niet genoeg om te betalen, I have not enough to pay. .) After predicative Nouns and Adjectives, implying fitness : Heeft hij kracht om dat werlc te doen ? has he strength to do that work ? Is die melk goed om te drinken ? is that milk good for drinking (to drink) ? (e.) After " te " (too) followed by a predicative Adjective : Hij is te lui om te werken, he is too lazy to work. RULE 3. The Dutch Infinitive rejects both " om " and "te": (a.) When it forms the subject, object, or predicate of a sentence : Wandelen is gezond, walking (to walk) is pleasant; 174 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. Niet antwoorden beteekent hem beleedigen, not to answer means to offend him ; Liegen is bedriegen, to tell lies means to deceive. (6.) After the Auxiliary Verbs of Mood. (See IV. 3) : Ik mag u niet alleen laten, I may not leave you alone ; He durf Jiet hem niet vragen, I dare not ask it of him. (c.) After the verbs : doen (to do), helpen (to help), gaan (to go), hooren (to hear), voelen (to feel), Ttomen (to come), zien (to see), leeren (to learn and to teach) : Ik leer hem schrijven, I teach him to write ; Ik kom het huis zien, I come to see the house ; Hij gaat laden, he goes to bathe. XIV. TRANSLATION of the GERUND, the PRESENT PAR- TICIPLE, and the PAST PARTICIPLE : OBS. 1. Besides the Infinitive form pure and simple, the following are taken as forming parts of the Infinitive Mood : the Gerund, the Present Participle, the Past Participle. OBS. 2. The English Gerund is in every case trans- lated by the Dutch Infinitive form. It occurs (a.) As a Noun, when likewise in Dutch it is a noun of the neut gender : Hiding is pleasant, rijden is prettig ; The regular bathing did it, het geregeld baden heeft het gedaan ; That screaming is annoying, dat schreeuwen is verve- lend ; nud (b) as a Geruiulial Infinitive after a Preposition, when it is rendered by the Dutch Infinitive with " te " : Bread is good for ea.ting (to eat), brood is goed om te eten. By working hard, door hard te werken. THE VERB. 175 Oas. 3. Present Participles, with a common ending de or d, are of rare occurrence in Dutch. Their frequent and varied use in English renders translation a difficult matter. (a.) Occurring in an adjectival enlargement it is trans- lated by the rel. pron. with whatever tense of the verb fits in with the context : Do you know of an} r one going that way ? Weet u van iemand, die dien leant uitgaat ? I saw a man holding a child by the hand, Ik zag eenen man, die een Jcind bij de liand nield. (6.) In sentences like the following, " I saw the king sitting on his throne," where it takes the place of the Infinitive, e.g., Ik zag den koning op zijnen troon zitten. Of these three forms the firstj only is common, the second being antiquated, and the third used in poetical language only. (c.) In case a finite verb, preceded by " as," " while," or " when," can take the place of the Present Participle, this rendering is preferred to the use of the Pres. Part, as being more colloquial: (See pp. 96, 127.) Having a garden (as he has a garden), the man is content, daar nij eenen tuin heeft, is de man tevreden ; He got giddy crossing (while he crossed) the bridge, nij werd duizelig, terwijl nij de brug overging ; Seeing (when he saw) his master, the dog ran up to him, toen de hond zijnen meester zag, Hep nij naar hem toe. In other cases (e.g. where " because " is understood) the Pres. Part, is more common : He spoke about it, thinking I did not know it, nij sprak erover, denkende dat ik het niet wist. The same custom prevails for short phrases : Saying this, he left the room, dit zeggende, verliet hij de learner ; On hearing this, she cried, dit hoorende, schreide zij. 176 * THE COMMERCIAL DVTCH GRAMMAR. OBS. 4. The formation of Past Participles is explained on p. 157. In their use, they do not differ from their English equivalents. It should, however, be observed as a rule of great importance, that a Past Participle, followed by an Infinitive, assumes the form of the Infinitive, with- out altering its nature, as : He is gone to work in the garden, nij is in den tuin gaan werlcen; He has come to see me, Jiij is mij komen bezoelten. (See XI. OBS.) XV. TENSES. Tense is a change in the form of a verb by which time is expressed. 1 An action may be represented to be performed in the Present, to have been performed in the Past, or to be going to be performed in the Future. Hence there are three principal tenses : a Present, a Past, and a Future tense. Each of these three may represent the action as complete, done, or as incomplete, still being done, from which it follows that there is : 1. A tense which represents the action as "being done at the present time : I read and my brother writes, ik lees en mijn broeder schrijft. This tense is called the Present Tense, de onvolmaakt tegenwoordige tijd. 2. A tense which represents the action as done, com- pleted at the present moment : I have read and my brother has written, ik neb gelezen en mijn broeder heeft geschreven. This tense is called the Perfect Tense, de volmaakt tegenwoordige tijd. 3. A tense which represents the action as being done in a time which is past : When I visited him, he read (was reading), etc., toen ik liem bezocht, las liij, enz. This tense is called the Imperfect (Past) Tense, de onvolmaakt verleden tijd. 4. A tense which represents the action as done, com- pleted before another action took place ; He had departed THE VERB. 177 before I arrived, Mj was vertrokken voor ik aankwam. This tense is called the Pluperfect Tense, de volmaakt verleden tijd. 5. A tense which represents an action as going to take place at a future time : The small tree will some time be large, de kleine boom zal eenmaal groot zijn. This tense is called the Future tense, de onvolmaakt toeko- mende tijd. 6. A tense which represents the action as completed at a certain future time : When you return, we shall have written our letters, bij uwe terugkomst zullen wij onze brie- ven geschreven hebben. This tense is called the Future Perfect Tense, de volmaakt toekomende tijd. OBSEKVATIONS. The English Imperfect (Past) Tense is trans- lated by the Dutch Imperfect only : 1. When two simultaneous actions or conditions are expressed : He saw me as soon as I entered the house, hij zag mij, zoodra ik het huis inkwam. He seemed an old man when I was yet young, Tiij scheen een oude man, toen ik nog jong was. 2. In all narratives and history : Once there lived a king, er leefde eens een koning. The Zulus defeated the English at Isandula, but were soon afterwards subjected, de Zulus versloegen de Engelschen Hj Isandula, maar werden spoedig daarna onder- worpen. 3. In all other cases, and especially in easy colloquial style, it is preferable to translate the English Past Tense by the Dutch Perfect : This morning I gathered fresh roses, van morgen heb ik versche rozen geplukt. Last summer we travelled in France, verleden zomer hebben wij in Frankrijk gereisd. 4. The Present Tense is idiomatically used for the Future Tense : Over eenigen tijd zien wij elkander weer om nooit weer te scheiden, after some time we shall meet again never to part any more. 178 THE COMMERCIAL DVTCH GRAMMAR. 5. In describing an event, when the speaker wants to place the scene vividly before the mind of his hearer, he suddenly changes the Past Tense he was using into the Present : Toen ivij op deze wijze het einde des wouds bereikt hadden, hoorden wij plotseling een luid geraas achter ons. Voor wij ons konden omkeeren om te onderzoeken wat het was, vliegt er een koningstijger op uit het dichte struik- gewas aan onze linkerzijde, grij'pt een der paarden bij de keel en werpt het met zijnen ruiter ter aarde. When we had thus come to the end of the forest, all at once we heard a loud noise from behind. Before we could turn round to ascertain what it was, a royal tiger darts out from the dense brush-wood on our left, seizes one of the horses by the throat and flings it to the ground together with its rider. This change of tenses is very common among the Dutch, who as a rule are more emphatic in their speech than the English. 6. The Perfect Tense, Volmaakt tegenwoordige tijd, represents the action as complete at the present moment : Ik heb mijnen brief geschreven, laat ons hem nu op de post doen, I have written my letter, now let us post it. 7. In the same way as the Present Tense sometimes takes the place of the Future Tense, so may the Perfect Teryie take the place of the Future Perfect Tense : De volgende week om dezen tijd heb ik het zwaarste al gehad, next week about this time I shall have had the worst (the worst will be over for me). XVI. NUMBER. Verbs have two numbers : the Singu- lar, het Enlcelvoud, and the Plural, het Meervoud. A Verb must agree in number with its Nominative. Notice the following differences in idiom : It is I. lit ben het. It is we. Wij zijn het. Is it you ? Zijt gij het ? (h U het ?) The council have decided. De raad heeft uitgemaakt. It is the cows that did the Het zijn de Jcoeien, die dai mischief. Jacaad hebben gcdaan. THE VERB. 179 OBS. 1. After two words joined by " and " the verb must be in the Plural ; after two words joined by "or" or " nor" the verb must be in the Singular. Examples : Gij en ik moeten vaarwel zeggen, you and I must say good-bye. Gij of iJe moet het doen, you or I must do it. Hij noeh ik kan gaan, he nor I can go. OBS. 2. When a verb has two subjects in different persons, the verb agrees with the 1st person in preference to the 2nd, and with the 2nd in preference to the 3rd : Hij of ik heb het gedaan, he or I did it. Gij en hij kunt beiden gaan, you and he may both go. XVII. PERSON. The Dutch verb has three persons, called the first, second, and third person, de eerste, de tioeede, de derde persoon, each with a singular and a plural form. The endings which mark them may be seen from the Conjugation Form (p. 158). XVIII. TRANSITIVE and INTRANSITIVE Verbs. For com- pleting the meaning of a verb, an Object is often added, such Object indicating the person or thing which is either created or changed by the action of the verb. The sentence, "The man builds," cannot be regarded as complete, until the object of his building, the creation of it a house, church, bridge, shed, etc. has been added. In the complete sentence, " The man builds a house (de man bouwt een Jiuis), "huis" is the Direct Object of the verb "bowwen," and "bouioen" figxires as a Transitive (Overgankelijk, or Transitief) verb. 2. All other verbs, i.e., all those whose meaning is not completed by the addition of a Direct Object, are called Intransitive (Onovergankelijk, or Intransitief). XIX. 1. EEFLEXIVE (TERUGWERKENDE, or EEFLEXIEVE) VERBS, whose action returns to the agent, or whose Sub- ject and Direct Object are one and the same person, are manifestly Transitive. In conjugation they take the Reflexive Pronouns, mentioned under Chap. VIII, p. 132. i8o THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR, The particulars of this conjugation are as follows : Infinitive Present : Zich (te) wonden, to wound oneself. Infinitive Perfect : Zich gewond (te) hebben, to have wounded oneself. Indicative Present : Ik wond mij, I wound myself. Gij wondt u, thou woundest thy- self. Hij wondt zich, he wounds him- self. Wij wonden ons, we wound our- selves. Gij wondt u, you wound your- selves. Zij wonden zich, they wound themselves. 2. Reflexive Verbs are subdivided into : a. Those which are of necessity reflexive, noodwen- dig terugwerJcende icerlcw. Ex. zich schamen, to be ashamed ; zich vergissen, to be mistaken ; zich inbeelden, to fancy ; zich erbarmen, to have pity. From these the reflex, pron. is inseparable. Z>. Those which may be either reflexive or not, toevallig terugwerJcende toerJcw. Ex. zich bezeeren, to hurt oneself; zich wasschen, to wash oneself; zich beproeven, to try oneself. With these the reflex, pron. is only used when required. 3. The following verbs are Reflexive in Dutch, and not so in English : Zich aanmatigen, Hij matigt zich te veel vrijheid aan, he takes too much liberty. Zich baden, De jongens baadden zich in de rtvier, the boys bathed in the river. Zich bcdenken, Bedcnk u wel, consider (the matter) well ; Ik heb mij bedacht, I have changed my mind. THE VERB. 181 Zich ledienen van, Zich bedroeven over, Zich begeven naar, Zich legrijpen, Zich beklagen, Zich belasten met, Zich leroemen op, Zich beroepen op, Zich bewegen, Zich beijveren, Zich erbarmen, Zich ergeren over, Zich getroosten, Zich haasten, Zich herinneren, Zich hoeden voor, Zich keeren, 'Zich neerzettcn, Zich onderhouden met, Zich ontfermen over, Zich ontzien, Zich schamen over, Men bedient zich van dynamiet om dit hoat te splijten, dynamite is used for split- ting this wood. Wij bedroeven ons over uw slecht gedrag, we are grieved at your bad conduct. If if heeft zich naar Afrika begeven, he has gone to Africa. Ik lean mij die zaak niet begrijpen, I cannot understand that matter. Ilij zal zich niet over mij te beklagen hebben, he won't have to complain about me. Hij heeft zich met de uitvoering van mijnen wensch belast, he has taken upon himself to carry out my wish. De man beroemt zich op zijne daad, the man boasts of his deed. Ik beroep mij op uw gezond verstand, I appeal to your common sense. De man beweegt zich moeielijk, the man has difficulty in moving about. Dejongen beijvert zich om knap te worden, the boy tries his best to become clever. Erbarm u mijner, have mercy on me. De onderwijzer ergert zich over de onver- schilligheid der leerlingen, the teacher is vexed at the indifference of the pupils. Ik moet mij die uitgave getroosten, I must put up with the expense. Haast u, anders komen wij te laat, hurry up, else we shall be too late. Ik herinner mij dat hij mij dat zei, I remember him having told me. Hoed u voor de vriendschap van dien man, beware of the friendship of that man. Eij keerde zich naar mij, en sprak, he turned to me, and said. De advokaat zal zich te Pretoria neerzetten, the barrister will settle down at Pretoria. Wij heUben ons aangenaam met hoar onder- houden, we had a pleasant conversation with her. Ontferm u over den armen man, have pity on the poor man. Ik ontzie mij dien man te vragen, I hesitate asking that man. De vader schaamde zich over het gedrag van zijnen zoon, the father was asham d of the conduct of his son. 1 82 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. Zich storen aan, Zich verbeelden, Zich verblijden over, Zich vergewissen van, Zich vergissen, Zich verheugen over, Zich vermeten, Zich verslikken, Zich verspreiden, Zich vestigen, Zich voedcn met, Zich voelen, Zich voorbereiden voor, Zij stoort zich niet aan de waarscliuwingen harer vrienden, she does not mind the warnings of her friends. Hij verbeeldt zich heel knap te zijn, he fancies that he is very clever. Verllijdt gij u niet over zijn geluk ? are you not glad of his good fortune ? Hij heeft zich van hare vriendschap vergewist, he has made sure of her friendship. Vergeef mij, ik heb mij vergist, pardon me, I have made a mistake. Wij verheugen ons over die tijding, we rejoice at those tidings. Wie zou zich vermeten, dien man te be- schuldigen, who would be bold enough to accuse that man ? Het kind heeft zich verslikt, daarom hoest het, the child is choking, that's why it coughs. De ziekte verspreidt zich over het land, the disease is spreading in the country. Mijne ouders zullen zich te Kaapstad vesti- gen, my parents are going to live tit Cape Town. Tijgers voeden zich met vleesch, tigers live on flesh. Hij voelt zich beter van morgen, he feels better this morning. Ik bereid mij voor twee examens voor, I am preparing for two examinations. XX. 1. MIXED VERBS : Midway between the two kinds of conjugations enumerated under par. Ill, we find a small number (27) of verbs which half partake of the nature of the Weak conjugation, and half of that of the Strong. These are called Mixed (Gemengd). 2. They are the following: Infinitive. Past Tense. Past Participle. Bakken, Bannen, Barsten, Braden, Brouwen, Durven, to bake, to banish, to burst, to roast, to brew, to dare, batcte, bande, barstte, braadde, brouwde, dorst (durfde), gebakken. gebannen. gebarsten. gebraden. gebrouwen. gedurfd. THE VERB. I Infinitive. Heeten, to be called, Jagen, to hunt, Kunnen, can (to be able), LacTien, to laugh, Laden, to load, Leggen, to lay, Malen, to grind, Ontvouwen, to unfold, Maden, to advise, Scheiden, to separate, Spannen, to stretch, Spouwen, to split, Stooten, to push, Vouwen, to fold, Vragen, to ask, Waaien, to blow, TFasscfon, to wash, Weven, to weave, TPre&en, to revenge, Zeggen, to say, Zouten, to salt, Past tense. heette, j'oeg (jaagde), kon, lachte, laadde, lei (legde"), maalde, ontvouwde, raadde, scheidde, spande, spouwde, stootte, vouwde, vroeg (vraagde), woei (ivaaidtf), (waschte), weefde, ivreekte, zei, zoutte, Past Participle. gelieeten. gejaagd. gekund. gelachen. geladen. gelegd. ffemalen. ontvouivd (explained) . ontvouwen (proper ^ sense). geraden. gesclieiden. gespannen. gespouwen. gestooten. gevouwen. gevraagd. gewaaid. gewasschen. geweven. gewroken. gezegd. gezouten. 183 NOTK. Of these twenty-seven verbs, twenty have a weak past tense and a strong past participle, whereas seven have a strong past tense and a weak past participle. XXI. 1. ANOMALOUS VERBS : Where the irregularity of conjugation extends to the consonants of the stem, a verb becomes out and out Irregular, and hence is no longer called Sterk, but Onregelmatig (Anomalous). The number of these being small (20), and that of tho pure Strong verbs considerable (170), the former will be given here, and the " List of Strong Verbs " at the end of the present chapter. 1 84 TttE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. 2. List of Anomalous (Onregelmatige) verbs : Infinitive. Past Tense. Past Part. Points of Irregularity. Syncope of n from stem ; t in 3rd Pers. Sing. Past Tense. Syncope of n from stem; t in 3rd Pers. Sing. Past Tense. Syncope of n from stem ; t in 3rd Pers. Sing. Past Tense. Change of p into ch ; t in 3rd Pers. Sing. Past Tense. Change k into ch ; 3rd Pers. Sing. Past Tense. Change of g into ch ; t in 3rd Pers. Sing. Past Tense. Syncope of v in Past Tense and Past Part. Change of t into s in Imp. Tense. Change of t into s; t in 3rd Pers. Sing. Past Tense. Insertion of Z before ending of Past Tense. Change of g into ch ; former Imp. now Pres. (see observ.). Former Imp. now Pre- sent (see observ.). Former Pres. Subj. now Pres. Ind. (see ob- aerv.). Irregular form of Inf. ; contracted Past Part. Contracted Infin. and Past Part. Brenyen, to bracht (old gebracht. bring, D. bran- gede), Denken, to dacht(oli\D. gedacht. think, dankede), Dunlcen, to docht t gedocht. seem, to imagine, Koopen, to kocht(ol<\ D. gekocht. buy, koopede), Zoeken, to zocht (old D. gezocht. seek, zoekede), Plegen, to %)lacht (old (ivanting). be accus- D. plag), tomed. Hebben, to had (old D. gehad(oldD. have (old havede), gehaved). D. haven), Weten, to wist (old D. geweten. know, witte,witste), Moeten, to moest (old D. gemoeten. be obliged, moe^e, moetste), Ilouden, to hield, gehouden. hold, Mogen, to mocht (old (wanting). be allowed, D. ma^r), Zullen, shall, zott (contr. (wanting). will, (old of zolde) D. zollen), (old D. zal), Willen, to wilde, gewild. be willing (colloquial (old D. wou). wollen), Doen, to do deed, gedaan (old (old D. D.gedaden). daden), Ocean, to go, ging, gegaan (old (oldl). gun- D. geyan- yen), gen). THE VERB. Infinitive. Past Tense. Past Part. Points of Irregularity. Slaan, to sloeg, geslagen. Contracted form of Inf. beat, (old D.slagen), Staan, to stond, gestaan (old Contracted forms of Inf. stand, D, gestan- and Past Part. (old D. den~). standen"), Zien, to see, zag, gezien (old Contracted forms of Inf. (old D. D. gezegen). and Past Part. zegeii), Komen, to Ttwam, gelcomen (old Altered forms of Inf. come, D. gekwe- and Past Part. (old D. meri). Tcwemeri), Zijn, or we- was, geiveest (old Mixture of different zen, to be. 1"). gewezen roots (see observ.). OBS. Besides the irregularities referred to in these lists, notice that zijn, kunnen, mogen, zullen, en willen omit the t of the third pers. sing. ind. pres. : Hij is, Jean, mag, zal, wil. NOTE. A few of the above verbs have an incomplete conjugation, and may hence be called Gebrekkige Werkwoorden, Defective Verbs, viz. : Plegen, Icunnen, mogen, zullen have no form for the imperative. Plegen, zullen have no past participle. Zijn and wezen, both defective, together make up one complete verb, viz. to be. XXII. 1. IMPERSONAL VERBS: Most verbs have their first, second, and third persons sing, as well as plural, complete in every tense, and are called PERSONAL, Per- soonlijk ; there are a few, however, viz., those which indi- cate an action that cannot be ascribed to any particular person or thing, which are called IMPERSONAL (Onpersoon- lijJc), and are only used in the third person singular (of every tense) : het regent, sneeuwt, vriest, em., it rains, snows, freezes, etc. 2. The name "Impersonal" is extended to certain expressions, which are only met with in the third person singular. Such are : Het is Jcoud, it is cold. Het was winderig, it was windy. Het zal drukjfend zijn, it will be close. iS5 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. Bedroeven, net bedroeft mij, u zoo te zieh, I am sorry to see you like this. Behagen, Het heeft den honing behaagd, it has pleased the king. Believen, Oeef mij dat boek, als het u blieft, give me that book, if you please. Berouwen, Het berouwt hem, dat hij het gezegd heeft, he is sorry that he said so. Betamen, Het betaamt u niet zoo te spreken, you have no right to speak like that. Bevreemden, Het zal u zeker bevreemden mij hier te zien, you will no doubt be astonished to see me here. Dunken, Mij dunkt (het dunkt mij) dat het goed is, I think it is all right. Heugen, Het heugt mij niet u tevoren gezien te hebben, I do not recollect having seen you before. Opvallen, Het volt mij op, dat hij bleek ziet, it strikes me that he looks pale. Schelen,* Het kan mij niet schelen, I don't care. Smarten, Het smart hem, u verdriet te doen, it pains him to grieve you. Spijten, Het spijt ons, dat gij ziek zijt, we are sorry that you are ill. Verdrieten, Laat het u niet verdrieten, dat ik weg moet, don't let it trouble you that I must leave. Verwonderen, Het verwondert mij zeer, dat te hooren, I am very much surprised to hear it. Vrijstaan, Het stoat u vrij, hoar uit te noodiycn, you are at liberty to invite her. 3. Likewise are brought under this head certain expres- sions in the Passive Voice, by which an action is ascribed to an agent or agents, whose name is not mentioned (see pp. 140, 169) : Er wordt daar gedanst, they are dancing there ; Er werd goed gcschoten, the shooting was good ; Er zal heel wat over gesproJcen warden, the matter will bo much talked about. * NOTE. Observe the different meanings of the verb " schelen " : JViets Jean hem tchelen, he docs not care about anything. Wat tcheelt er aan f what is the matter ? JJei scheelde weinig of ik was gevallen, I very nearly fell. Htt tcheelt heel wat dat deze weg korter is, this way is shorter by a good deal. Het zal mij veel schelen als ik eenpaard heb, it will make a great difference to me, when I have a horse. In the two latter sentences the idea of " difference " underlies the meaning of the verb ' tchelen," and with this meaning it also occurs as a personal verb : Slijn horloge scheelt weinig bij het uwe, n>y watch differs little from yours. THE VERB. 187 XXIII. CAUSATIVE VERBS : Some verbs, derived from existing ones by a change in their radical vowel, indicate that their subject is the cause of an action performed by the object. They are called CAUSATIVE VERBS (Causatieve, OorzaJcelijke Wcrkwoorden). Among them the following are some of the most common : Original Verbs. Derivatives. Drinken, to drink. Drenken, to cause to drink. Liggen, to lie. Leggen, to cause to lie. Vallen, to fall. Vellen, to cause to fall. Waken, to be awake. Wekken, to cause to wake up. Zitten, to sit. Zetten, to cause to sit. XXIV. FREQUENTATIVE VERBS : Another kind of Verbs, called FREQUENTATIVE (Frequentatieve, Herhalings-Werk- woorden), because they indicate a constant repetition of the action, are formed from existing ones by adding the ending elen or eren to their verbal stems, with an occa- sional change of the stem-vowel : Original Verbs. Derivatives. Hidden, to pray, ask. Bedelen, to ask continually, to beg. Druipen, to drip. Droppelen, to drip constantly. Huppen, to hop. Huppelen, to continue hopping, to skip. Wenden, to turn, to move. Wandelen, to take a walk, to be constantly moving. Stooten, to dash, to push. Stotteren to stammer. , (Kakelen ) , , , Kikken, to utter a sound. \Keklce~len] cackle - OBS. Mark that Verbs in elen and eren belong to the class of Frequentatives only when they indicate a repetition of the action. Many other verbs have the same endings, being derived from nouns which end in el and er : Orendelen, to bolt (from grendel, a bolt) ; hameren, to hammer (from hamer, a hammer). XXV. COMPOUND VERBS (Samengestelde Werkwoorderi) are of two kinds first, those in which the first part is inseparably connected with the verb-stem; second, i88 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. those whose first part is occasionally separated from the stem. The following rules assist the student in over- coming the apparent difficulty which arises from this fact. RULE 1. All Verbs compounded with a Noun are sepa- rable : Tiouthakken, to chop wood ; leerlooien, to tan leather ; huishouden, to manage a household. EULE 2. All Verbs compounded with an Adjective are separable, except those with "wZ," and "mis," when unaccented : grootspreken, to boast ; vrijlaten, to set free ; inseparable : volhdrden, to endure ; voldoen, to satisfy ; mishdgen, to displease ; misdoen, to do wrong, NOTE. Vdlhouden, to continue, is separable, as are also those verbs in which vol has the meaning of " full," and has the accent. RULE 3. When verbs are compounded with an Adverb or preposition, the pronunciation must decide the case. When the accent lies on their first part, they are sepa- rably compounded ; when the accent is on their second part, they are inseparably compounded. EXAMPLES : Separable are, danlachen, to smile at; dcJiterhouden, to keep back; omloopen, to take a round-about way ; nddenJcen, to reflect upon. Inseparable are : overdenJcen, to consider ; aaribidden, to adore; weerkdatsen, to reflect; ontgadn, to escape. EULE 4. Verbs derived from existing ones by means of the verbal prefixes, be, ge, er, her, ont, and ver, are insepar- able, as : beginnen, to begin ; geleidcn, to lead ; erkennen, to acknowledge; herroepen, to recall; ontvangen, to receive; vergeten, to forget. OBS. The difference in conjugation between the inseparably compounded verbs and those separably compounded is so marked that attention should be given to it here. SEPARABLY COMPOUNDED VERBS, when conjugated, separate TffE VERB. 189 themselves from their prefix throughout the entire con- jugation, and in their Past Participles insert the prefix "ge" between their two parts. INSEPARABLY COMPOUNDED VERBS, on the other hand, remain intact, and their Past Participles reject the prefix "ge." Examples : 1. Verbs separably compounded : ndloopen, to follow ; Inf. ndloopen ; Pres. Part, ndloopende ; Past Part. ndgeloopen, Pres. ik loop na ; Imp. ik Hep na ; Perf. ik heb nageloopen ; Plup. ik had nageloopen ; Fut. ik zdl ndloopen ; Fut. Perf. ik zal nageloopen hebben; Imperative, loop na ; Inf. with Prep, na te loopen. 2. Verbs inseparably compounded: volhdrden, to endure ; Inf. volhdrden ; Pres. Part, volhdrdende Past Part, volhard ; Pres. ik volhard ; Imp. ik volhardde ; Perf. ik heb volhard ; Plup. ik had volhard ; Fut. ik zal volharden ; Fut. Perf. ik zal volhard hebben ; Imperative, volhard ; Inf. with Prep, te volharden. NOTE 1. Derived verbs (referred to under Rule 4) having one of the verbal prefixes (be, ge, er, her, ont, or ver) likewise reject the participial prefix ge : Infinitives : beginnen, geleiden, erlcennen, herroepen, ontvangen, vergeten. Past Participle : begonnen, geleid, erl:end, herroepen, ontvangen, vergeten. NOTE 2. The verbs antwoorden, to answer ; argwanen, to suspect ; dagvaarden, to summon ; glimlachen, to smile ; Jiandhaven, to maintain ; waarborgen, to guarantee ; zegepralen, to triumph ; beeldhouwen, to sculpture ; zegevieren, to triumph ; evenaren, to equal ; wanhopen, to despair, which are derived from compound nouns, are inseparable, but take the prefix ge in their past participle : geantwoord, gezegepraald. NOTE 3. The following verbs change their meaning according to the way their accent is placed : Ddordringen, De vij'and is in het bosch doorgedrongen, the enemy has penetrated into the wood. Doordringen, Ik ben van de waarheid uwer woorden door- drbngen, I am impressed with the truth of your words. Dtforloopen, Het kind is de kamer d6orgeloopen, the child has gone through the room. Doorlbopen, De boden hebben de stad in alle richtingen door- loopen, the messengers have traversed the town in every direction. THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. Doorreizen, Deze man is door Perzie naar Palestina gereisd, this man has travelled through Persia on his way to Palestine. Doorreizen, Mijn vader heeft de geheele Kaap-Kolonie door- reisd, my father has travelled all ahout in Cape Colony. Doorsteken, Ik heb de naald liier ddorgestoken, here I have put the needle through. Doorsteken, De soldaat werd doorstbken met eene lans, the soldier was stabhed with a lance. O'ndergaan, De moan is zooevenondergegaan,ihQ moon has just set. Ondergaan, Hij ondergaat zijn lot met kalmte, he submits to his fate with calmness. O'nderhouden, Hij heeft zijne woede lang ondergehouden, he has long suppressed his rage. Onderhbuden, De ouders warden door hunnen zoon onderhbuden, the parents are provided for by their son. O'verdrijven, Het onweder is dvergedreven in de ric.hting van de zeej the thunderstorm passed over us in the direction of the sea. Overdrijven, Mijn broeder heeft de zaak gewis overdreven, my brother has no doubt exaggerated the matter. O'verwegen, Hij heeft de pakjes dvergewogen, he has weighed the parcels again. Overwegen, Men heeft het voorstel overwbgen, the motion has been considered. O'verwerken, Ik heb het geheele opstel uvcrgewerkt, I have done the composition all over again. Overwerken, Zijne zuster heeft zich verleden maand ovenverkt, his sister overworked herself last month. O'verzien, De onderwijzer heeft het huisiverk dvergezien, the teacher has looked over the homework. Overzien, Van hier overziet men de geheele stad, from here one has a view of the whole town. Vdorkomen, Er komen vecl ongelukken v6or, many accidents happen. Voorkbmen, Men had dien ramp kunnen voorkbmen, that calamity might have been prevented. Vdorzeggen, Het kind heeft zijn zusje de Ics vdorgezegd, the child has prompted his sister in saying the lesson. Voorzeggen, De val van Jeruzalem was voorzegd (geworden), Jerusalem's fall had been predicted. THE VERB. 191 XXVI. LIST OF STRONG VERBS: Class I. Infinitive Past Tense Past Part, (if). (e). (e). 1. To confess, belijden, beleed, beleden. 2. succumb, bezwijken, bezweek, bezweken. 3. bite, bijten, beet, gebeten. 4. appear (to be), blijken, bleek, gebleken. 5. remain, blijven, bleef, gebleven. 6. drive, drijven, dreef, gedreven. 7. resemble, gelijken, geleek, geleken. 8. glide, glijden, gleed, gegleden. 9. seize, grijpen, greep, gegrepen. 10. hoist, hijschen, heesch, geheschen. 11. look, kijken, keek, gekeken. 12. pinch, knijpen, kneep, geknepen. 13. get, krijgen,(r) kreeg, gekregen. 14. croak, krijschen, kreesch, gekreschen. 15. acquit oneself, kwijten,(2') kweet, gekweten. 16. suffer, lijden, leed, geleden. 17. seem (to be),' lijken, leek, geleken. 18. avoid, mijden, meed, gemeden. 19. incline (bow), nijgen, neeg, genegen. 20. pass away (die), overlijden, overlced, overleden. 21. praise, prijzen,(3) prees, geprezen. 22. , ride, rifden, reed, gereden. 23. , lace, rijgen, reeg, geregen. 24. , tear, rijten, reet, gereten. 25. , rise up, rijzen, rees, gerezen. 26. , seem, to shine, schijnen, scheen, gescJienen. 27. , saunter, schrijden, schreed, geschreden. 28. , write, schrijven, schreef, geschreven. 29. , sharpen, slijpen, sleep, geslepen. 30. , wear out, slijten, sleet, gesleten. 31. , fling, smijten, smeet, gesmeten. 32. , cut, snijden, sneed, gesneden. 33. , be sorry, spijten,^) speet, gespeten. 34. , split, splijten, spleet, gespleten. 35. , ascend, stijgen, steeg, gestegen. 36. , starch, stijven,(5~) steef, gesteven. 37. , strive (fight), strijden, streed, gcstredcn. 38. , iron, to skim over, strijken, streek, gestreken. 39. , disappear, verdwijnen, verdween, verdwenen. 40. , give way, to yield , wijken, week, geweken. 41. , impute, wijten, weet, geweten. 42. , show, wijzen, wees, gewezen. - 43. rub, wrijven, wreef, gewreven. 44. sink, to filter, zijgen, zeeg, gezegen. 45. be silent, zwijgen, zweeg, gcziregen. 192 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR, NOTES. 1. Krijgen, to wage war, is weak. 2. Kwijten is reflexive : ik lieb mij van mijnen plicht gekweten, I have fulfilled my duty. 3. Prijzen, to price, is weak : hij heeft het linnen geprijsd, he has marked the price on the linen. 4. Spijten is impersonal : het spijt mij, I am sorry. 5. Stijven, to encourage (harden^, is weak : hij stijfde mij in het kwade. Class II. Infinitive j Past Tense Past Part. (a) i, (b) e. (o). (o). OOi. To begin, beginnen, begon, begonnen. 2. bind, binden, bond, gebonden. 3. shine, blinken, blonk, geblonken. 4. strive for, dingen, dong, gedongen. 5. urge, dringen, drong, gedrongen. 6. drink, drinken, dronk, gedronken. 7. ,, force (coerce), dwingen, dwong, gedwongen. 8. gleam, glimmen, glom, geglommen. 9. climb, klimmen, klopi, geklommen. 10. sound, klinken, klonk, geklonken. 11. , shrink, Icrimpen, kromp, gekrompen. 12. , fallow (to open), ontginnen, ontgon, ontgonnen. 13. , get startled, schrikken,(P schrok, geschrokken. 14. , diminish in size, slinken, slonlc, geslonlcen. 15. , spin, spinnen, spon, gesponnen. 16. , jump, springen, sprang, gesprongen. 17. , stink, stinken, stonk, gestonken. 18. , devour, verslinden, verslond, rerslonden. 19. , vanish, verzwinden, verzwond, verzwonden. 20. find, vinden, vond, gevonden. 21. , wind, winden, wond, gewonden. 22. , win, to gain, winnen, won, gewonnen. 23. , wring, wringen, wrong, gewrongen. 24. , sing, zingen, zong, gezongen. 25. , sink, zinken, zonk, gezonken. 26. , meditate, zinnen, zon, gezonnen. 0)1. put by, bergen, borg, geborgen. 2. delve (dig), delven, dolf, gedolven. 3. be worth, gelden, gold, gegolden. 4. carve, kerven, korf, gekorven. 5. milk, melkcn,(2i) molk, gemolken. 6. call names, schelden, schold, gescholden. 7. violate, schenden, schond, geschonden. 8. make a present, schenken, schonk, geschonken. to pour, 9. melt, smelten, smolt, gesmolten. 10. "it, treffen, trof, getroffen. THE VERB. '93 j^lto J. ClSt J- C71S6 Past Part. (a; i, (&) Past Part. (a) e, (b) e, (e)*, (a) 1. To eat, eten, at, gegeten. 2. cure, genezen, genas, genezen. 3. give, geven, 9 a f, gegeven. 4. read, lezen, las, gelezen. 5. measure, meten, mat, gemeten. 6. tread (step), treden, trad, getreden. 7. forget, vergeten, vergat, vergeten. 8. ., gorge, vreten, vrat, gevrelen. (b) 1. pray, bidden, bad, gebeden. 2. lie down, liggen, lag, gelegen. VERB. 195 Class IV. 3. To be sitting, (c) 1. command, 2. 3. (6)1. 2. (<*)! (01- 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. (*)! break, take, speak, (a)e, (c)e. zitten, bevelen, breken, nemen, spreken, Class V. To blow, let, sleep, fall, grow (wax), run (walk), call, hew, lift, corrupt (spoil), help, die, throw, recruit, wander, create, NOTES. loopen, roepen, houwen, lieffen, bederven, helpen, sterven, werpen, werven, zwerven, (a). zat, beval, Irak, nam, sprak, stak, stal, Infinitive (c) d, (d) oe, (e) ou, (f) e, (g) e, (h) e. llazen, laten, slapen, vallen, viel, wassen, (1) wies, blies, liet, sliep, liep t riep, hieuw, hief, bedierf, hielp, stierf, wierp, . wierf, zwierf, scheppen, (2)sckiep, (a) e, (b) e, gezeten. bevolen. gebroken. genomen. gesproken. gestoken. gestolen. Past Part. (a) a, (6) a (c) d, (d) oc, (e) ou, (/) e, 6?) 8, (h) a. geblazen. gelaten. geslapen. gevallen. gewassen. geloopen. geroepen. gehouwen. geheven. bedorven. geholpen. gestorven. geworpen. geworven. gezworven. geschapen. 1. Wassen, to cover with wax, is weak. 2. Scheppen, to scoop or dip out, is weak. Infinitive Past Tense (a) a, (6) e. (oe). dragen, graven, varen, 1. swear (take oath), zweren, Class VI. (a) 1. To carry (bear), 2. dig, 3. navigate (sail), droeg, groef, voer, zwoer, Past Part. (a) a, (b) o. gedragen. gegraven. ge varen. gezworen. H 2 196 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. Class VII. v 1. To hang, 2. ,, catch. Class VI1L 1. To become, Infinitive Past Tense Past Part. (). (if).- (a). hangen, king, gehangen. vangen, ving, gevangen. Infinitive (o). ivorden, Past Tense (6). werd, Past Part. (o). geworden* GBAMMAB EXERCISES. Taaloefenlngen. EXERCISE LIX.* 1. Determine the stems of the following verbs. DenJcen ; doen ; vragen ; blijven ; zoeJcen ; leven ; zien ; Jiangen ; zagen (to saw) ; liggen ; Irengen ; drogen ; voelen ; gaan ; onderwijzen (to teach) ; proeven (to taste) ; lesschcn (to quench) ; visschen ; suizen (to rustle) ; ruiscJien (to rustle) ; haJcken ; schoppen (to kick) ; dwalen (to wander) ; poclicn (to brag) ; bogen (to boast) ; zuchten ; lachen ; wczcn ; bcdclen (to beg) ; verblinden (to blind) ; ontdoen (to strip) ; relclcen (to stretch) ; tornen (to unpick) ; naaien ; mazen (to darn) ; breien (to knit) ; Tialcen (to crochet) ; zoomen (to hem) ; stiJcJcen (to stitch) ; bedragen (to amount to) ; gebeuren ; voorvallen (to take place) ; lezcn ; vrcczen ; Jcussen (to kiss) ; Ttuchen (to cough) ; sloven (to stew) ; Icoeren (to coo) ; ktoeelen (to warble) ; tjilpcn (to chirp) ; slaan ; picpcn ; gichclcn (to giggle) ; oorlogcn (to wage war) ; vurcn (to fire) ; schietcn ; vcllen (to fell) ; villen (to skin) ; vallen ; bespotten (to mock) ; verbreken (to break) ; verhurcn (to hire out). 2. Write out the singular and the plural form of the Imperative Mood of all the above verbs; and the first person, singular and plural, of the Indicative Present. THE VERB. 197 EXERCISE LX. 1. Write out tho first person, singular, of the Indicative and Subjunctive Present of the following verbs. Bestcdcn (to spend) ; vertellen ; ergeren (to vex) ; spitten (to dig) ; raden (to guess) ; overreden (to prevail upon) ; duwen (to push) ; duren (to last) ; zctten ; plaatsen ; missen ; fronsen (to frown) ; Tieelen (to heal) ; verhelen (to hide) ; gedijen (to thrive) ; ontleden (to analyse) ; verschepen (to ship) ; temmen (to tame) ; laven (to refresh) ; zalven (to anoint) ; inenten (to vaccinate) ; mesten (to manure) > landen ; rusten ; planten ; dulden (to endure) ; troosten (to comfort); branden; roosten (to roast); braveeren (to brave); ontbercn (to do without) ; geschieden (to happen) ; kwaken (to croak) ; schroeven (to screw) ; gooien (to throw) ; schrobben (to scrub) ; schuren (to scour) ; belettcn (to pre- vent) ; dravcn (to trot) ; verlaten (to leave) ; ontzetten (to set free) ; liruisen (to cross). 2. Of the above verbs write out the stem, the Past Tense (first person, singular) and the Past Participle, EXERCISE LXI. In tho following exercise write the words in italics in the plural. Hoe laat is uw breeder aangekomen? Het paard Jean den wagen niet trekken ; de jongen zal het moeten uit- spannen : zulk een dier is veel te zwak voor die vracht. Waarom Jiecft de man het gat zoo diep gegraven? Ik vcrtelde hem dat het bock niet gedrukt Icon worden; maar Mj wilde mij niet gelooven. Kind, kind, wat zal er toch van je groeien ? Hoe dikwijls heb ik je niet gewaar- schuwd ! Ik had mij gewasschen voor ik in de kamer kioam. Wie is vandaag hier geweest ? Wanneer wordt mo vr'icnd verwacht ? Mijn vador zeide mi/, dat ik mij in 198 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. dien persoon vergist moest hebben. Derik aan wat ik zoo dikwijls gezegd heb: liet is de slechtste perziJc met waaraan de wesp Jcnaagt. De timmerman zaagt het hout. Het jonge meisje bood mij eenen Jcleinen ruiker aan. Hoe dikwijls baadt hij zich gewoonlijk? De ooievaar Jcuiert langs de sloot, om te zien of hij er geen JciJcJcer uit Jean halen, dien hij dan lekker opsmult. De telegraafpaal staat eenzaam in het veld. De adelaar bouwt zijn nest op den top van eenen hoogen berg. EXERCISE LXII. Of the following verbs write out the third person, singular and plural, of the Indicative Present. Binden ; delven (to dig) ; spelen ; straffen ; beloven (to promise) ; icasschen ; bepalen (to decide) ; vragen, snijden ; onthalen (to treat) ; lezen ; gaan ; scheiden (to separate) ; weven (to weave) ; schrijven ; vreezen ; streven (to strive) ; beseffen (to realise); oorlogen (to wage war); staren (to stare) ; zaaien ; voeden ; heeten (to be called) ; zich herinneren (to remember) ; bewijzen (to prove) ; bidden (to pray) ; antwoorden, slaan. EXERCISE LXIII. Of the following sets of verbs write out the Stem, Past Tense (first person, singular), and Past Participle. 1. Strong verbs ( III and XXVI) : Bieden (to offer) ; blijJcen (to appear) ; bergen (to put aside) ; drinhen ; eten ; genezen (to cure) ; breken ; fluiten (to whistle) ; Jciezen (to choose) ; vriezen ; hangen ; glimmen (to gleam); lezen; loopen ; nemen ; scJielden (to call names); meten (to measure) ; schrijven ; sluiten ; slijten (to wear out) ; schenken (to give or pour) ; stelen ; spreken ; smeltcn ; vangen ; vechten. THE VERB. 199 2. Strong, Mixed, and Anomalous verbs ( XX, XXI, XXVI): Houden; sluipen (to steal); raden ; zoeken; zeggen; vergeten ; plegen ; verliezen; lacJien ; wassen ; dunken; wezen; werven (to levy an army) ; zitten ; jagen ; bakken ; zullen > zweren (to swear) ; moeten ; wasscJten ; laden ; zwijgen ; wrijven; koopen ; brouwen ; weven; zweren (to ulcerate) sterven ; wreken ; begraven ; denken ; zien ; komen, 3. Compound and Derivative verbs ( XXV) : Leerlooien; losmdken; beeldhouwen (to sculpture); lief- Jiebben ; volhouden ; vclharden ; volgieten ; volbrengen (to accomplish) ; ontvangen ; antwoorden ; dagvaarden ; over- werken ; ondergaan; herroepen; grootspreJcen ; vrijlaten; ndloopen; doorreizen; zegevieren ; wanhopen: mishagen; misschieten (to miss aim in shooting); volloopen (to run full); veroveren (to conquer); onderwerpen (to subdue); doorbladeren (to peruse) ; evenaren ; voorkomen ; uitloopen (to sprout) ; ontluiken (to open, of flowers) ; overdryven ; voorzeggen. EXERCISE LXIV. Write out the following exercise, first in the third person, singular ; then in the second person, singular ; and lastly in the third person, plural, using throughout the tenses as they are given. Ik sprak met mijnen vader en wees hem den brief, dien ik geschreven had. Ik vertelde mijnen oom wat mij op den weg overkomen was, en hoe ik bijna een ongeluk had gekregen. Op school hoorde ik van mijnen onderwijzer, dat ik de eerste op de lijst stond en dat ik dus eenen prijs zou krijgen. Ik schreef het blad vol, en vouwde toen den brief op, en deed hem in een envelop. Ik riep den poatbode toe, dat ik hem zou verklagen, 200 TtfE COMMERCIAL PUTCff GRAMMAR. indien ik weer zoo iets merJcte. Ik zal liet aannemen, dls He mag, maar ik weet met, of mijn vader het mij zal toelaten Ik geloof niet, dat ik mijzelf zooveel kwaad doe, als hij mij wijs wil maken. Ik kan het niet helpen, dat ik niet eerder gekomen ben: mijn vader heeft mij om eene boodschap gezonden, en daardoor moest ik loel later komen. Ik ben van morgen vroeg op geweest, maar nu ga ik ook vroeg naar bed. Ik wil het hem niet zeggen, want ik houd er niet van, geheimen te verraden. Het zal mij wezenlijk veel genoegen doen, als ik morgen door dit werk heen kom. Ik behoef mij daarover niet te schamen, dat ik met mijne eigcne handen mijn brood verdien. Ik kan ervan zeggen, wat ik wil; gehoorzaamd word ik toch niet. Ik zou wel graag naar de kerk gaan, maar ik ben bang dat ik erg verkouden warden zal. Heb ik mij niet altijd fatsoenlijk gedragen ? Heb ik mij ooit aan die familie opgedrongen ? Had ik mij niet kunnen verrijken ten koste van mijne vrienden, en heb ik ooit iemand te Jcort gedaan ? Wil ik eens gaan rijden, dan zadel ik zelf mijn paard, want ik houd er niet van den kv&cht altijd lastig te vallen voor mijnplezier. EXERCISE LXV. In the following exercise change the Infinitive form of the verb into the required form of (1st) the Present Tense, (2nd) the Past, and (3rd) the Future of the Indicative Mood. Mijne tante (geven) les aan vier kinderen ; zij (doen) hun best en (maken) goede vorderingen. Er (zijn) eene zware walk op den berg ; het (duren) niet meer lang of het (regenen). De trein (razen) en (rommelen), terwijl hij ons (voorbijvliegen). De mannen (werken) vandaag aan den weg ; zij (rusten) en (gebruiken) hun middagmaal. Met welke boot (vertrekken) uw vriend naar Australie? Eenjager (loopen) over het veld en (drageii) zijn geweer onder den arm. De kinderen (baden) zich eerst in den dam en (kleeden) zich daarna aan. De zwaluw (zitten) op eenen tak en (Jluiten) een vroolijk deuntje THE VERB. terwijl zijn wijfje de eieren (broeden). Waarom (laden) de soldaat zijn geweer ? Een hevig onweer (losbreken) over de stad. De zon om zeven uur (ondergaan). De man (graven) diep in den grond. De wind (suizen) door de boomen en (doeri) de dorre bladeren ritselen. De generaal (handhaveri) de eer der republiek. Het gedrag van mijnen neef (mishagen) onzen rector. Onze tuinman (leiden) water in den tuin. Het kopcr (vcrscheept worden) te Port Nolloth. De luie kinderen (cfcstraft worderi) door den onderwijzer, Na een uur de pijn overgaan, EXERCISE LXVI. Fill in the endings and complete the verbal forms in the following exercises. DC bocr ploeg, zaai en eg het land, en hoop- dan op regen om het zaad te laat- groei-. De man en zijn zoon zat in de kar en reed- ons voorbij zonder ons te merken in. Toen wij ons van morgen in de rimer wild- baad, zaag- wij er een groot slang in rondzwem. Houd- u van warm melk ? De metselaar- heb- de muur- gepleister-. Wanneer word- dit mecl gemaal ? Had uw neef zich niet zoo ver gewaag-, hij zou zijn been niet gebrooJc heb-. Hoor u die twee vogels, welk daar boven in den boom zit te zing ? Hij ga morgen verneem-, of hij Jeans lieef- de betreJcJcing te Jcrijg. Wij Jcon- uw broeder niet overreed met ons mede te Jcom-. Deze boeken zou- al uitgegeef- zijn, ah de Jcist vroeg- bezorgd was. Uw ouders waar- zeer ongerus, toen zij niets van u hoor. De boom- word- dit jaar niet gesnoei-. Door wien zul de proef van dit werk gelees- wor- ? Heef- hij niet beloof u te help- als gij in nood waar- ? Waarom kom- hij nu zijn belofte niet na? Hoelang waar- vader en zoon gescheid- gewees- ? Al de pad- in ons- tuin zijn gegruis-. Het kind heef- maar drie uur- geleef-, nadat het geval- was. 202 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. EXERCISE LXVII. In the following exercises change the Infinitive form of the Verb into (1st) the Present Perfect, and (2nd) the Future Perfect. (Mind the use of the Auxiliaries hebben and zijn, IV.) Mijn vader mij niet (strafferi), maar mij (zeggen) dat het niet weer gebeuren moet. De vogels een rustig plekje (uitzoeken) en daar een nestje (bouwen) icaarin zij hunne eieren (leggen). De Jcinderen zich vlug (wasschen) en (aankleden) en nu den tuin (ingaan). De vleermuis den geheelen nacht in de Jcamer (rondvliegeri), hij door het open raam (inkomen). Al de leerlingen een halven dag mij (hebben) en dien tijd (gebruikeri) om de brieven te beantwoorden, die zij van huis (ontvangen) . Dit kind lang zieJc (wezen), en al dien tijd hare onderwijzeres Jiaar geregeld (opzoeken). er zooveel ongelukken op dit pad (gebeuren) ? Neen, de municipaliteit Jiet in orde latcn brengen (see XI, Obs.). De Jcleine varkens onder de heg (doorkruipen), en veel schade in den tuin (doen). Hoe lang het Eomeinsche Rijk (bestaan) f Mijn broer ziek (worderi), nadat hij (vallen), Om hoe laat de les (beginnen) ? Onze beste Icoeien dezen winter (sterven). Men dat ongeluJc niet (kunnen voorJcomen). Wanneer de begrafenis (plaats hebben). Ik er niet bij tegenwoordig (zijn). Door wien deze peren (geplulct warden) ? Deze vaas (breken), omdat de kat crop (springen) . Het ijs in de sloot (ontdooien), zoodra de zon warm (icordeii). EXERCISE LXVIII. Express tho following in the Passive Voice ( X, c. 5). De slager slacht de koe. De os trckt den ploeg. De ezel hceft de kar getrokken. De man had den hond geslagen. Ik schreef eenen brief. Waarom heeft mijne moeder mij geroepen. THE VERB. 203 Had liet onweer veel schade gedaan ? In twee uren leer ik al mijne lessen. De Jiond zal zijnen meester gevonden hebben. Het menschelijk lichaam kan veel zieJcte verdragen. Men vindt in sommige deelen van dit land nog olifanten. De wet bcschermt den secretarisvogel. Verscheidene malen heb ik aan uwe deur geklopt, maar niemand lieeft mij gehoord. Waarom had men hem niet gezegd, dat men hem zijn verzoek met kon toestaan? Wij zullen onze reis voortzetten, zoodra de zware regens ophouden. Waarin vangt men het regemvater op? lieeft u dat al ooit onderzocht ? Napoleon de Groote won den slag bij Austerlitz. Men speelde in dat hotel veel biljart. Mijn oom zou dien man vertrouwd hebben, als ik hem niet gewaarschuwd had. De goudmijnen hebben Zuid-Afrika in menig opzicht voordeel aangebracht. Wie heeft de boek- drukkunst uitgevonden ? De Duitschers zeggen, dat Gutenberg haar uitgevonden heeft. Men heeft de luiheid des duivels oorkussen genoemd. Men kan dien man niet overreden zijn testament te maken. Zouden de kinderen hunnen vader niet hebben kunnen weerhouden van zulk een dioazen stap ? Men zegt, dat de vijand den liergpas bezet heeft. EXERCISE LXIX. Express the following in the Active Voice ( X, c. 5). Het huis zou door dien metselaar gebouwd (jf/eworden) zijn, indien ik eerder van dien man gehoord had. De haas is door den jager neergeschoten (geworderi), nadat hij door den hond opgejaagd was (c/eworden). Werden de paarden in vroegere eeuwen ook beslagen, of werd hun hoef toen niet beveiligd tegen de ruwe steenen, die toch altijd op de wegen gevonden warden ? De muizen zouden in de val gevangen kunnen worden, indien er een stukje spek ingelegd werd. Er wordt gezegd, dat de mijn gesloten zal worden. Er werd gisteren avond laat aan de deur geklopt. Er is mij vandaag eenen brief gezonden (geworderi) door iemand, die mij geheel onbekend is. Door Kulke hulp zal deze vrouw niet veel gebaat worden. Den 204 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. geheelen dag werd daar piano gespeeld. Alle boomen waren door den tuinman verplant (geworden) zonder dat hem daarvan door mijnen vader iets gezegd was (geworden). Het geld, dat door u verhwist wordt, zou gebruikt Jcunnen worden tot leniging van den nood der arm-en, die in den omtrek gevonden worden. Dit onrecht zou u niet aangedaan (geworden) zijn, als iJc liier geweest teas. Er zijn hier in den laatsten tijd veel paarden van edel ras ingevoerd (geworden). Door wie zijn deze woorden in mijn boek geschreven (geworden) ? Door wie wordt nog aan zulke dwaasheden geloofd ? EXERCISE LXX. In the following exercises put the verbs in the tenses indicated. De dief niet (inbreken, Subj., Put., Perf.), ah mijn vadcr finds (toezen, Pluperf.). Set Jiuis, dat ik - (laten bouiven, Perf.), is nu (verhuren, Past Part.). (hebben, Subj., Past) ik maar eenen vriend tot icien ik mij (wenden Jcunnen, Past) ! Gisteren ik eenen brief (schrijven, Perf.), en morgen ik er twee (schrijven, Fut.). Al de melk (ovcrkoken, Subj., Fut., Perf.) als ik niet in de keuken (Jcomen, Pluperf.). (wetcn, Subj., Pluperf.) ik , dat mijn vader zoo ziek (icezen, Past), ik dadelijk (terugkeercn, Subj., Pluperf.). In minder dan eene maand tijds -- (verliezen, Past) deze man het gchcele fortuin, dat hij met speculeeren (maken, Pluperf.) (Jeven, Subj., Past) mijn goede vadcr nu nog maar ! Deze dame al hare kindercn (verliezen, Perf.) ; zij alien jong (sterven, Perf.) ; nu ook haar echtgenoot (overlijden, Perf.), en (achterblijven, Pros.) zij geheel alleen . Als alles gocd -- (gaan, Pros.), (weerzien, Pres.) u mij vandaag over vecrtien dagen . Het van- nacht zoo zwaar (regenen, Perf.), dat de geheele turn onderloopen, Perf.) Waarom u niet aan den lieer B. (schrijven, Perf.) ? Ik hem (schrijven, Fut.), zoodra ik tijd (krijgen, Pros.). Deze jongc dames (bcsteden, THE VERB. 205 Past) al haren tijd aan muziek en teekennen, toen zij op school (zijn, Past). Het schip (Jcomen, Past) gisteren avond in de baai, en (landen, Past) van morgen. Juist toen wij (verhuizen, Pluperf.) (worden, Past) mijne moeder zoo zwaar ziek, dat de dokter het ergste (vreezen, Past) ; (zy, Subj., Pluperf.) Maria toen niet bij mij , ik niet (weten, Subj., Fut. Perf.) wat (doen, Inf.). Ilet hof - gisteren (zitten, Perf.), en de zaaJc van den heer A. voor (wezen, Perf.) ; de rechter echter nog geene uitspraak (doen, Perf.). Hoe lang de ver- gadering (duren, Fut.). EXERCISE LXXI. Use all verbs reflexive and in the tenses indicated ( XIX). Mijn paard (bezeeren, Perf.) door tegen den post van de staldeur (stooten, Inf.). (vergissen, Pres.) gij niet, als gij zegt, dat al die menschen (ver- kleeden, Pluperf.) (verbeelden, Imperative) , dat men mij vertelt, dat Jiij in dien man (bedriegen, Perf.). Mijn vriend (storen, Pres.) niet aan wat men van hem zegt, hierdoor (benadeelen, Pres.) hij dikwijls. Toen de zon opging (wasschen, Past) de vogels in het beekje, en (strijken, Past) toen de veertjes glad. De kinderen (aanmatigen, Past) te veel vrijheid . (bedenken, Imperative) wel, eer gij tot zoo iets (verbinden, Pres.). Deze vrouw niet (ontzien, Perf.) --op mijne vroegere vriendschap - (beroepen, Inf.). Vroeger geloofde men, dat de zon om de aarde (bewegen, Past). Ik (schamen, Pres.) niet alleen over uio gedrag, maar (bedroeven, Pres.) er over. Wij gisteren avond zeer aangenaam met dat jonge meisje (onderhbuden, Perf.). Wij (zullen, Past) --op die partij (amuseeren, Perf.), als wij de gasten wat beter gekend hadden. Ik (kunnen, Pres.) niet (Jtegrijpen, Inf.), dat gij over deze handehoijze (beklagen, Pres.); gij (kunnen, Pres.) 206 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. toch niet (verbeelden, Inf., Perf.), dat ik Viet de geheele zorg (belasten, Subj., Fut.), zoodat er rriets voor M te doen overbleef. (Jierinneren, Pres.) zij den naam niet meer ? Als gij niet (haasten, Pluperf.), waart gij den trein misgeloopen. Heb ik u niet gezegd, dat gij voor dien man (hoeden moeten, Past) ? Voor hem (Jcunnen, Past) ik al die moeite niet (getroosten, Inf.). Als wij niet over dat arme mensch (ontfermen, Plu- perf.), was zij zeker van gebrek omgekomen. EXERCISE LXXII. Substitute for the Infinitive forms whatever tense fits in with the context. De bijbel (zeggen), dat die (Sing.) niet werlcen (icillen) ook niet eten (moeten). Al (zijn) de leugen nog zoo snel, de waarheid (achterhalen) haar wel. Het oog des meesters (makeii) net paard vet. De ware wijsheid (wegen) hare icoorden ; de zot (flapperi) ze gedachteloos uit. Gisteren (Jezen) ik een mooi boek. Van morgen (zeggen, XV, Obs. 3) mijn vader mij, dat hij een nieuw paard (koopen). Borne (verwoesten) Karthago. Julius Caesar (zijn) een Romeinsch vcldheer. Als het morgen nog zoo (regeneri), ik fhuis (moeten blijven). Waarom (zeggen) u hem niet, dat u het niet (doen) ? Verleden jaar (dragen) onze vruchtboomen zoo veel dat wij meer vruchten (hebben) dan wij gebruiken (kunnen). Waaraan (sterven) uwe koe ? Komen de dokter toch maar. Door wien (teekcnen) deze kaart ? Mijne moeder hoopt, dat zij u nog (zien). Als hij het doet, ik hem (strafferi). Ah zij het deed, ik haar (straffen). De dienst in de kerk gistcren lang (duren). Wat hij ook (zeggen), (gelooveri) hem niet. Zij vrocg of ik haar nu belalen (kunnen). Als gij uwen plicht (doen), gij niet in moeielijkheid (raken). Ah mijn vader mij roept, (Jcomen) ik. Ah hij mij riep, (komen) ik. Ah hij mij roepcn zal, ik (komen). Ah hij mij geroepen had, ik (komen). Tocn de Hollanders zich aan de Kaap THE VERB. 207 (vestig&v), (worden) Tiet land door wilde stammen bewoond. Nadat hij het telegram (lezeii), (overhandigen) hij het aan mij. (Mogen) deze vreeselijke gebeurtenis u tot waarschuwing strekken. (Lnisteren) mijn zoon maar naar mijne vermaningen ! Toen de vogel (zi'en), dat het deurtje van de Tcooi open (zijn), (vliegeri) hij er uit. Ah het paard (voelen), dat het los (zijn), het (wegloopen), EXERCISE LXXIII. Fill up the blanks and complete the verbal forms in the following exercises. Seide de aarde en de maan word- door d- zon verlich-, en laat dus schaduw val in d ruimte achter zich. Kom de maan nu bij haa omloop juist achter d aarde dan word- zij verduister-. Goed- kinderen heb- het altijd drulc. Een vcrstandig kind zorg voor tijd tot slaap, eet, speel en leer-. Gij verbeuzel- de oogenblik-, en uur en dag zijn uit oogenblik- samengestel-. Het waar te wensch- dat hij eindelijk naar mijn raad luister. Gij en uw broer kun beid gaan. Hij of zijn vader moet d boom omhak-. Vroeger werd door d vorsten een- overgroot macht uit- geoefen-, toen d- gemeen- man geloof-, dat de edellieden van ander- bloed gemaak waar dan zijzelv. Wij baad- ons gisteren tweemaal in d- dam. Zijwormen leef- van moerbei- blad-. Louw Wepeners mannen had d- berg bestorm> maar waar- teruggeslaag- : hij zon hem neem-. Toen d- verrader- lijk kogel hem vcl, ent zij hun blocd met het zijn en bewees- op heidensch- wijze hem de grootst- eer. Zuid- Afrika, hij behoor tot uw- dapperst zoon- ! Kostbaar blijf zijn voorbeeld aan alien. Neen, gij stierf niet ver- geef- : uw^- volk volg- uw- voorbeeld, en strijd- ah gij, tot- dat all- hinderpaal uit d- weg geruim- zijn. De arm bocr geloof d- schelmerij en reed- verheug- naar huis, om er zijn- vrouw van te vertel-. D- oneerlijk- telegrajist had- d- niewo- schoenen gestool en zijn- eigen- oud aan d draad gehang. 208 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR, TRANSLATION EXERCISES. Vertaaloefevingen. EXERCISE LXXIV. (On XIII, the translation of the Infinitive.) Tell the waiter to "bring me a glass of water. Can you lend me some money ? I have not got enough with (&y) me to pay this bill. The distance is too long to walk, wo will have to (moeten) drive there (er heeri). To have told (if one had told) the girl of her friend's death in her present weak state, might (it) have caused a serious relapse. But one man escaped alive to tell the fearful tale. Go and tell Mr. B. that I (bij heni) will call at (op) his office at three o'clock this afternoon. To read good books (see Rule II, p. 67) improves the mind. It would have been pleasant to take a ride before sunrise this morning. Why don't you come to see me oftener ? You know it is too cold now for me to go out. To (yoor) that poor woman to live would have been to suffer. Since my friends have gone to live in (the) town, I feel very lonely. Why did (are) you not come and tell me that you had no money to pay your tram fare ? Can't you teach that boy to speak properly ? To try is to succeed. EXERCISE LXXV. (On XV, the use of Tenses, and IV, the use of the auxiliaries Jiebben and zijn.~) While I was sweeping the room this morning, I found the lost ring. Did you tell the man not to go to the front door ? I wonder (zou wel eens ivillen weten) what (er) has become of my cousin, who left for America two years ago. When shall I see you again (Present tense). To-day (over) fortnight. The French have gradually extended their power in Madagascar. My brother has just arrived in time for the concert. I have been walking about the THE VERB. 209 whole morning, and feel very tired. Did you walk or drive to the station ? I walked, because I found I had plenty of time. To-day week (over eene week) we intend leaving for Natal. How did the fire originate ? By the carelessness of a man who lit his pipe in the workshop, and dropped the burning match among the shavings. I have crossed the brook without the least trouble. There have been poor people at all times. How long has this company been in existence (existed) ? It was (is) founded in 1886. These girls have grown very much since last I saw them. The accident would not have happened, if the guard had remained at his post. Since the boy's father died he has had to (moeten) provide for himself. EXERCISE LXXVI. (On IX, X, A, B, c, the use of the Passive.) The flowers are being planted by the gardener this morn- ing. Has he been told where to plant them ? Yes, I told him (that) they should be planted along the grass border. All these exercises were (have been) corrected by the teacher this morning. This child is (being) punished for the second time to-day. If I had been warned in time, I would not have got into trouble. My room will be papered to-morrow. Did you think the child would be punished for not knowing (because he did not know) his lesson? He certainly ought to (behoorde) have been punished. I was present when the names of the applicants were (being) read out. If the new town-hall had been built of hewn stone, it would look more imposing. If the murderer were found out, he would be hanged. The carnal is found in the desert regions of Africa and Asia. Heavy firing was going on when I left the camp. Flowers should (behooren) not be picked while the sun is hot. Is enough wheat raised in this country to meet the demands of consumption ? Was the boy told (had been told) to attend to the horse ? 210 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. EXERCISE LXXVII. (On X, A, B, and c, the use of zijn and worden.~) Translate into English : Zou u tevreden geweest zijn, ah men u de Jielft van uio loon (earnings) onthouden (kept back) had ? Waarom werd de JcerJclcloJc van middag geluid (to ring). Omdat een der oudste bewoners van Jiet dorp, die gestorven is, begraven werd. De boot zou gisteren avond al aangekomen zijn, als de wind niet zoo tegen (contrary) geweest was. De boomen zijn van hunne laatste bladeren beroofd (deprived) door den wind en regen der laatste dagen. De lichten in de Tterk waren om zes uur al aangestoJcen (lit). De Icracht van den stoom is op zeer eenvoudige wijze door Sir Isaac Newton ontdekt. Is uw broeder reeds vertrolclcen ? Is uw oom tot magistraat benoemd (appointed) ? Is uw vriend bevoegd (qualified) tot het vervullen van zulJc eene gewichtige (important) betreJcJcing (post)? Gcschiedenis wordt in die school niet uit boelcen geleerd, maar alles wordt den Jcinderen verteld. Zijn al uwe paarden beslagen (shod) ? De boomen waren niet omgehaJct, toen ik den grond Jcocht. Ik zou niet zoo angstig geweest zijn, als mij niet verteld was, dat de spoorlijn door de zware regens op verscheidene plaatsen weggespoeld (washed away) was. De haas is door den jager neergeschoten, nadat hij door den hond opgejaagd was (had startled him). Was de man niet zieJc geworden, dan zou dit werJc al lang Jclaar zijn. EXERCISE LXXVIII. (On X, A, B, and c, the different renderings of " to be " as a Copulative and an Auxiliary of Voice.) Do not take the broad out of the oven, it is not suffi- ciently baked yet. All the cake has been eaten by the children. If there had been time, these boxes would have been labelled. The peculiar properties of the loadstone were known to the Chinese long before the compass was THE VERB. 211 introduced into Europe by the Venetian traveller Marco Polo. If I had been called in time, I would not have been late for breakfast. The dictionary has been carefully revised, so that the new edition will be much improved. The child would have been delighted if she had been asked to take part in the entertainment. During that severe winter all our livers were frozen over, and there was a good deal of (er werd veeT) skating and sledging (scliaatsen gereden en gesleed}. The poor child was so frightfully burned that his life was despaired of from the first (van het begin a/). The poor man would have been satisfied if he had only been told that his child was out of danger. There have been several fires on the mountains round about lately, and it is to be feared (to fear) that the wood about some of the fountains has been destroyed. Would you have believed this man to be (that . . . was) capable of such a vile act ? EXERCISE LXXIX. (On XIV, the translation of the Present and Past Part.) My father is very fond of walking. I saw the man picking up the letter. It is only by working from early morning till late at night, that the poor widow has been able to provide for her children thus far (tot nu toe*). Early rising is conducive to (the) health. Thinking the child had gone with his father, the mother was not anxious at not finding him (when she did not find him) on (by") her return home (tJiuisJcomsf). Crossing this bridge at night is very dangerous. Having lost the letter, the boy ran home in great distress. The young people spent the evening (rnef) dancing and playing games. Travelling in foreign countries is not only pleasant but instructive. Walking up St. John's Street this morning, I met an old college friend of mine (see Chapter VIII, p. 1 34). Columbus 212 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. supposed that (he), by sailing due west [he] would reach India. The boy not noticing that he kept making (con- tinually (steeds) made) the same mistake, spent an hour trying to get his sum right. On hearing his father's hard accusation the young man left the house in despair. The boys, not being aware of the depth of the river, were on the point of jumping in, when I called to them. What have you been doing this morning ? I have been reading in my room. Have you ever heard Miss B. recite ? My mother asks me to tell you that she will come to see you before you leave. As a last resource the poor man has gone to work in the mines. EXERCISE LXXX. (On XII, (6), and Notes, the use of the Subjunctive Mood.) Translate into Dutch, employing the Subjunctive Mood. Had you done your duty, you would have been rewarded. However that be, I know that I cannot trust him. Were he in better circumstances, he would not be so sad. If he had done right, he would have no fear. If I were your teacher, I should not allow it. Whatever may happen, I shall remain true to you. Be that as it may, I consider myself free to think as I choose. If he had only had a loving mother he would not have been so reckless. If the doctor had a larger practice, he would bo happier. That would never have occurred, had he had you to advise him. If every man were prudent and conscientious there would be very little poverty. (The) Heaven grant that I may see my native country once more ! God forbid that you should over steal. May the king grant our urgent request ! May South Africa once be one large united country. 213 EXERCISE LXXXI. (On XIX, and Chap. VIII, p. 132, Obs. 6, Reflexive Verbs and the use of zelf.^) My brother has hurt himself on the knee, while chopping down the old apple-tree at the back of (achter in) the garden. I find I have not been mistaken in the good opinion I had of that young girl. Fancy, when I came home this morning, I heard that my dog had died. Why do you want me to do (that I should do) a thing which you would not do yourself? When we were at the farm, we bathed in the large pond every morning before sun- rise. Instead of repenting of his misdeeds, this young fellow boasts of (it) having (that he has) deceived his employer so cleverly. Are you going out this morning? No, I have changed my mind ; I shall rather stay at home and prepare for the reading class this evening. You ought to be ashamed of yourself; this is the second time (that) you have failed in the examination. The pioneers who settled in Hashonaland, have had to put up with many hardships. Before going out to a new country, these young people ought to have made sure of what oppor- tunities they would have there of getting on. Don't you remember (that) I told you at the time (that) you should hesitate to accept so much kindness from a mere stranger ? I cannot understand why your brother did not complain of the unjust treatment he was undergoing at school (die hem aangedaan werd). He did not do so, because he would rather suffer himself, than bring disgrace to his school- mates. EXERCISE LXXXII. (On XXV, Note 3, Compound Verbs changing their meaning according to the way the accent falls.) Just (lock eens) weigh this letter over again, I am afraid it is overweight. My brother has been travelling all over 214 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. Europe (doorreizen) ; and has brought a fine collection of views and curios from the different countries he has visited. Our gardener predicts (voorspellen) fine weather for to-raorrow, and as the old man very rarely makes a mistake, I think we can safely arrange for the picnic. All these years this young girl has provided for her mother. The man seemed so convinced of the truth of my statement that he walked away without uttering a (enkei) word in reply. When I returned to the study, I found that the ink-pot had been upset over my work, and that the ink had penetrated (door . . . heengedrongen) (the) most of my papers, so that I had to write the greater (greatest) part of my work over again. It was quite touching to see the clerk, when my father told him that he would overlook his misdeed, and give him a chance to undo the past ; the tears rushed to his eyes (him in the eyes), and he had the greatest difficulty to keep down his emotion. I have carefully considered the contents of this letter, but the (hoe) more I think of it (erover^) the more (des te) convinced I feel (myself) that the report is much exaggerated. Many of the railway accidents that have happened in the course of this year might have been prevented, if the responsible persons had simply done their duty. The sun was (aan Jief) setting as we reached home. The heavy rain-clouds were dispersing ; the moon rose stately behind the pine-wood, and threw her soft light over the peaceful earth. EXERCISE LXXXIII. (On XXII, Impersonal Verbs.) You must have been surprised not to see me at the station, since I made an appointment to meet you there ; but as it was very windy and I had a bad cold, I could not venture out. I was very sorry indeed, to miss my last opportunity of seeing you before your departure. It had been raining and blowing all (the whole} night, but THE VERB. 215 in the morning the clouds parted, and the rising sun brought rest to nature and joy to man and beast. I have been instructed (to me is instructed) to inform you that the council have (has) been pleased to accede to your request. It did strike me (insert ' icel '), that your friend did not look well, but I had no idea he was really ill. Of course you are free to do as you please, but it is so misty this evening, that I think it would be very risky for you to go out. I am grieved to hear you speak so disrespect- fully of your teachers ; even if they should be to blame (schuld Jiebben) in this matter, you have got no right to speak like that (so). I was overtaken by such a severe thunderstorm on my way to the village, that I had to take shelter in a deserted hut that happened to be near (die zich gelukkig in de nabijheid bevond). I do not recollect ever to have witnessed such thunder and lightning. It struck me that the reading was particularly good at that school ; it certainly reflects great credit on the teacher who has got (the) charge of that particular branch of instruction. I do not know what is the matter with this tree, that it will not grow. My watch differs so much from the station-clock, that I very nearly missed the train. It would have made a great difference to me, if I had had some one to show me how to do the work. He does not care if he has got to work hard, as long as he earns enough to support his family. EXERCISE LXXXIV. The English verb " to mean " has various equivalents in Dutch. 1. Meenen: Hij meent het goed, lie means well. Ik wist niet, wat zij meende, I did not know what she meant. Meent u wat u zegt ? do you mean what you say ? 216 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR, 2. Bedoelen, with, the strength of " bringing out the meaning of some one's words " : Hij bedoelde dat Tiij zelf wilde gaan, he meant (with what he said) that he wanted to go himself. U bedoelde het Iteter dan u het zei, you meant it better than you said it. 3. Beteekenen, with the force of Eng. " to signify " : Ilet opsteken eener witte vlag beteekent vrede, the flying of a white flag means peace. Het ivoord " erkentelijkheid " leteekent " dankbaarheid," the word " gratitude " means " thankfulness." 4. Van plan zijn, with the special meaning of " to intend " : Ik was van plan de courant te gaan lezen, I meant to go and read the paper. Zij is van plan mij dit present te geven, she means to make me a present of this. 5. A special sense in which the Dutch "meenen" is used, is that of "being of opinion," on account of which it is commonly translated by " to think " : Meent gij, dat het te duur is ? do you think it is too ex- pensive ? The verb "meenen" so used, is always followed by a noun sentence (object). If he meant all (that) ho said, he would not be so kind to me. Do you mean, that you would rather be in the Free State than in Natal? The girls meant that they had not been in your garden, and had therefore not picked your flowers. The woman always meant (it) well with that ungrateful son of hers (of her). Did he really think it was too far for him to walk to Wellington ? No, but he meant, I think, that his feet might (would perhaps) get (become) sore. I am sure (er zeker van) (that) he did not mean (that) his brother to (should) read his letters ! It was a shame for him to do so (that he did it) ! What did you think the word meant? Oh, I thought it meant something wrong, but my brother was of opinion that it had quite a different meaning. You knew, that he meant it, did you not (nict toaar)? What ho moans is that it is not right for you to (that you) go to such a place. I THE VERB. 217 always meant to ask my father for the book, but whenever (wanneer . . . oolc) I saw him, I forgot it. It has meant a good deal (heel waf) to him, that his brother would not share the profit with him. You mean, the potatoes are too expensive ? You had better ask your mother (vraag Jiet maar eens aan) ; she knows more about (van) these (die) things than you do. EXERCISE LXXXV. A. Commit to memory the following idiomatic expressions. I can give it, Ik kan het geven. I could give it, Ik kon het geven. Ik zou het kunnen geven. I can have given it, Ik heb het kunnen geven. I could have given it, Ik had het kunnen geven. Ik zou het hebben kunnen geven. I shall be able to give it, Ik zal het kunnen geven. I shall have been able to give'it. Ik zal het hebben kunnen geven. I could not get the book, even if I wanted (zelfs niet al won ifc). You can get some (icaf) apples for me, I hope ! You could have got them yesterday, but now they are al gone (tveg~). I shall not be able to ask my brother to-day because ho is not at home. He could send me some money, if ho wanted, but I believe (that) he does not want to (het niet wil). They cannot finish that work in a day ! they could not finish it in a week ! We could have come, if we had known that you were in (the) town. B. Likewise the following idiomatic expressions. Will lie give it to me ? Zal hij het mij geven ? Zal hij het mij willen geven ? Would he give it to me ? Zou hij het mij geven ? Zou hij het mij willen geven ? Will he have given it ? Zal hij het gegeven hebben ? Zal hij het hebben willen geven ? Would he have given it ? Zou hij het gegeven hebben ? Zou hij het hebben willen geven * 218 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. Can he give it to me ? Kan hij het mij geven ? Zal hij het mij kunnen geven ? Could lie give it to me ? Kon hij het mij geven ? Zou hij het mij kunnen geven ? Can he have given it ? Kan hij het gegeven heliben ? Heeft hij het kunnen geven f Zal hij het heliben kunnen geven ? Could he have given it ? Kon hij het gegeven heliben ? Had hij het kunnen geven ? Zou hij het hebben kunnen geven ? I could not have shown you the picture, if you had not been in the room. Do you think (that) he would give me a shilling, if I asked for it (erom) ? Can he help me with my exercise ? Yes, he could help you if he would. Would you not bring me a glass of water ? Could they not do something for the poor woman. They could no doubt sing that song if they only wanted to (wilden). How can that boy ever have given such a disrespectful answer? How could your sisters have gone to (the) church without you ? Would you take this letter to the post for me, my child ? Yes, I would, if I only knew where the post-office was. Would your father give you permission, do you think? How could he ? I was (have been) out yesterday, and I may never go more than once a week. But, Jane, could you not sew on those buttons ? I could even do it myself, I think ! Could you ? well then try (het eens). I am sure you cannot sew I EXERCISE LXXXVI. A. " Should," " ought to," as translated by the verb " behooren," (see Ex. LIV, p. 149). Learn the following ; He should say so, (Present) Hij behoorde het te zeggen. He should have said so, (Past) Hij behoorde het ge- zegd te hebben. Hij had het behooren te zeggen. THE VERB. 219 We ought to do as you say. You should not speak in (op) this way. My brother should have gone this morning. The butcher should have called to-day, but he has not done so (het). Should he not state why he has been absent this morning? Should we not have said that we were very sorry that this had occurred ? Why do you answer me like this ? you ought to be ashamed of your- self. A teacher ought to be careful about (met) praising his pupils. You should read that book, my friend ; that would be better than to idle away your time in this way. Should our neighbours share the expense of building this wall, or have we to bear it all alone ? He ought to apply to the government for a situation. You should have laid out your garden as I have laid out mine. She should not have been out on (such) a cold night [like that]. B. "To have to," "to be to," "to be bound to," synonymous with " must," are both translated by the verb " moeten" Learn the following : The boy has to (is to) work, Dejongen moet werken. The boy had to (was to) work, Dejongen moest werken. The boy has had to work (is to Dejongen heeft moeten werken. have worked), The boy had had to work (was Dejongen had moeten werken. to have worked), The boy will have to work, Dejongen zal moeten werken. The boy will have had to work, De jongen zal hebben moeten werken. If I am to do all this work before 12 o'clock, you must leave me at peace. The gardener will have to clear up all the rubbish before he goes. Will the boy have to say his lesson this afternoon, or to-morrow morning ? It is hard to have to go [all] this (whole) way alone. Were you to take the letter to the post, or to the man's private house ? I should have taken it to his house, but I put a stamp on it and posted it. You will be bound to acknowledge that I have done you no wrong. Would it do (go) to make 220 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. him stay three nights a (per) week ? It would hardly do, for he would have to go home all alone in the dark. You are not to go "beyond the church mind (Jioor) what I say. If people were always to be punished for what they do wrong, there would be little pleasure in (the) life. You are to accompany your father to Europe, you said. Yes, but I do not like leaving mother alone. To have to work for one's daily bread is a pleasure to some people and a great hardship (verdriet, o.) to others. It wof Id have done him good to have had to practise strict obedience at the boarding school. Now (that) he is gone, I shall be bound to go as well. EXERCISE LXXXVII. A. Commit to memory the following idiomatic expressions : We make him say it, Wij laten het hem zeggen. We made him say it, Wij listen het hem zeggen. We have made him say it, Wij hebben het hem laten zeggen. We had made him say it, Wij hadden het hem laten zeggen. We shall make him say it, Wij zullen het hem laten zeggen. We shall have made him say it, Wij zullen het hem hebben laten zeggen. We made the poor bird sing by whistling to it. Will you make the child write his exercise over again-? Ho makes me laugh when he looks at (naar~) me. If you do not lend me your pencil, so that I can put down the name, you will make me forget the message. The sun makes the moon shine by night, aud the moon again makes the stars glitter loss brightly than they do on (in) clear but dark nights. The wind was so violent that he made the forest trees (trees in the forest) [to] tremble Wo shall undoubtedly have made him confess before you come back. To make him go against his will, would be both unpleasant for him and awkward for UN. If you do not learn your lessons for to-morrow, my child, I shall make you write them out. THE VERB. B. Learn likewise the following idioms : I have the floor washed, Ik laat den vloer wasschen. I had the floor washed, Ik liet den vloer wasschen. I have had the floor washed, He heb den vloer laten wasschen. I had had the floor washed, Ik had den vloer laten wasschen. I shall have the floor washed, Ik zal den vloer laten wassclien. I shall have had the floor Ik zal den vloer hebben laten washed, wasschen. We have had this wall built, because the neighbours annoyed us. I shall have the books taken down and cleaned. You will have the watch seen to, will you not (niet waar~) ? Yes, I shall have it put right for you. He would have had his hair cut very short, if he had not been afraid of (yoor) the cold weather. You had the garden dug up, you said. Yes, and we had the gardener search it well, but no trace of a box was found in the soil anywhere. Several countries, but especially France, used to (jplachten) have their political criminals work on galleys in former limes. I hear you have found diamonds on your farm ? Will j'ou have the ground worked ? I shall have a hole drilled, and the ground tested. But would you have a drill decide this matter ? If I were you, I should cer- tainly have a large hole dug and the soil washed. To- morrow about this time we shall have the horses brought in, and start on our trip. I have had the boy saddle the horses ; so if you care for a ride, we shall go if not, I shall have them taken back to the stable. C. Learn once more the following idioms : He likes (doing) it, Hij heeft er lust in (heeft hist), het te doen. He does not like doing it, Hij heeft geen lust, het te doen. He did not like doing it, Hij had geen lust, het te doen. Hij heeft geen lust gehad, het te doen. Hij had geen lust gehad, het te doen. He won't like doing it, Hij zal geen lust hebben, het te doen. He won't have liked doing it, Hij zal geen lust gehad hebben, het te doen. 222 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. Charles does that work because he has to, but he does not like doing it. You did not like writing out the exercise, but you did it nevertheless. I like going on (with) reading; may I, mother? Yes, if you like (it), you may go on. Oh, I should like so much (zoo'n lust Tiebben) telling that man that he should stop writing me such letters ! You would not like studying on, if you had spent so many years at school as I have ! Wait till you have heard what I have to say, and then consider whether you would not like going. (#/) Would I like it, (er . . . in) you ask. Of course, I would. She likes it, and that is sufficient reason for me to like it too. We did not like letting you (know) that we were going. Many a one does not like the work (which) (the) circum- stances compel him to do. I should have liked better (meer) to be your secretary than to be a clerk in the civil service. CONVERSATIE. Roizen op Zee. 1. Ik wensch u goede reis. "2. Dank u, maar ik len een slechte op zee. 3. Ik hoop recht te genieten van de reis. 4. Zijn er veel passagiers ? 5. Ik hoor dot iedere kajuit bezet is. 6. Wanneer vertrekt de "boot ? 7. Van middag om drie uur. 8. Ik kom om u te zien ver- trekken. 9. Vriendelijk dank ; lioud u aan uw woord. 10. V 7s een prachtige loot. 11. Gewis, en de kajuiten zijn groot en luchtig. 12. 7s u al in de salon gewccst ? CONVERSATION. Travelling by Sea. 1. I wish you a pleasant voyage. 2. Thanks, but I am a very bad sailor. 3. I hope to enjoy the voyage immensely. 4-. Are there many passengers? 5. I hear that every berth is taken. 6. When does the steamer leave ? 7. This afternoon at three o'clock. 8. I shall come and see you off. 9. Thanks, be sure to keep your promise. 10. This is a splendid steamer. 11. Yes, and the cabins are large and airy. 12. Have you been in the saloon ? THE VERB. 223 13. De tafel is gedekt voor tach- tig passagiers eerste Masse. 14. Ik breng het grootste ge- deelte van mijn tijd op dek of in de roolckamer door. 15. Is er eene bibliotheek aan boord ? 16. Ja, en de hofmeester heeft er den sleutel van. 17. Wie is de kapitein ? 18. De kapitein heet Harris, en de eerste officier Crutch- ley. 19. Js dat de betaalmeester ? 20. Neen, dat is de scheeps- dokter. 21. Die matrozen zifn flinke menschen. 22. Laat ons eens kijken, hoe ze de zware bagage in het ruim neerlaten. 23. Hoe effen is de zee ! 24. ' Zal ruw zijn, als we de Sond oversteken. 25. Als we maar geen water scheppen, lean Het mij niet schelen. 26. Kom mee naar voren ; ik zou graag de accomodatie zien voor de passagiers 2de en 3de klasse. 27. Het dek is te vol daar: kom liever mee naar den ach- ter steven. 28. Men mag niet spreken teyen den man aan het roer. 29. Dit is het kompas van het schip. 30. Hoe schommelt en slingert het schip ! 31. Het behoorde meer ballast te hebben. 32. Zie dien man eens in den top van den mast. 33. Vraag den machinist, ons de machinekamer te wij- zen. 13. The table is laid for eighty first-class passengers. 14. I spend most of my time either on deck or in the smoking-room. 15. Have they got a library on board? 16. Yes, and the head-steward keeps the key. 17. Who is the captain ? 18. The captain's name is Harris, and the chief officer is Mr. Crutchley. 19. Is that the purser ? 20. No, that is the ship's doctor. 21. Those sailors are fine fellows. 22. Let us watch them lower the heavy luggage into the hold. 23. How very smooth the sea is! 24. We shall have it rough crossing the Sound. 25. As long as we do not ship seas 1 shall not mind. 26. Come forward; I want to see the accommodation for the 2nd and 3rd class passengers. 27. The deck is crowded there : come rather to the stern. 28. You must not speak to the man at the wheel. 29. This is the ship's compass. 30. How the ship rolls and pitches ! 31. It wants more ballast. 32. Look at the man at the mast-head. 33. Ask the engineer to show us the encrine-room. 224 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. 34. Heeft u ooit met een zeil- schip gereisd ? 35. Jk ben er eens mee het Ka- naal overgestoken, maar ik kan niet zeggen dat het mij bevallen is. 34. Have you ever gone by a sailing ship ? 35. I once crossed the Channel in one, but I cannot ay that I liked it, CHAPTER X. THE ADVERB. (Het Bijwoord.") I. WHAT the Adjective is to the Noun, that the Adverb is to the Verb. As Adjectives express attributes and qualities of persons and things, so Adverbs express pecu- liarities which mark an action. Adverbs are accordingly principally meant for modifying (a) Verbs, yet they may likewise modify ^>) Adjectives, (c) Adverbs, and (d) even Nouns in some particular cases. EXAMPLES : (a) Het hind leest fjoed, the child reads well. Het paard loopt snel, the horse runs swiftly. ' - * De vogel zit ginds, the bird sits yonder. Mijne dodder belooft veel, my daughter promises much. (b) Dat is bijgonder goed scJirift, that is particularly good writing. Dit pakje schijnt ongemeen zwaar, this parcel seems uncommonly heavy. Uwe begeerte wordt te sterk, your desire is becoming too strong. (c) Ik had Jiet lang te voren gedaan, I had done it long before. Mijne zuster leest bijzonder mooi, my sister reads particularly well. De zonnestralen vallen bijnct, loodrecJit, the sunbeams fall almost perpendicularly. 226 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. (d) De menschen hierachter zijn zindelijk, the people at the Lack are cleanly. Die steilte daar is gevaarlijk, that steep place there is dangerous. NOTE. The Cape Dutch, which has only one demon- strative pronoun, die, avails itself of the adverbs hier and daar to indicate that an object is close by or at a dis- tance : Hier die loek en die eene daar ; Dutch : Dit boeJc en dat, this book and that one. OBS. 1. The copulative verbs, i.e., those which take a nominative case before and after them (zijn, blijven, warden, heeten, schijnen, gelijken, blijkeri), are followed by adjectives, and not adverbs : Hij schijnt rijk, he seems to be rich ; Hij blijft trouw, he remains faithful. Here the words rich and faithful evidently do not qualify an action, but the doer of the action, and so are adjectives. Ons. 2. Other verbs besides the copulative may be fol- lowed by an adjective instead of an adverb : De schilder verft het raam groen, the painter paints the window green ; Het is die vricnd, die hem zoo slecht gemaakt heeft, it is that friend, who has made him so wicked. Here the colour green, and the quality wicked, evidently have nothing to do with the actions painting or making. It is the door which is green, and not the painting ; likewise it is lie that is wicked, and not the making ; so that green and wicked are adjectives, and not adverbs. II. The following are the Adverbs in use : 1. Bijwoorden van wijze, Adverbs of manner. 2. Bijwoorden van graad, Adverbs of degree. 3. Bijwoorden van getal, Adverbs of number. 4. Bijwoorden van plaats, Adverbs of place. 5. Bijwoorden van tijd, Adverbs of time. G. Bijwoorden van oorzaak, Adverbs of cause. 7. Voegwoordelijke Bijwoorden, Adverbial Conjunc- tions. THE ADVERB. 227 8. Moclale Bijwoorden, Adverbs of mood, divided into : (a) Adverbs of affirmation (Bevestiging'). (6) Adverbs of negation ( Ontlienning). (c) Adverbs of doubt ( Twijfel). (d) Optative (Wenschende) Adverbs. EXAMPLES : (1) ADVERBS OF MANNER: slecJit, badly, schoon, beauti- fully, langzaam, slowly, "floe" is an interrog. adv. of manner. Every adjective denoting a quality may be used as an adverb of manner without any change of form. Those, however, which end in lijJcsch, lingsch and waartsch drop their ch when used as adverbs : dagelijks, daily (adv.), voorwaarts, onward (adv.). (2) ADVERBS OF DEGREE : genoeg, enough ; uitermate, ex- ceedingly ; overtollig, excessively ; nauwelijJcs, scarcely ; bijna, nearly; bijzonder, especially; 200, so; te, too, vol- Jcomen, quite ; zecr, very ; vreeselijJc, terribly ; heelemaal, altogether ; erg, very. (3) ADVKRBS OF NUMBER : all the Herlinlingsgetallen (see p. 122), and further ten eerste, ten ttceede, ten derde, ten vierde, enz., first, second, third, fourth, etc.; ten laatste, lastly ; ten slotte, finally. (4) ADVERBS OF PLACE : a/, down ; rond, about ; om, round ; henen, away ; voort, on ; heen, towards ; daarheen, thither; herwaarts, hither; huiswaarts, home; berg op, uphill; berg of, downhill; noordwaarts, northward; na-ar boven, upstairs ; naar beneden, downstairs ; hier, here ; in, into; ndbij, near; nergens, nowhere; ergens, somewhere; overal, everywhere, ergens anders, elsewhere ; boven, above ; beneden, beneath ; achter, behind ; terzijde, aside ; aan boord, aboard ; aan wal, ashore ; vooruit, ahead ; ginds, yonder ; hier en daar, here and there ; heinde en ver, far and wide. Also the interrog. adv. waar, where; waar- heen, whither; vanwaar, whence, etc. i 2 228 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. NOTE. A good many of these words may be used as prepositions, but then they invariably take a noun after them: Hij Hep den tuin nit en de learner in (uit and in adverbs), he walked out of Ihe garden and into the room ; De vogel zit in den loom (in prep.), the bird is in the tree. (5) ADVERBS OF TIME : (a) Time, definite or indefinite : nu, now ; dan, then ; Jieden, to-day ; morgen, to-morrow ; ' daags, per diem ; ' nachts, by night ; 'sjaars, per annum; maandelijks, every month; van avond, this evening; thans, now; gisteren, yes- terday ; reeds, already ; eens, once upon a time ; ooit, ever ; nooit or nimmer, never ; voorheen, formerly ; weleer, before ; nauwelijks (nauw), scarcely ; straks, just now ; intusschen, meanwhile. (6) Duration of time : altijd, always ; steeds, con- stantly; immer, always; voortaan, henceforward; onder- wijl, in the meantime ; van lieverlede, in course of time ; sedert, since. (c) Repetition of time : dikwijls, often ; vaalc, often ; zel- den, seldom ; telkens, every now and then ; opnieuw, once more ; somtijds, sometimes ; nu en dan, now and then ; gewoonlijk, usually ; doorgaans, commonly ; weder, again. Wanneer, when, is an interr. adv. of time. (6) ADVERBS OF CAUSE : daarom, therefore ; derhalve, therefore ; dienvolgens, on that account ; vandaar, for that reason ; daartoe, for that purpose, etc. Interrogative : waarom, why ; waartoe, for what pur- pose ; weshalve, on what account, etc. (7.) ADVERBIAL CONJUNCTIONS : evenwel, however ; toch, yet ; nicttemin, yet ; nochtam, yet, nevertheless ; desniette- gcnstaande, notwithstanding ; integendeel, on the contrary ; bijgevolg, consequently ; and the words daarvan, ervan, daar- mee, ermee, daarop, crop, dqaruit, emit, etc., called SAMEN- GRTROKKEN BuwooRDEN (see their formation, p. 136). THE ADVERB. 229 (8) ADVERBS OF MOOD: (a) Affirmation : ja, yes; wel, indeed; voorwaar, verily ; immers (see the example) ; volstreJct (see the example) ; inderdaad, indeed ; zeJcer, certainly ; voorzeJcer, to be sure ; gewis, undoubtedly ; stellig, positively. The way in which "wel," "immers," and "volstreJct" are used can be best gathered from the following sentences : 1. Hij heeft Jiet wel gedaan, maar niet zooals iJc Tiet wilde, he did it indeed, but not as I wanted it. 2. IJc heb u immers trouw gediend, I served you faith- fully, did I not ? 3. Hij wilde Jiet volstrekt zoo Jiebben, he was deter- mined to have it so. (&) Negation : neen, no ; niet , not ; geenszins, in no wise, not at all ; volstreJct niet, not at all. (c) Probability or doubt : misscJiien, perhaps ; mogelijJc, probably ; wellicht, perhaps ; vermoedelijJc, presumably ; waarscJiijnlijJc, probably ; wel (see examplej. Ex. IJc denlc wel, dat Jiij tJiuis zal zijn, I rather think he will be at home. (d) Wish : dan and toch. Ex. Kom dan, waarom zouden imj wacJitcn, do come, why should we wait? Zeg Jiem toch, dat Jiij Jiaast maJce, please tell him to make haste. OBS. I. Adverbs of manner (see par. II, 1) are for the greater part adjectives used as adverbs, without any change of form. The student is "requested to note this fact. The adverbial ending lijJc (Eng. ly) exists in Dutch, but is now very little used. There are adverbs which take it, not because it makes them adverbs, but because it has been used in the formation of the adjective from a noun or a verb ; e.g., moeielijJe is an adverb, signifying " with difficulty," but the adjective " difficult " is trans- lated likewise by moeielijJe : De oude man loopt moeielijJe, the old man \valks with difficulty ; Het is een moeielijJe 230 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. geval, it is a difficult case. The student should there- fore beware of placing the ending "lijk " after adjectives of manner, in order to make adverbs of them. Formerly it was customary to do so; now it is not admitted in colloquial language, though in high-flown style and in Bible language it is still done, as : Wij hebben goddelooslijk gehandeld, we have done wickedly. OBS. 2. Adverbs never change their form. The Adverbs of manner, however, take degrees of comparison, like adjectives. (See on Comparison, p. 105). The Superlative degree is always preceded by the def. article het. Ex. Mijn zoon werJct het vlijtigst, my son works most diligently (of all). Uwe dochter leert het best, your daughter learns best (of all). Mijne borst plaagt mij 's winters het meest, my chest troubles me most in winter. OBS. 3. The following are irregular in their forms : Positive. Comparative. Superlative. Goed, well, beter, het best. Slecht, badly, erger, het ergst. Veel, many a time, meer, het meest. Weinig, a few times, minder, het minst. Vroeg, early, eerder, het eerst. Dikwijls, often, meermalen, het meest. Gaarne, willingly, liever, het liefst. NOTE. Het eerst, or eerst, het laatst, or laatst, het best, or best, het liefst, or liefst, are used with different meanings, as follows : Compare : Ik was het eerst op school, I was the first at school. Adv. of time : Ik was ccrst op school en daarna in het museum, I was first at school, and then at the museum. Compare : Mijn broeder kwam het laatst boven, my brother was the last to come upstairs. THE ADVERB. Adv. of time : Mijn breeder bezocht laatst de mijnen, my brother visited the mines some time ago. Compare : I)it meisje leert het best, this little girl learns best of all. Adv. of mood : Deze jongen Jean best naar het dorp gaan, this boy can very well go the village. Compare : De man Jieeft zijn kind Jiet liefst bij zich, the man prefers having his child with him. Adv. of degree : Ik zou van avond liefst niet uitgaan, I would rather not go out this evening. NOTE. Some Adverbs of manner have been formed from adjectives by the diminutive ending je followed by an adverbial final s : zoet, sweet ; zoetjes, nicely, softly ; stil, quiet ; stilletjes, quietly, etc. Such adverbs do not take any degrees of comparison. The Cape expression : Sla den bal zoetjester, beat the ball more softly, is absurd. III. The meaning and use of the following Adverbs require special notice : 1 a, Zelden, rarely (seldom), is only an adverb, and never an adjective : Wij zien onzen broeder zelden, we seldom see our brother. 1 b. Zeldzaam, rare, wrongly used in the place of zelden, is an adjective, and not an adverb : VoUcomen zwarte Jcat- ten zijn zeldzaam, perfectly black cats are rare. 2 a. Ueen is an Adverb of place, indicating direction towards an object : Waar gaat gij morgen Jieen ? whither do you go to-morrow? Mijn plan is van middag nergens heen te gaan, my intention is, not to go anywhere this afternoon. 26. Henen is an adverb, indicating motion away from a place : Ga niet henen, voor het doriker is, do not go away before dark. NOTE. The difference between the words heen and henen is not observed in colloquial Dutch. For either meaning heen is used. 232 1HE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. 3 a. Immer, ever, and nimmer, never, point to a future time : Zal ik u immer wederzien ! Shall I ever see you back ? Hij zal ons nimmer beschamen ! lie will never put us to shame ! 3 b. Ooit , ever, refers only to the past : Heb ik ooit in mijn leven zoo lets gezien ? did I ever see such a thing in my life ? 3 c. Nooit, never, may indicate a past or a future time : Ik Jieb mij nooit met zoo iets beziggehouden, en ik zal er mij nooit mede bezighouden, I have never occupied myself with such a thing, nor shall I ever occupy myself with it. 4. Wijlen, late, is an Adverb of time taking its place before the name of a person : Wijlen de Graaf van Cham- bord, the late Count Chambord. 5. Met, a preposition (the adverbial form of which is mede), may be used as an Adverb of time : Met dat Jiij bin- nenkwam, Jiield het geraas op, the moment he came in, the noise stopped. 6. Kwansuis (Cape pronunciation : konsuis), sometimes written Jcwanswijs, -a word found in several of the Saxon languages, means " as it were," or, " pretending." It is commonly used in telling about a trick which has been played on anyone : Omdat de jongen lust had in een der lek- kere appelen, lid liij kwansuis liet geld vallen, om de aandacht zijner tante af te leiden, "because the boy longed for one of the nice apples, he (as it were by mistake) dropped the money, in order to divert his aunt's attention. 7. Avercchts (a compound of af, from, and recht, right, with an adverbial ) means in the wrong direction. Zij breit den eenen toer recht, en de anderen averechts, she knits one round plain and the next pearl. 8. Na, after, is an Adverb of time ; naar, towards, is a preposition. Hij Jcwam daar na mij, he came there after me ; Ik vertrek naar Engeland, I am leaving for England. 9. Af, down, is an adverb ; van, from, is a preposition : Wij klommen den berg af, we came down the mountain ; Hij nunt hct boek van mij weg, he took the book away from me. THE ADVERB. 233 10. Toe is an adverb expressing direction; tot is a pre- position : Waar gaan wij naar toe, where are wo going? Wij zullen maar tot daar gaan, we shall only go till there. 11. The use of the adverbs "af" and " neer," both meaning "down," which are found in composition with many everyday verbs, requires special attention. 1. Use "a/" when the "motion from an object" is the prominent idea. 2. Use " neer," when " motion towards an object " is the prominent idea. EXAMPLES OF 1 : Hij kwam van zijn paard af, he came down from his horse. Hij viel van Jiet dak af, he fell from the roof. De vogel vliegt van den boom af, the bird flies down from the tree. De jongen treJct de vlieg een pool af, the boy pulls out one of the legs of the fly. EXAMPLES OF 2 : Hij kwam op den vloer neer, he came down on the floor. Hij valt bij den stoel neer, he falls down at the chair. De jager selioot den bok neer, the hunter shot down the buck. He trek het gordijn neer, I pull the curtain down. Consequently, when separation is to be indicated, af should be taken : Hij sloeg hem net Jioofd af, he cut his head off. When a dii'ectly downward motion must be expressed, " neer " is used : De regen valt uit de wolken ner, the rain falls from the clouds. Downward motion, along a slope, is expressed by " af" : Hij loopt de trap af, he goes down the stairs. Motion resulting in rest upon an object, is expressed by " neer " only : lie legde Item op het bed neer, I laid him down on the bed. 234 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. GRAMMAR EXERCISES. Taaloefeningcn. EXERCISE LXXXVIII. Fill Tip the "blanks with, appropriate Adverbs. Mijnpaard treJct dan het uwe. schreit dat kind ? Deze oefening is (degree) geschreven, gij moet ze overschrijven. Die man gaat (time) (place) voorbij. Wij zijn den berg opgeloopen. Het kind is gestraft, (cause) wil het niet binnenkomen. (interrog. of time) i-ertrekt u naar Natal ? Zeg hem (of mood), dat ik (time) op reis ga. Ik sta (repetition of time) om zes uur op. Kunt gij (com- pound adv.) iets verstaan? Deze klerk schijnt (degree) geschikt voor zijn werk. Ik kan (place) mijn bock vinden. Mijne moeder is nu (degree) gezond. Wij laten (repe- tition of time) ons goed nit Parijs komen. (probability) regent het morgen, en (time) kunnen wij (neg.) gaan. (interrog. of cause) worden de lichten (degree) opgc- stoken ? Zij zouden (affirmation) lij ons geweest zijn, als zij tijd gehad hadden. De man is (time) ziek geweest, (cause) dat hij er (degree) slecht uitziet. EXERCISE LXXXIX. Give the Dutch Adverb of the English form. Als deze man niet so terribly lui ivas, zouden wij hem cer- tainly icerk gegeven hebben. Toen het Amerikaansche scliip here in de baai lag, ben ik aboard geweest. By night zijn alle katten grauio. Ik ben yesterday ziek gewccst, for that reason dat ik mijne lessen not gclccrd heb. Het kind zal in course of time aan zijne nieuwe omgeving gewoon warden. Het bericht der overwinning was in weinige uren far and wide vcrbreid. De inspecteur zal one of these days de school be- zoekcn. Ofschoon zijn vader hem strictly verboden had to- il iglit uit te gaan, deed hij het yet. Ik heb everywhere naar mijno pen gczocht, ik heb zc this morning somewhere neergelegd, maar ik kan mij not at all hcrinneren where. Ik THE ADVERB. 235 lees usually mijne courant in the evening. Heeft u indeed never geweten, why mo vadcr thither gegaan is ? Dit bock is exceedingly vervelend. For what purpose geeft gij u zooveel mocite ? De kinder en vermaalcten zicTi especially well ; en merrily Itecrden alien home. Henceforward zullen de booten every week varen. TRANSLATION EXERCISES. Vertaaloefeningcn. EXERCISE XC. Translate the following (minding especially II, (1), and OBS. 1, 2, 3, also III). All these roses blossom a long time, "but that one yonder blossoms longest of all. Notwithstanding the heavy rains, the troops marched courageously onward. I would rather not tell you why he prefers going to-morrow. The seasons are caused by the annual rotation of the earth round the sun. My father visits his old friend daily. They will have to act very cautiously in that matter. Of all the young ladies that sang last night, I liked (beviel my") your niece's voice best. Whoever comes in last should close the door. When I was in (the) town some time ago, I called on Mrs. B. This girl can v.'iy well learn this piece of poetry, but won't recite it best of all. Please, let the curtain down a little, the sun is shining right in my face (me right in the face). The price of wheat has considerably fallen lately. The unfortunate man must have dropped asleep near the edge of the precipice, and must have fallen down in his sleep. Don't jump down from that height; you will hurt yourself. The children amused themselves by (met) running up and down the sand-hills. The bride is a near relative to the late President Brand. I told you, didn't I? that the stamp was a very rare one, and that you should not give it away ; you will never get such a one again. I got up 236 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. half an hour after you, and yet I was downstairs earlier than you. The children ran up to their teacher, and wished him many happy returns of the day (geluk met zijnen verjaardag^). EXERCISE XCI. NOTE. " Na," " after," is a preposition expressing time, and rank or order. Zijn broeder is na liem gesiorven, his brother died after him. Na liet zingen Jcwam de preek, on the singing followed the sermon. " Nadat," " after," is an adverbial conjunction, binding two sentences : Hij Jcwam nadat zijn breeder vertrokken was, he came after his brother had gone. Nadat liij dit gezegd had, ging liij zitten, after he had said so, he sat down. " Daarna " is the Dutch equivalent for " after that (afterwards)": Ik vroeg Jiet Jiem eerst, en antwoordde u daarna, I asked him first, and answered you afterwards. It may be replaced by " dan," with the present and future tenses, and " toen " with the past tense : Ik vraag Jict hem, en vertcl het u dan, I ask him, and then tell you. Ik zal het hem vragcn, en u dan ver fallen, I shall ask him, and then tell you. Ik vroeg hct hem eerst, en vertelde het u toen, I asked him first, and then told you. After I had finished my drawing, I packed my box and went (naar) home. The ship arrived after you had left. His brother died just after his arrival. After this rain wo shall have fine weather. I invited my parents first, THE ADVERB. 237 and afterwards my uncle as well (too). Let me eat first, and then I shall speak to (met) you. He sat down (ging zitten) on that chair there, and shortly after he fainted. I promise to take him in after he is discharged from (uif (the) prison. Who would first sow, and then plough ? Is i t not natural, first to plough, and then to sow? You saAV him after lie had written his letter. After the rain ha-1 stopped, we went out for a walk (wandelen). You should not say no, after you have once said yes. He told me ot all the pain he had suffered, and then he fell into a quiet sleep. I shall have the boy wash the floor after he comes back from the butcher's (butcher). After my father had started for Europe, my mother got very ill. He came to East London shortly after the third Kafir war. Aftev you, please, madam ! After a day's (day of) hard work it is pleasant to have (some) music. Who shall say that (er) after this cruel war there won't be a long spell (tijdperk, o) of peace in these parts (streek, v). EXERCISE XCII. NOTE. "To put" is translated by "leggen" " zetten," "steken" "doen," "plaatsen" Use " leggen " whenever an object is to be placed on its broad side : Ik heb dat boek op de tafel gelegd, I have put that boi k on the table. Use " zetten " whenever an object is to be placed on end : Ik heb lict boek op de plank gezet, I have put the book on the shelf. Use " steken " whenever an object is passed through a close-fitting opening : Steek uwen zakdoek in urien zak, put your handkerchief into your pocket. Steek den draad door de naald, thread tho needle. 23S THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR, Use " doen " for " putting into," " passing through " : Hij deed de brieven in een zaJe, he put the letters into a bag. Compare : Ik steeJc het geld in mijnen zaJc, I put the money into my pocket ; to : He doe het geld in mijne beurs, I put the money into my purse. "To put on," and "to take off," of clothing, should be Iranslated by " aandoen" and " afdoen," when there is no passing of limbs into or out of such garments : Hij doct zijn boord, zijne das, zijnen mantel aan, he puts on his collar, his neck-tie, his cloak. Hij deed zijne manchetten, zijne happen of, he took off his cuffs, his leggings. But when there is such passing, " aantrekken " and " uittrelclcen " are used : Trek uwejas, uwe schoenen aan, put on your coat, your boots. Hij treJct zijne handschoenen, zijne Jcousen uit, he takes off his gloves, his stockings. Of hats, " opzetten " and " afzetten " are used. " Plaalsen" English "to place," is used for Dutch " zciten " iu more formal expressions. For the many other and varied meanings of "to put," a translation of the synonym which applies best to the action, is advisable. He put (wrote) it down in the book, hij schreef het in lict boelc op. I put (said) it straight to him, ilc zci liet hem rcchtuit. I shall put (lay) that money by (away) for you, ik zal dat geld voor u wegbcrgen. "Will you put the inkpot on the table for me? I have put the inkpot there, and I have also put the paper on your desk. They put a bucket under the Fpout to catch THE ADVERB. 239 up the rain-water. Let us put our clothes into our boxes. Put a chair ready for your uncle : he will be here jusfc now. The man put the horse into the stable, and put the cart into the waggon-house. Have you put sugar in my tea? Yes, and I have also put in (it) milk, The boy had a number of marbles which he quickly put into his pocket. Put on (oni) a shawl, it is cold. Must I put on a veil too ? No, you need not put on a veil, as long as (als . . . maar) you put on gloves. Don't put sheep and oxen into one fold. Take off your hat and your boots too. Shall I put on my slippers? Yes, and take off that heavy coat ; I shall (er) bring you a light one. Put away your books, the teacher is coming. Jane had a bird which she had put in a cage. I have put the cups on the table in the kitchen. And where have" you put the meat ? J have put the meat into the sideboard. EXERCISE XCIII. What is yotir salary ? I get three hundred pounds sterling per annum, which makes exactly twenty-five pounds per month. Is the salary paid out monthly? We can get it by the month, or at the end of every three months, just as we like it best. Every other day (om den anderen dag) we drive down to yonder farm ; it is so very pleasant to be there. At 7 p.m. (n.m. in den namiddag^) tho train starts for (naar) Edinburgh, where it is due (Jiij ftankomi) at 5 a.m. (v.m. indcn voormiddag'). We do not intend being (trans., to be) out all (the) morning ; before noon (trans., at 12 o'clock) we shall be back. He came just in time to see the balloon rise. What a grand sight it was ! 1 think I should like to go up some time (eens) ; it must be glorious to be drifting about in the air, and to see tho beautiful earth at such a distance. Last night somebody called (trans., has called) on me ; I am so sorry that I was not at home. Next week we have to part, ami next month, just about this time, we shall be in different 240 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. parts of the globe. Will you be back in a fortnight ? I can not tell (it) you at present. About a week ago I met my uncle and three of iny cousins (fern.) at a railway station near Dartmouth. CONVEBSATIE. Over versehillende Ambachtslieden. 1. Er moet eene ruit in dit venster gezet warden ; haal een glazenmaker om hel te doen. 2. Vraag hem, dit stuk nout voor mij te zagen, en leen mij eene boor om een gat te maken. 3. Heeft u nog andere werk- tuigen noodig ? 4. Ja, breng mij als ' u blieft een schroefdraaier, een hamer, eene schaaf, en wat groote spijkers met kope- ren koppen ; ook wat tin~ nen nageltjes. 5. Dat uithangbord is slecht geschilderd ; de schilder was maar een leerjongen. 6. Laat mij eens wat zinken platen zien voor dekking. 7. Leien of dakpannen warden hier zelden voor dat doel gebruikt. 8. Rieten daken zijn boven alle andere te verkiezen. 9. De metselaar, die dien muur gebouwd heeft, moet slechte kalk gehad hebben. 10. Vraag den straatmaker wat hij rekenen zou voor het bestraten der plaats. 11. Deze laden mocten naar een schrijnwerker yaan om nagezien te warden. 12. De kuiper zal het vat repa- reeren, er hoepels om slaan en het oversturen. CONVERSATION. About various Artisans. 1. This window needs a pane of glass ; call a glazier to put one in. 2. Ask him to saw this piece of wood for me, and lend me a gimblet to bore a hole. 3. Do you require any other tools ? 4. Yes, bring me please a screw-driver, a hammer, a plane, and some large brass-headed nails ; also a few tin tacks. , 5. That sign-board is badly painted ; the painter was only an apprentice. 6. Show me some corrugated iron for roofing. 7. One seldom uses slates or tiles for that purpose here. 8. Thatched roofs are to be preferred to either. 9. The bricklayer who built that wall, must have had bad mortar. 10. Ask the paviour what he would charge for paving the yard. 11. These drawers must be taken to a cabinet-maker to be mended. 12. The cooper will repair the cask, hoop it, and send it across. THE ADVERB, 241 13. Heeft u hem geaproTcen over de duigen en den boom, (bodem) ? 14. De smid legde Jiet ij'zer op het aanbeeld, en smeedde Jiet terwijl het heet was. 15. Deze waterkan lekt ; breng hoar naar den blikslager en loaf hem hoar soldeeren, 16. De smid kan de kolenschop en pook repareeren. 17. De schelledraad is gebro- ken ; waar kan ik een bel- leider vinden ? 18. Ik heb deze voorsnijmessen bij den messenmaker in de D-straat gekocht. > 19. Hoe mooi zijn de pooten van die tafel gedraaid I Heeft u al eene draaibank gezien ? 20. Laat ons naar den schrijn- werker gaan, en wat lijm en een paar krullen . vragen. 21. Die schilder is beroemd; prins Alexander heeft zij'ne laatste schilderij gekocht. 22. Dat houtsneewerk is uit- muntend gedaan. Wie is de beeldhouwer ? 23. Mijnheer N ; hij heeft het opschrift op dien grafsteen gemaakt. 24. Deze messen en scliaren zijn niet scherp ; breng ze naar een scharensUjper, ah 't u Uieft. 13. Did you toll him about the staves and the bottom ? 14. The blacksmith laid the iron on the anvil, and struck it while it was hot. .15. This water-can leaks; take it to the tinsmith and ask him to solder it. 16. The blacksmith can repair the coal-scuttle and fire- irons. 17. The bell-wire is broken ; where can one find a bell- hanger ? 18. I bought these carving- knives at the cutler's in D-street. 19. How beautifully the legs of that table are turned. Have you seen a turner's lathe ? 20. Let us go to the joiner's, and ask for some glue and a few shavings. 21. That artist is celebrated ; Prince Alexander bought his last painting. 22. That carving is exquisitely done. Who is the sculp- tor? 23. Mr. N. ; he did the engrav- ing on that tombstone. 24. These knives and scissors are not sharp; please take thorn to a grinder. 242 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. CHAPTEE XI. THE PREPOSITION. (Het Voorzetsel.) I. PREPOSITIONS, Voorzetsels, are real particles, i.e. in- declinable words. They may have different meanings according to the various relations between actions, persons, and objects which they are made use of to express. One of the two nouns between which a preposition takes its place in a sentence, is the name of the person or thing to which attention is chiefly drawn, whereas the other noun merely serves to indicate in what relation or position that principal person or thing is placed. In the sentence for instance : de Jiond is in zijn hole, the dog is in its kennel, the dog is tho principal thing spoken about, whereas kennel is used to define the place the dog occupies. Any such defining noun is under the direct influence of tho preposition that precedes it, by which preposition it is said to be governed. II. The usual place of prepositions is before tho nouns they govern : Wij spcelden op de plaats, wo played in tho yard ; De vogeh zaten in de Jcooi, the birds sat in the cage. NOTE. " Halve "and " wegcn " are placed after the noun or pronoun with which they stand, forming one word with them : mijnentwege, for my sake ; uwcntwcge, for your sake ; zijnentwege, for his sake; veiligheidshalve, for the sake of safety. III. Formerly Prepositions and words used as such, PREPOSITION. 243 governed different cases, i.e., required either the Genitive, Dative, or Accusative case of the noun after them. Now, however, one common rule applies to every Preposition, viz., that it governs the Accusative case and the obsolete use of the Genitive and Dative cases is only discernible in some expressions, few in number, yet sufficient to remind us of what once has been. EXAMPLES. Feminine Dative: uitermate (uit der mate), exceedingly ; bij der hand, close at hand ; mettertijd, in time ; miter ooge, uitter nerte, out of sight, out of mind ; ter oore Icomen, to come to one's notice ; ter feest gaan, to go to a feast. Neuter Dative : in den beginne, in the beginning ; van goeden huize, ten top sty gen, to reach the highest point ; met dien verstande, with this understanding ; bij levenden lijve, alive. Neuter Genitive : binnenshuis, inside (the house) ; buitenslands, outside of the country ; tusschendeJcs, between deck. Masculine Genitive : buitenstijds, out of season ; binnens- monds, mutteringly. IV. The relations pointed out by Prepositions may be : . , ,. ,. -, la. Rest in a place. 1. A relation of place < T TVT * f i \ 6. Motion to or from a place. 2. A relation of time. 3. An abstract relation expressing a cause, an object in view, etc. 4. A positive or negative connection. 1. Rest in a place is indicated by : boven, above ; onder, under ; buiten, outside ; binnen, inside ; nabij, near ; naast, next to ; aan, at ; te, at ; in, in ; op, on ; tusschen, between ; tegen, against, etc. Motion to or from a place is indicated by : over, over ; van, from ; naar, towards ; tot aan, as far as ; langs, along rond, round ; random, round about ; voorbij, past, etc. 244 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. OBS. Notice the following sentences : Hij loopt in de school, lie walks about in the school (in = Prep.). Hij loopt de school in, he walks into the school (in = Adverb). De koeien grazen op de weide, the cows are grazing in the meadow (op = Prep.). Zij klimmen den berg op, they climb the mountain (op = Adverb). Ik lees uit Homerus, I read from Homer (uit = Prep.). Ik las het geheele J)oek dien avond uit, I read through the whole of the book that night (uit = Adverb). 2. A relation of time is indicated by : in, in ; binnen, within ; omstreelcs, about ; bij, near by ; om, at ; over, past, in ; aan, on ; tegen, towards ; voor, for ; tusschen, between ; tot, to ; sedert, since ; gedurende, during. 3. An abstract relation of cause, etc., is expressed by : door, by ; voor, for ; uit Icracht van, by virtue of ; ten spijt van, in spite of; naar gelang van, according to; in weerwil van, in spite of ; aangaande, touching ; wegens, on account of; betreffende, touching ; aangezien, for as much ; ter oorzaJce van, on account of; ten gevolge van, in consequence of; in tegenstelling van, in opposition to ; in vergelijking van, in comparison to ; ter wille van, for the sake of; instedevan, instead of; ten behoeve van, on behalf of; overeenkomstig met, conformably to. 4. A positive connection is expressed by : met, with ; benevens, together with ; a negative connection by : zonder, without; uitgenomen, except; behalve, except. NOTE. Seeing that the same word may occur as an adverb and a preposition, or as a preposition and a conjunction, the student should notice that every preposition must necessarily be followed by a noun or pronoun in the accusative (objective) VI. Prepositions used for indicating different relations. AAN. 1. Rest in a place : De stad ligt aan zee, the town lies on the sea-coast. TttE PREPOSITION. 245 2. Indicating a beginning : De vogel gaat aan 't vliegen, the bird begins to fly. 3. Used instead of the Dative case : Geef Jiet boelc aan uwen broeder, give the book to your brother. VAN. 1. Instead of the Possessive case : Dit is de lei van mijnen broeder, this is my brother's slate. 2. Meaning "from " : Uc ontving eenen brief van hem, I got a letter from him. DOOR. 1. Meaning " through" : De Itogel ging door het huis, the bullet went through the house. 2. Meaning " by " : Door uw vermogen zijt gij in staat, veel goed te doen, by your fortune you are able to do a great deal of good. 3. Meaning " with " : Door uwe vriendelijke hulp is het mij gelukt, with your kind assistance I have succeeded. 4. Meaning " throughout " : Door alle landen zal het gehoord warden, it will be heard throughout every country. BIJ. 1. Meaning " by" : Bij geval, by chance; bij beurten, by turns; bij nacht, by night; dicht bij, close by; bij lamplicht, by lamplight. 2. Meaning " near," " nearly " : Set is bij tweeen, it is close upon two o'clock ; Zijn huis is bij het TcerWiof, his house is near the churchyard ; Mijne grootmoeder is bij de tachtig, my grandmother is nearly eighty years of age. 3. Meaning " with " : Zij logeert eene weeJc bij ons, she is staying with us for a week ; Heeft hij geld bij zich "} has he any money about him ? 4. Meaning " to ": Koin bij mij, lief kind / come to me, my dear child ! 5. Meaning " about " : Hij kwam eerst bij twaalven, he only came about twelve o'clock. 246 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. ONDER. 1. Meaning " among " : Dat is zoo de gcwoonte onder soldaten, that is the custom among soldiers. 2. Meaning " during " : Onder het ontbijt wordt ons altijd iets voorgelezen, during breakfast we have always something read to us. 3. Meaning " under " ; Die boot Jean geheel onder water gebracht warden, that boat can be completely brought under water. 4. Meaning " amongst " : De roovers verdeelden de buit onder elkander, the robbers divided the spoil amongst them. 5. Indicating a time : Onder de lange regeering van Keizer Wilhelm 1., during the long reign of the emperor Wilhelrn I. OP May be translated by " upon" " on," " in" " after," " at," " with," " but" " into," " to" 1 . Upon : Hij legt het cene boek op het andere, he places one book upon another ; Op mijn woord ik weet het niet, upon my word I don't know. 2. On : Ik ontmoette hem eerst op eenen Maandag en daarna op eenen Woensdag, I met him first on a Monday and then on a Wednesday. 3. In : Doe het eens op cene andere manier, just try it in a different way. 4. After : Hij Jcleedt zich op zijn Duitsch, he dresses after the German style. 5. At : Op uw verzoek zal ik gaan, I shall go at your request. G. With : Mijn vader is waarlijk boos op mij, my father is indeed angry with me. 7. But : Alle Jcinderen op een na zijn dood, all the children but one are dead. 8. Into : Dien fraaien hoed zal ik u op den koop toegeven t I shall throw that pretty hat into the bargana. THE PREPOSITION. 247 9. To : Weet ge, dat ice op souper (pron. sou-pe) gevraagd zijn ? do you know that we have been invited to supper ? NAAR. 1. Meaning " to" "towards": Mijn plan is, morgen naar mijn stil dorp terug te gaan, my intention is to return to my quiet village to-morrow ; De vogels vliegen naar de kust, the birds are flying towards the shore. 2. Meaning "from" : Dat is naar de natuur geteeJcend, that is drawn from nature. 3. Meaning " according to " : Ik heb genandeld naar mijne overtuiging, I acted according to my conviction. 4. Meaning " about " : Hij doet er onderzoek naar, he is making enquiries about it. 5. Meaning "for": Hij zoekt naar zijn boek, he is looking for his book. 6. Meaning " after " : Hij kleedt zich naar de Duitsche mode, he dresses after the German fashion. OM. 1. Indicating a place : Er is eene heining om den tuin, there is a fence round the garden. 2. Indicating a time : Hij gaat om de veertien dagen naar Jiuis, he goes home every fortnight ; de vergadering begint om zeven uur, the meeting begins at 7 o'clock. 3. Preceding the Infinitive of a verb : Hij doet het alleen om te plagen, he just does it to tease ; Ik ben gekomen om onze rekening te vereffencn, I have come to square our account. 4. Meaning "for " : Om welke reden is hij vertrokken ? for what reason did he leave ? DenJc eraan om mijnent- wil, remember it for my sake. 5. Meaning " up " : Uw bepaalde tijd is om, your fixed time is up. 248 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. TTIT. 1 . Meaning " out " : Zal Jiij ooit uit de moeite Jcomen ? will lie ever be out of trouble ? 2. Meaning "/rom" : Hij komt uit de JcerJc, he is coining from church. 3. Meaning " out of" : Uit oprechte liefde, out of real love. VII. Preposition- Verbs requiring for the greater part different prepositions in Dutch from those which they are followed by in English, a list is here appended from which ihose which occur most frequently may be learned. THE PREPOSITION. ttf JH "o to '5 49 03 a> ituation ? a M o d .2 "-*3 O 1 J ** z ^ -1-9 o S'S .- o ^ 3 o 2r says. & hundred 03 '5 03 03 "S J=) o > ^ ^ ^ a T3 H 3 m "rt ^ ~? -^ ^ 5 o 5^ j o I 2 la a 1 c3 ^ oc o5 f^ 3 2F 1/3 .a 1 ^0 "- if !i IS o a 0) SO) a d ^*~> T3 '"^ 03'"^ *^j 9^ C*-* ^ "> r ^ >rH oT* cj N g .u r-^ ^> 03 o r* * ^O l ~^> "* "^ rt c OT O T3 >3 QJ 03 5" M 03 - cT C4 Q -% flsl O) ^ ft o^ig M SO Q 8 '" t! "o II S ^ t> ^ O > *^ o *^ i> 'o o W ^j^ O QJ ^j fl bf 0>^ '7 ^ z c3 j ^ S - ^ fe a? M "~ ~ > 0) .5 03 f-t-T 1 "" 1 ^3 *" ' A-* ^> ~2 3> OT *- p H > -4J C/> ,r ^ ^ S ^ r-H Q l^S a , '^ ^ a S^^ 0) ^ c 1 1 ^ ^ Or^ PH ^ " l-lH&H - 1 HH 13 a V . g a, i> g *T S ., 8 a ~ ^8 ^ O ^ * "a "&j ^ C 1 a o S a s .5 r S" S &> 8 1 a g b a " CO &\ S ^^ j^ ..2 1 a 8 8 1 a" a 8 1; * g o ^ 8 toj u o |1 "<* 5^ rO i 8 ^ II? _ rS a : P S g J* a -40 s r^ ^J -*; t. %, ^H ^ ^^ _ "j* "^^ 1 < 8 rS C a 8 8 8 e S 11 ^^ f - a "" 8 "g ^ e~ 8^ | -1 Ik heb dien aanbevolen. _v! ? S B fC'^ s e s>3 a i 8 ^ ^2 :5>S -8 If i 8/Sra "-I -f "^ j-T *? 8 ;jfe ;* <" ff 'i ^3 ^ :^ 3 ^ Q 5 ^ 5> S>^ g ' a^" **^ . e ^ S g *=> sw fond beboet i . fl '~$ 9 o -2 Q g . . i" s 3 , . s "S & GO || o T3 ^ 6 -2 1" o % CO .5 , arrive I O cd rt "* d s,~ 1 1 o li 03 O o> a> % o a3 to a a a" ^ Sf ~a ! H e 8 8 ^ anbevelen aan. 1 1 a 1 a anvraag om, anzien, anzoek do< ij 1 dresseeren jJJ lT a Gir^ 8 8 a ;^^ 8 8 '1* ntwoorder i a" s -S s s 8rO ^j o ^ ^ "^ ~ ^^ "^ "^ N "^^ ^ 1 ftq=q 250 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. ^ -2 S3 o o o> t> a *' >^rS IS c s .2 S -3 2* ~ o S^^o S i g-^ III s 3 -2 O O C S ~'3 cfi ^ Ci H ^3 rt 3 rt 0-5 h s ho S H K'i ve - '' 111 Ml ill 2~J :^I- S * I T; S lill 8 fes ^ r-C r-Ct '.S> a S, z 3 $ **"* C3 c5 '' ' ^ o 'S i cS Q d a & % l~ To I ^A 5 1^ | fo U'| &J 1 llfljS g^s^l^ I I' J I O v * VH *V # EH R : *u , . ? T * c * *. ^ il 3 .2L *> -? c rt o| S 3 $ : I J '<'> s o o 'a 2 g 1 S CS K, g CO r^ S . J? O J7 S I ^ H S a a I I S *r e "8 -6 _- rC 2 o "S '^ 3 . o . r^ "5 o O ^5 u . ^ . Q . 'n -j d /-* 2 . ** ."tJ Sg^^ fe - &D P= -S _^ S-aO'-g^^ g fl a, rarf * .5 T2 .2 * S 6 S .2 2 -%'$ J ^ 42 -S ^ e4 ^J QJ C5 II -U rt & 1 | 1 O ~ ^ p. ^ ** * A h * ^ ^ EH - " - ** S a * !-T tT R s sT a" SH ;S, * S . - JL> jj S ^ a Q C S ?T ^ e 1 f 4 if i ^ ^ * ^ - ^ ^ < ts GI S c i & ^ "^ SI e 1 x-s^ ^ ^ i) ft; q THE PREPOSITION. 253 a CO % 43 bO .5 '33 -u H The mason is in want of bricks. /. I i & CM Ci^ T3 a 'a a a i i .2 o g *^ -u O> * s 1 M QJ bO 8 * p 5 ^ -^ ^ "c % i-s ijt i ^ ~j;i b C n2 M "^ > & 'O " 2 >~> fe *" fl P a -Si's .s >> a > q ^ ^J g (u C> 02 Q> er^ ,^ CO s o> . ^ . T3 -S^S-E .g_ s -4J i ? c! c4 a '-bf 1 i :/3 S^CB^M^-^g "O-MB ttoeSo OQo "*"^ >*> He has accustomed himself to early rising. My father approved of my resolution. The man was throwing a stone at the hcrse. (1) *J bO _fl 'a rt M o 03 pO ^ H cS A ^ "S t-l bO .9 'bb a 1 E <" EH _d 'S a d o o a 9 S* c3 bJD'TS a M a" .e J ^ a c fi S | f '? 1 O 1 1 1 | 1 s I M^gS tog^ 1 1 o C ^ &j w '1 i ^ a t> ^> hO .8 ^ 8 S 3 e e 8 to 4^ ! o r*i a 6 8 ^ a I s s GI i-2 8 2? ^ & S ~c ^ 8 rO 1 K C i^l^'^N S^ U IS 'XS SsS ^ .* >M 05 Dat onzinnig I De metselaar sreenew, JA; &e gedachtl ;^ y *fc>- ^> 1-5 'S S,. 03 C'"Q ^ 8 &i ^ tr, (-a 1 T>? 8 ^^ &s^ N S 8 S S .S 3 * N S gewena, Mijn vader keu De man gooi naar hct paa 1 CO q" C O jl *! gegraven, Onze tuin gren j o r * G3 O c2 H JS O 1 If .9 1 S' 03 " Q 'O . J g -2 o'^c c2 02 ' ^ c for). , accustom , approve o , throw at. , scramble _bD a o ! *4O S SH 5? H 8 8 ss* ^ <^ ^^ 8 e m a ^* * | r-0 N Q s; e '^ a 'S 1 e if JS 8 e 1. ?i S o ebrek heb e " a s a -K. S a S -^^SrS^ tfc>sT ^ovl. M r^_ f-^> K OB tt *K> *>4 ^ OQJ^^J^^J ^J^CO ewennen oedheure ooien nat rdbbelen e 8 1 renzen ai N SJ3 ^5 ^5 ^! ^3 ^ ^3 $ ^ v? O 'v! O S3 Cb 254 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. 09 _, tj 08 > . fl ij A M 1 o S ^ n h- 1 5 o % 3 o H rg s ^ l ., fj M * > rt f -6 ^ ^ g 5 QJ 1 "o a 3 I 1 <2 ^bO S-3 03 O S? , = i ^ o & ^ tZ 3 rt S bb"3 O "^ * a bD 'C S ,Q -ij .9 5 2 O 'o * - S Sig a 2 i,S^ 2 i^ Q} A ^ "I'B 2 C3 r^^ o. r* h- ( H ^ hH C" 1 ^ H EH B H a 1" a ^ a a -sT a > 1 3 O Is s $ c .g^ *> ^.'g 5 ^ O ^ "1 tS 3 N > 2 s a ^ 8 & a J c a a ^> g 5 ." O ^-> ^ o e g "^ ^ T rO 8 8 -1 g if-c S G s 3 LIST OF PREPOSITIONS- Wie zou niet gruwen V( misdaad, a 1 o 1 e 8 a ^ f IK u ontmoeten zal, De hond hecht zich ster ** S ^ S. .1 8 S w i-O s l post geholpen, Ik herinnerde hem aan Dat kind hindert m studie, Hoed u voor kwaad gez 1 morgen, Het kind houdt van lez Die jongen houdt zic knav. De kinderen hunkert vacantie, jDte man interesseert photographic, Hij heeft mij aan gelntroduceerd, V y> g 6 ^ . . g eS . * 'o J. vS' . d . t- o> 1 4 bo 8 ~a , e c were nibbling % 33 lA & o M R'V \l 9 .13 ... -4- _ CG r-H 2^'S S^jfe' 2 lit* a s 5 O ,- o t^ F^H ^ ua rp* } J 2 rL5 _ a _ a W fco o f^ t ^ |l bo 3 g r _j O Q? r- ||l| 'J|| H EH = 'ammerden over hu .a ->-3> a a - i * r 1 i^ S| N "* =C ^. ^j nde van pijn, klagen over den regei eeft aan mijnen vinge\ kunnen in boome knabbelden aan c tftftf aan eer? been, lelen voor afgodcn, er zijn verloren geld, koken van verontwaai facZ over rfe manie ' u toespak, zich over dat de tijdin Itbliift, 1 1 r *-5 S3 &i ^e ^^e 8 *5 1 ^5 8 ^* S ^ a Is * ..' .fea 8*\S S3 'c-. A S A lill i^is ^ s S 3 U S 4 C S i> S3 C '-y ^ ^ ^- s-a R J^ S a ^1 81 IW 2 g Ss ft. 1 s s . , ss ^ S3 S3 55 ES C)qtq^ f> *^il ^^1 ^ * ^ i i'*5 i I ijU-i: H5 ^j ^ ^ S3 .S ^'.^ R^^t^ I" s *fe> * S3 ^c* 8 **^- r~ e r^-g 1 ^ ^ *> rd *0 -g i 3 a +3 _,J ^^ "5 rQ o P Jt o ^ ^ '3 & 03 C5 O O -w fcC ^ V-/< O +2 g % Q o ^ is -Si 1 j-lJJ sll" w O .If v-t c3 D ^5 4) o ^ to o to '"S '3 bc^^,B ^ 1 ? rS ^ ^ ^ r * ~ *% fj K * ~ > > H IT s" 1" j 5 iT ^ A o 8 vT 8 M a" ^ 8 ^ ,-S $J" s. a a a u a ^ e s a u ll| N ?? 'I s i 256 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCft GRAMMAR. s o o c ^ ^ 'S s a o I O -i4 _0 CO 1 5 IH O CD O 1 13 a & CD H3 c8 'o a _d CO % CD 1 o a CD I O rf I-H O Q? i^l ^^ 1 05 02 +> r-5 r^ ^ -Tj- ^ i CD % ^/ co bD g CD |J h CD ^ CO 5 CD | S 5 a J^o.2 CD O m a CD ^> 'CD _j2 fcD !s 03 tc tening s H gte 1 CD to . CD M ^ "S J To o >. a - to ^ ^ CD 'o .2 O > z i fl CD rt Li ^ 1 CD ,J3 li ~ o 5 s * rM ^ to 05 o 8 ^ ^ fi p-l O ^^ " ^i ^1 t 1 EH ^ ^ ^ t 1 "- > CQ -4- CD H J-j Q^ C3 QJ O CO CD CD ^ coK CD O -5 H CO $ *fe> _> 35 a 1 1 e " a sT 1 g V a' i rO _, ^> ?i g ^> Q} f^o "e* M Ss r ^5 ^ a fc . O t HO to f^^ t^ *^3 *s* J MS r g" I s 1 a 1 1 s u 1 lo <^ r^ ?^ S 1 to CO "N> f-5 ro g Q ** 52 s a 1 8 t> SH a 6 13 5. 8 8 a |1 t. 8 & 8- ! ii "? $ "*^ ?> . a e 1 ^ 6 K> i s a 1 6 CO a s """"' "~" ^ ^ ^8 "i 5 ft : i _i 'I I 1 * f r< ^ HO ^ '**. ^ "^ r^ S 1^ '1 s | :| "" a i- a ?a P* oa *^ ^ ^ toi*'** ^^ ^ ^ ^ V ^ ^ " ta 's> S'ri sJ g 3 HH Nj ^ 'N, h<^ ^ d o -fl CD ^ W) . "-2 ."ti . a S - . *S 3 te ij d ^ ^0 $^ *j o 6 ^' O 2 . ^ C5 j^ CD 1: S3 CO M '% . CO M -- 5 CO II CO CO , resem , aim a E-i ' K 8 jf a | 1- k g 5? | t-S \ 8 8 II tf o e 1 Ig. 8 g ^ 9 ft r^ 2: s *~-1 K^ h^ i i B 1 1 i Ui s if H 1 77/v? PREPOSITION. 257 CN. 1 .22 ^: 3 i 1 1 Q 5 1 '1 o ** ^ | ^ ^ 1 9 3 43 1 r2 1 bO .9 S . O 3 CQ V 'o Lj 3 g 1 to *c c3 'fc^ t a ,3 S *j rQ -g 'o 2 r a3 6 ^* s . i c3 o re* CO Ml -4-3 3 1 ; 1 1 | i e cS i-r? !! rS 5 *- H 1 1 o CO 1 1 1 matter. The theft is being en DO CO i C) 1 . B-l lilt !-! s g-s.g CS 2 (_ 03 B S -3 f^OM'S CB ^ t-, a 4 05 CO tS "S ^^ !>rH H-I P Is a 'S c3 VI bO bO H ' JB 1 "1 i 1 8 naar den gehoorza- SO 1 beTcwaam -f^ 1 a !> e u a chocolade hunnen 9 f^* t3 ?> fci !S ^ * s 8 O 1 S M k meren ? e matrozen morren over eten, 3 k 5 o 1 3 dacht, r wordt navraag gedaai diefstal, we zachtheid zal hem to men nopen, -' ^ *" 8 CO ^j> s " S III 1 s 8 '0 S 1 , a o 1 58 S ^ ^ a o Q "~* a 11 I. g i i| man, 'ij wilden u op Jcoek en onthalen, e gevangenen zijn aa\ bewaker ontsnapt, F HI ^ feq to ' ^ ^ * * o * C| rS o . a ."s ^ 3 ^ g & o _0 'to S o CD ^J 11 bJD , consider. O> b & O B A bO .S . o CO *"* .1^3 11 _C V 1 *J a O "* & o tX s a E 09 _s a> o H S | 1 1 %r :Js N 5 % a i -Jfi 8 s g a O 1 e vT 8 8 I \ V "a 1 1 i. E i E c 1 a 1 1 ?x 8 8 | ^J ^> oo S - O "o ^ " a 1 a R "S" a "3 a 'S 6 i K 258 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. ti-. o t CM ^9 _^ o ""c3 ^a rt ea j3 >2 o to "3 "O U) o o -j ^ g'd -2 5 o5 ^ O 3 | o r j rS > * ; ^j -r r^ ,j i-] T^ O BM EH nd 3 O C3 PI ^d ^ -s 8 ^ 'H ^j *i- r^ s< s O to 3 O ^t-^ ^ r2 to a o i rG O> CO 2 c 8 6 O ^+-1 ^~? f* g o r-< O O p >. s i r jj r . cc o "" &* ^ to '." ^ -2 ^ H-l C ^' S .2 fcO O f> s .5, r^; ^5 O "rt ^J ^ ^ o ^^ O Is "3 tc 'o .2 -2 S t! rO * 'n 1-1 3 ^ -4J 'Z "rt ~X "^ ^""oa 2 x O "^ S -2 S S a> g ^a ^ "+ J f"- -~^ fc^ 2 S rG 503* w HH H H W W ^H M ^ s g <0 V " a ^ s" - CO C) 10 s S 05 *> if "Ka ^j i 8-2 q 4S r s a Pas op uwe tanden, Mei Deze man past juist voo\ van werk, Hij peinsde over den \ 'T * TL rt _7, 55 t g5 gf 5 - ^" :|| O S ll s s 'S s? ?- J i- 81 111* Oh a a a |.s J ^'.5 ^ tf ^ s s N "SrO O rS 4 5; '^- fe (^ (jeraadpleegd, Ah men maar aan dat krult het ineen, s 6 ^ ^5 . 1 o a o ,d ^ ss -s i a-l "sl *5 3 bD d 2 o '1 ^ ^3 3 ' f ' s CO M g O n ** Q^ ' c3 ^3 a c"3 3 .2, $ 8 o to ^^ a 9 rO -2 8 S s = s Z K S s C s fe 8 1 B s . f i ^ C _ * O * ^i s a a S CO Jo ^ S 0* &5 V i e ^ ^? s a a a e a 'x ^ 1 i t s; ^ 1 S o e S 'S 0,0^ fi^ 1 'o "a !~ I 1 ^ THE PREPOSITION'. 259 ^ J tn ^ ^ S 2 ^ o -j C *" M > ^ a-*J *^ P ^, <4H ,c o o -2 "S -s a P rt ^ "en "S o S3 -^ a The travellers were longing for end of the journey. Every year many Mohamme travel to Mecca. 0. S ^ CO k fl O K HH 6 b 3 o nealtli into account. This man glories in his great we .2 "c3 ^ ^q bfl r^J O CB ^3 | | .1 a ^^^ ^ S 2 g s | l ~~ l tn W . CO rrt - Is"! Is, 2 ^' = I J 1 gis M^ 2-5 e W H I have had to accommodate m; to my new surroundings. Tlie ixjor woman resigns hersc' "S 9 3 9 S .2 CJ 1 '?' EH ^5 8 ,0 , i "8 , S S s> j_ g rS ^ ,<; g; 8 V Is ~ g 'S s r ~> 8 ?> **** "** ^S ^ 2 ^5 N CO k O ^2 ^ Ho ist si *^ p ~- L 1 O 1 8 j* S | 8 o 8 Cr> 1 ^* O ^i g o 1 w -8 mocten rekenen, eze man roemt op z mogen, ej'ongen schaamde z armocdige kleeren, \jn vermogen wo duizend pond gesch ej'agers schieten op S '.^-. omgeving moeten sc e arme vrouw schik 5^. ^6 fQ ~^ o "S | O 1 r ^ q si ~- <5 5 q ^ q ^ ? te! .M ^ ^5 OJ r^ 4-* 1 . Si ^ c S !~ ' ' "2 e . 8 2. S | i * 1 r 1 f~- ^3 '11 i a N S t^ W ^ K 2 2&Q COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. S ~ ^ & HH d CD 0B*I t-i O Q^ t *- 4 ^ ^'Cr^rC o SaSli ^ 3 M ^^

-Js 9 o 1 " : U.I 3J2 8j^ ET^ PH "fl 1 W P "- - 8 "i -S ^ a JIi ^ > > .8 t & ^ o I geld g , hier n 55 - o * -III 3 *Ii Si^^l .g rgr S S'-H^^^S S-^ 5 1 COMMERCIAL DVTCff GRAMMAR. . _o CJ O t-> 03 OT 0) co y ; rt 'n & o . .2 Q o "C C3 fl ^n 49 o ri rt OT "co V S o a? tc .r d a ,- a 1 I ~-t rn 4n * z 3 "ta o> -d 'to _g '-4J ^ bL 11 C5 >1-Z iS s her mother s death. to g C3 to "3 a p 5 >> "*" have always doubted his si y uncle has quarrelled fc with my father about this 11 the money I have carnec had to spend on medicine; tc 1 ^ I * "co ^ -^ 03 < o -43 ) PI _^ 03 C3 S $ '-J3 .2 | 'ti o O tc bO 3 ^3 *" ^< cS Si !> o> P V >.-2 1 H w^ H S H ^ i i * ^ i fe s . k 1 a * 'S r-^ "^ - , CO ' ^ e s ^J e o *?* c* C '^ S **** ^ S s .s i j| s .P s 'e | e | v ^ s" * 03 o a -*A ^ a,^" O^ !> ^ ,fe V Qi O" f^x ^ s s : M rS cs .S G- *OV ^i ^ o "*0 "*** 03 r^> i s ^ ^ ^t s- Its M *i !^ ^ ^ ^ -^ ^ b k "5 r^~ O> R koek getrakteerd, Veel jonge mensche Mashonaland getrc Het kind treurt o\ liarer moeder, Waarom staat u zoo tc turen ? S N a s i<: 03 r ^5 "*^v sS 5* o 5^ ^ S 3 ~ a rx 03 ^ "^* r< S "" U *" e ^ 555 . | ^ |t *^ ^O g X O "S ' j^ *** i ofl O " CO * >i ' O >. "S & .S I &c ,3 3 a o o CO cS ^ i 1 y> & 'a o p "W *^ -t^ bD g |~ 2 s> A s I ^ s> i S o o a ^ S rS a a 3! 12 ^ S~f. . ^j Jl * ^ I 1 'I ^ ^ ^ 7^ ^ O3 o; ^. *r*" g S* CO CO N ?^ g E^ t2 fc-< W ^ fi S S LI (S S * THE PREPOSITION. 263 i ta 52 M 5 o 5 % CO O o < +2 C5 U S a V. o d a o fl '3 a s a o to 2 o !l -o 2 1 < s o a c p Q 1 O O . r. ^ J3 aged all r o (-1 a K> .ta 2- 2 d -s^ = cu ^ o cp S 2 52 1 i T; J C IS 73 ^ >>^ li 3 CO Jj p s 5 s" rt ^ 'a's S J ^ Hi o 73 2 rS ^ " c s 7; -^ O ~ T3 O .a^ ~d 'o J; o 73 rt "^ TJ CD *+* O .' p 5 C3 *"" i 2 ^3 o 1 '> N ^g y ^-r^ * 1 B hS ^ g> s oi s rsr g p i a" J 5 S S N 2 ll J. O * v> ?* j|^ <^> -^ ^^ s :s> f s^ S v-l 1 ** o > f*. -^ S 5 o -S N a u ij 1 ?>r< "e - ll S ^^ & t^ 9 '<> 1 ^ s" s ve S 'o '<^ 55 !U w -^ 8 ^s ^^^S ^ fcLs^. CO S S.-S ^1 ?> g ? w s i a i S II * >o N ^. i**^ ^> S r< S 5-1 "; ^ to o "^5 15> CO J^ 4 ^ its a i S III '*a ^> Qj V >l ^ tl 3 ^^ ^ s ^ ^ '-"j > ^ rO -5 5^ t^^l* s g~^aT |ll Jl N S"3 2 S CO * 41 1 *o ^> Jg a i 3 o H O a ^ a -i-3 ~ i ~ i vSx +s "~ o 03 O pn it to ci p o> o o *o a cS 1 3 o T3 d C3 a C -"^ _o ? bo t) '.2 "5>* CO o 'o fl '** %-l o 'S W ca o _o a S s s - ^ K s 8 c S s - 1 1 2 R 1 8 M| ^ o s r-O K * -^ jg Q "** a s k r i a" ^ "^ ;^ CO O V i S rg "el to'i Jj ^ *?*^ s g ^ ^ ^ S O 8 s 6 ^^ ^ '-N :T ~ o J ^N cu ^S fi e 5^ &5 ^ g 1 1 ^ s ^ S ^** J; 1 C^ ^ N c -^ o 264 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. JS .- on o S ,2 rt -2 .2 _0 b 2 CO 3 rS *H ij O O v_ eg M rd 1 __ 1 g o ^W <4-1 -*^ D rf o 43 c3 s 'CO h G r <~j -*-* ^ 8 60 "*"* 5s d *= % a to d o tn ^ ^ ,0 S C" -d d " Oj ^3 03 r^ ^_, ^ ir"{ 02 ~ .2 * jf 1 ^ 1 " "cS 5 f r3 ^ 3 ^J ^r. d -^* d ^ ^3 to I -4-3 * P. o * g S "- o d 1 c a I!! rt _3 e ,'s o o o "I .2 > 'C ^ . c ci ^ i: 'd ^ to -< 03 (D p c. r-4 f-l ,d (U O ,-C 8|^ d> to J f'S'f^ " J 3 > rC ^i ^3 ffl ^ "^ J>5 0) '-S O rd ^ "o .2 JH ^^W a, 43 0) |^ 2 J p H H ^ H EH W - 71 M EH E-EH ^ J 1 1 A s t ) f. 3 H \ i H i 3 Fer&i'esjJ u dit boek boven liet andere * De kinderen verlangen naar de thuiskomst van hitnnen vader. J>e arme vrow verlaat zich op d? woorden van den dokter, Velen zijn naar den welstand van 1 a 1 s S e geheele familie is naar Enge- land vertrokkc-n, Hij is een man op wien gij vertrou- 1 a 50 "4~^ 8 Z>eze 6oer verzendt al zijn wol naar East-London, Z)iY vogelije is verzot op suiker, Deze mannen hebben den geheelen dag naar kdbeljouw gevischt, Dit kind vit op al wat haar gezegd ivordt te doen, . - 2 6 J fi 2 o - r2 s-i i ft 2 6 a o J P< o ^ t>^ Q^ 13 a "53 1 2 ji ~" "i 2, 1 T3 d 1 % V s* o> tn rCCd 1 H ^ C S e 5^ HO 1 y <"O ** c *> K < o s ""^ s .^ S, a S S a S a s o g J 1 1 a .a S N 531 *^ A a 6 fij tT S "c & ss ^ O ,9 a ^k S 5 P u /*"* ^ JS ^ s^ 1 ff ^ 4; e -S g H^ oj U jj o 6 ^ j^ ^ o* * C *- s ^* ^ r a L. Is, Vj IJ2 ^ t^ CJ ^ k s . 5 a - s ' > S *S ft3 C) i d r3 '> s H 1 rS? a * H i i> ri "!? ! gf a" ^ C 8 iT S I s a a B a" C &! X^*T ^NH^ O s J Cft "i 'S ^^ a i 266 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. rt ^ ^ ! ^ CV. g> 2 ^5 ^ rS *y O ^4 s 5* j ^ VH *^ 5 g r^ ^ ^^ ^ oa O a *3 c2 ,G n O t- 03 o c; ., o 5 -*-* rt w -*J L^ "? to -tJ fc .2 g a "> X "C* O r^ *^H C -4^ c w O t *""* tu S ^J> cS '"> *5 O *^ j^ (-< fc'o-S to cS be Q> ^ "e _o ( _ -l eO CO S i i o G O ''13 Q-* *w ^ U -fJ _0 ^ 3 ? [o t, O CC Q CO gH t& MM c ~~| c CO C-. 1 ^ CJ OJ T3 * w O +j .2 _0 rJw O ' g .2 ID ^ E o O If g > C^ WJ CD O 'ft 0! 03 a> o rr+ "P^ ft cri cc 5 o to -O o E 'o r u 3 p ^ o ^ S.g ^ >> - 2 ~ > 3 '& CD S * "*"* C3 5 -^ ^ ^ 2 *tb ^q 5 CO ^ p 11 r^3 PH . C3 ! i '-~ ^H r < Q? O "*" Q5 -o S ^ ^ De wet waakt over 0; De dokters wanhopen Wedden die menschei Ik weerhoud mij van S> ^ g ^ &i * ^ g 'SstJ' 5> - .S -2 .< so -X Q s C ^^ s s ^|'i ^^ ^:^ fe fc ]o u> e o e S | B" | g iU terugkomt, Wij heVben den gan deze papieren gewe Zij ivierpen de sto'l hoofd, q (2 -' . 6 Q o . *S O > *n 9 Tf ^ $* Q3 O **"* t rrt (^ t ? o O 05 C .^ - C3 "S o +" O ,o C3 -M & c ; p* -*J p ^ w"i 2 a tD "Sn ^ "8 bD ! SJ B > ^-o^ a O 'O & B to i Q cS ^ s s R S S S R R R " R 5 R S c* s ** a S B WaarscTiuwei 1 I || aan, Waken voor, Wanhopen a< Wedden om, (Zicn) wcer- If van, Weldoen aan 1 N^ 4J S 1 tj 1 ^ ^^ \/ aan, Wenschen na IFer^en or/:/, B B 1 THE PREPOSITION. 267 Lj 2 s 1 1:3 ta O bD h 3 O) M O) nd fcD CV. g w w d> cS I 1 " 1 'o a .1 C3 2 S o ^ 2 ft o P ^2 5 O ^ j > $ H "* % g & ~O 3 3 1 a o ,.^ ~ 2 fo 1 1 1^ 1 > co c3 "* to S C ^ "^ O "S _a |o o rt X M 2 |>. -Jt!lll 1 p il -ij a | M o .b o5 3 -2 .3 ta O "n l^ .SH J Q^ O Q ^-H o *-* 05 "*^ n tc t*^ 1 ** s-i -?~* bD S^-S -H I-i O d J --j ^i ^}>- -M d ^ ^ r^t - ^ 53 ^ 3 oo ^5 f-f ^ 53 *c> ^ 'M~ !* i-^. ^ to ^ g 'to S ^ o 5> P-J ^J 53 g 3 o 1 L. g S s5 18 |k to ro . to N vogel I Hij is onlangs tot ; (geworden), Mijne nicht heeft zic muziek gewijd, Ik wijt mij'ne verlii hem, 5ei ^'tnc? zanikt den over zijne knikker Laat hem naar den to g x~ S -2 o a ^ VJ 9 8 -t .* ' 11 N ^ i ^ fcs5 S to 'to I N -o -2 s ?fx to ^ * to De aasvogels zweven Alles moest zivichten lenden storm, , | IM 9 6 Oj ~v &, 12 "** e S O g i-O S ? to to a S-T3 S S .^ ^ 1 .-p^ S 1 e f g S S to * to to 1 3 $ !S1 2f8 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. TRANSLATION EXERCISES. Vertaaloefeningcn. EXERCISE XCIV. We wish to take a little preserve instead of cheese. Before the day dawned we were all up and ready. At what time (Hoe laaf) do you wish to be called ? My ink is done, I shall have to "buy a new bottle. Among yonder trees there is one which looks particularly pretty. During (the) dinner people were continually knocking at our door to [the] annoyance of our guests as well as of ourselves. We met the travellers on their way to Berlin, and spent a couple of hours with them. Not every heart requires a large number of friends to be happy. I have known persons who had very few true friends, and yet were happy and contented. Three of the pupils have failed in the examination, on account of many mistakes (that) they made in the translation from German into (the) English. Forasmuch as the news has reached you, you will be obliged to go at once. All the people ran to the market- house for (to) shelter, on account of the unexpected shower. The bird flew into the church, and went right through it. He came to me about a quarter of an hour after my brother had left mo, and stayed for some (a) twenty-five minutes. EXERCISE XCV. Once upon a time a fox saw a pretty wood-pigeon sitting on one of the lowest branches of an oak-tree in a large wood. " Pretty dove," said the fox, " I have been running (I have run) about all (the) morning (for) to find somebody to have a chat with ; do come down and sit in the brushwood, and we shall have a pleasant talk." The silly pigeon actually came down and sat in the brushwood, close to the ground. Then the fox said : " Why do you think (that) it is, that birds are so much prettier than four-footed animals?" "Oh," said the pigeon, "I do not THE PREPOSITION, 269 consider (that) they are (that), but this I know, that our feathery coat is of much more use to (voor) us than your hairy skin is to you." The fox seemed to get interested, and replied : " Little creature, where do you get such wisdom (vandaan) ? Did I ever hear (have I heard) a wood- pigeon speak (such) intelligent words [like those] ? Surely, if foxes are called cunning, pigeons might (zouden Jcunnen) be called wise. But now explain your statement." Tho poor dove, which perhaps had never been flattered before, was almost beside (buiten) herself with (of) joy and pride when she gave the following explanation : " 2 You jsee, the first and most important duty of every living creature, whether in the wood or elsewhere, is to protect his head against every injury from outside. Now that is just (of) what (waartoe) you, hairy animals, are not capable [of]. With us it is different. From whatever side the wind blows, wo are always able to shield our head and keep it warm." - EXERCISE XCV1. " Suppose for instance (that) the wind should come (came) from the south, and I should be sitting (sat) just like at present. I would simply lift my right wing and (er) cover my head with (mcde) it. If the wind blew from the north, I should only require to lift my left wing and do the same." "That's well explained," said the fox, " but now just (eens) show (it) me." The pigeon then (toen) lifted first her right wing, and then her left [one], and with either (both) covered her head entirely, so that the fox seemed quite satisfied. "Butnow," he added (to it), "that's allright (dat is goed en wel) for southerly and northerly winds, but what would you do if the breeze should come (came) from the west, while you were sitting (sat) like that (200) ? You see, now I have caught you, that's a thing that you do not know, my little dove ! " " "What ! " said the pigeon, "do not know? Pigeons know everything about (of) that matter. Shall I show you how we do ? " "I should be so 270 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. glad if you would (did it)" replied the fox, " I do like to (zoo graag) learn things from wiser people than myself (I am)." This answer again stung the poor dove's pride. SLe ventured (it) to come down from her twig in the brush- wood, and sat (went to sit) down on the ground right in front of (recht voor) the fox. " Now mind," (let nu op) she went on (voort), "this is what we do" (so do we). Saying this, she buried her pretty head in the soft down of her neck. That was (it) what (waar) the fox had been looking for (op gewacht had) with all the desire of his cruel heart. The very (same) minute (that) the head turned round, he seized the poor pigeon with his strong claws, ate it (op) and went away. EXERCISE XCVII. I dare not go out, for fear (that) I might (zou Jcunncn) catch cold. Let him do it, if he likes (wil). How delight- ful ! I shall have you all (geheel) to (voor) myself; we shall have a happy fortnight. Evil communications corrupt good manners. You won't go out, will you ? I would not be able to act against your desire. May I leave the work [undone]? What is it that puts you up to (dat er u toe brengt) neglecting (neglect) 3*our duties ? He is so anxious (desirous) to become acquainted with you. What will (er) have become of my poor boy ? The last news (plur.) from him was disheartening. All the people (whom) you see assembled in that spacious hall are descendants of the latu Duke of A., a man of great physical strength, great activity and zeal, and true nobility of heart. What a pily (hoe jammer) (that) you have not been able to (kunnen) travel more ! To spend a couple of years in (met) (the) visiting (of) countries, (the) seeing (of) strange nations, (the) observing (of) their manners and customs, and (the) inquiring into (of) their religion, affords more real de- velopment than double the time spent in study or in an, office. THE PREPOSITION. 271 CONVERSATIE. Ambachten en Beroepen. 1. Hij is smid van beroep. 2. Hij is van alle markten thuls. 3. Deze man heeft een laken- winkel in de Langstraat. 4. Waar Jean men een exem- plaar van dit boek be- komen ? 0. Men kan het, meen ik, kr/jgen bij Mason, boek- handelaar, in de George- straat. 6. Als u by den drogist voor- bifkomt, koop dan wat citroenzuur voor mij. 1. Neem dit recept, en wacht bij den apothcker tot de medici/nen klaar zijn. 8. Laat dit bij den blikslager reparceren. 9. Laat den timmerman die tafels en banken reparee- ren. 10. Een metselaar moet dien muur nazien. 11. De sto/eerder heeft de voorkamer behangen en (jemeubilcerd. 12. Wees zoo goed, dit naar den slotenmaker te sturen. 13. Waar kan ik een glazen- maker vinden ? 14. De man, die voor mij werkt, wcont dicht bij Johnston, den schoenmaker. 15. Mijne paarden moet en be- slagen worden ; breny ze naar den hoefsmid. 1C. Die waj mte naar den goudsmid om een gouden ketting te koopen. CONVERSATION. Trades and Occupations. 1. He is a blacksmith by trade. 2. He is a jack of all trades. 3. This man has a draper's shop in Long St. 4. Where can ore get a copy of this book V 5. I believe it can be had at Mason's, booksellers, in George Street. 6. If you ] ass the chemist'.-', buy some citric acid for me. 7. Take this prcscrip'ion, and wait at the apothecary's till the medicine is ready. 8. H*vu this mended at the tinsmith's. 9. Get the carpenter to mend these tables and benches. 10. A mason must repair that wall. 11. The upholsterer has papered and furnished the drawing- room. 12. Please have this taken to the locksmith's. 13. Where can one find a glazier ? 14. The man whom T emp'oy lives near Johnston, tho shoemaker's. 15. My horses must be shod; take them to the farrier. 16. That w;igon-buildur makes excellent waggons for transport-trade. 17. Go with me to the jeweller'* to buy a gold chain. THE COMMERCIAL' DUTCH GRAMMAR. 18. De Iwrlogemaker heeft juist een nieuwenvoorraad ont- vangen. IP. Zullen wij bij den visch- handelaar aangaan en wat visch voor het diner be- stellen ? 20. De slager heeft in den laatsten tijd geen heel goed schapevleesch gestuurd. 2 1. Waar koopt u groenten ? 22. Wij koopen er zelden : on- ze tuinier voorziet ons. 23. De boeren zeggen, dat de oogst van 't jaar slecht zal xijn. 24. Deze man is boekbinder, en die heeft een boekenstal- letje. 25. Vraag den drukker, die font te verbeteren. 26. Sluur naar den kruidenier om eene kist beste thee. 27. Heeft u sigaren ? 28. Neen, maar da tdbakslan- delaar heeft er zeer goede op het oogeriblik. 29. Heeft de kleermaker mijne jas gestuurd ? 30. Neen, mijnheer, maar de Jtoedenmaker heeft den hoed gestuurd, dien u besteld had. 18. The watch-maker has had a fresh supply just lately. 19. Shall we call at the fish- monger's, and order some fish for dinner. 20. The butcher has not been sending very good mutton lately. 21. Where do you. buy your vegetables ? 22. "We seldom buy any; our gardener keeps us sup- plied. 23. The farmers say the harvest , will be bad this year. - 24. This man is a bookbinder, and that one has a book" stall. 25. Ask the printer to correct that mistake. 26. Send to the 1 grocer's for a box of his best tea. 27.- Have you any cigars? ' 28. No, but the tobacconist has excellent ones at present. 29. Has the tailor sent my coat? 30. No, sir, but the hatter has sent the hat you ordered. CHAPTER XII. THE CONJUNCTION. (Het Voegwoord.') I. As Prepositions express relations between objects, or between an object and an action, so CONJUNCTIONS establish relations between thoughts. CONJUNCTIONS are indeclin- able words (particles), and have no meaning in themselves. They are used for expressing the connection between sentences, or different parts of the same sentence. Conse- quently they are connective words. To distinguish them from Adverbs, which may be connectives as well, it must be observed that Adverbs do not derive their meaning from the place they take in the sentence, and though used as connectives, must alwaj-s qualify some other word. Adverbs, moreover, when used as connectives, aie not necessarily placed between two sentences ; they may be in- cluded in one of the sentences, which is not the case with Conjunctions. NOTE. The difficulty of distinguishing between adverbs and conjunctions is most apparent where the same word is used in both qualities : Beken er op, nu zal het geschieden, be sure of it, now it will happen (nu is adv.) ; Al mijne vreugde is weg nu mijne ouders dood zijn, all my joy is gone now that my parents are dead (nu is conj.) II. Conjunctions may be divided into two principal classes, viz. A., those which connect two independent sentences, CO-ORDIXATIVE CONJUNCTIONS, NevenschiJckende Voegwoorden, and B., those which connect sentences of 274 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. which the one is dependent upon the other, SUBORDINATIVE CONJUXCTIONS, Ondergeschikte Voegwoorden. Note. Subordinate Conjunctions remove the verb to the end of a clause. Of the Co-ordinate Conjunctions, those that arc adverbial place the subject after the verb. A. Co-ordinative Conjunctions are subdivided into : 1. those which unite or couple together, Verbindende or Aaneenschakelende Voegwoorden. 2. those which oppose, Tegenstellende Voegwoorden. 3. those which limit or separate, Scheidende Voeg- woorden. 4. those which express a reason, Redengevende Voeg- iooorden. EXAMPLES OF 1. en, and, ook, also, niet alleen or nict slechts or niet enkel .... maar ook, not only .... tut ;ilso, benevens, and also, alsmede, and also, zoowel .... als ook, as well .... as, nodi .... noch, neither .... nor, and the adverbial conjunctions daarenboven, besides, daarna, after that, bovendien, besides, ja zelfs, even. Laat mij u zeggen, hoe wij den dag hebben doorgebracht : niet alleen hebben we eene lange wandeling gemaakt, maar we zijn ook wat gaan lezen, en hebben toen gedineerd, vervolgcns zijn we te paard uit geweest, eindelijk hebben we ons huiswerJc voor morgcn gemaakt. Let mo tell you how we spent the day : not only did we take a long walk, but we also read a little, and then had dinner, then again we went out on horseback, and finally wo did our homework for to-morrow. EXAMPLES OF 2. maar, but, doch, but, nu, now that, dan, then, and the adverbial conjunctions integendeel, on the contrary, echter, however, desniettegenstaande, notwith- standing, cvenwel, however, intusschen, in the meantime. lie zou het u gaarne gevcn, doch het is onmogelijk, I should like to give it to you, but it is impossible : op die wijze zult gij mij niet van u vervreemden, integendeel gij zult mij u meer docn achtcn en lieflicbbcn, in that way you will not estrange THE CONJUNCTION. 275 me from you, on the contrary you will cause me to esteem and love you more ; Ik heb hem dikwijls gewaar- schuwd, echter Jieeft hij er geene acht op geslagen, I have often warned him, but he has not heeded it. EXAMPLES OF 3. of, or, o/ .... of, either .... or, Jietzij .... Tietzij, either . . . . or, hetzij ....of, whether .... or. Hetzij wij werJcen of spelen, ons Tioofd moot er bij zijn, whether we work or play, our mind must be in it ; Of de brief is reeds verzonden, of hij zal van morgen op de post gaan, either the letter has been sent already, or it will be posted this morning. EXAMPLES OF 4. want, for, bijgevolg, consequently, dus, so, alzoo, so, daarom, so, therefore, hierom, on this account, derJialvc, for that reason, dan, then, so, toch (see sentence), immers (see sentence), all of which may be called adverbial conjunctions. Wij zullen moeten opliouden, leant Jiet begint te regenen, we shall have to stop, for it begins to rain ; VerMaar u nader, mij toch Jcomt toe, alles te weten, or immers Icomt mij toe, enz., explain yourself further, it is meet for me to know all, or, is it not meet for me, etc. ? B. Subordinative Conjunctions are subdivided into : 1. those that express a comparison, Vergelijkende Voeg- woorden. 2. those that express a proportion, Verhoudingaanwijzende Voegwoorden. 3. those that define a time, Tijdbepalende Voegwoorden. 4. those that define a place, Plaatsbepalende Voegwoor- den. 5. those that express a condition, VoorwaardclijJce Voeg- woorden. 6. those that indicate a concession, Tocgevende Voeg- woorden 276 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. 7. those that express a purpose, Doelaamvijzende Voeg- woorden. 8. those that express the reason of an action, Hedenge- vende Voegwoorden. 9. those that join noun-sentences to principal sentenc( s, Verklarende Voegworden. EXAMPLES OF 1. gelijk, as; evenals, just as; als, as; dan, than ; zooals, as ; dat, so that ; alsof, as if. Hij is grooter geworden, dan ik verwacht had, he has grown taller than I had expected; Doe alsof gij thuis waart, make yourself at home. EXAMPLES OF 2. Tioe .... hoe . . . , the .... the ; hoe .... des tc, the .... so much the ; naarmate or naar gelang, according as ; naar, naardat, according as, in propor- tion to. Hoe minder hoe liever, als ge maar gezond zijt, the less the bettor as long as you are healthy ; Hoe meer ik hem aanzette tot zijn toerk, des te meer vcrtraagde hij, the more I put him up to his work, the more ho became lazy ; Naardat gijwerJct, zullcn uwe vorderingcn zijn, your progress will be according to your work. EXAMPLES OF 3. als, if; tocn, when ; wanncer, when ; zoodra als, as soon as ; zoo diJcwijls als, as often as ; voordat, Lcfore ; nu, now that ; terwijl, whereas. These conjunctions are for the greater part adverbs and prepositions changed into conjunctions by the addition of " als " or " dat" De liaan begon te Jcraaien, zoodra als wij buitcn Jcwamen, the cock began to crow as soon as we came outside ; Het vuur ging dadelijk uit, toen de blaasbalg opliield met blazen, the fire went out immediately, when the bellows ceased blowing. EXAMPLES OF 4. waar, where; alwaar, where; toaar- heen, whither ; werwaarts, whither ; van waar, from where. Wijs mij dc plaats, waar He gczaaid hcb, show me the THE CONJUNCTION. 277 place where I have sown ; ITc reis naar hetzelfde onbeJcende land, werwaarts mijn vader twee jaren geleden vertroTcJcen is, I am travelling to the same unknown country, whither my father went two years ago ; lie, herinner mij nog duidelijJc de Jioogte, vanwaar ivij u liet laatst vaarwel toewuifden, I distinctly remember the height from where we beckoned a last farewell to you. EXAMPLES OF 5. indien, if; in gcval dat, in case that ; zoo, if; tenzij, unless ; mils, provided ; wanneer, if. Ik wil Jiet niet doen, tenzij gij uwe voile toestemming gecft, I don't want to do it, unless you give your full consent; Gij Jcunt op mijne Imlp reJcenen, mils gij zelf al uwe JcracJtten inspant, you may be sure of my assistance, provided you yourself do everything in your power. EXAMPLES OF 6. sclioon, Jioewel, alhoewel, ofschoon, al, though; niettegcnstaande, although. Ofschoon dit woord verouderd mag heeten, wordt liet tocli door verscJiillende schrijvers nog gebruiJd, though this word may be called obsolete, it is still being used by several authors ; Hijwaagt zicJi gedurig nog 's avonds in de hicht,niettegenstaande liij gewaarscJiuivd is, although he has been warned, he still often goes out at night; al is de leugen nog zoo snel,dewaarheid acliterhaalt naar wel, though falsehood be ever so swift, truth is sure to overtake it. EXAMPLES OF 7. opdat> in order that ; dat, that ; teneinde, for the purpose of. De vader werkle wat Mj Jean, opdat de zoon de vruchtcn van zijnen arbeid zou plukken, the father worked with all his might, in order that the son should gather the fruits of his labour ; Eert uwen vader en uwe moeder, opdat uwe dagen verlengd warden, honour thy father and thy mother, that thy days may be long; Hij spoort zijn paard aan, ten einde nog voor zonsondergang tlmis te zijn, he spurs on his horse, for the purpose of being home before sunset. NOTE. Mark that adverbial sentences of purpose are not usually formed \vitli the words opdat and ten einde. In fact, in collo- 278 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. quial language, those two conjunctions are rarely used. The common expression for the thoughts contained in the first and last of the sentences under 7 would be : De coder werkt wat hij Jean, om den zoon de vrucliten van zijnen arbeid te lateu piuMcen, the father works with all his might, to let the son gather, etc. ; Hij spoort zijn paard aan om nog voor zonsondtr- gang tliuis te zijn, he spurs on his horse to be home before sunset. Foreigners should try to accustom themselves to the constant use of the preposition om for the sake of fluency. EXAMPLES OF 8. omdat, dewijl, naardien, doordien, aange- zien, wijl, because ; daar, vermits, since ; om reden (daf), for tlie reason (that) ; op grond (daf), on the ground (that) ; nademaal, for as much. De verJcooping Icon met doorgaan, omdat Jiet regende, the sale could not come off, because it was raining. Ik zal u in rechten moeten vervolgen, aangezien gij mijnen naam hcbt tracJiten te benadeelen, I shall have to take legal steps against you, for as much as you have tried to injure my reputation. EXAMPLES OF 9. dat, that ; of, whether, if. These con- junctions occur after verbs which express an assertion, an assurance, a question, etc. Hij verzeJcert mi}, dat hij er geene schuld aan heeft, he assures me that it is not his fault ; Gij verlangdet te weten, of iJc u helpen zou? you wished to know whether I would help you ? Zeg mij of alles in orde is, tell me if all is right. OBSEPvVATIOXS. 1 . Dat, that, may mean omdat, because, opdat, in order that, and zoodat, so that : a) iJc ben heel danJcbaar, dat ge geJcomen zijt, I am very thankful that (because) you have come ; &) IJc span alle Jcrachten in, dat He slagcn rnoge, I do my very best that (in order that) I may succeed; c) het regent, dat hct giet, (literal trans.) it rains so that it pours. 2. Wijl ought to be taken for dewijl, because, and not for terwijl, while. THE CONJUNCTION 279 3. Zonder, in plaats van, behalve, when they are conjunc- tions, can never be used without the conjunction " dat : " a) Hij zegt zulke dingen, zonder dat Jiij er bij denJct, Le says such tilings without thinking what ho says ; 6) In plaats van dat hij onmiddcllijk naar hem toeging, Jcwam hij ecrst bij mij, instead of going to him straight, he first came to me ; c) Alles bevalt mij, behalve dat ge hem zijn verzoek geweigerd hebt, I ana pleased with everything but that you have refused his request. 4. After real conjunctions the connective " dat " may not be used. 5. " Now that " may be translated " nu dat," but " nu " only is more common. G. " Maar " and " doch " both mean " but." " Maar," how, ever, opposes the thoughts, expressed in. the sentences it connects, in a stronger way than " doch" Hij is rijlc, maar blind ; wat baat hem zijn rijkdom ? he is rich- but blind; of what good are his riches to him? Hij zegt nooit veel, doch als hij spreekt, verraadt icder woord de helderheid zijner gedachte, he never says much, but if he does speak, each word betrays the clearness of his thoughts. In common speaking, however, " doch " is uncommon. 7. " Good-hearted though he was, many people shunned him " may be translated, Goedhartig als hij was, werd hij toch door velen gemijd yet a better translation is, Hoewel hij goedhartig was, werd hij, enz. TRANSLATION EXERCISES. Vertaaloefeningen. EXERCISE XCVIII. A thrush, a linnet, and a thistle-finch were once caught by a fowler in one day and under the same (een en hetzelfde~) net. Since they were all cqTially prctfy, ho did not like (icildc hij nict graacf) to kill [any] one of the- 2So THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. three ; so he put them together into one large cage. At first they were all on very good terms (op zeer goedcn vocf), most (lieel) likely "because none of them liked the fate (to none of them was the fate agreeable) (to which) they were condemned [to] ; but when 2 after a while! they had got accustomed to the small room, (to which) they were confined [to], the thistle-finch began to be very dis- agreeable. He scolded his two companions either for singing (because they sang) 1oo high or too low, or for not keeping time (inaat, 0), when they were trying to sing together. At last his temper grew (became) so bad, that the other two birds could not bear his company any longer. In fact, the little linnet got so nervous from being (to be) scolded all day long (the whole day), that it (huri) soon became impossible for him (om) to sing. So (on) one morning, when the fowler who on the whole was very good to (voor') them took them out (brought them outride) into the sun, the linnet spolco to him on this wise (Item aldus aan): Good man, I am perfectly aware (of it) that I am doing a hazardous thing by openly complaining about the ihistle-finch here present; but yet I must speak out. His temper has grown bad beyond measure (uitermate), so much so (zoozeer), that I have given up (the) singing for fear of being scolded incessantly, and I am even beginning to hate (the) life. I frankly ask you, for my own sake and that (ter wille van mijzelven en van} of my good companion, the thrush, to relieve us of the company of this miserable thistle-finch, and to do it soon, lest (opdat . . . niet) he kill me. EXERCISE XCIX. A certain man bad three sons. When he had grown (become) old, and was about to die (soon would die) he called his sons to (&?)') him (zicJi), telling them (and told them) that he wanted to divide his goods. After the ncces-ary airangcments had been made, he thus spoke to THE CONJUNCTION. 281 (aansprekeri) them : " My sons, besides what I have now assigned to you, there is in my possession a large diamond of great value, which I received from my father on the day of his death. This jewel I cannot divide, and may (I) not sell. I have therefore made up my mind (resolved), that I shall give it to that one of my three sons who within three months will give me proof that he possesses a better character than his brothers." Upon this (Hierop) the sons took leave of their father, and separated (uit elhaar gaan) on the promise of reassembling at the old man's sick-bed after a lapse of (na verloop van) three months. When the time had arrived (homeri), they all met (samenJcomen) once again in their old home. And this is what they had to. report. " Father," said the eldest, "in the course of these three montbs a friend of mine (see p. 134) wished to undertake a journey into a far-off land. He brought me a large amount (sum) of gold, which I undertook (op zicJi nemen) to keep for him, but for which he refused to (would not) take a written acknowledgment. When he came back, I returned all the money to him without (er) keeping any of (something) [it] back, though there was nothing to show how large the sum had b en (which) he had entrusted to me. What does my father think of such a character?" "My son," replied the old man, " this was only ordinary honesty ; I should not have expected anything (nothing) less of my son ! " EXERCISE C. Thereupon the second son stepped (came) forward, and spoke : " My father, in the course of these three months I came to the shore(s) of a lake, just at (op) the moment when (daf) a little child, playing on the bank (Jcant, m), happened to (accidentally) fall into the water. The poor mother, who stood by (eroy), screamed for (om) help, and wildly threw Tip (in de Jioogte gooicn) her arms 282 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. in despair. I hurried to the spot, sprang (er) in, dived after (naar~) the sinking child, caught it, brought it up (naar boven), swam with it (ermedej to the shore, and handed it to the distressed mother. Far gone (lieen) though (hoe , . . ook} it was, (the) life was not extinct (er . . . uif) and our combined efforts brought the poor child back to (tot liet] life. The mother found (could find) no words with which (om) to thank me ; but drawing a purse filled with gold from her pocket, she spoke [to] me thus (aan) : ' Stranger, take this. Though the reward be little in comparison to the noble deed, do not despise what I offer you from (uify a heart overflowing with (van) gratitude. Take it, and if you will make no personal use of it, let it (then) be the price for buying something which will remind you of this happy day, and this glorious deed ! ' But I refused the money, saying that to see the boy breathe was sufficient reward for me. What does my father think of such a character ? " The old man replied, " My son, this is nothing but ordinary love of man (menschenliefde^ and just what I should have expected of my son." EXERCISE 01. Then the youngest son came to tell his tale, and this is what he said : " Father, in the course of these three months I was travelling in the mountains. On a certain day, when darkness had set in (de avond gevallcn was) and the road was but faintly lit up by the glimmer of the stars, my attention was attracted by (doordaf) my dog sniffing (sniffed) at some- thing lying off the roadside (aan den leant van den weg^). The spot being [a] dangerous [one], I dismounted, and went to see what my dog had found. It was a man who was lying fast asleep on the very (uitcrsf) edge of a fearful chasm. I scanned his face, and knew it to be (that it was) that of my worst enemy. Now I knew that (if) should I leave (I left) him there, he would undoubtedly move THE CONJUNCTION. 283 about (zich betoegeri) in his sleep, and (er) no more of him would be heard ; yea, and (that) even if I should try to rouse him, he might (zou Jcunnen) move and drop down, so near he lay to (&i/) the outermost edge. I therefore seized his arm (him by the arm), dragged him away a few yards, and then woke him up. He startled when he recog- nised my voice, but I spoke reassuringly [to] him (toe), and asked him to tell me what had made (bewoyen*) him lie down in such a horrible place. He then told me that he had lost his way (verdtcalcn), and that (he), being overwhelmed with (uitgeput van) fatigue at the approach of (the) night, [he] bad dropped down, not knowing where. I then showed him his way (naar) home, and let him go. What does my father think of such a character ? " The eyes of the dying man brightened up as the question was put (gedaan), and he exclaimed, " Oh my son, that was indeed more than common honesty, more also than common love of man that was magnanimity! You have shown to possess the best character, and gladly (volgaarne) do I bequeath the jewel to you ! " CONVKESATIE. CONVERSATION. Onderwijs en School. Teaching and Schools. 1. Onze school zal op den 1. Our school re-opens on the 23sten April weer begin- 23rd of April and closes nen, en gesloten warden on the 21st of June. op den 21sten Juni. 2. Op welke school is uw zoon ? 2. What school does your son attend ? 3. Hij is op de Normaalschool, 3. He goes to the Normal op het operibare Gymna- school, to the Public sium. Gymnasium. 4. Mijn zoon is op het Athe- 4. My son is at the College. naeum. 5. Hij zal 't volgende jaar 5. He enters the Theological naar het Theologisch Se- Seminary next year. minarie gaan. 6. Wat ondenvijsstaf hceft u? 6. What staff of teachers have you? TttE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. Een hoofdonderwijzer en vier assistenten. Hij is taalonderwijzer, tee- kenonderwijzer, enz. Bij wien neemt u les ? Professor Schmidt geeft mij muzieJdes. Woont u de taalklassen bij ? Neen, ik neem privaatles in Fransch en Duitsch. .M*)Vi onderwijzer komt Maandags en Donder- dags. Eij rekentvijf shillings per Zes. Mijne zuster goat naar eene Zij is eene leerlinge van eene collegiale school. Hij heeft bij het laatste exa- men eene beurs gekregen. Hij was een schoolkameraad van my. J weZ&e klasse is u ? In de eerste, tweede, vierde, laagste, enz. Z>a &&ftrf &en alleen het a, 6, c. Hij heeft een certificaat gekregen. Z>e zomervacantie begint Z'TO December. Elementair schoolexamen. Elementair onderwijzers- examera. Toelatingsexamen tot de Examen in de Rechten. Landmetersexamen. De bijzondere vakken, in (Za# e*ome vereischt, zijn: Algemeene Oeschiedenis, Engelsche Oeschiedenis, de Engelsche Taal, Qrieksch en Latijn. 7. A head-master, and four assistants. 8. He is a teacher of languages, a drawing-master, etc. 9. With whom do you take lessons ? 10. Professor Schmidt gives me music lessons. 11. Have you joined the lan- guage classes ? 12. No, I take private lessons in French and German. 13. My master comes on Mon- days and Thursdays. 14. The fee is five shillings a lesson. 15. My sister is going to a boarding-school. 16. She is a pupil of a collegiate school. 17. He gained a bursary at the last examination. 18. He was a fcchool-fellow of mine. 19. In what class are you ? 20. The first, second, fourth, lowest, etc. 21. That child only knows the alphabet. 22. He has obtained a certifi- cate. 23. The summer holidays begin in December. 24. School Elementary examin- ation. 25. Elementary Teachers' Exa- mination. 26. Matriculation Examination. 27. Law Examination. 28. Survey Examination. 29. The special Subjects re- quired for that examina- tion are : General History, English History, English language, Greek and Latin. THE CONJUNCTION. 285 30. Noem mij de studieboeken eens op voor den yraad van doctor in de letteren. 31. Ik lieb mijne Masse kwart voor twaalf laten uitgaan. 32. lederen morgen wordt de present ielijst afgelezen. 33. Alle drie maanden worden er rapporten gepubliceerd, waaruit ouders en voogden kunnen opmaken, hoe hct met de leerlingen onzer School staat. 30. Tell me the text-books for the M.A. degree in litera- ture, please. 31. I dismissed my class at a quarter to twelve. 32. Every morning the roll is called. 33. Every three months reports are published from which parents and guardians may know how the pupils of our school are doing. 286 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. CHAPTEE XIIL THE INTERJECTION. (Het Tussclienwerpsel.') 1. INTERJECTIONS, Tusschenwerpsels, are sounds without a definite meaning, which serve to give utterance to some momentary emotion of the mind. They are indeclinable, and may be placed in a sentence anywhere without ever effecting any change in its construction. Some gram- marians object to their being called words, on the ground of their having no definite meaning. A good many Interjections are imitations of sounds. A few nouns, verbs in the imperative mood, and adverbs, are used as Interjections. The name ' interjection,' as will be easily seen from the Dutch equivalent, means " cast in between." The following are the most common Interjections : 1. For the expression of grief: ac7t/=ah! lielaas ! = alas! wee /= woe! wee my/ = woe tome! oHemel! = good Heavens ! 2. For the expression of pain : ai ! au /=oh ! 3. For the expression of wonder: 7te/=oh! aha 1=1 say! 4. For the expression of excitement and joy: heisa! Jioezee! hoeraf= hurrah! 5. For the expression of a wish : och /=oh ! 6. For the expression of dislike : ba! a&a/=bah! foei ! -fyl 7. For the expression of encouragement: &rat>0/=well done! icelaan t = go on! komaan f = come on. THE INTERJECTION. 287 8. For the expression of any emotion whatever : o!= oh! 9. For the imitation of sounds: from, Jam (of a tolling "bell), him, bam (of a striking clock), tik, talc, (of any timepiece in motion), pief, paf (of a gun), JcriJc, JcraJc (of breaking wood), Jculcelehu (of a crowing cock), toJc, tok, tok (of a cackling hen), miauw (of a mewing cat), boe, boe (of a lowing cow), Tdingelin- geling (of a common door-bell), flap (of any un- expected clap), bons (of a heavy object falling). 288 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. CHAPTEE XIV. ETYMOLOGY. ( Woordvorming.*) I. ETYMOLOGY treats of the formation of words. Words a -e of three kinds PRIMITIVE, COMPOUND, and DERIVATIVE PRIMITIVE words (stamwoorderi) are not derived from other words. COMPOUND (samengestelde) words are made up of two other words. DERIVATIVE (afgeleide) words are derived from primitive words, or roots. OBS. Derivation is brought about partly by chnnges in the radical vowels of words, with or without modifications of the : r consonants ; and partly by means of prefixes ami suffixes. In determining the different changes by which words have received their present form, we are led through the successive stages of the history of the language, a field of study and research beyond the limits of a concise grammar. As an example, however, of the v r ay in which a great number of words have come into existence, the following may be given : Words derived from the same roots. To revenge, wreken, wraak, wroJe. To smell, ruiken, reuk, ruiker rieken. To split, Kplijten, spleet, split. To g'ip, grijpen, gr^P, begrip. To break, breken, breuk, biok bres bros. To dig, graven, graaf, graf groefgracht greppel. TO drink, drinken, drank, dronk drenken, To give, geven, gave, gift. ETYMOLOGY. To wade, waden, wed, wadde. To spring, springen, sprang, sprank. To ride, rijdcn, rit, ridder. To fly, vliegen, vlucht, vleugel vlok. To lock, sluiten, sloot, slot sleutel. To bend, buigen, boog, bocht beugel. To swell, dijgen (dljen), duig, deeg dik. To lie, liegen, hugen, logen loochenen. To draw, tiegen, teugel, tocht teug. To bind, binden, band, bundel bond. To bite, bijten, bit, bete bift. II. FORMATION OF NOUNS. (a) By means of prefixes ( Voorvoegsels) : Aarts (meaning eerste, first) : aartsvader, patriarch ; aartsengel, archangel. On (meaning geen, no) : onmenscn, brute ; onkundc, ignorance ; ongelonf, unbelief. Mis (meaning verkeerd, wrong) : misdaad, crime ; misdruk, paper wasted in printing. Wan (meaning slecht, bad) : wanorde, disorder ; wantrouwen, distrust. Oor (meaning uit, out of) : oorsprong, origin ; oorlog, war. Et (meaning opnieuw, again) : etmaal, period of 24 hours ; etgroen, second crop of grass after it has been mown. Ant (meaning tegen, against) : antivoord, answer. Ge (before nouns " belonging to ") : gelroeders, brethren ; gemaal, consort. (In connection with suffix te a collection) : geboomte, collection of trees ; gebladerte, foliage. (Before stems of Verbs the product of the action) : gebak, confectionery ; geschenk, present. (6) By means of suffixes {Aclitervoegseli) : Masculine names of persons are formed by the help of the suffixes aar (er, ier, enaar, enier), aard (erd), ik and and. Aar, er, ier form substantives from verbs, and names of persons from the proper names of countries and towns. L 290 THE COMMERCIAL DVTCH GRAMMAR. Er stands for aar, when the preceding syllable has the accent ; ier is rarely used ; enaar and enier form names of persons from other substantives. EXAMPLES : leeraar, professor ; dienaar, servant ; scJirijver, author ; gever, donor ; tuinier, gardener ; Jcunstenaar, artist ; Jcruidenier, grocer ; hovenier, gardener ; Hollander, Hol- lander ; Haarlemmer, inhabitant of Haarlem. Aard, erd, ilc, and erik, indicate a fulness of the (mostly bad) quality expressed by the original verb or adjective : grijnzaard, one who grins ; veinzaard, dissembler ; blufferd, boaster; luiaard, idler; gauwerd, one who has a quick hand ; slimmerd, cunning person ; vuilik, filthy person ; stommerik, dunce. And is the old form for end, the ending of every present participle, and consequently indicates that the individual whose appellation it helps to form, is the doer of the action expressed by the verb which forms the first part of the word : Jieiland (de Jieilende, de heelende, de geneesmeester), Saviour ; vijand (de vijende, de hatende~), enemy (foe) ; vriend (vrijand, de vrijende, de beminnende), friend. III. Feminine names of persons and animals are formed by the suffixes ster, in, es. Ster is placed after the stems of verbs : balcster, female baker ; schoonmaaJcstcr, charwoman, etc. If the stem is dissyllabic and has no accent on the last syllable, the feminine substantive is derived from the masculine by adding ster to the latter : bedelaarster, female beggar; toovenaarster, witch. Es and in form feminine substantives from masculine ones : dienares, female servant ; voogdcs, female guardian ; dichteres, poetess ; zangeres, professional lady singer ; godin, goddess ; koningin, queen ; boerin, farmer's wife. NOTE. Zangster means muse, songstress. With ' in ' names of female animals are likewise derived from masculine forms: berin, she-bear; leeuwin, lioness; tijgerin, tigress ; wolvin, she-wolf. ETYMOLOGY, 291 IV. Er (aar), el (eel, seZ) are used for the formation of names of instruments or tools with modifications of the root- vow el before el : staffer, broom ; klopper, knocker ; tuimelaar, tumbler (kind of pigeon) ; Jievel, siphon ; troffel, trowel ; beugel (fr. buigen, to bend), iron hoop ; teugel (fr. tiegen, trekken, to pull), bridle ; sleutel (fr. sluiten, to close), key ; vleugel (fr. vliegen, to fly), wing ; tooneel (fr. toonen, to show), stage ; houweel (fr. Jiouwen, to hew), pick-axe ; stijfsel, starch ; schoeisel, shoes ; voedsel, food. NOTE. The ending sel is, however, principally used for indicating the product of an action : balcsel, anything produced by baking ; hooksel (product of kolten, to boil) ; zaagsel (product of zagen, to saw). V. Je (tje, etje), Ice (Tcijn), elijn, ing, and el form diminutives. Je is the most common diminutive ending, of which tje, etje, pje, and kje are only modified forms required in special instances. Je occurs whenever a word ends in ono of the sharp consonants ('t kofschip) or in d or g : kopje, small head ; visclije, small fish ; lesje, small lesson ; kuifje, small tuft ; haakje, small hook; matje, small mat. Exc. meid (con- tracted form of maagd) has meisje, girl. NOTE. The Cape Dutch meidje means a little servant-girl. Tje occurs after words ending in a vowel or diphthong : knietje, little knee ; zeetje, small sea. Tje also occurs when the word ends in I, n, r, or w, preceded either by a full vowel or diphthong, or sometimes by a mute vowel : kooltje, small cabbage ; nageltje, small nail ; deuntje, ditty ; dekentje, coverlet ; boortje, small gimlet ; kamertje, little room ; pauwtje, young peacock ; zwaluwtje, young swallow. Words ending ia m preceded by a long or by a mute vowel, or by either of the consonants I and r, take je for their diminutive ending, inserting p between it and the word : boompje, small tree ; bezempje, small broom ; Jialmpje, tiny stalk ; wormpje, little worm. L 2 292 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. Etje occurs when a final b, ng, I, m, n, or r is preceded by a modified vowel : tobbetje, small tub ; dingetje, small thing; rolleije, small roll; kommetje, small cup; zonnetje, little sun ; karretje, small cart. Nouns in g preceded by a modified vowel may take either je or etje mugje, little gnat ; ruggetje, little back. Some nouns in ng take je while sharpening g into k, in consequence of their last syllable being unaccented, which would render the addition of mute etje impossible : rottinkje, small cane ; koninkje, little king. Ke and Teen were much more frequently used in former times than they are now. They render the language sweet and tender, as may be felt on reading Jan van Beers' poem : " Het brocrken." Kijn and lijn belong almost exclusively to poetry. For examples read Jan van Beers' : " DC bloem op Tiet graf" Words with final e generally drop that letter before a diminutive ending : einde, end, makes eindje ; Jcoelte, breeze, makes Tcoeltje. Sometimes, however, the e is retained : dieptetje, little hollow ; dilctetje, small swelling. Ing serves less to derive real diminutives from existing words than rather to indicate small objects : krakeling, cracknell ; Jiokkeling, calf less than a year old ; nesteling. nestling. El is an obsolete diminutive ending, only to be found in a small number of words, in which it has so entirely lost its original meaning, that a new ending is now added, whenever an actual diminutive is required : kruimel (from Jcruim, crumb), kruimeltje ; eikcl, acorn (fr. eik, oak-tree), cikeltje ; bundel, bundle, lundeltje. OBS. Tt may here be observed both lhat the Dntch are fond of using diminutives, and that these forms have lost much of their original signification, in consequence of which, if a thing is actually small, the use of the adjective Jclein together with the diminutive ending, is not infrequent ; e.g. Daar zit een Idein muisje, a tiny little mouse sits there. VI. Collective nouns are formed by means of the suffixes: age, dom, Jieid, wliap, te and ij; e.g. plantage, ETYMOLOGY. 293 plantation; pakkage, collection of packages; menscMom, mankind ; christenheid, Christianity ; gereedscJiap, tools ; gevogelte, all the birds ; ruigte, shrubbery ; ruiterij, cavalry. VII. ABSTRACT NOUNS are derived : 1. From concrete nouns by means of the suffixes schap, dom, ij. Ex. : honingschap, kingship ; priesterdom, priest- hood ; slavernij, slavery. 2. From adjectives by the suffixes schap, dom, nis, e, and te, representing qualities as substantives : blijdschap, gladness; adeldom, nobility; droefenis, sadness; Jeoude, cold; diepte, depth. 3. From verbs by the suffixes : schap, dom, nis, ij, age, st. Ex. : rekenscliap, account ; wasdom, growth ; ergernis, annoyance ; razernij, madness ; lekJcage, leakage ; Jcunst, art. VIII. FORMATION OF ADJECTIVES. (a) By means of prefixes ( Voorvoegsels) : Aarts (in a high degree, with words having an un- favourable meaning) : aartsdom, very stupid ; aartslui, very lazy. On (not) : onnut, useless ; onwetend, ignorant. Wan (bad) : wanschapen, misshapen ; wanstaltig, deformed. Be and ge form adjectives from nouns and stems of verbs ; behendig, dexterous (from hand) ; beJcommerd, anxious (from kommer) ; bewust, conscious (from loeteri) ; gewoon, accustomed (from wennen). (&) By means of suffixes (Achtervoegseh) : Achtig : one suffix " achtig " is accented, another with a different meaning is unaccented. The first, which we also meet with under the German form haftig (haft), expresses full possession of what the word to which it is affixed indicates: waarachtig, true ; twijfelachtig, doubtful ; Ttrijgs- haftig, soldier-like ; manhaftlg, manly. Achtig, not accented, has the meaning of the English y, ish, and indicates a similarity with the meaning of the principal word : zwartachtig, blackish ; houtachtig, wood- like; winterachtig, wintry. Baar (derived from her en, to bear), means a bringing 294 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. forth, a producing, or a possibility of the action : wonder- baar, wonderful ; vruchibaar, fertile ; leesbaar, legible. En and sch form adjectives which indicate a material: zilveren, koperen, houten (unaltered by any inflexion of gender, number, or case), duffelsch, laJcenscJi. Ig (Engl. y) indicates possession, or, with stems of verbs, a repetition of the action : krachtig, kundig, begeerig, levendig. NOTE. Eenig is formed of a num. adj. ; innig, overig, and nietig are formed of particles. Zaam signifies " fitness " or " desire " : buigzaam, leerzaam, werlczaam. Lijk means similitude, belonging to, being of the nature of : koninklijk, vorstelijk, zedelijk, armelijk, liefelijk, vroolijk ; after verbs, a possibility of the action : sterfelijk, schadelijk. Loos means " destitute of" : eerloos, naamloos, broodeloos ; after verbs, impossibility of the action : reddeloos, stoorloos. IscJi and sch are used to derive adjectives from proper nouns : Aziatisch, Perzisch, Egyptisch, ZweedscJi, DeenscJi, Poolsch. It is also found in a good many adjectives of foreign origin, and then stands for the English ic: yrammatisch, alfabetisch. In afgodisch and wettisch it has the meaning of lijk. Sch likewise forms adjectives from nouns and adverbs : wereldsch, buitenlandsch, dagelijksch, achterwaartsch. IX. FORMATION OF VERBS. (a) By direct derivation : 1. CAUSATIVES (Camatieven), through changes in the radical vowel: vellen (from vallen), to fell; zetten (from zitten), to put down ; leiden (from lijden), to lead. 2. INTENSIVES (Intemieven), through changes in the radical vowel and final consonant : bukken (from buigeri), to stoop ; vluchten (from vliegen), to flee ; slachten (from slagen, sZaan), to kill ; Tcnippen (from knijpen), to nip. ETYMOLOGY. 295 3. DENOMINATIVES (Denominatieven), through suffixing the verbal infinitive ending ' en ' to Nouns : ademen, to breathe ; lijmen, to glue ; regenen, to rain ; schaven, to plane. Adjectives , witten, to whitewash ; drogen, to dry ; dooden, to kill ; stijven, to starch. Num. adjectives: vereenen, to unite; verdubbelen, to double. Particles : innen, to collect ; uiten, to utter. (6) By means of Prefixes (Voorvoegsels) : Be (by) has the meaning of " all round ; " it signifies that the action is extended to every part of the object in bezien, bedeJcken, bespreken, beschieten, behandelen, bevoelen ; its meaning is that of the Dutch preposition "bij" in bereiken, behooren, bespringen, besparen, bekomen. NOTE. On account of this meaning be has the power of changing any intransitive verb into a transitive one, and of forming verbs of substantives which otherwise could not (as in English) be used as such : sterven het vleesch besterft een nacht ; bemannen, to man ; bescliijneif, to shine upon ; bevruchten, to fertilize. Er originally has the meaning of " obtaining by means of the action " : erlangen, erJcennen, ervaren, erbarmen. The prefix is little used. Its meaning is expressed by be, and ver. Ge does not materially change the meaning of a verb : winnen or gewinnen, lukken or geluMen, etc., are alike in signification. In some cases ge takes the place ^of a preposition following the verb : gclijJcen for lijken op, genaken for nalcen tot. Of some verbs the original form is no longer in use : genezen, gescJiieden, genieten. Of a few verbs this prefix changes the meaning : beuren, to lift, and gebeuren, to happen ; raken, to touch, and gerahen, to get to. 296 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. Wan expresses a negation of the meaning of the stem- word : wantrouwen, to distrust ; wanhopen, to despair. Her means again, anew : herdenken, herkauicen, her- eenigen. Ont originally meant ant, i.e., back, against, away from : ontraden, ontmoeten, onthouden, ontloopen, ontzien. But it may also mean a change either from an old con- dition, or into a new one : ontsluiten, ontdeklcen, onttronen, ontaarden, ontbinden, ontslapen, ontdooien, ontspringen, ont- spruiten. Ver, an important prefix, has several distinct meanings : 1. When prefixed to a verb it expresses the contrary of the original meaning of that verb : verachten, verleeren, veroordeelen, verleiden. 2. It expresses a continuation of the action, until a complete change is brought about : verdrogen, to die by drought; verier en, to consume ; vreten = vereten, to devour ; verspelen, to game away ; verdrinJcen, to be drowned ; ver- ouderen, to pine away through age ; verpletten, to crush. 3. It signifies " away from " : verplaatsen, verjagen, verwerpen. 4. It expresses transition or change : verbedden, verJiaren, vertalen, vervellen. 5. It has the meaning of covering or closing : ver- mommen, vergulden, verzilveren, verglazen, vernagelen, ver- helen. C. It forms verbs from nouns and adjectives, once more indicating a change : verbroederen, vergoden, verzwa- gcren, vernieuwen, verouderen, verfijnen. 7. In a few cases it merely stands for the preposition "over": vernachten and overnachten; vermannen and over~ mannen. (c) By means of Suffixes (achtervoegsels) : Elen and eren (with or without change in radical vowel) form frequentative verbs (Frcquentatievcn), those that express a repetition of the action, from existing ones : ETYMOLOGY. 297 kakelen (from JceJcken), to cackle ; sprenJcelen (from springeri), to sprinkle ; bedelen (from bidden), to beg ; bibberen (from bevcn), to shiver ; stotteren (from stoolen), to stammer. X. Adverbs may have the following suffixes : e, s, Hjk (lijlcs), ling (lings), waart (waarts), wijs (wijze, gewijs, geioijze), jes (^pjes, tjes, etjes). E changes adjectives into adverbs. It is little used : dicht(e~)-bij, verre, noode, alreede. S changes nouns, adjectives, and present participles into adverbs, apocopating final d in the latter: daags. diltwijls, ondanJcs, rechts, slechts, willens, wctens. LijJc (lifts) are suffixes to nouns and adjectives : tnaandelijlcs, scliriftelijlc, JierhaaldelijJc, gcicisselijk. Ling (lings) converts nouns into adverbs of manner : zijdclings, mondelings, blindelings. Waart (icaarts), with the meaning " in the direction of," occurs aiter nouns, pronouns and prepositions: Jiemel- waarts, landivaarts, te mijicaart, te uwaart, voonvaarts, Jier- waarts. Wijs (wijze gewijs, gcwijze), meaning " on this wise," occurs after nouns in the genitive case, or after verbs with inserted s : trapsgeivijze, steelsgcwijze, Jctcanswijs. Jes (pjes, tjes, etjes) makes of adjectives adverbial diminutives : zoetjes, liefjes, zachtjes, Jcalmpjes, eventjes. These are all used as adverbs of manner. XL FORMATION OF COMPOUND WORDS. (a) Compound Nouns are formed : 1. By writing the two parts together, so as to make them appear one word : huisdeur, vuurhaard, reisgenoot, uitgaaf. In this way by far the greater part of the com- pound nouns are formed in Dutch. 2. By inserting an s between the two parts of the compound, as a mark of the genitive case, a plural form, or for the sake of euphony : jagerstasch, JiandelsbanJc ; meisjesschool, jongensboeJc ; leidsman, scheidsrechter. 298 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. 3. By inserting e or en between the two parts (see the rules, p. 21). 4. In uncommon compositions, geographical names or compounds derived from foreign languages, the hyphen is used : vergeet-mij-niet, forget-me-not (the flower) ; kruidje-roer-mij-niet, touch-me-not (the sensitive plant) ; Zuid-Afrika, Oost-London, Mokka-koffie, Procureur-Gene- raal, Luitenant-Admiraal. (&) Compound Adjectives are formed 1. By writing the two parts together so as to make them appear one word : lichtgroen, blauwgrijs, driedubbel, doodarm. 2. When the first part is a verb, by the insertion of between the parts : noemensicaard, werkensmoe. (c) Compound Verbs are formed 1. By the composition of infinitives with nouns, adjectives, adverbs, and prepositions, when the two parts are written as one word without undergoing any change; schijfschieten, Jiuishouden, doodslaan, wegnemen, ophouden, loslaten. 2. By the composition of two infinitives, the first of which loses its final n, or sometimes the entire infinitive- ending en: ginnegappen, harrewarren, trehkebekken ; star- oogen, reikhalzen, vrijwaren. (dy Compound Adverbs are formed 1. Without changing either part of the composition bergop, tweemaal, driewerf, achteruit. 2. By the insertion of a genitive-ending between the parts ; blootshoofds, goedsmoeds, geemzins ; langzamerhand, middelerwijl. 3. By the insertion of a dative-ending between the parts, strengthened by a t: zijnentwege, om uwentwille, harenthalve. ETYMOLOGY. 399 XII. LIST OP WORDS which require some explanation on account of the altered or obsolete meaning of one of their component parts, or on account of the difference between their original and present meanings, and alterations in their spelling. Adelaar, adel aar, noble bird, (now) eagle. Adelborst, noble breast, noble youth, (now) navy-cadet. Achterbaks, achter den rug, behind one's back, on the sly. Bakboord, rugboord, larboard, left hand of a ship. Baker (contraction of bakermoeder^), baby-nurse. Barnsteen, (by common metathesis of r) brandsteen, burnt stone, (now) amber. Bongerd (boogaard), boomgaard, tree-garden, orchard. Bordpapier, plankpapier, board-paper, cardboai'd. Crediet, credit (commercial term); krediet, trust, faith. Deemoed* dienaarsmoed, servant's mind, humility. Dertien, drietien, thirteen. Dokter, physician ; doctor, university degree in literature, theology, etc. Drempel, dorpel, deurpaal, door-post, threshold. Elf, eenlif, overblijvende een, one over, eleven. Ellende, ander land, other country, ballingschap, banish ment, (now) misery. Etmaal, edmaal, nog eens maal(tijd), again (the same) time, a period of 24 hours. Godsvrucht, godsvurcht (metathesis of r), vreeze Gods, fear of God, piety. Handhaven, (bij c?e) hand hebben, to maintain, manu tenere ; verdedigen, to defend, hold. Heimwee, woning-smart, home-pain, home-sickness. Hertog, (met liei) heir tiegende, (met hef) leger trekkende, leider, leader (dux), (now) duke. Honingraat, honingratel, honigweefsel, honeycomb (pron. distinctly honing-raafy. * The word moed, found in many compounds, may always be translated by " mind." 300 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. Hoovaardig, hoogvaardig, tracJifende naar hoogheid, desii'Ous of being great, proud. Huisraad, huisgeraad, huisgereedschap, utensils for house- keeping, (now) furniture. Juffrouw, jufvrouio, jungvrouw, jonge vrouw, young lady, miss (as a form of address). Kermis, kerkmis, church-mass, (now) fair. Kerspel, kerkspel, kerkspaal, JcerJcelijke grens, parish. Kerstfeest, Jcrest/eest (metathesis of r), kristfeest, Christus- feest, Christmas. Kinds, childish ; kindsJieid, childhood ; kindsch, doting ; kindschheid, dotage, childishness of old age. Komedie, theatre ; comedie, comedy. Kwilc, kwikzilver, quicksilver, mercury. KwiJcstaart, levende staart, wagtail (a bird). Landouw, land aue, goed land, fertile tract of land. Landpaal, landgrens, land-mark. Lichaam, likhaam, lijlcbedekldng (from Jiemen, to cover), flesh-covering, body. Likdoren, lijkdoren, doren (in Jtet) vleesch, thorn (in the) flesh, corn. Litteeken, lijkteeken, teeken (in Jief) vleesch, mark (in tho) flesh, scar. Madeliefje, weideliefje, weidebloem, meadow-flower, daisy. Maarschalk, (mare knechf), paardeknecht, groom, (now) Jioogste generaal, chief officer, marshal. Mcineed, valscJie eed, false oath, perjury. Mcvrouw, mijne vrouw, my wife, (now) madam. , Misdruk, misdruksel, paper wasted in printing. Moer, moerschroef, screw-nut. Muizenesten, muizenissen, musings, diepe gedachten, deep thoughts. NacJitvorst, nachtvrost (metathesis of r), night-frost. Namelooa, innumerable ; naamloos, without a name. Nooddruft, nooddurft (metathesis of r), groote behoefte, great want, need, from durven (derven), behoeven. ETYMOLOGY. 301 Ooievaar, ode baar (from beren, to bear), scJiatdrager, treasure-bearer, (now) stork. Ooglid, oogdeksel, eyelid (the Dutch lid fur deksel is some- times heard). Orde, order (arrangement), rank; order, bestelling, order (commercial term). Overlijden, overgaan, to pass over, (now) to die. Paarlemoer, parelmoeder, mother-of-pearl. Practijk, practice, application of rules; praktijk, practice of a physician. Ruiken, to smell ; rieken, to scent. ScJiauw (in poetry) schaduw, shadow ; achouw, chimney, or hut, Spin, spinnekobbe, spinnekop, spider. Tachtig, (f)acTitig, (f)achttig, eighty. Twaalf, tweelif, overblijvende twee, two over, twelve. Veertien, viertien, fourteen. Veertig, viertig, forty. Vierschaar, vier scharen, vier banken, four seats (in an ancient court), (now) tribunal. Vorst, voorste, eerste, gebieder, prince (monarch). Wieroo, kwijrook, gewijde or heilige rook) consecrated smoko, incense. Wissel, wisselbrief, bill of exchange. Wijwater, gewijd water, holy water. Zinloos, meaningless ; zinneloos, senseless, foolish, Zinnelijk, sensual ; zindelijk, clean, neat. XIII. WHERE TO PLACE THE ACCENT : Generally speaking the accent lies on the first syllable of a word. The following detailed rules may prove useful to students : (a) Of the prefixes of Ch. XIV, II, (a), aarts, on, mis, wan, oor, et, and ant have the accent : adrtsvader, ongeloof, misbaksel, wdntrouwen, oorsprong, etmaal, dntwoord. (&) Of the suffixes of II, (6), only ier is accented i tuinier (whereas Mnstenaar, schrijvcr, etc.). 302 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. (c) Of the suffixes of III, es and in have the accent : zangeres, tijgerin. (d) Of the suffixes of IV, eel takes the accent: houweel, tooneel. (e) Of the suffixes of VI, age and ij have the accent : lekkage, plantdge, baJckerij, dieverij. (/) Except a few enumerated under (&) to (e) no one suffix whether in nouns, adjectives, adverbs, or verbs, has the accent, except " achtig" as explained under VIII, (6). ( musket, seizoen, schavot or if they are of more than two syllables, on the second last one : kanarie, monopolie, kalender, operatic, traditie, piano. (m) When such foreign words of three or more syllables end in aaf, gram, fie, ment, uut, ist, ant, aan, ieJc, ier, or aat, they take the accent on their final syllable : telegraaf, monogram, photografie, firmament, instituut, telegrafist, foliant, oceaan, republiek, formulier, potentaat. ETYMOLOGY, 303 TRANSLATION EXEKCISES. Vertaaloefeningen. EXERCISE OIL Very long ago, about the year 550 B.C. (F.(7.), Asia had two mighty kings, viz.,. Cyrus, King of Persia, a man re- nowned for his courage and military skill, and Croesus, whose riches surpassed all comprehension. The latter once happened to meet (met by chance) the Greek philosopher Solon, whom he treated with the greatest distinction and to whom he showed all his riches and treasures. Then he said : " Solon, I know (that) you have seen much of the world tell me whom you consider (as) the happiest of men." Of course the proud king could himself have given the answer (that) he expected; he merely used the philosopher as an instrument for flattering (to flatter) his vanity. How disappointed he must have been, when he heard the following reply from the mouth of the sage: "He whom I consider (the) happiest among mortals is Tellus, a burgher of Athens, a man upright and good, esteemed by all his fellow- citizens, a man who spent his life in promoting the good of the city of his fathers ; a man who had a happy home, healthy, beautiful, strong children, whom he saw grow up as dutiful youths, esteemed by (the) society as the father was himself; a man who, when his beard had become grey and the hair of his head snow-white, when his eyes were getting dim and his knees feeble, went to war for the rescue of his country, and died on the battle-field, to seal with his blood the glorious victory of the day." "Him," Solon repeated, "I certainly consider (as) the happiest of all men." EXERCISE GUI. "And after him" hastily replied the king, who had grown (become) indignant at the philosopher's boldness of preferring (to prefer) a common citizen of Athens to the richest of kings "after that, tell 304 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. us, who do you think is happiest?" "Two Greek youths," was the disappointing answer, " Cleobis and Biton, both of whom were handsome and strong, and they even once gained laurels in the Olympian games. Their mother was a priestess, and when one day the hour of service in the temple was drawing near (ap- proached), and the mother sat ready in her cart, waiting in vain for the oxen, which were to pull the vehicle, the two sons, lest she should be (too) late, harnessed them- selves to the chariot, and conveyed their mother to the place of worship. The people looked on (it) in amazement, and began to praise the happy priesless on account of her worthy sons. The mother, moved at heart, straightway entered the temple, knelt down before the images of her gods, and entreated them to reward her sons and (to) do to them what they might think best (wat Jiun het best mocht dunken). Then she called her sons into the temple and made them lie down for a while, because she saw (that) they were tired. Both fell asleep and neither of them ever woke again. The gods had granted the mother's request, and translated the youths to the world of undisturbed happiness." EXERCISE CIV. After having listened impatiently to Solon's second reply, Croesus exclaimed : " Stranger from Athens, tell me why I, whom everyone acknowledges to be the richest of men, should be inferior in happiness to common citizens of your native country ! " "0 Croesus," was the answer, " do not bo offended at my words. I know you are happy at present ; but I, who have seen much of life, can only call him happy, who continues to be so (lief) until the day of his death. You are young and may have fifty more (o#) years to live (may perhaps live, etc.) ; who knows what may happen in the course of your days ! " Croesus failed to see (inzien) (could not see) the sound wisdom of the philosopher's reply, and declined speaking ETYMOLOGY. 305 to him (any) more. But let us see what happened : Croesus, stung by pride, sent messengers to the celebrated oracle of Delphi, in Greece, for the sake of ascertaining what would be the result if he should make war with Cyrus of Persia. The messengers came back in (on the) due time with the following message from the gods for which they had paid a sum as only a man like Croesus could offer : " If Croesus passes the Halys the eastern border of his dominion a great empire will be destroyed." EXERCISE CV. A man (somebody) of common sense would have noticed the apparent ambiguity of this answer every answer from the priests at Delphi was ambiguous but Croesus felt sure that the empire whose doom had been announced, must be the Persian one. He therefore raised a mighty army, crossed the border into Persia, and attacked his great opponent. From the very (first) beginning the tide of war seemed to turn against him, and very soon after (daarna), we find (the) poor Croesus fettered to a stake in the market-place of his own capital, just on the point of being burned. Suddenly, however, he exclaims : " Solon, Solon, Solon ! " and goes on repeating that foreign name until the attention of King Cyrus is drawn to it, and he sends an interpreter to his enemy to inquire what he wants. Croesus tells about Solon's visit to Sardes, and what remarkable words ho had spoken to him. Cyrus, to whom every syllable of the conversation is translated, is deeply moved. He feels himself a human being, weak in himself, great only through circumstances. He fancies how an equal fate might befall him some day (de eene of andere), and commands the Lydian king to be loosed (commands that be loosed) from his bonds on the spot. Not only (the) life was granted unto Croesus, but he became Cyrus's friend and counsellor. 306 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. CHAPTEK XV. CONSTRUCTION. ( Woordschikking.} The Principal Sentence. (De Hoofdzin.) I. THE common order of the Assertive sentence, whose verb is in a simple tense, is the same in Dutch as in English : Subject Predicate Object Extension. He saw a house in the wood, hij zag een huis in Jiet bosch. II. A. When the Predicate consists of more than one word, i.e., when it is made up of a verb and its auxiliary, or a verb in conjunction with an adverb, noun, or any other part of speech, the verb (whichever comes first) takes the place of the English verb, whereas the other parts of the predicate must be removed to the end of the sentence : He has seen a house in the wood, Jtij Jieeft een huis in Jiet bosch gezien. He seems to have called the child, hij schijnt het kind geroepen te hebben. My brother wants a book, mijn broeder Jieeft een boek noodig. You must have used the knife, gij mod het mes gebruiJct hebben, or hebben gebruikt. He has been obliged to give it, hij heeft het moeten geven, not geven moeten. CONSTRUCTION. 307 OBS. Notice that in the last two sentences the Aux. of time, hebben, can either precede or follow the principal verb, whereas the Aux. of mood, moeten, cannot follow it. Whenever an Aux. of mood, used as a Past Part., takes the form of the Infinitive, i.e., when it is used with another infinitive verb it must precede the principal verb : He has not been allowed to say it, liij heeft het niet mogen zeggen. OBS. 2. The only case in which the rule of II may be broken, is when various extensions, or a sub-ordinate sentence intervening, the distance between the two parts of the verb is rendered greater than is consistent with clearness : He did it this morning, as soon as he was up, hij heeft het van morgen, zoodra hij op was, gedaan, or hij heeft het van morgen gedaan, zoodra hij op was. B. Separably compounded verbs in their simple tenses follow this rule : He travels through the Free State to go to Pretoria, hij reist den Vrijstaat door, om .... The anxiety about his sister keeps him down, de zorg over zijne zuster houdt hem onder. III. When there are two Objects, one in the Dative case (indirect), and the other in the Objective case (direct), the indirect object representing a person, and the direct object a thing, the person must precede the thing : He gave the scholar a book, hij gaf den scholier een boek. IV. "When two objects (as under III) are represented by personal pronouns, the direct object goes first : He has given it to him, hij heeft het hem gegeven. V. Generally speaking, the place of the adverbial extension is in Dutch where it is in English, viz., after 3o8 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCtf GRAMMAR. the object at the end of the sentence. This position is taken to emphasize the idea expressed by the adverb : He has told him distinctly, yesterday, often, for the last time, here, etc., Jiij Jieeft het hem duidelijk, gisteren dikwijls, voor het laatst, hier, em. gezegd. VI. When the object itself requires more emphasis than the adverb, the latter (in Dutch) is placed before the object, whereas its place in English is between Subject and Verb : I plainly see the house, but not the window, ik zie duidelijk het huis, maar niet het raam. VII. When the object is a noun in the singular, preceded by the article een (a, an) or a plural noun without any distinguishing word, all adverbs except those of manner must precede such an object : (I wrote a letter yesterday, ik heb gisteren eenen "brief geschreven. I wrote that letter yesterday, ik heb dien brief gisteren geschreven, n (I wrote some letters yesterday, ik heb gisteren brieven a Sn geschreven. 1 (He treats children well, hij behandelt kinderen goed. VIII. When the object is a personal pronoun, the adverbs cannot precede it ; I shall see him often, ik zal hem dikwijls zien. I have heard her very well, ik heb hoar heel goed gehoord. IX. Adverbs must precede the preposition-object : He always relies on his memory, hij vertrouwt altijd op zijn geheugen. (He relied on his memory foolishly, hij vertrouwde op eene dwaze manier op zijn geheugen. He foolishly- relied on his memory, hij was dwaas genoeg op zijn geheugen te vertrouwen. CONSTRUCTION. 309 X. True adverbs must precede adverbial phrases : He saw my brother here in the wood, hij heeft mijnen broeder hier in het bosch gezien. He will see him for the last time to-morrow, hij zal hem morgen voor het laatst zien. He will start at seven to-morrow, hij zal morgen om zeven uur vertrekken. XI. Adverbs of time usually precede the other adverbs : The man has been looking for the child everywhere to-day, de man heeft het kind vandaag overal gezocht. XII. The adverb of negation (niet, not) stands : 1. After the verb in a single tense : The child does not eat, het kind eel niet. 2. Before the principal verb in compound tenses : The child has taken no food to-day, het kind heeft vandaag niet gegeten. 3. After the object (direct or indirect, or both) of a verb: I did not pick those flowers, ik heb die bloemen niet geplukt. Did he not tell it to you ? heeft hij het u niet verteld ? 4. If intended to negative the meaning of any other word but the verb, its place is immediately before such word : The child would not eat at once, het Jcind heeft niet dadelijk willen eten. My brother, not I, has read the book, niet ik, maar mijn broeder, heeft het boek gelezen. 310 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. The Sub-ordinate Sentence. (JDe Ondergeschikte Zin.~) XIII. The great characteristic of the Dutch sub-ordinate sentence is, that the whole of the Predicate is placed at the end of the sentence : He said, he would have called me at once, hij zei, dat Jiij mij dadelijk zou laten roepen. The woman who lives opposite my uncle's house is very ill, de vrouw, die tegenover het Jiuis van mijnen oom woont, is erg zieJc. OBS. When a sub-ordinate sentence has a lengthy extension, the verb may be made to precede it, but may never be in front of the Direct Object : I knew you would never be able to do it, ik wist, dat gij het nooit zoudt Jcunnen doen. Do you think I shall see your brother before six o'clock this evening ? denkt gij, dat ik uwen broeder zal zien v66r van avond zes uur ? NOTE. An infinitive phrase forming part of a sub-ordinate sentence, is not counted an extension, but is (see p. 323) analysed as a separate sentence ; hence the verb of bhe sub- ordinate sentence precedes such phrase : Ho said he did it to tease you, hij zei, dat hij het deed om u te plagen. He called to me to stop calling his brother names, hij riep, dat ik het laten moest, zijnen breeder uit te schelden. XIV, A. When the verb of the sub-ordinate sentence is used in a compound tense, or in conjunction with an auxiliary of mood, the principal verb and the auxiliaries may change places at the end of the sentence : (Het lock, dat ik gelezen moet hebben.* Het boek, dat ik gelezen hebben moet. Het boek, dat ik moet hebben gelezen. Het boek, dat ik moet gelezen hebben. B. But when the auxiliaries of mood, Icunnen, mogen, moeten, willen and durven, are joined to the principal verb * The second of these four ways is least used. CONSTR UCTION. 3 1 1 in their infinitive form (see p. 171, obs.), they must always precede the principal verb : He wanted me to let him do it, Jiij wilde, dat ik het Item zou laten doen, not doen laten. XV. There are a few cases in which it is preferable to keep to one form of construction : 1. When the subject of a sub-ordinate sentence is a EELATIVE PRONOUN, the auxiliary should come after the principal verb : The lecturer who is expected, de spreker die verwacht wordt, rather than wordt verwacht. 2. The verbs, doen, gaan, helpen, hooren, komen, leeren, voelen, zien, take their places in front of their principal verb : If the boy hears me coming, he will run away, ah de jongcn mij hoort Jcomen, zal hij wegloopen. T felt it as soon as I sat down, ik voelde het, zoodra ik ging zitten. Inversion in the Principal Sentence. XVI. The inversion of Subject and Predicate occurs in Dutch as also sometimes in English : In Interrogative and Exclamatory sentences : Do you see that child playing ? ziet u dat kind spelen ? Have you heard that man ? Jieeft u dien man gehoord ? If I could only see him ! ikon ik hem toch maar zien I Would that my brother were here ! ware mijn breeder maar hier ! XVII. If, for the sake of emphasis, any other part of the sentence but the subject is placed at the beginning of the sentence, the subject in Dutch is always placed after 312 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. the verb, if such verb be in a simple tense, and after the first auxiliary, if the verb be in a compound tense : There you see him, daar ziet gij hem. Yesterday I saw him, gisteren heb ik hem gczien. I do not like the book at all, mij bevalt het boek in het geheel niet. His letter I have not read, zijnen brief heb ik niet gelezen. Hate him I do not, haten doe ik hem niet. XVIII. In sentences in which " it " het, is the Subject, and a personal pronoun forms part of the Predicate, such personal pronoun takes the place of the subject : It is he, hij is het. It is we, wij zijn het. XIX. When the first word of a principal sentence is one of the adverbial conjunctions, toch, yet, niettemin, nevertheless, desniettegenstaande, notwithstanding, evenwel, yet, intusschen, meanwhile, integendeel, on the contrary, daarentegen, on the other hand, ooJc, likewise, daareriboven, besides, dus, derhalve, consequently, vandaar, that is why, daarom, for this reason, bijgevolg, consequently, daardoor, that is why, voorts, further, etc., the Subject and Predicate change places : It should not be forgotten in the meantime, intusschen moet men niet vergeten. Further I have to say, voorts moet ik zeggen. OBS. The above sentence also appears in the following form : Intusschen, moet men niet vergeten, etc. It should be noticed that the inserted comma does away with the need of inversion. This comma, however, is not used after ook, vandaar, duardoor, voorts. XX. The adverbial conjunctions nu, now, and echter, however, are usually placed in the body of the sentence, in which case they do not influence the construction : My parents, however, have decided for me, mijne ouders hebben echter voor mij besloten. Now the judge was of opinion, de rechter nu meende. Now to-morrow there would be a holiday, morgen nu zou er vacantie zijn. CONSTRUCTION. 313 Toch, yet, is sometimes used in the same way : Yet he is not ashamed of his ignorance, zijner onwetendheid toch schaamt liij zich met. XXI. When a sub-ordinate sentence precedes a principal one, the order of the latter is inverted : I have told him all, answered the man, ik heb hem alles gezegd, antwoordde de man. After having spoken to him a long time, I left him alone 1 , nadat ik lang mei hem gesproken had, liet ik hem alleen. OBS. After sub-ordinate sentences with wie ook, whoever, wat ook, whatever, hoe ook, however, and hoe liet zij, however it be, the order of the principal verb is not inverted. Whoever may tell you, I shall not believe it, wie het u ook zegt, ik zal het met gelooven. However that may be, I shall rest satisfied, hoe dat ook zij, i'c zal tevreden zijn. XXII. When verbs like zeggen, to say, antwoorden, to answer, hernemen, to go on (speaking), voortgaan, to continue (speaking), denken, to think, etc., occur with their subject between the two parts of a quotation, such subject must be placed after its verb : " Those books," said he, " I shall give you anyway." " Die boeken," zei hij, " zal ik u in elk geval geven." Inversion in the Sub-ordinate Sentence, XXIII. In conditional sentences, when the conjunction a/s = if, is omitted, the sub-ordinate sentence takes the form of the inverted principal sentence, instead of having the whole of its predicate at the end (see XIII). Could I but see him, I should ask him, kon ik hem maar zien, ik zou het hem vragen. Were I but ten years younger, I should go, was ik maar tien jaar jonger, ik zou gaan. OBS. The conditional sentence without the conjunction als = 314 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. if, has no influence on the construction of the principal sentence (see XXI) ; whereas when als = if, is expressed, it has : ! Could I but see him, I should ask him, kon ik hem maar zien, ik zou het hem vragen. If I could but see him, I should ask him, als ik hem maar zien kon, zou ik het hem vragen. XXIV. Sub-ordinate sentences, introduced by als = as if, and al = although, take the inverted construction of the principal sentence : He speaks as if he knew all about it, liij spreekt, als wist Jiij er alles van (for : also/ hij er alles van wisf). I shall not understand it, though I read it ten times, iJc zal het toch niet verstaan, al lees ik het tienmaal over (for : ofschoon ilc het tienmaal overlees). OBS. In the sentence, Al hoorde hij u, hij zou toch niet komen, even if he heard you, he would not come, the sub- ordinate sentence, not having its regular construction form, cannot influence the construction of the principal sentence (see XXIII, OBS.). XXV. In statements and indirect questions beginning with who, which, what, or with how and an adjective, in English a Noun-subject may follow the verb to be, whereas in Dutch these sentences follow the regular construction of the sub-ordinate sentence (see XIII) : He asked what was my opinion of the matter, hij vroeg, wat mijn oordeel over de zaak was. I know how delicate are her feelings, ik weet, hoe teer hare gevoelens zijn. CONSTRUCTION, 315 TEANSLATION EXERCISES. Vertaaloefeningen. EXERCISE CVI. One of the greatest men of (the) old Hellas was the son of a sculptor, Socrates by name. When (he was) yet a boy, his lofty spirit made him (already) a wonder to (for) his parents and friends. (The) Tradition says that his father had received a message from (the) heaven, instructing him to let the boy have (transl., go) his own way in everything, and never to oblige him to do any- thing against his own will and conviction, because the gods had granted to the young man a sure guide that would unfailingly lead him in (op) the right path. (The) young Socrates at first seemed to show some inclination to become [a] sculptor like his father ; yet he soon found out that this occupation did not suit him. No lifeless material would he work : he would try his hand at him- self and his fellow-men. From that time Socrates, who had now grown to manhood, became a philosopher, a teacher of profound wisdom, a blessing to his native country, and a model to the world at large. After [the] lapse of many ages we still find Socrates (transl., Socrates is still) beloved, admired ; though generations on generations have ap- peared, lived, and acted, yet the people of the present day think it an honour to imitate the great sculptor's son on account of his purity, his modesty, his love of truth, his impartial distribution of justice, his unshaken calmness at the approach of (the) death. EXERCISE CVII. There can be no doubt (Er valt niet aan te twijfelen), that the study of Socrates' character must be profitable to every right-minded youth. The beginning of all virtue to (for) him was soberness. His doctrine was not, to make food and drink as pleasant [as] possible, and take 3i6 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. them in the greatest quantity possible he took food to sustain (the) life, and never for any other purpose. Even the most exquisite dainties could not induce him to take any more than he considered necessary. He likewise never drank but (behalve) when he was thirsty, and never more than was necessary to quench his thirst. The gods, he used to say, know no wants, so (mef) the (Jwe) less we are contented [with] the (des te~) more we resemble them. Naturally quick-tempered, he managed to bring his temper under full subjection to his will, and thereby acquired an amount of equanimity, as is seldom seen (gelijk men . . . aantreft) in (a) man. The inward peace and calm which he enjoyed, became manifest in every deed he performed, in every word he said ; his inward joy, sprung from an (the) uninterrupted practice of (the) virtue, seasoned his speech and shone from his eyes. EXERCISE CVIII. (Even) Calm and self-possessed as he was in his life, [so] Socrates was in his death. At the age of seventy (years) he was accused as one (somebody), whose existence was dangerous to the state, seeing that he did not believe in the gods of his country and corrupted the manners of tho rising generation by perverted doctrines. He begged the judges to take into consideration his public life, and how he had devoted himself to the general happiness of his fellow-citizens both young and old. The frankness with which he defended himself, embittered the judges, and he was condemned to drink the poisoned cup. When (he was) in (the) prison, one of his followers brought him an elaborate defence, fit to be read in (the) public. Socrates took the document from (uif) his hands, perused it, and handed it back with the reply : " Lysias, if you brought me a pair of soft sandals, you would know that I could not accept them, because I should think it unmanly. Take back your speech and pardon ine for refusing (transl., CONSTRUCTION. 317 that I refuse) to make use of it." (On) Another day, one of Socrates' dearest friends entered his cell and tried to induce him to flee, saying that he had bribed the jailer, and that no ill would befall him in (op) the flight. This time (ditmaal), however, his answer was decisive and firm. " What," he said, " would a true friend induce me to disobey the laws of my city ? Many years have I enjoyed the just laws of the city of my fathers, and do you think that now [that] I am become a martyr by (the) misapplication of those laws, I would rebel against them?" EXERCISE CIX. On the morning of the day of the execution some officials entered the prison [and] telling (transl., told) Socrates that his last day had come, (and) loosed him from his shackles. Shortly after (daarna) his dearest friends, to the number of fifteen (vijftien in getal), came in to spend the last hours with him. One of these said to him : " Master, what will do you leave us, and what can we do for you when you are gone ? " "I charge you all," was the grave reply, "to live as you have seen me live more you cannot do for me. Moreover, do not speak at my grave, here we lay Socrates to rest ; for surely Socrates will then have long since departed to the land of eternal 'bliss." Hereupon he began to speak some parting words, first to his friends and then to his wife and children. This (being) done, he received the fatal draught (transl., drink) from an official (who was) present, drank it [off] with a smile, and, after having paced the room for some time, laid himself down to die. When about (tocn Jiij op hct punt was) to breathe his last, he suddenly opened his eyes, looked at his friends with a last smile and whispered : " I am cured ; sacrifice (bring) a thank-offering to Esculapius on my behalf." THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. CHAPTER XVI. PARSING AND ANALYSIS. Parsing. ( Woordontleding.~) DUTCH parsing differs in form materially from English parsing. The student should endeavour to make himself familiar with the points of dissimilarity. Dutch names for tho different parts of speech : Zclfstandignaamwoord, Noun ; Lidwoord, Article ; Bij- voegelijknaamwoord, Adjective ; Telwoord, Numeral Ad- jective ; Voornaamwoord, Pronoun ; Werkwoord, Verb ; Bijwoord, Adverb; Voegwoord, Conjunction; Voorzetsel, Preposition ; Tusschenwerpsel, Interjection. Abbreviations used in Dutch Parsing ; Zelfstnw. Lidw. Bijvnw. Telw. Vnw. Ww. Bijw. Voegw. Voorz. Tusschenw. Overg. Onoverg. Onregm. Gem. Eig. Afgetr. Sameng. Pers. Mann. Vr. One. Zelfstandignaamwoord. Lidwoord. Bijvoegelijknaamwoord. Telwoord. Voornaamwoord. Werkwoord. Bijwoord. Voegwoord. Voorzetsel. Tusschenwerpsel. Overganltelijk. OnoverganJcelijk. Onrcgelmatig. Gemeen. Eigen. Afgetrokken. Samengeeteld. Persoon. Mannelijk. Vrouwelijk. Onzijdig. Noun. Article. Adjective. Num. Adject. Pronoun. Verb. Adverb. Conjunction. Preposition. Interjection. Transitive. Intransitive. Anomalous. Common. Proper. Abstract. Compound. Person. Masculine, Feminine. Neuter. PARSING AND ANALYSIS. 319 Abbreviations continued. Nv. Naamval. Case. Sep. Sepaald. Definite. Niet-bep. Niet-bepalend. Indefinite. Meerv. Meervoud. Plural. Enk. Enkelvoud. Singular. Aant. w. Aantoonende wijs. Indie. Mood. Aanv. w. Aanvoegende wijs. Subj. Mood. Geb. w. Gebiedende wijs. Imper. Mood. Onb. w. Oribepaalde wijs. Infin. Mood. Teg. deelw. Tegenwoordig deehooord. Present Part. Verl. deelw. Verleden deelwoord. Past Part. Onv. teg. t. Onvolmaakt tegenwoordige tijd. Present Tense. Volm. verl. t. Volmaakt verleden tijd. Pluperfect Tense. Onv. toek. t. Onvolmaakt toekomende tijd. Future Tense. OBS. 1. In Dutch, such terms as Nominative to, Objective after, Qualifying, Modifying, Limiting, etc., are not in use. The relations between verbs and their Subjects and Objects, and between Nouns and their Articles and Adjectives are differently expressed, as will be seen from the examples. OPS. 2. In Dutch parsing each Verb is treated as a separate one, except the Auxiliaries of Tense, hebben, zijn, and zullen, and the Auxiliary of Voice, worden, which form an inseparable part of the Verbs which they help to conjugate. EXAMPLES OF PARSING. I. SENTENCE : " Zij werden getroost door de zeJcerheid, dat zij het goede gedaan hadden, en zich niet bemoeid hadden met den laster, dicn men van hunnen buurman verspreid had." Pers. Vnw. 3 Pers. Gem. gesl. Meerv. l e nv. werden getroost Zvvak Onoverg. Ww. Lijdende Vorm. Aant. W. Onv. Verl. T. 3 e Pers. Meerv. door Voorz. wijst de betrekking aan tus- schen " werden getroost " en " zeker- heid." de Bep. Lidw. Vrouw. Enk. 4 e nv. zekerheid Afg. Zelfstnw. Vrouw. Enk. 4 nv. dat Voegw. verbindt twee zinnen. 320 TJfE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. Z1 J hot goede gedaan hadden en zich niet bemoeid hadden met den lasler dien men van hunnen buurman verspreid had. Pers. Vnw. 3 e Pers. Gem. gesl. Meerv. l e nv. Bep. Lidw. Onz. Enk. 4 e nv. Afg. Zelfstnw. Onz. Enk. 4 nv. Onreg. Overg. Ww. Aant. W. Volm. Verl. T. 3 e Pers. Meerv. Voegw. verbindt twee zinnen. Terugw. Pers. Vnw. 3 e Pers. Gem. gesl. Meerv. 4 nv. Bijw. van ontkenning. Zwak Onoverg. Ww. Aant. W. Volm. Verl. T. 3 e Pers. Meerv. Voorz. wijst de betrekking aan tusschen " bemoeid hadden " en " laster." Bep. Lidw. Mann. Enk. 4 e nv. Afg. Zelfstnw. Mann. Enk. 4 e nv. Betrekk. Vnw. 3 e Pers. Mann Enk. 4 e nv. Onbep. Pers. Vnw. 3 e Pers. Gem. gesl Enk. l e nv. Voorz. duidt de betrekking aan tus- schen "verspreid had" en "buur- man." Bez. Vnw. 3 e Pers. Mann. Enk. 4 e nv. Gem. Zelfstnw. Mann. Enk. 4 e nv. Zwak Onverg. Ww. Aant. W. Volm. Verl. T. 3 Pers. Enk. SENTENCE : II. " Of het zonncvuur al llahcr', Of natuur te middag zuclit, Bij der mane minnetinfling Scliept zij niemce levemlucht." Of (al) Toegevend. Voegw. het Bep. Lidw. Onz. Enk. l e nv. zonnevuur Sameng. Zelfstw. Onz. Enk. l e nv. al (behoort bij "o/") blaker? Zwak Onoverg. Ww. Aanv. Wijs. Onv. Teg. T. 3" Pers. Enk. PARSING AND ANAL YSIS. 321 Of natuur te middag zucht' der mane minnetint'ling Schept nieuwe levenslucht. Toegevend Voegw. Gem. Zelfstnw. Vrouw Enk. l e nv. Voorz. ] Bijwoordelijke Gem. Zelfstnw. Mann. > uitdrukking Enk. 4 e nv. j van Tijd. Zwak Onoverg. Ww. Aanv. Wijs. Onv. Teg. t. 3" Pers. Enk Voorz. drukt betrekking nit tusschen "schept" en "minnetint'ling." Bep. Lidu-. Vrouw. Enk. 2 e nv. Gem. Zelfstnw. Vrouw Enk. 2 nv. Afgetr. ZeUstnw. Vrouw. Enk. 4 e nv. Zwak Overg. Ww. Aant. Wijs. Onv. Teg. t. 3 e Pers. Enk. Pers. Vnw. 3 e Pers. Vrouw Enk. l e nv. Bijvnw. Vrouw. Enk. 4 nv. Sameng. Zelfstnw. Vrouw. Enk. 4 9 nv. III. SENTENCE : '* Wien Neerlands bloed in (f aad'ren vloeit, Van vreemde smetten vrij, Wiens hart voor land en leaning gloeit Verhefl' den zang ah wij" Wien Neerlands bloed in de aderen vloeit Van vreemde smetten vrij Betrekk. Vnw. 3 e Pers. Mann. Enk. 3 e nv. Eig. Zelfstnw. Onz. Enk. 2 e nv. Gem. Zelfstnw. Onz. Enk. l e nv. Voorz. duidt de betrekking aan tus schen " aderen " en " vloeit." Bep. Lidw. Vrouw. Meerv. 4 e nv. Gem. Zelfstnw. Vrouw. Meerv. 4" nv. Zwak Onoverg. Ww. Aant. w. Onv. Teg. t. 3 a Pers. Enk. Voorz. duidt de betrekking aan tus- schen " vrij " en " smetten." Bijvnw. Vrouw. Meer. 4 e nv. Gem. Zelfstnw. Vrouw. Meerv. 4 e nv. Bijvnw. Onz. Enk. l e nv. (behoort bij " Uoed "). 322 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. Wiens hart voor land en koning gloeit Verheff 1 den zang als wij. Betrekk. Vnw. 3 6 Pers. Mann. Enk. 2 e nv. Gem. Zelfstiiw. Onz. Enk. l e nv. Voorz. drukt cle betrekking nit tus- sclien " gloeit " en " land." Gem. Zelfstnw. Onz. Enk. 4 e nv. Verbindend Voegw. Gem. Zelfstnw. Mann. Enk. 4 e nv. Zwak Onoverg. Ww. Aant. w. Onv. Teg. t. 3 e P. Enk. Sterk Overg. Ww. Aanv. w. Onv. Teg. t. 3 e P. Enk. Bep. Lidw. Mann. Enk. 4 e nv. Gem. Zelfstnw. Mann. Enk. 4 e nv. Vergelijkend Voegw. Pers. Vnw. l e Pers. Gem. Gesl. Meerv. l e nv. ANALYSIS. (Zinsontleding}. The Dutch way of Analysing Sentences is a perfect parallel of English analysis, and, as far as principal features are concerned, differs from it only in its terms. The translation of those terms is as follows : Sentence Simple Sentence Complex Sentence . . . Compound Sentence Simple Sentence with compos- parts Principal Sentence . Co-ordinate Sentence . Sub-ordinate Sentence . . Complete Sentence . Incomplete Sentence Elliptic Sentence Noun Sentence .... Adjective Sentence . . . Adverbial Sentence. . . Of Time . . . . , . Of Place . . Zin. Enkelvoudlge Zin. ' \ Samengestelde Zin. ite EnJcelvoudige Zin mat vceluondiyt deelen. Hoo/dzin. . Nevengeschikte Zin. Afhankelijke Zin. Volledige Zin. Onvolledige Zin. Elliptische Zin. . Xelfstandig Afhankelijke Zin. ttijvoegelijk Afhankelijke Zin. . Bijwoordelijk Afhankelijke Zin. . Van Tijd. Van Plaats. PARSING AND ANALYSIS. 323 Of Manner Van Wijze. Of Cause Redengevende. Of Purpose Doelaanwijzende. Of Comparison Van Vergelijking. Concessive Toegevende. Copulative Aaneenschakelende* Disjunctive Scheidende. Adversative Tegenstellende. Illative Besluitende. Subject Onderwerp. Enlargement of the Subject . TJifbreiding van het Onderwerp. Understood Subject. . . . Verzwegen Onderwerp. Connective Verbinding. Predicate Oezegde. Object Voorwerp. Direct Object Lijdend (Direct) Voorwerp. Indirect Object Oneigenlijk (Indirect) Voorwerp. Preposition Object .... Voorwerp met een Voorzetsel. Extension Bepaling. Extension of Time .... Bepaling van Tijd. Extension of Place .... Bepaling van Plaats. Extension of Manner . . . Bepaling van Wijze. Extension of Cause .... Bepaling van OorzaaJt. The following peculiarities should be noted : 1. Dutch analysis favours the embodiment in separate sentences of phrases, which in English are treated as belonging to the main sentence. For example : " Seeing his brother, he began to- cry" would in Dutch be analysed as, "J.s (he) saio his brother, he began to cry." This custom allows of no exception when an infinitive verb is concerned. For example, " I told you to go " should be analysed, " I told you (that you should) go." Likewise : " I shot the cat (in order that I should) get rid of it." 2. No distinction in name is made between the Com- plex and the Compound Sentences, both going by the name of " Samengestelde Zin." The Compound Sentence, however, is sometimes called " Veelvoudige Zin." M 2 324 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. The following example will illustrate the similarity of Dutch and English analysis : EXAMPLE OF ANALYSIS. " Zoo is het genoeg," zeide hij, en Jceerde zich om, om le zien, wie het icas, die acJiter hem dat vreem.de geluid maaJde. Nooit had hij Jcunnen denken, dat zijn eigen zoon, wien hij jaren geleden wagcns schandelijJc icangedrag de deur gewezen had, op 't onverwachtst was tertiggekeerd, om wraak te oefe- nen, en in voile wapenrusting nu achter hem stond, gereed, hem het leven te benemen. ARShVG AND ANALYSIS. 335 If la S 3 fc* o - , - * Pr [G a fl 2? |1 ^ -si rlfe c ^ 5-5-3 ll r 2 C 3 a per* vlakte. Arresteeren, aanhouden. ArtikeL Vergadering. Parlement. Ooedkeurcn. Belasting oplcggen. Eaten en schulden. OFFICIAL AND DOCUMENTARY LANGUAGE. 339 Assign (to), Assignee, Assistant, Association, As such, Assume (to), Assumption, Attend (to a meeting), Attorney, Attorney-General, Auction, Auction duty, Auctioneer, Audience, Audit Office, Authorise (to), Authority, Available, Toeioijzen, overdragen, assigneeren. liechtverkrijgende. Assistant, hulp. Genootschap, associatie. Ah zoodanig. Aanvaarden, in bezit nemen. Assumptie, op-zich-neming. Bijwonen. Procureur, zaakgelastigde. Procureur- GeneraaL Veiling, auctie, verkooping. Opgelden. Afslager, vendumeester. Gehoor, audientie. Auditeurs kantoor. Authoriseeren, machtigen. . Authoriteit, macht, gezag, last. Beschikbaar. Bail, Bail (out on), Bailiff, Balance, Ballot (by), Ballot box, Ballot paper, Banns, Bar, Barrister, Beacon, Be it herewith made known. Behalf (on my), Behalf (on of), Below (the Court ), Bequeath (to), Best (to the) of his know- ledge, Bidder (highest), Bill, Board, Bond, Bond (goods in ), Borough-council, Bound, Boundary, Branch, Borgtocht. Op borgtocht ontslagen. Baljuw. Balans, soldo. Bij ballotage, met stembriefjes. Stembus. Stembriefje. Huwelijksgeboden . Balie. Bechtsgeleerde, pleitbezorger, advo- kaat. Baken. Zij het mits dezen kennelijk. Te mijnen behoeve, om mijnentwil. Ten behoeve van. Het lagere hof. Vermaken. Zoo ver hem bekend is. Meestbiedende. Wetsontwerp, concept. Road, bestuur. Verband, schepenkennis. Goederen in entrepot. Stadsraad. Verplicht, gehouden. Grens. Ta/k. 340 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. Breach, Bring (to to justice), British and Foreign, Business, Bye-law, Verbreking. Voor het gerecht brengen. Britsch en buitenlandsch. Zalcen, handel, bezigheid. Reglement, toevoegsel. Cabinet, Calendar (within 3 months), Cancel (to), Candidate, Capacity, Cargo, Case (in the of), Case in point, Case in point (to state ), Cash, Cash (to pay ), Central, Certain, Certificate, Certificate of Birth, Certificate of Death, Chairman, Charges, Charge and command (to), Chief (adj.), Chief of Police, Circuit Court, Civil, Civil Commissioner, Civil imprisonment, Civilisation, Claim, Claim (to), Claimant, Claim inspector, Clause, Clear (three days), Codicil, Cognisance (with), Colonial, Colonial Secretary, Colony, Commence (to), Commissary-General, Kabinet, ministerraad* Binnen 3 maanden. Vernietigen. Kandidaat. Capaciteit, bevoegheid. Lading. In het geval van. Voorbeeld, soortgelijk geval. Voorleeld geven, geval opnoemen. Kontant. Kontant betalen. Centraal. Zeker. Certificaat, betvijs, getuigschrift. Geboortebewijs. tiierftebewijs, certificaat van over- lijden. Voorzitter. Prij's, rekening. Gelasten en bevelen. Voornaamste, opper-, hoofd-. If oof d der politie. liondgaand hof. Civiel, burgerlijk. Civiele Commissaris. Oijzeling. Beschaiying- EiscJi, delfplek. Eischen. Eischer. Inspecteur van delfpl.elcken. Clausule. Drie voile dagen. Codicil, aanhangsel. Mel medeweten. Koloniaal. Koloniale Secretaris. Kohmie. Beginnen, aanvangcn. Commissaris- Generaal. OFFICIAL AND DOCUMENTARY LANGUAGE. 341 Commission, Commit (to), Committed for trial, Committee, Commonage, Comply with (to), Compromise, Compulsory sequestration, Concerning, Concession, Condition, Conditions of sale, Conduct (to), Confirm (to), Confirmation, Conformity (in \vit'i), Conjunction (in with), Connection (in there- with), Connection (in with), Consent, Consent (to), Consent to (to), Consider (to), Consignee, Consignor, Consist (to with law), Consistent with, Consolidate (to), Constitute (to), Constitute and appoint (to), Construct (to), Construction (for the of), Consul, Consulate, Consul-General, Consumption, Contract, Contract (to), Contracting parties, Contract of lease, Contrary to, Contravene (to), Conveniently, Convention, Commissie, opdracht. Bedrijven, zich blootstellcn, in staat van beschuldiging stellen. Nuar de strafzitting verwezen. Comite. Qemeenteweide. Nakomen. Compromise, schikking, vergelijk. Gedwongen sequestratie. Omtrent, aangaande, betreffende. C'oncessie. Konditie, toestand, voorwaarde. Koopkonditie'n. Leiden, voeren, besturen.' Bevestigen, confirmeeren. Bevestiging, confirmatie. In overeenstemming met. Samengaande met, in verbintcias met, vereenigd met. Daarmede in verband staande. In verband met. Verlof, toestemming, consent. Toestaan, inwilligen, verlof geven. Bewilligen, toestemmen in. Beschouwen, overwegen. Geadresseerde, ontvanger. Afzender. Bestaanbaar zijn met de wet. vereenkomstig. Consolideeren, vereenigen, sanen- smelten. Vaststellen, samenstellen, benoemen. Kiezen en aanstellen. Bouwen, oprichten. Tot het bouwen (aanleggen) van. Consul. Consulaat. Consul- Generaal. Verbruik. Kontrakt, overeenkomst. Kontrakteeren, overeenkomen. Kontrakteerende partijen. Huurkontrakt, pachtkontrakt. Strijdig met, in strijd met. Overtreden, inbreak maken op. Behoorlijk, betamelijk. Conventie, verdrag. 342 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. Conveyance, Conveyance (law), Conveyancer, Convict, Convict (to), Convict Department, Convict guard, Conviction (on), Corporal punishment, Council, Council (Divisional), Council (Legislative), Council (in); Councillor, Counterfoil, Court, Cover (to), Credit, Creditor, Crime, Criminal, Criminal Session, Crown land, Crown Prosecutor, Current, Current (account), Customs, Customs duty, Custom house, Custom officer, Customs Union, Voertuig, rijtuig, expeditie. Transport, overdracht. Transportbezorger. Bandiet, boef. Schuldig verklaren. Bandieten-departement. Bandietenoppasser, gevanycnbewaar- der. ScJiuldig verklaring (bij). Lijfstraf. Eaad. Afdeelingsraad. Wetgevende raad. In rade. Raadslid. Tegenblad. Eof, Gerechtshof, Dekken. Krediet. Crediteur, schuldeischer. Misdaad. Crimineel. Strafzitting. Kroonland. Publifke aanklager. Dezer. Itekening courant. Tol, in- en uitgaande rechfen, Invoerende Rechten. Tolkantoor, kantoor van in- en uitgaande redden. Tolbeambte. Tolverbond. Damage, Damages, Dative, Debentures, Debt, Debtor, Decease, Deceased, Decide (to), Declaration, Declaration of Insolvency Declare, proclaim and make known (I), Schade. ScJiadevergoeding, Datief. Scliuldbrieven. Schuld. Schuldenaar, debiteur. Dood, overlijden. Overledene. Besluiten, beslissen. Verklaring, declaratie. Insolvent verklaring. Verklaar, prodameer bekend (*'A;). en maak OFFICIAL AND DOCUMENTARY LANGUAGE. 343 Decree (to), Decreed (to be entitled), Deed, Deed of transfer, Deeds' Office, Default (in of), Default (judgment by ), Defence Department, Defend (to), Defendant, Delay, Deliver (to) up, Delivery, Demand, Demand (to), Dependency, Deputy sheriff, Derelict laud, Derive (to), Design, Despatch (to), Deviate (to), Diagram, Diggings, Direct (to), Directed (I am ), Directions, Disallowance, Discipline, Discount, Disposal, Dispose (to) of, Disposing mind, Disqualified, Distribution, District, Divert (to), Division, Divisional Council, Docks, Due (to be and payable), Due to (to be), Duly, Duly sworn, Duty, Dwell ing-house, JJcpalen, verordenen. (Aan iemand) toegekend warden. Akte, document. Aide van transport, l.'cgistratie kantoor. 11 ij gebreke van. Vonnis bij verstek. Depqrtement van landsverdediging. Verdedigen. Verweerder. Uitstel, oponthoud. Afgeven, opyeven, overyeven. Levering. Eisch. Eischen. Aanhoorigheid. Ondersherif. Verlaten grond. Trekken van. Plan, leekening. l r crzenden, ufzenden. Vcrleggen; afslaan ; uitecnloopen. Fchets, figuur. Dctfplek. Last geven, verordenen. Mij is gelast (opgedfagen), Aamvijzinyen. (fkeuring, iccigeriag. Tucht. Disconto, korting. Verkooping. Van de hand zeitcn, verkoopen. Wei bij verstand. Onbevoegd. Distributee, uitdceling. District, afdeeling. Van richting veranderen, afslaan, Afdeeling, divisie. Afdeelingsraad. Dok. Vervallen en betaalbaar zijn. Schuldig zijn aan, te danken zijn aan, vervallen. Behoorlijk, in orde. Behoorlijk beeedigd. Bclasting, inkomende rechten. Woonhuis. 344 THE COMMERCIAL b'VTCH GRAMMAR. Edict, Edictal citation, Education, Education Office, Effect, Effect (to Lave), Effects, Effectual, Ejectment (from a house), Elaborately, Election, Elector, Electoral division, Eligible, Employ, Employ (to), Empower (to), Enable (to), Enact (to), Endorse (to), Enter appeal (to), Enter into (to a con- tract), Entitle (to), Entitled to, Entitled (to be to), Entituled, Equip (to), Equitable, Estate, Estimate, Estimate (to), Event (in the of), Evidence, Evident, Exceed (to), Exceeding (not), Excellency (His), Except, Except (to), Excepting, Exception, Exception (with the of), Exclusive (of), Execute (to), Executive Council, Executor, Exercise, Edict, bevelschrift, plakkaat. Edictale citatie. Opvoeding, onderwijs. Onderwijs kantoor. Gevolg, uitwerking. Uitwerking hebben. Goederen, bezitting, have. Doeltre/end. Het uitzetten (uit een huis). Uitvoerig. Verkiezing, electie. Kiezer. Kiesafdeeling. Verkiesbaar. Dienst. Gebruiken, huren, in dienst hebben. Machtigen. In stoat stellen. Bepalen, vaststeUen. JEndorseeren. Apptl aanteekenen. Een kontrakt aangaan. Machtigen. Bevoegd om (fof). Aanspraak (rechf) hebben op, Getitrld. Inrichten. Billijk. Bo 1 del. learning, schatiiny. Beramen, scluttea. In yeval. Getuigenis. Blijkbaar. Te boven gaan. Niet te boven gaanch, Excellentie (Zijne), Behalve. Uitzonderen. Uitgezonderd. Uitzondering. Met uitzondering van. Met uitsluiting van. Oefenen, uitoefenen, bekracritigen. Uitvoerende Raad. Executeur. Uitoefening. OFFICIAL AND DOCUMENTARY LANGUAGE. 345 Exercise (in of), Expectancy, Expedient, Expenditure, Expense, Expiration, Explicit, Export (to), Export trade, Extend (to), Extension, Facility (greater), Failing which, Favour (in of), Fee, Field cornet, Fill (to a vacancy), File (to), Fine, Fine (to), Firm, First (the dying), Fix (to), Fix (to up), Force (to be in ), Forest Department, Forfeit (to), Frame (to), Furnish (to names), Further, Fulfil (to), Fulfilment, Funds, Further examination, Further proof, General (noun), General (in), General information (for), Generally, General Manager, Given under my hand, God save the Queen, Goods, Government, Government measure, Uit'oefenende, Erfenis. Raadzaam, dienstig. Uitgaven. Kosten, onkosten. Afloop, einde, verschijning (can cen Duidelijk. \termijn~). Uitvoeren, exporteeren. Buiterilandsche handel. Verlengen, uiibreiden. Verlenging, uitbreiding. Vergemakkelijking. In gebreke waarvan. Ten gunste van, ten behoeve van, ten faveure van. Loon, honorarium, leen,fooi. Veldkornet. Eene vacature opvullen. Inzenden, overleggen. Boete. Be'oeten. Fir ma. Eerststervende. Vaststellen. Aanplakken. Van kracht zijn. Departement van lioutuestcrijen. Verbeuren, verliezen. Opstellen, optrekken. Namen opgeven. Verder, voorts. Vervullen. Vervulling. Fondsen. Verder onderzoek. Verder bewijs. Oeneraal, veldheer. In het algemeen. Tot algemeen naricht. Over het algemeen. Algemeen bestuurder. Gegeven onder mijne hand. God behoede de Koningin. Ooederen, bezitting. Gouvernement, regeering, bestuur, Maatregel der regeering. 346 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. Government railways, Governor, Grant, Grant to, Grazing rights, Greeting, Guarantee, Guarantor, Guardian, Harbour, Harbour Board, Harbour works, Health Department, Hereby, Hereinafter, Hereto annexed, Heretofore, High Commissioner, Hindrance, Hire (to), Hire out (to), House of Assembly, House of Correction, House duty, Immovable property, Imperial Consulate, Imperial Government, Import, Import (to), Imprison (to), Imprisonment, Improve (to), Include (to), Inclusive of, Incorporate (to), Indemnify (to), Indemnification, JnelLible, Inevitable, Infected (to be), Infectious, Information (for genera! ), Inheritance, I n lieu of, Insert (to), Gouuernements spoorwegen. Gouverneur. Toelage. Toestaan, toew/jzen, geven. Weiderechten. Kaluut. Waarborg. Borg, waarborg. Voogd, vooydes. Haven. Havcribestuur. ] lavenwerken. Gezondheids departement. Hierbij, hiermede, hierdoor. Hierna. Hier bijgevoegd. V66r dezen. Hooge commissaris. Verhindering, beletsel, hinder. Hurcn. Verhuren. Volksvertegenwoordiging, parlement . Verleteringshiiis. Huisbelasting. Onroerende goederen, vastyoed. Keizerlijk consulaat. Rijksregeering. Bdang. fmporteeren, invoeren. Gevangen zetten. Gevangenisstraf. Verbeteren. Insluiten. Jnsluitend, ingesloten, met inlft/ri/i van. Inlijuen, incorporeeren. Schadeloos stellen. SchadeloossteUing. Niet-verliivslaar. Onvennijdelijk. Jiesmet zijn. Besmettelijk. Tot algemeen naricht. Erfenis. Jn plaats van. Jnvoegen, insereeren. OFFICIAL AND DOCUMENTARY LANGUA GE. 347 Insolvency, Insolvent (noun), Insolvent (adj.), Insolvent estate, Inspector, Inspection, Instalment, Instant (inst.), Institute (to), Instructions, Insubordination, Interested, Interested (to be in), Interfere (to), Interference, Interpreter, Intituled, Invention, Inventor, Inventory. Issue, Issue (to), Jail, Jailer, Joint, Joint lives, Joint stock company, Journal, Judge, Judgment, Judicial, Jurisdiction, Juror, Jury, Justice, Justice (Court of ) Justice (to bring to ) Justice of the peace, Know all men whom it may concern, Knowledge (to the of), Lands and Mines Deport- ment, Landlord, BankroetscJiap, insolventie. Bankroetier, insolvent. Bankroet, insolvent. Insolvente (bankroete) boedel. Jnspecteur. Inspectie, onderzoek. Paaiement, termijn. Dezer. InsteUen. Instructies, aanwijzingen. Insubordinatie, verzet. Belanghebbende, betreffende. Belang hebben by. Zich bemoeien, tusschen beide komen. Tusschenkomst, bemoeiing. Tolk. Getiteld, genoemd. Uitvinding. Uitvinder. Inventafis. Uitgifte. Uitgeven, in net licht geven, open- boar maken. Gevangenis, tronk. Gevangenbewaarder, cipier. Gezamenlijk. Beider leven, gemeenschappelijk leven. Naamlooze vennnotschap. Journaal, dagblad. Jiechter. Vonnis, uitspraak. Gerechtelijk. Jurisdictie, rechtsgebied. Jurielid. Jurie. RecM, gerecht, rechter. Gerechtshof. Voor het gerecht brengen. Vrederechter. Zij het mits dezen kennelijk, aan alien wien het moge aangaan. Zoover het bekend is. Departement van landen en mij'nen. Huisbaas. 34-3 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. Landowner, Late, Law, Law agent, Law Department, Lawful, Lawful (it shall not be ), Lawful authority, Lease, Leasehold estate, Ledger, Legislature, Leper, Leprosy, Lessee, Lessor, Let (to), Letter of demand, Letters patent, Levy (to taxes), Liable (person to pay), Liable (shall be to a fine), Liberation, License, Licensed to, Licensing Court, Lieu (in ol), Limit, Limit (of weight), Limited, Liquidation, Liquidator, Local, Local military forces, Location (native), Lock-up, Lodge (to), Lot, Lunacy Act, Lunatic Asylum, Lung sickness, Magistrate, Magistrate's clerk, Magistrate's court, Maintenance (the of), Landeigenaar. Gewezen, vorige, overhden, wijlen. Wet. Wetsagent. Rechtsdejiartement. Wettig, wettelijk. Het is verboden. Wettig gezag. Huurkontrakt, pacht. Pachthoeve, pachtgoed. Grootboek. Wetgevende macKt. Melaatsche. Melaatschheid. Huurder. Verlmurder. Verhuren. Aanmaning. Octrooibrief. Belasting innen. Aansprakelijke persoon. Zal beboet Jcunnen warden. Vrijlating, vrijstelling, ontslag. Licentie, patent, vergunning. Gepatenteerd, gelicentieerd, gemach- tigd tot. Licentie-hof. In plaats van. Limite, grens. J'oogste gewicht. Beperkt. Liquidatie, verejfening. Liquidateur, redderaar. Plaatselyk, locaal. Plaatselijke krijgsmaclit, Naturellen locatie. Bewaarplaats. Ingeven, inzenden. Perceel. Krankzinnigenwet. Krankzinnigengesticlit. Longziekte. Magistraat, landdrost, Magistraatskhrk. Magistraatshof. Het handhaven van. OFFICIAL AND DOCUMENTARY LANGUAGE. 349 Majesty, Majority, Make request (to), Management, Marriage, Marriage laws, Marringe officer, Master of the Supreme Court, Material (noun), Material (adj.), Materially, Matter, May concern, Mayor, Meaning (within the of), Medical Board, Medical examination, Meet (to an amount), Meeting, Member, Minor, Minority, Minor heir, Minutes, Monthly, Mortgaged, Mortgage bond, Mortgagee, Motion, Mover, Municipal Act, Municipality, Mutually, Nat ives, Native location, Next, Next of kin, Nett, Nominate (to), Nominate and appoint (to), "Nomination, Nominee, Non-fulfilment, Notary public, Notice, Majesteit. Meerderheid, meerderjarigheid. Verzoek (aanvraag) doen om. Bestuur. Iluwelijk. Huwelijkswetten. Huwelijksambtenaar. Meester van het Jioog gerechtshof. Materiaal, bouwstof. Belangrijk, gewichtig. In groote mate. Zaak. Moge aangaan. Burgemeester. Naar luid van. Geneeskundige raad. Geneeskundig onderzoek. Betalen, vinden. Bijeenkomst, vergadering. Lid. Minderjarig, minder, gering, on- mondig. Minderheid, minderjarigheid. Minderjarige erfgenaam. Notulen. Maandelijks (cK). Verbonden, onder verband, bezivaard. Hypotheek, verland, schepenkcnnis. Verbandhouder. Voorstel, motie. Voorsteller. Municipale wet. Municipaliteit. Onderling. Iriboorlingen, naturellen. Inboorlingen locatie. Eerstkomende (e.k.). Nabestaande. Netto. Benoemen, nomineeren. Benoemen en aanstelhn. Nominatie. Benoemde, candidaat. (Het) niet-vervullen. Notaris puliliek. Kennisgeving. 350 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. Notice (to give ), Notice is hereby given, Notify for general informa- tion (to), Notify (to), Oath, Oath (to put on ), Oath (on), Obey (to), Observance, Observe (to), Observation, Occupation, Occupier, Occupy (to), Offence, Offender, Officer, Officer (iu the army), Official (noun), Official (adj.), Option, Order, Order (to), Order of court, Order (by), Order, direct, and appoint (I), Ordinance, Orphan chamber, Overdrawn, Parliament, Parliament (Act of), Parliamentary, Particularly, Party, Pass (to a document), Payable in advance, Payment, Penalty, Penal servitude, Per centum, Period (for a), Kennisgeven, opzeggen. JKerme.de geschiedt kennisgeving. Ter algemeene kennis brengen. Melden, aanzeggen, ter kennis brengen. Eed. Onder eede stellen, beeedigen. Onder eede. Gehoorzamen. Naleuing, opvolging, gebruik. Waarnemen, acht.slaan op, opmerkcn, in acht nemen. Naleving, opvolging, gebruik. In bezit neming, bezetting, beroep. Bewoner, inwoner. Hebben, vervullen, bezetten. Overtreding. Schuldige, overtreder. Beambte. Officier. Eeambte, ambtenaar. Officieel, ambtelijk. Keus. Bevel, bestelling ; orde, 'rangscJM- king. Bevelen, bestellen; ordenen, schikken. Bevehchrift. Op last. Beveel, gelast en verorden (ik). Ordinantie. Weeskamer, Overtrokken. Parlement. Wet van het parlement. Parlementair. In het bijzonder. Persoon. Passeeren (een document), Vooruit betaalbaar. BetaUng. Verbeuring. Dwangarbeid. Percent, ten honderd. Oedurende een tijdperk. OFFICIAL AND DOCUMENTARY LANGUAGE. 351 Periodically, Permission, Perpetual quitrent, Petitioner, Place (of this), Plaintiff, Poll, Polling officer, ~] Polling station, Policy, Possess (to), Possession, Post Office, Pound, Pound master, Power of attorney, Power aud authority vested in me, Preceding, Precisely, Precision, Premises, Premium, Prescriptive right, Presence (in the of), Presents (by these ), Prevent (to), Prevention, Prime Minister, Prison, Prisoner, Private (adj.), Private secretary, Procedure, Proceed (to), Proceedings, Proceeds, Proclaim (to), Proclaim, declare and make known, Proclamation, Produce (to), Produce, Profits, Promise (noun), Promise (to), Property, Periodiek. Ver gunning, verlof. Ecuwigdurende erfpacht. Petitionaris. A/hier. Klager. Stembus, verkiezing. JZiesbeambte. Stemplek. Polis. Bezitten. Bezit. Postkantoor. Schut. Schutmeester. Volmacht, procuratie. Macht en gazag mij verleend. Voorgaande, vorige, tevoren. Precies. Nauwkeurigheid, juistheid. Erf. Premie. Verjaringsrecht. In tegenwoordigheid van. JBtj dcze, hiermtde, hieruit. Voorkomen, verhinderen. Voorkoming. Eerste minister. Oevangenis, tronk. Gevangene. Privaat. Privaat secretaris, geheimschrijver. Procedure, rechtsver volging. Overgaan. Verrichtingen, proces. Opbrengst. Proclameeren, uitvaardigen. Prodameer, verklaar en maak bektnd. Proclamatie, kenn isgeving. Ophrengen, voorlbrengen, prt,- daceeren. Opbrengst, produkten. Profijt, winst, voordeel. Belofte. Bel oven, Eigendom* 352 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. Propose (to), Propriety, Prorogue (to), Prosecute (to), Provide (to), Provided with, Provided, Provision (to make ), Provisionally, Provisions, Proxy, Public, Public auction, Public seal, Public works, Publish (to), Published by authority, Publisher, Purchase (to), Purchase amount, Purchase money, Purchase price, Purchaser, Purpose (for the ol), Qualified, Question (in), Railwav, Raise (to), liaise (to a loan), Raise (to objections), Rank (to), Rate, Rate (at the of), Rates, Ratepayer, Reason (by of), Reasonable, Reasonable reward, Reasonable wear and t ar, Rebate, Receipt, Reciprocally, Recognise (to), Recommendation, Record, Voorstellen. Gepastheid. Verdagen. Vervolgen, doorzetten. Voorzien, verschaffen. Voorzien van. Mils, onder voonvanrde. Voorziening molten. Voorloopig, provisoir, provisioned. Levensmiddelen. Volmacht ; gemachtigde, plaatsver- vanger. Publiek, openbaar. Publieke veiling (yerkooping), Publiek zegel. Publieke werken. Publiceeren. Op last gepubliceerd. Uitgever. Koopen, aanschaffen. Koopschat. Kooppenningen. Koopprijs. Kooper. Met het doel om t ten doel hebbende. Bevoegd. In kwestie. Spoorweg. Opnemen. Ecne leening sluiten. ' Objecteeren, tegenwerpingcn maken. Rangschikken. Rato, bedrag, schaal, kocrs. Tegen. Belasting, aanslag. Belastingschuldige. Wegens, om, om redcn van, Redelijk. Billijke belooning. Billijke slijtagc. Rabat, korting. Kwitantie. Wederzijds, over en wear. Erkennen, Aanbeveling. Oorkonde, kroniek, verliaal. OFFICIAL AND DOCUMENTARY LANGUAGE, 353 Record (to), llecover (to money), Recruiting Depot, lleduce (to), Reduction, Reference (with to), Referring to, Register, Registered, Registrar, Registration, Registrar of Deeds, Regulation, Relating to, Relation (with to), Relation, Relet, Relict, Relative to, Remand (prisoner was re- manded), Removal, Remove (to), llent, Repeal, Report, Report (to), Repression, Republic, Republican, Request, Request (to), Required, Required (to be), Requisition, Reserve to oneself (to), Reside (to), Residence, Resident, Resident Magistrate, Resign (to), Respect (in of), Respect (with to), Respectfully, Respective, Respectively, Aanteekenen, registreeren, notuleeren. Invorderen (van geld). Werfdepot. Verminderen, afbrengen, verlagen. Ver minder ing, verlaging. Met referte naar, met verwijzing naar. Refereerende naar. Register, lijst. Geregistreerd. Griffier, registrateur. Registratie. Registrateur van aktcn. Regulatie, regel, rcglemenf. Jj'etreffende. Met betrekking tot. Betrekking ; verwante (fam."). Weder verhuren. Weduwe. In verband met. Het verhoor werd uitgcsteld. Verplaatsing, verwijdering. Vervoeren, verplaatsen. Huur, pacht. Herroeping. Rapport, verslag. Rapporteeren, verslag doen. Onderdrukking. RepublieJe. Repullikeinsch. Verzoek, aanvraag, verzoekschrift. Verzoeken, aanvraag doen. Noodig, benoodigd. Moeten z>'jn, benoodigd zijn, ver- zoeken. Requisitie. Zich voorbehouden. Wonen. Waning, woonplaats. Woonachtig. Plaatselijke magistraat. Opgeven, bedanken voor, resignceren. Wat betreft, ten aanzien van. Ten aanzien van. Met verscliuldigden eerbled. Respectieve. Respectievelijk. 354 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. Kesponsible, .Returning officer, Eeturns, Eevenue, Kevert (to), Hi glits, Same (the), Sanction (to), Sanitary (commission), Sanitary officer, Savings bank, Scab Act, Schedule, Seal, Second (to), Seconder, Secretary, Secretary for Agriculture, Secretary for Native Affairs, Section, Security, See fit (to), Select (to), Set forth (to), Several, Share, Share (to), Sheriff, Shortcomings, Sign (to), Signatory, Signature, Signed, Signify (to), Sinking fund, Situated, Sole, Solely, Sole and universal heir, Solemn, Solemn declaration, Solemnise (to marriages), Solemnly declare (to), Solitary confinement, Sound and disposing mind Verantwoordelijlc. Verslaggevend beambte, stemopnemer. Stuten, opgaven. Inkomsten. Terugkeeren, terugvallen aan. Recliten. Dezelve, hetzelve. Goedkeuren, toestemmen. Gezondheids (commissie). Sanitair beambte. tipaarbink. Jjrandziektewet. Schedule, bijlage. Zegel. Secondeeren, ondersteunen. fecondant. fiecretaris, snhryrer. Landbouwsecretaris. Sccretaris voor Naturcllcnzal;en. Sectie, deel, afdceling, artikel. Securiteit. GoeddunJcen. Kiezen. Omschrijven, Nitleggen, uiteenzettcn* Verschillende, onderschcidcne. Deel, aandccl. Deelen, aandeel hebben (nemen). Slierif, Jcantonrechter. Tekortkomingcn. Teekenen, onderteekenen. Onderteekenaar. Onderteekening, handteekening. Geteekend. Te kentien geven. Amortisatic. Gelegen. Ecnig. G < 'heel en al. Eenige en algemccne erftjenanm. Plcclitig, solemneel. Plcclitige verklaring. Huwelijken sluiten. Plechtig verklaren. Eenzame opsluiting. In het genot van allc geestvermogens. OFFICIAL AND DOCUMENTARY LANGUAGE. 355 Spare diet, Special, Specifications and draw- ings, Spouse, Stamp, State (to), Statement, Stationery Department, Statistics, Stipulation, Stipulate (to), Strictly (i charge), Styled (to be), Subdivision, Sub-guarantor, Subject, Subject (to), Subjoined, Sublet (to), Submit (to), Subscription, Subsequent, Substitute (to), Substitution, Successive, Such, Sue (to), Suit (law ), Summary, Summon (to), Summons, Superintendent General, Supervision, Supreme Court, Surety, Surrender (to), Surrender (voluntary), Surrogation, Survey, Survey (to), Surveyor, Survivor, Swear (to), Water en brood, rijst en ivater. Bijzonder, speciaal. Specification en teekeningen. Echtgenoot. Zegel. Opgeven, aangeven, zeggen, te k?npn geven. Opgave, verklaring. Departement van ichrij/benoodigd- lieden. Statistiek, opgaven. Bedinging, bepaling. Vaststellen, bepalcn, bedingen, Ik gelast u uitdrukkelijk. Genoemd te warden. Onderverdeeling, onderaftteeHng, subdivisie. Achterwaarborg. Onderwerp, onderdaan. Onderwerpen. Hier bijgevoegd, hierna volgend. Onderverhuren. Onderwerpen. Inschrijving, subscriptie, cibonne- mentsprijs. Daarna volgende. Substitueeren, in de plaats stelhn. Substitute, plaats ver va nging. Achtercenvolgend. Zoodanig, zulk een. Vervolgen. Hechtsgeding. Uittreksel, korte inhoud. Dagvaarden. Dagvaarding, oproeping. Superintendent Oeneraal. Opzicht, overzicht, supervisee. Hoog gerechtshof. Borg. Zich overgeven, boedel overgeven. Vrijwillige overgave. Surrogatie, subrogatie. Opmeting. Opmeten. Landmeter. Langstlevende, overblijvende. Z-weren, bezmren. N 2 THE 'COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR* Sworn (duly)j Sworn declaration, Sworn translator, Tariff, Tariff Act, Taxes, Telegraph, Telegraph (to), Telegraphist, Telegram, Tenancy, Tenant, Tender, Tender (to give out by ), Term, Terms (in of), Terminate (to), Territory, Testament, Testator, Thus done and passed, Time table, Times (at all ), Title, Title deed, Town, Town-council, Trade-mark, Tradesman, Transfer, Transfer (to), Transit (in), Transit duty, Transmit (to), Transport, Transport (to), Treasurer, Treasury, Trial, Trial (the is postponed), Trial (to be put up for ), Trial (to take one's ) Try (to), Trustee, Beltoorlijk gezivoren (bczivoren, bee'edigd). Beeedigde verklaring. Beeedigd vertaler, Tarief. Tariefwet. Tdegraaf. Telegrafeeren. Telegrafist. Telegram. Huurbezit, padding. Huurder, pachter. Inschrijving, tender. Aanbesteden. Termijn, tijd, tijdperk. Krachtens, naar hi id van. Ten einde brer/gen, voleindigen, afloopen. Gebied, grondgebied. Testament, wihbeschikking. Testateur. .Aldus gedaan en ge^asseerd. Tijdtafel, rooster. Te alien tijde. Recht, aanspraak. Orondbrief. Stad, dorp, gemeente. Stadsraad. HandehmerJc. H/mdwerksman. Transport, overdracht. Transporteeren, o verdragen. In transito. Doorvoerbelasting. Overzenden, toezenden. Transport. Transporteeren. Thesaurier. Thesaurie. Onderzoek. De zaak is uitgesteld. Voorbrengen. Terechtstaan. Onderzoeken, gerechtelijk onder- zoeken. Curator. OFFICIAL AfrP DOCUMENTARY LAA'Gt'4C. 357 Ultimately, Ten laatste. Ultimo (ult.), Laatstleden (1. ?.). Umpire, Scheidsrechter. Unauthorised, Niet-geauthori'.eerd, ongemachiiad, Under and by virtue of, Onder en uit kracht van. Under provision of, Onder voorziening van. Undersigned, Ondergeteekende. Undue, Oribehoorlijk, ongepasl. Unemployed, Buiten werk. Upset price, Inzet. Usher, Ceremoniemeester, conciergs.. Usufruct, Vruchtgebruik. Vacancy, Vacature. Vacant, Vacant. Valid and effectual, Geldig en van kracht. Verdict, Uitspraak. Vest in (to), Verleenen. Vested in me, Mij verleend. View (in of), Met liet oog op. View (with a to), Met het oog op. Village board of manage- Dorpsbestuur . ment, Virtue of the powers (by), Krachtens de macht. Void (null and ), Van nul en geener u'zs'fdc. Vote, Stem. Voter, Stemmer. Voucher, Bewijs. Warehouse (to), Op entrepot leggsn. War Office, Oorlogskantoor. Ward, Wij'k, afdeeling ; pvpif. Warder, Bewaarder. Warrant, Machtiging, levelscMfc. Whereas, Nadema> P- 1 ^ ^ | rfl ^^co G d "^J r^ QJ c 03 o a5 "^ rM s i? S 'd c3 3 2 bCr^-J ^ X W j "bo ?i ! 2-2 i V'? S, ^ 11^1 i S *s l !"^l * o o v - Ml " ^ e ! -2 E^ _o p,.-. ^ fe O '5* ^5 1 ' 1 03 c4 e -1 13 B ^> i*S ^ 1<* d ,i a g Scheldnaam voor iemand, d niet wil laten gezeggen. Hij ncemt af en is aan 't (van paarden gesproJcen). Kindermeid. J^ ^ f 03 i~rt 1 F 2- Sf .j bjj bD 6 rf g!=! o 1 1 i rt O o > > a) bb 'o ^ "^ 3 h- 1 g .11 cS CS 5 ^ H | g g 00 o d 8 d .2 to b M rS i i _ "c CO |4 "^ _. - o f _. _tc co 'p^:^ > T S bO i-i . .g N * 2 ~; w c3 ^-^ fl ^ 1| 3 rf S iH iH s 1 -^^^ ^j h^l ^rt it B 13 -S .a* .2 , | fe- ^ ^ CO K b * f5i Su v 5J a 5 t ^ ^ ft ~ r? JS < P .2 E e S 5 ^ C3 ^* P. 3 ll C e ||| S. ^ ** LIST OF CAPE IDIOMS. 359 43 05 O >> o elf a man. CD E e3 "t-^ *^ t c4 O < el *O 5 1- -5 <<-H Qj rO C^ is trousers ! ee as = o tc o o.l r^ O p <<-< a ,0 r4 cj 1 <2 SB O c4 a . ^ -*^ 5 c ^*H o rH o w , 'f- . p r^3 r^ | O o O 0! M 4-3 ^ 1 ^3 C? ^ iS S- c ? o g O a rt C3 P, c3 P( Qp 13 'Pi x: 52 S, o 'H c5 C5 >^-v i S i H Poisonous " O "3 T 2 wTllj C cj >i Sr^-Q >-> 53 s-i C g^ H S S 1 =* 2 03 -3 f *. i*" S a S*s &fl v - x ; C ^ >J)| S c4 ^5 C-,-" OQ 002 O.> JS .^ oj 1 ' x-^ . ^ 0) rQ 42 o become 1 eS g " ^ 'o > 03 of kraals ( " nonsense " iH h9 O WP-I iH i-H =-< ^ 02 g & S o 5 j | i a 8 C is 5 s g i "a rS o ^5 h ^ CO ^ ^ ^j S 2^ -S i 1 B C .* k r2 tf 1> a> 1 11 1 S 1 s S O ;<^ b g co sr 1 g S b"H >C^j > C^ ^S "** o V ^ ,0 *2 -f- ^1 CO S S-j K^ " s S 1 S :j so JO 2 ^ Hi *ll| \ 8 -T'w S '"^^ . p "** fe- ^5-S ^ ^^.^ T-4 rH Bankroet goo f f ll 13 s ." o S N to ^- r* Cj ., ^ G f* rQ fc* N ^j *** CsJ a> O bO d t-> S bD C-> _o "ZZ^ S a . ^ a ffi M . ^. J '3 1 m 2= <3 . to S S ^-' : S lr !! % "o ^2 *2 S J | 8^ ' .X, OJ *4> p, ^ " :-O -^ . -~ 15"'v3 ^ - M p rH tr/JT ct |P:3 W ,a c rO O g r-H 5 WP iH i 1 P. W ' "^ (H O -vj .2cJ O> 11 .to 5; S < 5 {> . E ^ Jd t5 i . ^?J A, . Sf 1 *-^ ^ II i 1 1 ? 1 i/^-7' t)/ 1 C^/ 1 ^ IDlOAfS. 361 2. He has returned j the brink of the i 3. Goat's milk. o - ." 2 > ^ J> C ^5 p CO ~O *-" x-i. 2 w "-'K^ 1 * S S T3 J3 a; ,3 O""~~ 'K fc 1 --^ || Sir* co ^ GG^ o o -S 5= ^3 . <~l ^ CD "^ ^ ^ -4-2 I % % ^ O i) _0 HH fj 03 t>^ d A 03 C '^. evertheless; 2. The O D ~ H O ^H ' ' CO 'o o> CO CO . PH C a c5 y c o 'o ^^ c ||| t^SS'-f'^P^cc^'^ hfi?O2rS5o9)9ri M & '" 2. " ~ M i "S S X.'- C,.~ gj JJ S-^rC 1 CO 2 ju> J2, ^S P O C -'^ jj I 3L, r^ C! c ^7 13 C rH 1 -H ^N H-i O *""* "^ a T-; i i --5 W 1 g g 8 ^S g e s o .s N 1 o 1 1 a 5 05 S s-^\ lv-. s a e ^ 8 fe > s S 2 *** t rSj s 5^ g -, to S> fij ^ O ^ & 2 G^ "^ ^ to ^ ^ *td < s to g B ^ 's 4 ! 1 i ^J "=> o'B S ^ k^ H * tS .05 fe HA 6 = a g S 'g tc, fcj 111 T " s i *oa . ci 5? o o4 g r: i y i\i v. a Cj C3 . "*^ I^js ^ ^ ^. ?^) ^ '5 s r~^ f ^- a r-2f c tri k lj*l > .l.l III 1 a 1 5 o a ^ 1 s t; _ c v> !i ^5 ^ M^) r^> >o g r ^$ f^ *g f^ r^i ** C^l 2 s "^ r ^~ t *^ 1^1 |-|I|I|S| f| S 5*. O 1 & "e t5 S "5 i's .2 ^ oT : ^2 1 *i r^ S CJ ?* Q * 5 M v>i * s 2 ^H ^ S v^ 3* i-^ s. i-H \3 ^ te; ft) M ' ^ ^S rH Q iH H .2 '" .2 .^ nn - r- ^ ^ o H ^ c/: Q 2 +3 ""t? 1| -- ^ a ^ KT) 12 C3 r^ V -2 'O N cu "^ :^p" S "o tr. tb . S ^^ +j % 1 i \ ' t ~! . "*^ r" p c . * ^ o :^r 2 & i-CJ . ^ 1 N S o "C ^ p C-, S te CJ 8 "^ W"*! .3 ^4'^ "^ P 'o . rO CO r-i ^ L" & 6 a ,2.3 ^ S S -S 1 cS J "^ ^ "->"_ -*J O O '-; o r -S 8 - I ^> i o CD C3 - ^ 2P 21 brommer -z 3 I s e R rH 43 2 , a 'o O> C5 O CO 3 3 a fifi tc W ^ ^^ ^ j; Ho rfi ^> g |C3 p5d *"^ c 13 "C3 ^* ^* ro^ ; ?> K ^ t> rsa' ^ \ o C 1 4 8 e S !* Cq 362 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. O5 -I-H VH H a " j ^ C- a E- S s ^ ^ ' "' S;d oS 03 C . S ,,i I w ffi - o w ft) .& I l^o ** C^ !-. 8^^ 8 ,_e ^e js LIST OF CAPE IDIOMS. 365 <*1 *M a5 1 -" -" - 1* 'o 2 <2 s _j 3I!I 00 3 d ' S^T. -a 2 O o O 55 S ts ^. fe P < S 03 ^W ,jq '" * . al^ 4T, . PU| S .3 S 'a i .Itej | ~i v -'. v - ?~ ,^i CN ^ xA 8 S a g e S i - de lo nd, r i s ^ Bloo Blu g s -a . . -s 2 S .S 'S 1 3" s 1 O "so IJf o"! WrH - "-31-51-51-31-1 oet. netj i s ' pi** 3 c< ,M K K K S SH I 366 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. I ... t> cc "oS S-^ oJ > o 8 an "-> 08 rH M 5 g k> ri-H^>'^K5' k> fjq rH iH W W HH ^~s rH W .sl ?3 e I 5' I & kj * LIST OF CAPE IDIOMS. 367 A >i 3 H _J O PH 1 2 la ^ -*-> c To 'jj'-g O C5 ' "*-H "^ Q "**r^ * 3 Q> > "C ' ' > O) ^ '"*' 1 o i b 5 ^ rl & ^ S EH ^ s"^^ _ co -^ rH CO S o to o> o o tc 1 *: i>i '53 > ~ a =? 5 "o *" o o & 3 IJ1 '| 1C-1 =5^ g 8 *** S rH CC -XL rH 07?i^ de 1. Bell; 2. Take care, or you will become bankrupt. ^ <-> ~ "o xS W ^ c-i "" iT 1 {3 " ^ 's S r-A s HO 4> 5 ^ ', . te B k O o to 1 . ^S* "8 S rH .2 "s!l l*^ 1 ll ^ ^ a o ?* S - k, anders en hamcr. ^ r ^ j^j rtt 2j Zl .;& ^-. ^ naar het postk g . iS*"-* so "*o CO 2.^1 ^ p? ^'e .5 i i^ Leuyenaar. A 1 rH "> C, 1- C-l ^ sc. *ha . "S .^ o vl "^5 ^ ^ i fl -g . (-V t ? "tO ">* o o .S s o S . 3 'S . ** 1. -#eZ; 2. TTcr. boedel onder d Kleine jon yen (g< 1. Leugentjes ; 2 S3 ^ i . "e a M *4 3J X -Q g _gn !! 1 3 I .2 OT 3 "^ '3 2 ^ :^L| "S N S 5b o D TA o 3, c-i J "S o ^ f3 ** -r^ ^ ^ o . "3 il o ^ o ci .> ^3 -M ^ O.!^ V X -d a 5 j ^^^ *^ CD o4 *j '3 ^T d cS fl G ' .^ i a ^-=^5 -'g h'r ^x.^-4 *^|P OJ Kri " "] % M . S a > t^ .2 .a .s J co c/j cs ^ r^ j o iM rH MM B M t-i b . S"~s 8 8 r^ 368 COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. . *2 O ' VI * ?- w ** _QJ a n > a CJ -S CL> O *& O< * a D o ' K O - sg- fl |J P .^ & .9 B S 8>| ^2 s s oT i-g-s^i V o^'f o 1^ H o> f'l * S'S^ cs S S g 1 M ;! ^"o g *" & p Q " 03 bD c3 5 bC ctf 'C ll 11 ^S'S.S a^^ S ^.g M 'C llllf 2-x 2 S o| 'ol o " E. > - / w -^^ S > G ^ c r< 08 cS .5 tc n g g .8 ^* c & - -^ -s a s 1= cs - e stinkpl raft kan ^ s * ^ fr S<0 t^ % * 01 S ?^ Kle Kw 8 S ~ S ?S f*5J (VJ SS g 3 3 H^ 2. D chl a(j Ta s ,5 fl.2 MM M *a 1 M ^ .^ 1> MM * Ui .2 bo'^ fl w "' J^ " c J4 . S I M I S 1 1 ^S Iil 5J .^ ,~ .& 370 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. ^ m oto i rt ^03 ^, ^ 8 "5 'o o '? O "H 1 1 rcj SS ^ o 1 M a 1 ^ aJa* g PU M aa K ^3 fl * ^3 ^ ,, M S O S3 .r- s W 1 - ' o S P? CVH QJ 02 ^ ^ r i o . f^ d CT^ O r^ O ^ M c-I w^ ^ ^ a bb M S c<5 a " r^l ^H c ^s a ^>^ efl *r^ # 03 02 i^ S i" .2 !-' CQ 2 M ~ S t " aj S 1 s ^ PH*^ g 1 P-bC 1 ft r o S 3 o iV ^"^ O b |Hl^ ill ~ c3 M Q w ^ fe S 2 !>i ^2 r^H .^ ^ "-" T^ '^ rH J r-i' rH~ 0<5 s. 05 l^> > 8, 1 1 -|, i g a 8 S "S g t 'S a v o o to-. I I I i J ta 1 H 1 M .2 cJ a k a S 's stsen, zeuren. v. ^:j> llj J O (N fe ^j, ^~S S S g i-a ^ \,^x **^ !2 4> verschrikkelijk o ^> ^ i *? c4 t ?s J2* <4i rS >R ! c S . s^ 1 1 1* 1 1 C rO e a i 9 ] N 1 P , Lekken of e a ^> S ^ 1 , Lensriem gestoken or wiel te bel voor niets. +^ o . Sg ,. r< ^y o N ^ ; i^-s^ K ^ to . &a a<^ li^l-^ ^i-^| f< --- S r S ^ f-f I 3 i i H i-i ^ rH c4 rH r-i *^ tsj - g .2 i S ^ ^ d Q? i c. o bf-2 r^ IH . 1 .a, L" 1 gn O .r i >s fl | J S o >> > * ^ **-i 5 r ~ l O -J=i > c^ ^ "^ M Cft W rC > X : ^t' *^ ^ Pi C3 _ rS S "^ . kH " 2 jB M *| H "o l-H r-i OQ ^5 "rt ^ .2 II M S -3-5 o v | i .a 1 ^i fjt! . ^ 8 1 ^' 1 J S 5 "* 2 I 1 ^ i II LIST OF CAPE IDIOMS, 371 * fl HH C3^ "^ Q) ^ ' fl 42 ^ O * ^ fe M * P 9 -W -Q rO . w -W S .00 3 Hi fl3 &( c2 *Tl fee 1 ' _ ." 5 "w -g , if .^ g CJ . 3 to rH rH rH rH 00 l-l g b -S CO "I ^ ' ' < 1 1 8 : 1 ~ ll|i j -^ ^i % 0:1 ^ "" N .^ Cl 10 f^J I i 1 ^ v^^ k2'2>SvS^ r vS'^^'^ ^.whSg J3^ *N OD ^?J*!?6 J K^<^ O**H H *>S ^ xC . J ?s ^ S ^.T ^^ * 1^.11*4*1 .8 ^^iJi^lS ^ *JUf2 ^ :^ g ! ? w s .. M cs S 01 O 'N d S 1 - S^^-StC^ CI SW STJN Js* - H . , cq _q ^ = ^ ajffl .. -H M r-i . O ^ a 3 *' * g L . oi-S^g-S^^ tf2 77//c COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. a w 1 a cG K 1 Js" d D 1 HrH a " ^ > a 3-3 IS 05 &*. o S 3 ^ ft W) rd *"O r &** f -SlllSo : ^ o H S- IffeJ an sp rr v n^S S & a. 10 . -gHH * si & o t S^ |W. <1 1 r3 S 5 " *^ -2 n -5 s fi tq a-S J 1^ |fj Nl i^j t a > j. s -42-^ ^ ^s s s.s?^ r *- S ^r^^ 5~ a WJ rrf^M M-ca" . a CI g <^j. .J3 3S 8' . SW.S2 -rV .2 /^ hn **" sM I OrH ^c? Ifj a|!f vj.2 c-a -s a I .tf -"S .So to o rrt -! ^ *> r^ LIST OF CAPE IDIOMS. 373 - o 53 , rj C < bo g er. r. voor oede ade ing nt n t O Ee e Groo Groo Bena d 3 W e. uderwets ; 2. erwetse dinget [Bo- oude krit ta d p Old a O Ouderw ensch. 2. (oudti mensc a &% .g _2J r 2 T^""" 5 .^ rrj (-1 ,, /-I t- Tt .ZZ* ^o>_; . ^ :p <5||i|||<| 3 "a *b ^ f O rH' O O O rH o - -3 fe F- qj Q> ^, f|l||ll || S'Sg'^jraJ .* II b ^^ ^ Mi a a K RS fti 374 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. ^ "2 ^ 'bDO P ^3 rS -S - 3 _g o> -g T3 v, * o la English for the Idioms 5 8 f^ 7^3 5. o> o i gj rt n ^? : hr! ^ *jia f-' cc o} ( o ^ -J^ 1 r^^g g . 8 c4 o . J -25 '- ^ V bo >i. Qjl 3 M 'S - -2^ ^S-d A'J .SJ8 p'c'S'S.WjsS -e . 08-^^ iill^Pitiili 8 ^ I'J^fl -Alibi's? s S S--9 Vr ^ ** ^ G -i3t>t3^ DJ B rt P" & d ^ 'rr-j > /~\ J. O ao Q_rri ^2 fn O t oo ^^ p >< d O 43 g-W ^goOg^.^ogJflScSrt n" t t _ 1F :H m h-1oouS- l >-'r -o -loso^.S^^ggso^o^ 613 nly think ! Eight, straight; 2. settle an account ; (alsi take anyone to task), hinoceros-shrub. lack snake with a wl collar round the neck. ^ ^ pnO^ <j g "^ ^ S ^ S *^ *^S j S I ' ^ . S . >f "e ^ ^ 'Si 3 | H H tt 1 P ^ -S ^ 'S "S "S 'I* S til i all l-t Ot^g* 2 N ^ ei *c* ^5 , O ^ S Q r<^ ^> Sr S "**a DH^S C * ^> C 5 "*^ f*^ S^ S^ C^ to", 1 "^- j* 3 ^i Is C jq O^ "w g 5 . .^ S rg w * IT fe w 2 > g S Oi 1 -- .j g > < SH J !! xA ft 2 8 1 'o " * ^ % . > p< d PH O) * ^"^ O J'E ^ 44 ... a | T j" 8 _ . f_ v ~ x w rrt :JP^- / bD g W Pin - N 23' :1 * . ' .M !^"i ^, ^ ^ 00 PH ^ ^ ^1 J J g '| a 1 rH ^^ PH r^H rH HM rM W,H PnPn I* o "S t II 1 Is I . i> *S * S ^ ^S ^tS * & 'XS 'w tf ^S 1 . -^ 2* C E 5 * o 5T S S -w o * ^. S 5 ^ (X, B^ 0^ (X| (X( R^ OH f^p^ f^ft^ LIST OF CAPE IDIOMS. 3 cS^TJ, M ? O-S * y 11 tin I _ . as Q ^ a, . &c4 !.* ^ SS 5 !>$ < |^2 ^ ^ 53 !*"- o e s 1 ; 5l Q> 75 g -S^ 5 CO ^H 4> O S * s y 5^ S 1 ^ *^ &1-5 ^ ^^ 5 w^x ^ i I s oT ,/*^\ J 9 c a < 11 be . -i " 1 '- 3 8? ! 'S I 8 H If 5 P-'^ i -4-> W CU Ci " 08 in . Si '^ ^ P- v 1II -I bD Q i ~2 ^ - "? ^ S "> P^ ^ ^ 37$ THE COMMERCIAL tiUrCH GRAMMAR. CO 03 M jf ^ C ^ j CJ S 73 o 'H, o 0) casion come o r^' P "t^ bO -*-> *-2 'o 'S H o * a "-! <*" . ^ rt ^-j *" o ^ - . ^ ^ w c4 1 rt H E . fc s * a* ^ L n ~ , ^ '-J 5 -3: ^ "M 49 f . ^; cS "8*1 8^5 ^11 ^ | H CS .03 t r - ai-l S w S"0 S =3 s s ll c3 02 l^ftl's-Jil 13 13 11 "3 M C S * r^r-! ^ 05 CO i 'S'^J ^ r< S ^g '"tl 'ts g -y 55 ^ f^ ^i . ^ jj S . O:^ -,' 1 CT s;g> ^ "* i "s"H -2 S s 3 o r, ^ , t ^ ^ i^s ^ ^ ^ S" s 5 <^ " cq tS"^ s ^8 S ^? ^^ h ^) S. a ? ^-^ ** ^ ; gj -t 1 . *S -SP ^| cq| J| || ^- ^ ^ 9 9 1 | 5 -^ lies || |*|>tfl| 1 ^A ' 1 ^ H Zrf " e- ^111 P tlliiPl -kS tS 1 v M "^ 1 3 r-i CD rH ^ ^ rH cq fes rH 1 Ol U > 0) A LI ^ .2 co ~ "* % "r^ " "c-Tct ^ ^ -. S c |s * 01 S .s K^ C "' ,id H .s, so c 1 '*-"'!! ^ s it- J i M o ^- r 4 3. JJ O) O S? CM *-' -3 '"o I 1 ' - s c -^ CS s c ~ 1 1 ^ .2 ' J ^ OT 1 1 : cS ^ *J2 ,-=: c> p^ . c e4 w * | g | -r -0 1 || 5 '2 .|b-r v o & 11 g ^^ a Z o . fe =J5 i ~-^ = J ~5 |o5 02 c3 p o -^ .| ~* J O4 M. 1 " ^ C3 ^ ij J- 12 o Sj f3 .2 H a> i <5 PHrH rH hH rH O2 r-i CC rH O rH to 1 J 2 t> ;S, fl 8 S PZai schepwerktuig, door een sp osse getrokken, om kralen dammen schoon te maken. .Foei / 1. Ziften ; 2. Dat paard heeft < aangenamen wiegenden gang. 2. Aanmoediging aan elk, om z best te doen (ah bij 't spelen). 5o?z dtrekken de Jcleinhan delaa Jood of Christen, doch im buitenlander. 1. Grappig, niet alledaagsch ; '. Is een ivonderlijke kerel. Suikerriet. 1. Soep ; 2. Een te groote hoed. ^ I 5 1 g 4 ^ go ^ 2 tc *> r 1 "5 c i-y O to G C3 n "^ S-^-i ic j CD O2 02 -2'aJ *l cZ cs n o 5^ M il^lf^.a ^ -A O2 iH ^ O> H O2 rH PL, 0^ -^ ! 1< . J 3 t; 5* . 3 't; ts 9 fe *^ g -*J /. - 5 o ^o 1 * ^ CO 05 s (J ts 'S M ^J fj ^2 ^ r/i Tj f t ""J y3 h >^5 Oq .2 '^^ c3 k B ^, >J C c3 <*H CS X--' "*^ G 4* rt o PH ^ 1 ^S oT g & (3 5 f ^ CO to a 1 S CO O ^g 'a B i to ^3 CJ "C - S- f _O i ^ r Q w ^ nS C *m 02 r > cH r5 -* ^ g fr rH rH 53 r^ B rH f ^ P-IO2O2 13 H 1 i 8 1? i 1 o I i ||1 O ^ N l a ^-J | 'S * e . 1 1 ^c ^4 a * ;T OF IDIOMS continued. Dutch for the Idiom t ^> a 3 * b to _a iH I w c S* iH Langzaam. Spoonvegstation. , 1. Eigenschap van zich ivillen verroeren (bij p 2. Hi) is zoo dronken. I HO V Jr "S e o i-a ~ c O ^> HO -1 P r-H 1 i ' S 's> 1 blijven). Duwwagen. Strooien huis (contractie] Struikgewas met Uchtroo vormige bloemen, die vocht bevatten, waarva gekookt wordt. uj CO J 1 C M J5 .2 to S 1 '." "3 02^ 02-5 'a! * CO' 1 .2 i '3 r-5 T-5 0202 ^ 02 r-i 02 020202 (H p B M s J to i 5 I ^1 's 1 S ni 1 1 1 1 ^s fe J JlS 5Q Q ^ ^2 S? 35 C ^3 d 3 O CQ M 'S MS Ol :K S y ^ -si * S ' ^ c . -^r SH S S (M S . i xS>^ s i ^ IT" Spirit l > s^ "S o S ^ *. s^ bq f 5 Kj -5 s ra -S .2 ,M ^_^ S 3 1 3 ftf M . .'"1 fi B s c-i cfi g"! .2 ^s "3 o P >2> 2j oq . b ^ d - a . a .- ^ s^| s-51'l - C -G -- tc a a bo ? ^ g .H' S^.2 = " -r " > ai i ,!' a "S : Spq +3 a I 2 ! bD hn bO g iTflftSM *' d EC "jr fi "S E r-T ^ 5^ -ti ^-M O i . t~H .^ < "^^ 15 * ' Cr," HI IJ ^^^ E^g & ^ ^ COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. I Eng . o-aj |2 ^" .2 * < ^ 5 j S 8 M 8 o 8 S s a" 2 r_1 J3 O S g^ .2 d .So fii B LIST Of CAPE IDIOMS. 381 10 O "OS i - 1 - 1 r s$ ^ ofl "S S ? ~ o -5 ci > ' S3 -U O Du _rt **-! " ;9 *S fc 3 ?r i > OD 13^5tCQ> 03^ . -S ,3 * a N "ft g g .a g 8 r^CO pj rtf .^ tt^^ OS ^' S '3 .? 'B o ego g c^S M * - E *9 8 - i" J3 I2 rtr 2g'>,=-22 8 *. 9 ^>>'^ Ili.slsi.l^l.lH' ""T-I^S-i 1 " 1 X<"Srt_CjS'i-jSjO ^Sr^S-" O* 2 '-3 g s^gidglilgisl IB. .ligjss! PH P ^ ^,3 orQrC?r^bcSj ^ c-.eo -^ C S ^ W cs Eb ^ . ^< t-j 'eta. s ths?^ - ^ *** ^ *^^ s Cb ^ ^ "> N i s i Hill I " * :>^ O 8r^g ^ij ^ >> s j ' ^'1 8-S.-S8 j. V ?> iaii .l,g g a S e w .> ^^ 8 "~ s ~ S rj 4) . *- 5; N ^ HO I 5 1 i? e >( Stasis III i pq :s .; -g 4 1 r^> TT w ^ d rl IrH ^ ^ rH r-5 -u -.. * i c3 cu _"S P^ i^ ' a> cJ (- sr ** t Jo 382 THE COMMERCIAL DVTCH GRAMMAR. 5 s rM "3) n W Hrn' W c o . cS S 5 Jj S ll ^ < S?i: 's . s 8 gi oi O S c^ Dut Cape Idi vr a c .. .35 LIST OF CAPE IDIOMS. 383 >i 5-T3 o 3 ^ 'ti, od ts o _g , n 3 OJ (3 ^ %M .%! " . ^ .. fc,S > to vS** 1 c3 J3 13 ? -IT' 3 .HO) i'' ( ] , *"^ r _ f^ ""j ""^ P "** S ?e5 r ^H" 1 OOT a:1 JS^C r ~ l "S^ o5 oa 5 3 o i ^*| r^ ^ *"R o -^ ^ *^ - : ^3 t^ o5 o -^ -u'^vTO'fflcJO'CO! ;_, .^ rn e O SJg ^ * Hj2 ^ ^ * . 1 ^ -to .^ 1 S " S s g s ^ O CQ ^Q V <3J | v. i ig 1 s" ^ o ^^3 i^Si > , .< SHO^ ^ . ^ 1 I s ! -.5, ^ J ^ ril .^t K3 .^* ^* ^ r ^ r "^~ H ^^ g^ %^ ^> ^ *5* t^ O i i 1 1 f | c l g^-s s .1 4^4 o r^ *^ Q tfc - S^ ciS^ * g _ -i &i '^"^L tS ''* . ^" > I s"~ -s w 'g S J &D S^>^^ K d r o:> cq- N^N^S xIicant, applicant, m. Apply for (to), aanzoek doen om. Ajiply (to oneself), zicli aaiipakken, loe'eygen op. Appointment, afspraak, v. Appreciated, gescfiat. Approach, naderen, o. Arrange (to for), toebereidselen ma- ken voor. Arrangement, ichikking, v. Arrive (to), aankomen, S. ; arrival, aan komst, v. Ac, daar, As .... as, too . . . . uls. Ascertain (to), te weten komen. Ashamed (to be ), zich schamen, scliaamde, geschaanul. Asia, Azie. Ask (to), vragen, vraagde (vroeg"), ge- vraagd. Asleep, in slaap. Assembled, vergaderd, bijeen. Assign (to), dvermakcn, W, At, te, om I time). 4tl;ens, 4 WH, Q, VOCABULARY. 385 Attack (to), aanvallen, S. Attempted, beproefden, probeerden. Attend (to to), zorgen voor, W. Attention, aandacht, v. Attorney, procureur, m. Appreciated, geschat. Aunt, tante, v. Austria, Oostenrijk, o. Awake, wakker. Aware (to be ), overtuigd zijn van ; to be of, zich bewust zijn van, kennen. Awkward, lastig. B. BACK-ROOM, achterkamer, v. Bad, slecht. Bag, za/c, m. Bake (to), bakken, bakte, gebakken. Balloon, ballon, m, Bark (to), blajjfen, blafte, geblaft. Barrister, advokaat, m. Battle, slag, m. ; field, slagveld, o. Beach, strand, o. Bear (to), uithouden, S., verdragen, S., dragen, (expense). Beard, board, m. Bearer, brenger dezes. Beautiful, mooi. Because, omdat. Become (has), it geworden; to of, warden van. Beii, bed, o. Bed-room, slaapkamer, v. Befall (to), iemands deel warden, weder- varen, S. Before, tevoren. Behalf (on my ), van mijnentwege. Behind, achter. Believe (to), gelooven, geloofde, geloofd. Beloved, bemind. Bequeath (to), vermaken, W Berlin, Berlijn, o. Bet (to), wedden, wedde, geiced. Beware (to of), oppassen voor, paste op, opgepast. Beyond, verder dan. Betting (there was...), er iverd gewed. Bill, rekening, v. Bird, vogel, m. Bit, stuk, o. Blacksmith, smid, m. Blessing, zegen, m. Bliss, zalig'keid, v. Blossom (to), bloeien, W. Blowing, (to be ), waaien. Boarding-school, kostschool, v. Boast, to, grootspre/cen, S. Boldness, brutaliteit, v. Bond, band, m. Book, boek, o. Boot, laars, v. ; schoen, m. Border, rand, m,. ; grens, ,n Both, beiden. Bottle, flesch, v. Box, doos, v. ; kist, v. Boy, jongen, m. Brauch, tak, m. ; of instruction, vak (o), van ondt.rwijs. Breach of the peace, vraltbreuk, v. Bread, brood, o. Breakfast, ontbijt, o. Breathe (to), ademen, W. ; one's last, den laatsten adem uitblazen, S. Breeze, bries, m. Bribe (to), omkoopen, S. Bride, bruid, v. Bridge, brug, v. Brighten (to up), zich verhelderen, W. Brightly, hdder. Brook, beek, v. Brother, broeder, m. Brown, bruin. Brushwood, kreupelhout, o. Bucket, emmer, m. Build (to), bouwen, W. Bundle of sticks, takkebos, m. Burgher, burger, m. Butcher, slager, m. Bury (to), begraven, begroef, begraven. By-and-by, aanstonds. Bicycle, tweewieler, m. c. CAGE, Jcooi, v. Cake, koek, m. Call (to), roepen, riep, geroepen ; aan- komen ; upon, opzoeken, eene visite , maken ; at, aankomen bij remand. I Call (to wake), oproepen, riep op, opge- roepen. Calm (noun), kalmte, v. Calmness, kalmte, v. Camel, kameel, m. Camp, kamp, o. Capable (to be of), in staat tijn tot. Cape-Town, Kaapstad. Capital, hoofdstad, v. Captain, kapitein, m. Care, (to for), lust hebben in ; to take of, passen op. Careful (ly), voorzichtig, zorgvuidig. Carelessness, achtelooshe.id, v. Carpet, tapijt, o. Cart, Tear, v. Case, zaak, v. Castle, kasteel, o. Cat, kat, v. Catch (to), van/jen, S. ; up, opvangen, W. ; cold, kou vatten. Cautious(ly), voorzichtig. Cave, hoi, o. Celebrated, beroemd. Cell, eel, v. Certain, zeker ; ly, zeer zeker, stellig. Chair, xlm /, m. Chance, kans, m. ; by, bij toeval, toe- vallig. THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. Chanced .to be, zich toevaUig bevond. Character, karakter, o. Charge, zorg, v. Charge (to), als plicht opleggen, W. Chariot, wagen, m. Charles, Karel, m. Ch&t,praatje, o ; to have a , een maken. Chasm, afgrond, m. Cheap, goedkoop, Cheese, ftoas, v. Child, kind, o. Chinese, Chineezen. Chop (to), kappen, kapte, gekapt ; down, omhakken. Church, kerk, v. Circumstances, omstandigheden, v. Citizen, burger, m. City, stad, v. Civil, civiel. Clean (to), schoon maken. Clear, helder, klaar. Clear (to up), opruimen. Clerk, klerk, m. Clip (to wings), kortwieken, kort- wiekte, gekortwickt. Cloak, mantel, m. Clock, klok, v. Close (to), sluiten, S. Close by, dicht bij. Clotb, laken, o. Clothes, klecderen, o. Coal, steenkolen, v. Co&t,jas, v. Coffee, koffie, v. Cold (bad ), zware koitde, v. Collar, kraag, v. Colleague, collega, m. Collection, verzameling, v. College, academie ; friend, academie- vrtend. Colonial, Koloniaal. Combined, vereenigd. Come (to in), binnenkomen, kwam binnen, binnen-gekomen. Command (to), bevelen, S. Common, gemeen, gewoon ; sense, ge- zond verstand, o. Communication, samenspreking, v. Companion, kameraad, m, me'gezel, m. Company, maatschappij, v. ; gezelschap, o. Comparison (in to), in vergtlyking met. Compass, kompas, o. Concert, concert, o. Condemn (to), veroordeelen, W. Conducive to, bevorderlijk voor, goed voor. Confess (to), bekennen, W. Confined to, opgeslolen in. Comi)el (to), dwingen, dicong, gedii-on- gen. Complain (to of), klagen over, W. Comprehension, begrip, o. Conscientious, nauwgezet. Consider (to), overwegen, S., denken, S., beschouwen, W., houden voor, S., be- denken, S., overleggen, \V. ; neces- sary, noodig oordeelen, W. Considerably, aanmerkelijk. Consult (to), raadptegen, raadpleegde, geraadpleegd. Consumption, verbruik, o. Contented, tevreden. Contents, inhoud, m. Continually, voortdurend. Continue (to to be), blijven, S. Conversation, gesprek, o. Convey (to), brengen, 8. Conviction, overtuiging, v. Convinced, overtuigd. Corner, hpek, m. Correct, juist. Corrupt (to), bederven, S. Council, road, m. Counsellor, raadsman, m. Country, land, o. Couple (a of), een paar. Courage, moed, m. Courageous (ly), moedig. Course, loop, m. Course (of ), nxtuurlijk. Cow, koe, v. Creamre (little ), schepseltje, o. Criminal, misdadiger, m. Cross (to), oversteken, stak over, over gestoken. Crow, kraai, v. Cruel, wreed. Cry (to), roepen, riep, geroepen Cunning, loos. Cup, kop, m., kopje, o. Cure (to), genezen, genas, genezen. Curios, merkwaardigheden, v. Curtain, gordijn, o. Customs, getcoonten, v. D. DAINTUCS, lekkernijen, v. Dance (to), danten, danste, gedantt. Danger, gevaar, o. Dangerous to, gevaarlijk voor. Dare (to), dui-ven, ~\Y. Dark, donker (noun), o. Date (to), dateeren, dateerde, gedateerd. Dawn (to), aanbrcken, brak aan, aange- broken. Day, dag, m. Dead, dood. Deal (a gojd of), heel wat. Dear, dierbaar. Death, dood, m. Deceive (to), bedriegen, S. Decide (to), beslissen, besliste, beslist. Decidedlyi beslitt. Decisive, afdoend. Decline (to), weigeren, W. Deed, daad, v. Deep. diep. Defence, verdedigingsrede, v. Defend (to), verdedigen, \\. Delighted, verrukt. VOCABULARY. 387 Delightful, verrukkelijk. Depart (to), heengaan, S., vertrekken, S. Depth, diepte, v. Departure, vertrek, o. Descendant, afstammeling, gsl. Desert region, woestijn streken. Deserted, verlaten. Desire, begeerte, v. Desirous, verlangend. Desk, lessenaar, m. Despair (to of), wanhopen aan, W. Despise (to), verachten, \V. Destroy (to), vernietigen, W., verwoes- ten, W. Development, ontwikkeling,_ v. Devote (to oneself), zich toewijden aan, W. Diamond, diamand, m. Dictation, dictaat, o. Dictionary, woordenboek, o. Differ (to), verschilten. Difference, onderscheid, o. Different, anders, verschillend. 1 lifficult, moeielijk ; y, moeite, v. Dig (to up), opgraven, groef op, opge- graven. Diligent, vlijtig. Dim, dof. Dinner, middagmaal, o., diner, o. Dining-room, eetkamer, v. Dirty, vuil. Disagreeable, onaangenaam. Disappointed, teleurgesteld. Discharge (to), ontslaan, ontsloeg. ont- slagen. Discover (to), ontdekken, ontdekte, ont- dekt. Discuss (to), verhandelen, verhandelde, verliandeld. Disgrace (to bring to), schande bren- gen over, Disheartening, ontmoedigend. Dismiss (to), wegsturen, ontslaan. Dismount (to), van een paard stijgen. Disobey (to), ongehoorzaam zijn aan. Disperse (to), overwaaien, uiteengaan. Disrespectfully, oneerbiedig. Distance, aj 'stand, m. Distinction, onderscheiding, v. Distress, nood, m. Distressed, beangstigd. Distribution of justice, rechtsbedeeling, v. District, distrikt, o. Dive (to), duiken, S. Divide (to), verdeelen, verdeelde, verdeeld. Doctor, dokter, m. Doctrine, leerstdling, v. Document, sink, o. Dog, hand, m. Doll, pop, v. Dominion, gebied, o. Done, op. Donkey, el, m. Doom, doem, m. Door, deur, v. Doubt (to), betwijfelen. Dove, duif, v. Down, dons, o. Drag (to), sleepen, W. Draught, drank, m. Draw (to), trekken, S. ; near, na- deren, W. Drawing, teekening, v. Dress, japon, v. Dress (to oneself), inch aankleeden, kleedde zich aan, aangekleed. Drift (to about), ronddrijcen, dreef rond, rondgedreven. Drill, boor, v. Drink (to), drinken, dronk, gedronken. Drive (to), rijden, reed, gereden. Driver, koetsier, m. Drop (to), laten, vallen, S. ; asleep, in slaap vallen'.; down, neervallcn. Due west, vlak west. Due (time), bepaald. Duke, hertog, m. Duly, naar waarde. During, gedurende. Dutiful, oppassend. Duty, plicht, m. Dwelling-house woonhuis, o. E. EARLY MORNIKG, den vroegen morgen, 's morgens vroeg ; this , van morgen vroeg. Earn (to), verdienen. Earth, aarde, o. Fastern, oostelijk. Eat (to), eten, S. Edge, rand, m. Edition, uitgave, v. Effort, paging, v. Elaborate, zorgvuldig bewetkt. Eldest, oudste. Elephant, olifant, m. Elsewhere, ergens anders. Embitter (to), verbitteren, W. Embrace (to), omhelzen, omhelsde, oni- heltd. Emotion, aandoening, v. Employer, baas, m. Empire, iijk, o. End, tiud . Enemy, vijand, m. Enjoy (to), genieten van, S. English, Engdsch. Enter (to), binnenlcomen, S. Entertainment, voorttelling, V. Entirely, volkomen. Entreat (to), smeeken, W. Entrust (to), totvertrouwen, \V. Escape (to), ontkomtn, S. Especially, voornamelijk. Equal, gelijk; ly, even. Equanimity, gelijkmoedigheid, v. Esteemed, geacht. Eternal, eeuurig. Europe, JEuropa. Kven, zelfs. Ever, ooit. o 2 3 88 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. Events (at all ), in alle geval. Everyone, iedereen. I'xactly, juist, precies. Exaggerated, overdriven. Examination, examen, o. Exclaim (to), uitro -},en, riep uit, uitg*.- roepen. Execution, voltrekking(v~)van het v^nn 's. Exercise, oefening, v. Exist, bestaan, bestond, bestaan. Existence, bestaan, o. Expect (to), verwachten, verwachtte, ver- wacht. Expense, onkosten. Expensive, duur. Expert, deskundige, gsl. Explain (to), verklaren, AV. Explanation, uitlegging, v., verkla- ring, v. Explosion, ontploffing, v. Kxquisite, uitg'zocht. Extend (to), uitbreiden, W. FACE, geiicht, o. Fact (in ), inderdaad. Fail (to), niet slagen, W., druipen, S. (examination). Failed in business, is lankroet gegaan. Faint (to), in zwijm (Jlauw} vallen, S. Faithful, trouw. Fall (to), (of prices), dalen, W. Family, familie, v, Falsehood, leugen, v. Fancy (to), zich voorstellen, W. Farmer, boer, TO. Far-off, verafgelegen. Fat, vet. Fatal, noodloltig, doodelijk. Kate, lot, o. Fatigue, moeheid, v. Fanltle-8, zander fouten. Fear, vrees ; ful, vi-eeselijk. Fear (to), vreezen, W. Feathery coat, veeren klced. Feeble, zwak. Feel sure (to), ervan overtuigd zijn. Fellow-citizen, medeburger, m ; man, medetnensch, m. Fertile, vruchtbaar. Fetter (to), boeien, W. Fever, koorts, v. Field, veld, o. Fierce (of dogs), kwaad. Find (to), bevinden, S. Find faM\tviit'h(to},aanmerkingmaken op. Find out (to), ontdtkken, \V.. liecind-.n, S.. uitvinden, vond uit, uitgtevnden. Finished, af, Maar. Fire, brand, m. Firm, vastberaden. First, liet e-rst, etrst. Fit, geschikt. Five, vijj'. Flatter (to), vfeten, \V., (vanity)s. Mistaken (to be ), zich vergissen, rergiste, rergist. Mis y, mistig. Model, toonbeeld, o. Modesty, zedigheid, v. Money, geld, o. Monk, monnik, m. More, meer. Moreover, bovendien. Mortal, stervelinv, gsl. Mountain, berg, m. Moved at heart, dicp geroerd. Murderer, moordenaar, m. Music, muziek, v. Must, moet. My, mijn. NAME, naam, m. ; by , met name. Nation, volk, o. Native country, gebooiteland, o. Naturally, van nature. Nature, natuur, v. Naughty, ondeugend. Neared, nadcrden. Nearly, bijna. Necessary, noodig. . Neck, nek, m. Neglect (to), verwaarloozen, W. Neighbour, naaste, gsl., buur, m. Nervous, zenuwachtig. Never, nooit. Nevertheless, toch, niettemin. New, nieuw. News, nieuws, o., tijding, v. Next, volgend ; to, watts*. Niece, nicht, v. Night (at ), in den avond. Nine, negen. Nobility of heart, zielenadel, m. Noble, edel. Noise, geluid, o. North (the), noorden, o. Not .... yet, nog niet. Nothing, niets. Notice (to), bemerken, W., opletten, W. Number of, aantal. Nurse, kindermeid. v. O. OAK-TKKB, eikeboom, m. Obedience, gehoorzaamheid, v. Obedient, gehoorzaam. Oblige (to), dwingen, W, Obliged (to be ), verplicht zijn. Observing, opmerken, o. O'clock, uur, o. Occupation, beroep, o. Occur (to), gebeuren, gebeurde, gebeurd. Offer (to), aanbieden, S. Offended (to be at), zichergerenover,'\\. Office, kantoor, o. Official, beamMe, m. Oftener, meer. Old, vud. Olympian games, Olympische spelen. Once,eenmaal,eens; more, nogeenmaal Only, slechts. Open (to), open doen. Openly, openlijk. Opinion, opinie, v., oordeel, o. Opponent, tegenstander, m. Opportunity, gelegenheid, v,, Jeans, m. Oracle, orakel, o. Ordinary, gewoon. Originate (to), ontstaan. Other, ander. Ought, behoorde. Outermost, uiterst. Outside, buiten. Oven, oven, m. Overflowing, overvloeiend. Overlook (to), over het hoqfd zien. Overtake (to), inhalen, haalde in, inge- haald ; overvallen, S. Overweight, te zwaar. Own, eigen. P. PACE (to), op en neer loosen, S. Pack (to), pakken, W. Painful, pijnlijk. Paint (to), scltilderen, schilderde, geschil- derd. Painter, schilder, m. Palatable, smakelijk. Paper, papier, o. Paper (to), lekangen, behing, behangen. Parcel, pak, o. Pardon (to), vergeven. Parents, ouders. 392 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. Paris, Farijs. Part, deel, o. Part (to), scheiden, W. Part (to take in), deelnemen aan, S. Part (to) (of cli'iids), zich verdee'en, W. Particularly, bijzonder. Parting words, afscheidswoorden Party, gezelschap, o. Pass (to), voorbijkomen ; overtrekken, S. Pa-sage, gang, v. Past, voorbij ; verleden, o. (n 1 un). Path, pad, o. Peace, vrede, m. ; at . met vrede Peaceful, vreedzaam. Peculiar, eigenaardig, bijio dcr. Pen, pen, v. Pencil, potlood, n. Penetrate (to), doordringm, S. People, menschen. Perform (to), verrichten. W. Permission, verlof, o. i 'ersia, Persie. Pe:son, f,ersoon, gsl. Peruse, doorzien, S. 1'er verted, verkeerd. Philosopher, wijsgeer, n. Physical strength, lickaamslcracht, v. Pick (t,o),plukken, W. ; up, oprapen, Picnic, picnic, m., buitenpartij , v. Picture, portret,o.,prent, v,, schilderij, v. Piece, stuk, o. ; of poetry, gediclit, o. Pine-wood, pijnboscli, o. Pioneer, voortrekker, m. Pipe, pijp, v. Pistol, pistool, o. Pity (to have on~),medelijdenheliben met. Place (to), plaatsen, plaatste, geplaatst. Place, plaats, v.; of worship, pleats der aanbidding. Plant, plant, v. Play (to), siielen, speelde, gespeeld. Pleasant, aangenaam, plezierig. Please, als 't u blieft. Please (to), bevallen, beviel, bevallen. Pleasure, plezier, o., genot, o. Plenty of, ruim, een overvloed van. Plough (to), ploegen, W. Pocket, zak, m Poetry, poesie, v. Point, punt, o. Poisoned cup, giftbeker, m. Political, politick. Pond, dam, m. Poor, arm ; (of animals), mager. Poor (noun), armen. Positively, beslist. Possession, bezit, o. Possible, mogelijk. Po?t, post, m. Postman, brievenbode, m. Post-office, postkantoor, o. Potato, aardapptl, m. Pound, pond, o. ; sterling, pond sterling. Poverty, armoede, v. Powder, kruit, o. Power, macht, v. Practice, beoefening, v. ; praktijk, v. Practise (to), zich oefenen, W. Praise (to), prijzen, prees, r/eprezen. Precious, kostbaar. Prefer (to), vdortrekken, S. ; to, ver- kiezen boven, S. Preent, tegenwoordig; at , op hel oogenlilik; day, huidige dag, tegen- woordige tijd. Preserve, konjijt, o. Pretty, mooi. Prevent (to), voorkdmen, voorkwam, voor- komen. Price, prijs, m. Pride, hoogmoed, m. Priest, priester, m. Priestess, priesteres, v. Prison, gevangenis, v. Private house, wuonhuis, o. Prize, prijs, m., bu.it, m. Profit, winst, v. Profitable, nuttig. Profound, diep. Promise, belofte, v. Promise (to), beloven, beloofde, Moofd. Promoting (in), met het levorderen. Proof, bewijs, o. Proper ly, behoorlijk. Property, eigensckap. Protect (to), beschutten, W. Provide ^to for), zorgen voor, W. Province, provincie, v. Prudent, voorzichtig. Public, openbaar, public':, o. (n u ). Pull (tv), trekken, S. Punish (to), ttraffen, ftrafte, gestraft. Putiishetl (to be ), gestraft warden. Purity, reinheid, v. Purpose, doel, o. Purse, bears, v. Put down (to), opschrijven, S. Put right (to), in orde maken. Q. QuARTEB(of an hour), kwartier, o. Quench (to) (thirst), tesschen, W. Question, vraag, v. Quickly, /jauw, vlug. RACE, wedren, m. Hail (by), per fj)txu: ituilway accident, spoor wegongeluk, o. Quick-tempered, opvliegend, van aard. Quiet, rustig, stil. Quite, keel ; geheel en al. E. Rain, regen, m. ; clouds, regenicolker., v. ; water, reyenwaier. Raise (to an army), een leger rp dt been brenyen. VOCABULARY. 393 Raise (to wheat), graan verbouwen. Rarely, zelden. Rather, liever. Beach (to), bereiken, W. ; home, t'huis komen, S. Bead (to), lezen, las, gelezen; out, voorlezen, las voor, voorgelezen. Beading-room, leeskamer, v. Beady, Jclaar. Beally, waarlijk. Eeason, reden, v. Reassemble (to), zich hereenigen, W. Beassuringly, geruststellend. Bebel (to), in opstand kamen. Beceive (to), ontvangen, ontving, ont- vangen. Becite (to), reciteeren, AV. Beckless, roekeloos. Becognise, herkennen, W. Becoilect (to), zich herinneren, W. Beflect (to great credit ou), veel eer aandoen, S. Befuse (to), weigeren, AV. Bein, teugel, m. Belapse, instorting, v. Belative, verwante, v. Believe (to), verlossen, AV. Beligion, godsdienst, m. Remarkable, merkwaaidig. Bemind (to of), herinneren aan, AV. Renowned, beroemd. Bepent (to of), berouw hebben van. Beply, antwoord, o. Beply (to), ' antwoorden, antwoorddn, geantu-oord ; herntmen, hernam, hernomen. Beport, bericht, o. Beport (to), berichten, AV. Bequest, verzoek, o. Bequire (to), noodig hebben ; d, noodig. Rescue, verlossing, v.; for the , tot ontzet. Keseruble (to), gelijken op. Resolve (to), besluiten, S. B source, toevlucht, v. Besponsil'le, verantuoordelijJc. Rest, rust, v. Result, uitslag, m., gevolg, o. Return (to), terufl; W. Shine (to), stralen, AV. Shop, v.-in'cel, m.; keeper, winkelier, m. Shore, oever, m. 394 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. Shortly after, kort daarna. Should, zou ; moest ; behoorde. Shoulder, schouder, m. Show (to), toonen, \V. ; laten zien ; wij- zen, S. . Shower, bui, v. Sick-bed, ziekbed, o. Sickly, ziekdijk. Side, kant. m. Sideboard, buffet, o, Sight, gezicht, o. Simply, eenvoudig. Since, aangezien; sedert; then, sedert dien tijd. Sir, Mijnheer. Sister, zuster, v. Situation, betrekking, v. Sixteenth, zestiende. Skill, bekivaamheid, v. Skin, tel, o. Sleep, slaap, m. Sleep (to), slapen, sliep, geslapcn. Slipper, pantoffel, v. Smile, glimlach, m. Sniff (to at), ruiken aan, S. Suow-white, sneeuwit. Soap manufactory, zeepfabriek, v. Sober, nuchter. Soberness, matigheid, v. Society, maatschappij, v. Soil, grand, m. Soldier, soldaat, m. Solomon, Salomo. Some, eenpaar ; wat ; eenig ; or other, de eene of andere. Soon, v eldra. Sore, zeer. Sorrow, verdriet, o. Sorry (to be ), fpijten, S. Sound wisdom, diepe wijsheid, v. South (the), zuiden ; Africa, zuid- Afrika. Southerly wind, zuidcnwind, m. Sow (to), zaaitn, W. Spacious, ruim. Spade, graaf, v. Spare (to), missen, W. Speech, woorden, rede, v. Spelling, tptittes, v. Spend (to), ddorbrenyen, S. ; besteden, W. ; one's life, zijn leven slijten, S. Spirit, geest, m. Splendour, pracld, v. Spoil, roof, m. Spot, pick, v. ; plaats, v. Spout, goot, v. Sprung from, ontstaan uit. Stable, stal, m. Stake, paal, m. Stamp, postzegel, m. Standing (of long ), oud. Start on (to), beginnen, 8. Start for (to), vertrek'cen nair, S. Startle (to), opschri/.ken, W. State (to), verklaren, W. State, toestand, m. ; staat, m. Stately, statig. Statement, bewering, v. ; gezegde, o. Station, station, o. Stay (to), blijven, S. ; away, weg- blijven, S. Steal (to), stelen, stal, gestolen ; away, kruipen naar, S. Steamer, stoomboot, v. ; boot, v. Stick, stok, m. Stiff, slijf. Still, nog. Sting (to), st:ken; by pride, priklcelen, Stop (to), ophouden, S. Story, verhaal, o. ; geschiedenis, v. Straightway, regelrecht. Strand, strand, o. Stranger, weemdeling, gsl. Street, straat, v. Strict, stipt. Strike (to), opvallen, S. Strong, sterk. Study, studeerkamer, v. ; studie, v. Study (to on), doorgaan met studeeren. Stung, aangezet. Succeed (to), slagen, slaagde, geslaagd. Such, zidk. Suddenly, eensklaps. Suffer (to), lijden, S. SuflSciently, voldoemde. Sugar, suiker, v. Stilt (to), bevallen, S. Sum, sow, . Sunrise, zonsopgang, m. Support (to), onderhouden, S. Suppose (to), veronderstellen, W. Surprised, verwonderd. Surely, waarlijk, voorzeker. Surpass (to), overtrcffen, S. Sustain (to), onderhouden, S. Sweep (to), vegen, W. Syllable, lettergreep, v. ; (here), woord, o. T. TABLE, tafel, v. Tail, ttaart, m. Take back (to), terugbrengen, 3. Take care (to), zorgen (zorg dragen) voor. Take Into consideration (to), in aan- merking nemen. Take down (to), af nemen, S. Take food (to), voedsel gebruiken, W. Take leave (to), ufscheld tiemen van. Take a ride (to), eenen r\l te maken. Take shelter (to), scliuilen, S. Take up (to), opnemen, S. Tale, verhaal, o. Talk, gesprek, o. Tasted, geproefd. VOCABULARY. 395 Tea, thee, t>. Teacher, onderwijzer, m. Tell (to), vertellen, vertelde, verteld. Temper, humeur, o. Temple, tempel, m. Tent, tent, v. Terms (on good ), op goeden voet. Terrific, vreeselij/c. Test (to), onderzoeken, W. Thank-offering, dank'ffer, o. That, die, dat. Thereupon, daarop. Thief, die/. *" TMn, mager, dun. Think (to) (to consider), het houden voor. Think (to it an honour), het zich eene eer rekenen, W. Third, derde. Thirsty (to be ), dorst heblen. Thistle-tinch, putter, m. Those, die. Three, drie. Throw (to), werpen, wierp, geworpen ; gooien, gpoide, gegooid, Thrush, lijster, v. Thunder, onweer, o. Thuuderstorm, onweer, o., omveersbui, v. Tide of war, Jerijsgeluk, o. Till, totdat. Time, tijd, m. ; at the .destijds; in , bijtijds ; for some , een tijdlang. Tired, vermoeid, moe. Tobacco, tabalc, v. To-day, vandaag. Together, bij elkaar, samen. To-morrow, morgen. To-night, van avond. Too, ook, te. Tool, werktuig, o. Top, tol, m. Touching, aandoenlijk. Towards, naar. . . . toe. Town, stad, v. ; hall, stadhuis, o. Tradition, overlevering, v. Tram-fare, tramgtld, o. Translate (to), vertalen, W. ; over- brengen, S. Translation, vertaling, v. Travel (to), reizen, reisde, gcreisd- Traveller, reiziyer, m. Treasure, schat, m. Treat (to), behandelen, W. Treatment, behandeling, v. Tree, boom, m. Tremble (to), beven, W. Terrific, vreeselijk. Trip, reis, v. Trouble, moeite, v. True, waar ; to remain , trou blijven Trust (to), vertromi-en, AV. Truth, waarheid, v. Try (to), probeeren, W. ; bepi-oeven, \V. onn'g hand, de hand Jeggen aan. Turn (to), zich ketren, W. Twelve, tuaalf. Twenty, twintig. Twice, tweemaal. Twig, twijg, v. Two, twee. U. UNCLE, oom, m. Underground, onderaardsch, Undertake, ondernemen, S. Undisturbed, onverstoord. Undo (to), ongedaan maken. Undoubtedly, ongetwijfdd. Unexpected, onverwacht. Unfailingly, onfeilbaar. Unfortunate, ongelukkig. Ungrateful, ondankbaar. United, vereenigd. Uninterrupted, onverstoord. Unless, tenzij. Unmanly, onmannelijk. Unshaken, onwrikbaar. Up and down, op en neer. Upright, oprecht. Upset (to), dmyooien. Urgent, dringend. Use, nut, o. ; gebruik, o. Used to say. placht te zeggen. Utter in reply (to), antwoorden, W. V. VAIN (in ), tevergeeft. Value, waarde, v Vanity, ijdellieid, v. Various, verscheiden ; kinds, allerlei. Vehicle, voertuig, o. Veil, sluier, m., voile (Fr.~), v. Venetian, Ycnetiaanscli. Venture (to), wagen, W. ; out, zich buittn v.'agett, Verse, tiers, o. Very, zetr. Victory, ovenv inning, v. View, photographic, v. Vile, laag. Village, dorp, o. Vine, wijnstuk, m. Violent, hevig. Virtue, deugd, v. Visit, bezoek, o. Visit (to), bezoeken, bezocht, betocht. Viz., n.l. (namelijk). Voice, stem, v. Vocabulary, woordenlijst, v. 396 THE COMMERCIAL DUTCH GRAMMAR. W. WAGGON-HOUSE, wagenhuis, o. Waiter, bediende, m. Wake up (to), wakkermaken, ivekken, W. Walk, wandeling, v. Walk (to), wandelen, W. Walk about (to), rondloopen, liep rond, rondgeloopen ; off, heenloopen, S. Wall, muur, m. Want, behoefte, v. ; of, gebrek aan. Want (to), willen ; noodig hebben ; heb- ben tvillen. [doen. War (to make with), den oorlog aan- Warn (to), waarschuwen, waarschuwde, gewaarschuwd. Warning, waars'huwing, v. Watch, horloge, o. Weapon, wapen, o. Wearily, moe. Weather, weder, o. Weigh (to), wegen, woog, gewogen. Well, brow, v. Well, goed, wel ; as as, evengoed. Were, waren. Whatever, wat . . . ook. Wheat, koorn, o. When, wanneer, als, toen. Whenever, wanneer. Whereby, waardoor. Whether, of; or, of of. While (a), tijd, m. ; for , een poosje. Whisper (to), fluisteren, W. Whistle (to to a bird), eenen vogel toe- fluiten. Whither, waarheen. Whole (on the ), over het geheel. Wholesome, gezond. Whose, welks. Why, waarom. Wild, wild, in het wild. Will, testament, o. Will, zullen. Will (to), willen, wilde, gewild. Windy, winderig. Wing, vleugel, m. Winter, winter, m. Wisdom, wijsheid, v. Wise, wijs. Witnessed, bijgewoond. Woman, vrouw, v. Wonder, wonder, o. Wood, bosch, o. Wood-pigeon, woudduif, v. Word, wom-d, o, Work, werk. Work (to), bewerken, W. Worked (to have ), laten bewerken. AVorkshop, werkplaats, v. Wonrout, versleten. AVould, zou. Wrong, verkeerd; (noun), kwaad, o. YAKD, achterplaatt v. Year, jaar, o. Yesterday, gisteren. Yonder, gindsch. Y. Young, jong. Your, uw. Youth, jongeling, m. ZEAL, ijver, m. z. LOXDOS: raiNTED BT WILLIAM CLOWES AND SONS, LIMITED, STAMFORD 8TBEET AND OOABINO CEOSS. University of California SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 405 Hilgard Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90024-1388 Return this material to the library from which it was borrowed. ;'D URL CIRC JAN